WAGO Controller Modbus TCP Manual

Pos: 2 /Do kum enta tion allge mein/Ein ban d/Einba nd Fro ntseit e - H and buch ; CI 2 017; mit D ocVaria blen (Stan dar d) @ 28 \mo d_1 486 4775 029 10_ 0.do cx @ 4053 88 @ @ 1

Manual

WAGO I/O System 750

750-890(/xxx-xxx)

Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD

Controller MODBUS TCP; Generation 4; 2 x

ETHERNET; SD Card (Telecontrol Technology, Ext.

Temperature, ECO)

Version 1.2.2

Pos: 3 /Alle Se rien (Allge meine Mo dule )/Rec htliches, Allgem eines/ Imp ress um f ür St anda rdh and büch er - allg . Anga ben , Ansch rifte n, T elefo nnu mm ern und E-M ail-Adr essen @ 3\ mo d_12 191 511 182 03_ 21.d ocx @ 210 60 @ @ 1

2 WAGO I/O System 750

750-890 Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD

© 2021 WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG

All rights reserved.

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG

Hansastraße 27

D-32423 Minden

Phone: +49 (0) 571/8 87 – 0

Fax: +49 (0) 571/8 87 – 1 69

E-Mail: [email protected]

Web: www.wago.com

Technical Support

Phone: +49 (0) 571/8 87 – 4 45 55

Fax: +49 (0) 571/8 87 – 84 45 55


Every conceivable measure has been taken to ensure the accuracy and completeness of this documentation. However, as errors can never be fully excluded, we always appreciate any information or suggestions for improving the documentation.


We wish to point out that the software and hardware terms as well as the trademarks of companies used and/or mentioned in the present manual are generally protected by trademark or patent.

WAGO is a registered trademark of WAGO Verwaltungsgesellschaft mbH.

=== E nde der Liste für Tex tma rke Ein ban d_vo rne == =

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 5 /Do kum enta tion allge mein/Ve rzeic hnisse/ Inhal tsver zeichnis - Ü bersc hrift oG und Ve rzeic hnis @ 3\m od_ 121 915 1230 875 _21 .docx @ 21 063 @ @ 1

Table of Contents

Table of Contents 3

1 Notes about this Documentation ........................................................... 11

1.1

1.2

1.3

1.4

1.5

1.6

Validity of this Documentation............................................................... 11

Copyright .............................................................................................. 12

Property rights ...................................................................................... 13

Symbols ............................................................................................... 14

Number Notation .................................................................................. 16

Font Conventions ................................................................................. 16

2 Important Notes ....................................................................................... 17

2.1

2.1.1

2.1.2

2.1.3

2.1.4

2.1.4.1

2.1.4.1.1

2.1.4.1.2

2.2

2.3

Legal Bases .......................................................................................... 17

Subject to Changes .......................................................................... 17

Personnel Qualifications................................................................... 17

Use of the 750 Series in Compliance with Underlying Provisions ..... 17

Technical Condition of Specified Devices ......................................... 18

Disposal ...................................................................................... 19

Electrical and Electronic Equipment ........................................ 19

Packaging ............................................................................... 20

Safety Advice (Precautions).................................................................. 21

Special Use Conditions for ETHERNET Devices .................................. 24

3 System Description ................................................................................. 25

3.4.4.3

3.4.5

3.4.6

3.4.7

3.5

3.5.1

3.5.1.1

3.5.1.2

3.5.2

3.6

3.6.1

3.1

3.1.1

3.1.2

3.1.3

3.1.4

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.4.1

3.4.2

3.4.3

3.4.3.1

3.4.3.2

3.4.4

3.4.4.1

3.4.4.2

Labeling ................................................................................................ 26

Labeling Symbols ............................................................................. 26

Manufacturing Number ..................................................................... 27

Hardware Address (MAC-ID) ........................................................... 28

Update Matrix ................................................................................... 29

Storage, Assembly and Transport ........................................................ 30

Assembly Guidelines/Standards ........................................................... 30

Power Supply ....................................................................................... 31

Overcurrent Protection ..................................................................... 31

Isolation ........................................................................................... 31

System Supply ................................................................................. 33

Connection .................................................................................. 33

Dimensioning............................................................................... 34

Field Supply ..................................................................................... 38

Connection .................................................................................. 38

Fusing via Power Supply Module ................................................. 40

Fusing external ............................................................................ 42

Supplementary Power Supply Regulations....................................... 44

Supply Example ............................................................................... 45

Power Supply Unit............................................................................ 47

Grounding............................................................................................. 48

Grounding the DIN Rail .................................................................... 48

Framework Assembly .................................................................. 48

Insulated Assembly ..................................................................... 48

Grounding Function.......................................................................... 49

Shielding .............................................................................................. 50

General ............................................................................................ 50

Manual

Version 1.2.2

4 Table of Contents WAGO I/O System 750


3.6.2

3.6.3

3.6.4

Fieldbus Cables ............................................................................... 50

Shielded Signal Lines ....................................................................... 51

WAGO Shield Connecting System ................................................... 51

4 Device Description .................................................................................. 52

4.5.4

4.5.5

4.5.6

4.5.7

4.5.8

4.5.9

4.6

4.7

4.1

4.2

4.2.1

4.2.2

4.3

4.4

4.4.1

4.4.2

4.4.3

4.4.4

4.4.4.1

4.4.4.2

4.5

4.5.1

4.5.2

4.5.3

View ..................................................................................................... 55

Connectors ........................................................................................... 57

Device Supply .................................................................................. 57

Fieldbus Connection ........................................................................ 58

Display Elements .................................................................................. 59

Operating Elements .............................................................................. 60

Service Interface .............................................................................. 60

Mode Selector Switch ...................................................................... 61

Address Selection Switch ................................................................. 63

Memory Card Slot ............................................................................ 63

Inserting a Memory Card ............................................................. 64

Removing the Memory Card ........................................................ 65

Technical Data ..................................................................................... 66

Device Data ..................................................................................... 66

System Data .................................................................................... 66

Supply .............................................................................................. 67

Fieldbus Modbus TCP ...................................................................... 67

Accessories...................................................................................... 68

Connection Type .............................................................................. 68

Climatic Environmental Conditions ................................................... 69

Mechanical Strength ........................................................................ 70

Software Compatibility ..................................................................... 70

Approvals ............................................................................................. 71

Standards and Guidelines .................................................................... 72

5 Mounting .................................................................................................. 73

5.1

5.2

5.3

5.3.1

5.3.2

5.4

5.5

5.6

5.6.1

5.6.2

5.6.3

5.6.4

Installation Position ............................................................................... 73

Overall Configuration ............................................................................ 73

Mounting onto Carrier Rail .................................................................... 75

Carrier Rail Properties ...................................................................... 75

WAGO DIN Rails.............................................................................. 76

Spacing ................................................................................................ 76

Mounting Sequence .............................................................................. 77

Inserting and Removing Devices .......................................................... 78

Inserting the Fieldbus Coupler/Controller ......................................... 79

Removing the Fieldbus Coupler/Controller ....................................... 79

Inserting the I/O Module ................................................................... 80

Removing the I/O Module................................................................. 81

6 Connect Devices ..................................................................................... 82

6.1

6.2

6.3

Data Contacts/Local Bus ...................................................................... 82

Power Contacts/Field Supply ................................................................ 83

Connecting a Conductor to the CAGE CLAMP ® ................................... 84

7 Function Description .............................................................................. 85

7.1

Operating System ................................................................................. 85

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Table of Contents 5

7.3.5

7.3.5.1

7.3.6

7.4

7.4.1

7.4.2

7.4.3

7.4.4

7.4.5

7.4.6

7.4.7

7.4.8

7.1.1

7.1.2

7.2

7.2.1

7.2.2

7.2.3

7.2.4

7.3

7.3.1

7.3.2

7.3.2.1

7.3.2.2

7.3.2.3

7.3.2.4

7.3.3

7.3.4

Start-up ............................................................................................ 85

Application Program Cycle ............................................................... 85

Process Data Architecture .................................................................... 87

Basic Structure ................................................................................. 87

Example of an Input Process Image ................................................. 89

Example of an Output Data Process Image...................................... 90

Process Data MODBUS TCP ........................................................... 91

Data Exchange ..................................................................................... 92

MODBUS Memory Areas ................................................................. 94

Addressing ....................................................................................... 97

Addressing of I/O Modules .......................................................... 98

Example of Addressing ................................................................ 99

IEC-61131-3 Address Areas ...................................................... 100

Absolute Addressing .................................................................. 101

Data Exchange between MODBUS/TCP Master and I/O Modules . 103

Data Exchange between PLC Function (CPU) and I/O Modules .... 105

Data Exchange between Master and PLC Function (CPU) ............ 106

Example of MODBUS/TCP Master and PLC Function (CPU) .... 106

Application Example ....................................................................... 108

Memory Card Function ....................................................................... 109

Backup Function (Storing device-internal Data and Settings) ......... 110

Restore Function (Loading device-internal Data and Settings) ....... 112

Distribute Data and Settings ........................................................... 114

Inserting a Memory Card During Operation .................................... 117

Removing the Memory Card During Operation ............................... 118

Saving WAGO I/OPRO project to Memory Card ........................... 119

FTP Network Access to the File System of the Memory Card ........ 122

Access to Web Pages in the File System of the Memory Card ....... 123

8.3.2.2

8.3.3

8.3.4

8.3.5

8.3.5.1

8.4

8.5

8.6

8.7

8.8

8 Commissioning ..................................................................................... 124

8.1

8.2

8.3

8.3.1

8.3.2

8.3.2.1

Connecting Client PC and Fieldbus Nodes ......................................... 125

Determining the IP Address of the PC ................................................ 125

Assigning the IP Address to the Fieldbus Node .................................. 126

Assigning IP Address via Address Selection Switch ....................... 126

Assigning IP Address via DHCP ..................................................... 128

Enable DHCP via "WAGO Ethernet Settings" (without existing IP address)" ................................................................................... 130

Enable DHCP via WBM (with existing IP address)..................... 131

Assigning IP Address via “WAGO Ethernet Settings” ..................... 132

Assigning the IP Address with a PLC program ............................... 134

Assigning the IP Address via BootP ............................................... 135

Reasons for Failed IP Address Assignment ............................... 137

Apply IP address permanently (option “static“) ................................... 138

Testing the Function of the Fieldbus Node.......................................... 139

Preparing the Flash File System ......................................................... 140

Synchronizing the System Time ......................................................... 142

Restoring Factory Settings ................................................................. 144

9 Programming the PFC Using WAGO-I/OPRO ..................................... 145

9.1

9.1.1

Configuring the Controller using the I/O Configurator ......................... 148

Configuration using the “io-config.xml” File..................................... 150

Manual

Version 1.2.2



9.2

9.3

9.4

9.4.1

9.4.2

9.5

9.5.1

9.6

9.6.1

9.6.2

ETHERNET Libraries for WAGO-I/OPRO .......................................... 152

Functional Restrictions and Limits ...................................................... 154

General Information about IEC Tasks ................................................. 156

IEC Task Sequence ....................................................................... 158

Overview of Most Important Task Priorities .................................... 158

System Events ................................................................................... 160

Enabling/Disabling System Events ................................................. 160

Transfer the IEC Program to the Fieldbus Controller .......................... 162

Transfer via Serial Service Port ...................................................... 164

Transfer via Fieldbus and ETHERNET ........................................... 168

10 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) ........... 170

10.1

WBM User Groups ............................................................................. 170

10.2

Open WBM ......................................................................................... 171

10.3

WBM Pages ....................................................................................... 172

10.4

Information ......................................................................................... 173

10.5

Administration ..................................................................................... 174

10.6

Backup & Restore ............................................................................... 177

10.7

Clock .................................................................................................. 180

10.8

Miscellaneous ..................................................................................... 182

10.9

SD Card ............................................................................................. 183

10.10

Storage Media .................................................................................... 184

10.11

Update ................................................................................................ 184

10.12

Ethernet .............................................................................................. 185

10.13

Protocols ............................................................................................ 189

10.14

SNMP ................................................................................................. 190

10.14.1

SNMP v1/v2c ................................................................................. 191

10.14.2

SNMP V3 ....................................................................................... 192

10.15

SNTP .................................................................................................. 193

10.16

TCP/IP ................................................................................................ 193

10.17

Modbus .............................................................................................. 195

10.18

Modbus Mapping ................................................................................ 197

10.19

I/O Data .............................................................................................. 200

10.20

PLC Application .................................................................................. 201

10.21

WebVisu ............................................................................................. 205

10.21.1

Generate WebVisu-HTML .............................................................. 205

10.21.2

Set WebVisu as Start Page ............................................................ 205

11 Diagnostics ............................................................................................ 207

11.1

LED Signaling ..................................................................................... 207

11.1.1

11.1.2

11.1.2.1

11.1.3

11.1.4

Evaluating Fieldbus Status ............................................................. 208

Evaluating Node Status – I/O LED (Blink Code Table) ................... 209

USR LED ................................................................................... 220

Evaluating Memory Card Status ..................................................... 220

Evaluating Power Supply Status .................................................... 220

11.2

Fault Behavior .................................................................................... 221

11.2.1

11.2.2

Fieldbus Failure ............................................................................. 221

Local Bus Failure ........................................................................... 222

12 Fieldbus Communication...................................................................... 223

12.1

Implemented Protocols ....................................................................... 223

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Table of Contents 7

12.1.2.8.2

12.1.3

Configuration ........................................................................ 238

Application Protocols ...................................................................... 239

12.2

Modbus Functions .............................................................................. 240

12.2.1

12.2.2

12.2.3

12.2.3.1

12.2.3.2

12.2.3.3

12.2.3.4

12.2.3.5

12.2.3.6

12.2.3.7

12.2.3.8

12.2.3.9

12.2.3.10

12.2.3.11

12.2.4

12.2.5

12.2.5.1

12.2.5.2

12.2.5.3

12.2.5.4

12.2.5.5

12.2.5.6

12.2.5.7

12.1.1

12.1.1.1

12.1.1.2

12.1.1.3

12.1.2

12.1.2.1

12.1.2.2

12.1.2.3

12.1.2.4

12.1.2.5

12.1.2.6

12.1.2.7

12.1.2.7.1

12.1.2.7.2

12.1.2.8

12.1.2.8.1

Communication Protocols .............................................................. 223

IP (Internet Protocol) ................................................................. 223

TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) ........................................ 228

UDP (User Datagram Protocol) ................................................. 228

Configuration and Diagnostics Protocols ........................................ 229

BootP (Bootstrap Protocol) ........................................................ 229

DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) ........................... 230

HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol) .......................................... 232

DNS (Domain Name Systems) .................................................. 232

SNTP-Client (Simple Network Time Protocol) ............................ 233

FTP-Server (File Transfer Protocol) ........................................... 233

SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) ........................ 234

MIB II Description.................................................................. 234

Traps .................................................................................... 236

Syslog Client ............................................................................. 236

Syslog Messages .................................................................. 238

General .......................................................................................... 240

Use of the MODBUS Functions ...................................................... 243

Description of the MODBUS Functions .......................................... 244

Function Code FC1 (Read Coils) ............................................... 245

Function Code FC2 (Read Discrete Inputs) ............................... 247

Function Code FC3 (Read Multiple Registers) ........................... 249

Function Code FC4 (Read Input Registers) ............................... 250

Function Code FC5 (Write Coil) ................................................. 251

Function Code FC6 (Write Single Register) ............................... 252

Function Code FC11 (Get Comm Event Counter)...................... 253

Function Code FC15 (Write Multiple Coils) ................................ 254

Function Code FC16 (Write Multiple Registers) ......................... 256

Function Code FC22 (Mask Write Register) .............................. 257

Function Code FC23 (Read/Write Multiple Registers) ............... 258

MODBUS Register Mapping .......................................................... 260

Modbus Registers .......................................................................... 263

Accessing Register Values ........................................................ 264

Modbus-Watchdog .................................................................... 264

Modbus Watchdog Register ....................................................... 266

Diagnostic Registers .................................................................. 270

Configuration Registers ............................................................. 271

Constant Registers .................................................................... 273

Firmware Information Registers ................................................. 275

13 I/O Modules ............................................................................................ 280

13.1

Overview ............................................................................................ 280

13.2

Process Data Architecture for Modbus-TCP ....................................... 281

13.2.1

13.2.1.1

13.2.1.2

13.2.1.3

Digital Input Modules ...................................................................... 282

1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ....................... 282

2 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................ 282

2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ....................... 282

Manual

Version 1.2.2

13.2.5.3

13.2.5.4

13.2.5.5

13.2.5.6

13.2.5.7

13.2.5.8

13.2.5.9

13.2.5.10

13.2.5.11

13.2.5.12

13.2.5.13

13.2.5.14

13.2.5.15

13.2.5.16

13.2.2.8

13.2.2.9

13.2.3

13.2.3.1

13.2.3.2

13.2.3.3

13.2.3.4

13.2.3.5

13.2.3.6

13.2.4

13.2.4.1

13.2.4.2

13.2.4.3

13.2.5

13.2.5.1

13.2.5.2

8 Table of Contents

13.2.1.4

13.2.1.5

13.2.1.6

13.2.1.7

13.2.1.8

13.2.1.9

13.2.2

13.2.2.1

13.2.2.2

13.2.2.3

13.2.2.4

13.2.2.5

13.2.2.6

13.2.2.7

WAGO I/O System 750


2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output

Process Data ............................................................................. 283



8 Channel Digital Input Module NAMUR with Diagnostics and

Output Process Data ................................................................. 284

8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output

Process Data ............................................................................. 285

16 Channel Digital Input Modules .............................................. 286

Digital Output Modules ................................................................... 287

1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data ......... 287

2 Channel Digital Output Modules ............................................. 287

2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input

Process Data ............................................................................. 288

4 Channel Digital Output Modules ............................................. 289

4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input

Process Data ............................................................................. 289

8 Channel Digital Output Module ............................................... 289

8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input

Process Data ............................................................................. 290

16 Channel Digital Output Modules ........................................... 290

8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules .................................... 291

Analog Input Modules .................................................................... 292

1 Channel Analog Input Modules ............................................... 292


2 Channel Analog Input Modules HART .................................... 293



3-Phase Power Measurement Module ....................................... 296

Analog Output Modules .................................................................. 298

2 Channel Analog Output Modules ............................................ 298



Specialty Modules .......................................................................... 300

Counter Modules ....................................................................... 300

Pulse Width Modules ................................................................. 303

Serial Interface Modules with Alternative Data Format .............. 303

Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format ................. 304

Serial Interface Modules ............................................................ 304

Data Exchange Module ............................................................. 305

SSI Transmitter Interface Modules ............................................ 305

Incremental Encoder Interface Modules .................................... 306

DC-Drive Controller ................................................................... 308

Stepper Controller ..................................................................... 309

RTC Module .............................................................................. 310

DALI/DSI Master Module ........................................................... 310

DALI Multi-Master Module ......................................................... 310

LON ® FTT Module ..................................................................... 314

EnOcean Radio Receiver .......................................................... 314

MP Bus Master Module ............................................................. 315

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Table of Contents 9

13.2.5.17

13.2.5.18

13.2.5.19

13.2.5.20

13.2.5.21

13.2.5.22

13.2.5.23

13.2.5.24

13.2.5.25

13.2.5.26

13.2.6

13.2.6.1

13.2.6.2

13.2.6.3

Bluetooth ® RF-Transceiver ........................................................ 315

Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O ............ 316

KNX/EIB/TP1 Module ................................................................ 317

Proportional Valve Module ......................................................... 318

M-Bus Master Module ............................................................... 319

IO-Link Master ........................................................................... 319

CAN Gateway ............................................................................ 320

Servo Stepper Controller ........................................................... 321

SMI Master Module ................................................................... 322

AS-interface Master Module ...................................................... 323

System Modules ............................................................................ 325

System Modules with Diagnostics ............................................. 325

Filter Module.............................................................................. 325

Binary Space Module ................................................................ 326

14 Application Examples ........................................................................... 327

14.1

Test of Modbus protocol and fieldbus nodes ....................................... 327

14.2

Visualization and Control using SCADA Software ............................... 327

15 Use in Hazardous Environments.......................................................... 330

15.1

Marking Configuration Examples ........................................................ 331

15.1.1

15.1.2

15.2

Installation Regulations....................................................................... 338

15.2.1

15.2.2

Marking for Europe According to ATEX and IECEx ........................ 331

Marking for the United States of America (NEC) and Canada (CEC)335

Special Notes including Explosion Protection ................................. 338

Special Notes Regarding ANSI/ISA Ex ........................................... 340

16 Appendix................................................................................................ 341

16.2.1

16.2.2

16.2.3

16.2.4

16.2.5

16.2.6

16.2.7

16.2.8

16.1

MIB II Groups ..................................................................................... 341

16.1.1

16.1.2

16.1.3

16.1.4

16.1.5

System Group ................................................................................ 341

Interface Group .............................................................................. 342

IP Group ........................................................................................ 344

IpRoute Table Group ...................................................................... 345

ICMP Group ................................................................................... 346

TCP Group ..................................................................................... 347 16.1.6

16.1.7

16.1.8

UDP Group .................................................................................... 348

SNMP Group .................................................................................. 349

16.2

WAGO MIB Groups ............................................................................ 350

Company Group ............................................................................. 350

Product Group ................................................................................ 350

Versions Group .............................................................................. 351

Real-Time Clock Group .................................................................. 352

Ethernet Group .............................................................................. 353

Actual Error Group ......................................................................... 353

PLC Project Group ......................................................................... 354

Http Group ..................................................................................... 355

16.2.9

Ftp Group ....................................................................................... 355

16.2.10

Sntp Group..................................................................................... 356

16.2.11

Snmp Group................................................................................... 356

16.2.12

Snmp Trap String Group ................................................................ 358

16.2.13

Snmp User Trap String Group ........................................................ 359

Manual

Version 1.2.2



16.2.14

Plc Connection Group .................................................................... 359

16.2.15

Modbus Group ............................................................................... 360

16.2.16

Process Image Group .................................................................... 360

16.2.17

Plc Data Group .............................................................................. 362

List of Figures ................................................................................................ 363

List of Tables .................................................................................................. 365

=== E nde der Liste für Tex tma rke Ve rzeic hnis_v orn e = ==

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Notes about this Documentation 11

Pos: 7 /Alle Se rien (Allge meine Mo dule )/Übe rsch rifte n/Eben e 1/Hi nweise zu di eser Doku men tatio n - Ü bersc hrift 1 @ 4\m od_ 123 798 7661 750 _21 .docx @ 2 9029 @ 1 @ 1

1 Notes about this Documentation

Pos: 8 /Alle Se rien (Allge meine Mo dule )/Siche rheits - u nd so nstig e Hinweis e/Hinweis /Hinweis: D oku ment ation auf bewa hre n @ 4\m od_1 237 987 339 812 _21. docx @ 29 026 @ @ 1

Always retain this documentation!

This documentation is part of the product. Therefore, retain the documentation during the entire service life of the product. Pass on the documentation to any subsequent user. In addition, ensure that any supplement to this documentation is included, if necessary.

Pos: 9 /Alle Se rien (Allge meine Mo dule )/Übe rsch rifte n/Eben e 2/ Gültigk eitsbe reic h - Ü bersc hrift 2 @ 12\ mod _13 3891 244 877 6_2 1.do cx @ 9 646 9 @ 2 @ 1

1.1 Validity of this Documentation

Pos: 10 /S erie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /Hinweise zur Doku men tatio n (al te Str uktu r)/G ültigkeit sbe reich/ Gültigk eitsbe reic h Doku me ntatio n Kop pler/C ont roller 75 0-xxxx, Stand ard versi on u nd a ufg elistete Var. @ 14 \mo d_1 358 944 040 291_ 21. docx @ 10 937 0 @ @ 1 This documentation is only applicable to the “Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH;

SD” (750-890) and the variants listed in the table below.

Pos: 11 /S erie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /Hinweise zur Doku men tatio n (al te Str uktu r)/G ültigkeit sbe reich/Va rian tenlist en/Va riant enliste - 7 50- 890 , -8 90/0 25 -00x (0, 1, 2 ) @ 35\ mod_ 156 284 486 745 6_2 1.doc x @ 5 526 79 @ @ 1 Tabelle 1: Variations

Oder number/

Variation

Designation


750-890/025-000 Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD T

(surrounding air temperature: -20 °C ... +60 °C)

750-890/025-001 Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD Tele T


750-890/025-002 Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD Tele T ECO


Pos: 12 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Sich erh eits- und s onsti ge Hinw eise/Hinw eis/Hinweis : Gülti gkeit der A ngab en f ür aufg elistet e Varia nte n @ 9 \mo d_1 281 520 778 141_ 21. docx @ 63 085 @ @ 1

Documentation Validity for Variants

Unless otherwise indicated, the information given in this documentation applies to listed variants.

Pos: 13 /S erie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /Hinweise zur Doku men tatio n (al te Str uktu r)/Hinw eise/Ach tung : Hinweis zur D oku ment atio n Koppl er- /Cont rolle r 75 0-xxxx @ 4\ mo d_1 2390 959 642 96_ 21.d ocx @ 301 18 @ @ 1 The product “Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD” (750-890) shall only be installed and operated according to the instructions in this manual and the system description for the WAGO I/O System 750.

Consider power layout of the WAGO I/O System 750!

In addition to these operating instructions, you will also need the system description for the WAGO I/O System 750, which can be downloaded at www.wago.com

. There, you can obtain important information including information on electrical isolation, system power and supply specifications.

Pos: 14. 1 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mod ule) /Übe rschri ften /Eben e 2/U rhe bersc hutz - Üb ersc hrift 2 @ 2 3\m od_ 143 564 704 2188 _21 .docx @ 1 848 08 @ 2 @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

12 Notes about this Documentation

1.2 Copyright

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 14. 2 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mod ule) /Rechtlic hes, Allg emei nes/U rhe bers chutz ausf ührlic h @ 4\mo d_1 235 565 145 234 _21. docx @ 27 691 @ @ 1 This Manual, including all figures and illustrations, is copyright-protected. Any further use of this Manual by third parties that violate pertinent copyright provisions is prohibited. Reproduction, translation, electronic and phototechnical filing/archiving (e.g., photocopying) as well as any amendments require the written consent of WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG, Minden, Germany.

Non-observance will involve the right to assert damage claims.

Pos: 14. 3 /Dok ume ntati on all gem ein/Glie de rung sele ment e/- --Seit enwec hsel- -- @ 3\ mod_ 122 110 804 507 8_0. docx @ 21 810 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 14. 4 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mod ule) /Rechtlic hes, Allg emei nes/Sch utzr echt e @ 3 4\m od_ 155 799 677 6201 _21 .docx @ 5 449 19 @ 2 @ 1

1.3 Property rights


Third-party trademarks are used in this documentation. This section contains the trademarks used. The “®” and “TM” symbols are omitted hereinafter.

• Adobe ® and Acrobat ® are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems Inc.

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

AS-Interface ® is a registered trademark of AS-International Association.

BACnet ® is a registered trademark of American Society of Heating,

Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc. (ASHRAE).

Bluetooth ® is a registered trademark of the Bluetooth SIG, Inc.

CiA ® and CANopen ® are registered trademarks of CAN in AUTOMATION –

International Users and Manufacturers Group e. V.

DALI is a registered trademark of Digital Illumination Interface Alliance

(DiiA).

EtherCAT ® is a registered trademark and patented technology of Beckhoff

Automation GmbH.

EtherNet/IP™ is a registered trademark of Open DeviceNet Vendor

Association, Inc (ODVA).

EnOcean ® is a registered trademark of EnOcean GmbH.

IO-Link is a registered trademark of PROFIBUS Nutzerorganisation e.V.

KNX ® is a registered trademark of KNX Association cvba.

Linux ® is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.

LON ® is a registered trademark of Echelon Corporation.

Modbus ® is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric, licensed to the

Modbus Organization, Inc.

PROFIBUS ® is a registered trademark of Siemens AG.

PROFINET ® is a registered trademark of Siemens AG.

QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED.

Subversion ® is a registered trademark of Apache Software Foundation.

Windows ® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.


Manual

Version 1.2.2


Pos: 14. 6 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mod ule) /Übe rschri ften /Eben e 2/Sy mbole - Üb ersc hrift 2 @ 13\ mod_ 135 106 804 240 8_2 1.doc x @ 1 052 70 @ 2 @ 1

1.4 Symbols

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 14. 7.1 /Alle S erie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Siche rh eits- und s onsti ge Hinw eise/G efah r/G efah r: _W arn ung v or Pe rso nensc häd en all gem ein_ - Erlä ute rung @ 1 3\m od_ 1343 309 450 020 _21. docx @ 10 102 9 @ @ 1

Personal Injury!

Indicates a high-risk, imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

Pos: 14. 7.2 /Alle S erie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Siche rh eits- und s onsti ge Hinw eise/G efah r/G efah r: _W arn ung v or Pe rso nensc häd en d urch elekt risch en Str om_ - Erl äute run g @ 13\ mod_ 134 330 969 491 4_2 1.docx @ 1 010 30 @ @ 1

Personal Injury Caused by Electric Current!

Indicates a high-risk, imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

Pos: 14. 7.3 /Alle S erie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Siche rh eits- und s onsti ge Hinw eise/Wa rnu ng/Wa rnu ng: _War nun g vo r Pers onen schä den allge mein _ - Erl äute run g @ 13\ mod _134 330 987 704 1_2 1.doc x @ 1 010 35 @ @ 1


Indicates a moderate-risk, potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

Pos: 14. 7.4 /Alle S erie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Siche rh eits- und s onsti ge Hinw eise/Vo rsicht/Vo rsicht: _Wa rnu ng vo r Per sone nsch äde n allge mei n_ - Erläut eru ng @ 13\ mo d_13 433 100 287 62_ 21.d ocx @ 101 038 @ @ 1


Indicates a low-risk, potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.

Pos: 14. 7.5 /Alle S erie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Siche rh eits- und s onsti ge Hinw eise/Acht ung/Ac htun g: _W arn ung vor S achsch äde n allg emei n_ - Erläu ter ung @ 13 \mo d_1 343 310 1346 23_ 21. docx @ 101 041 @ @ 1

Damage to Property!

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in damage to property.

Pos: 14. 7.6 /Alle S erie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Siche rh eits- und s onsti ge Hinw eise/Acht ung/Ac htun g: _W arn ung vor S achsch äde n du rch elekt rosta tische Auflad ung _ - Erl äute ru ng @ 13\ mod _13 4331 022 770 2_2 1.do cx @ 1 010 44 @ @ 1

Damage to Property Caused by Electrostatic Discharge (ESD)!

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in damage to property.

Pos: 14. 7.7 /Alle S erie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Siche rh eits- und s onsti ge Hinw eise/Hinw eis/Hinweis : _Wichti ger Hinweis allge mein_ - Erl äute run g @ 13\m od_ 134 331 032 690 6_21 .docx @ 1 010 47 @ @ 1

Important Note!

Indicates a potential malfunction which, if not avoided, however, will not result in damage to property.

Pos: 14. 7.8 /Alle S erie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Siche rh eits- und s onsti ge Hinw eise/I nfor mati on/I nfor mati on: _Weite re I nfor mati on all gem ein_ - Erlä uter ung @ 1 3\m od_1 343 310 439 814 _21. docx @ 10 105 1 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Additional Information:

Refers to additional information which is not an integral part of this documentation (e.g., the Internet).


Manual

Version 1.2.2


Pos: 14. 9 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mod ule) /Übe rschri ften /Eben e 2/D arstell ung der Za hlens yste me - Übe rschri ft 2 @ 23 \mo d_1 435 6471 280 78_ 21.d ocx @ 184 811 @ 2 @ 1

1.5 Number Notation

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 14. 10 /Alle Se rien (Allge mein e Mo dule )/Rec htliches , Allgem eines /Za hlens yste me @ 3\m od_ 122 105 9454 015 _21 .docx @ 21 711 @ @ 1

Table 2: Number Notation

Number Code Example

Decimal 100

Hexadecimal

Binary

0x64

'100'

'0110.0100'

Pos: 14. 11 /Alle Se rien (Allge mein e Mo dule )/Üb ersch rifte n/Ebe ne 2 /Schriftk onve ntion en - Übe rsch rift 2 @ 2 3\m od_1 435 647 186 005 _21. docx @ 18 481 4 @ 2 @ 1

1.6 Font Conventions

Note

Normal notation

C notation

In quotation marks, nibble separated with dots (.)

Pos: 14. 12 /Alle Se rien (Allge mein e Mo dule )/Rec htliches , Allgem eines /Schriftk onv entio nen @ 3\ mod _12 210 5952 143 7_2 1.do cx @ 2171 4 @ @ 1 Table 3: Font Conventions

Font Type Indicates italic Names of paths and data files are marked in italic-type. e.g.: C:\Program Files\WAGO Software

Menu Menu items are marked in bold letters. e.g.: Save

>

Input

A greater-than sign between two names means the selection of a menu item from a menu. e.g.: File > New

Designation of input or optional fields are marked in bold letters, e.g.: Start of measurement range

Pos: 15 /D oku ment ation allge mein /Glied eru ngsel eme nte/ -- -Seitenw echsel -- - @ 3 \mo d_1 221 108 0450 78_ 0.d ocx @ 218 10 @ @ 1

“Value” Input or selective values are marked in inverted commas. e.g.: Enter the value “4 mA” under Start of measurement range .

[Button] Pushbuttons in dialog boxes are marked with bold letters in square brackets.

[Key] e.g.: [Input]

Keys are marked with bold letters in square brackets. e.g.: [F5]

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 16 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 1/Wichtig e Erlä uter ung en - Übe rsch rift 1 @ 4\ mod _12 414 288 991 56_ 21.d ocx @ 321 70 @ 1 @ 1

2 Important Notes

Important Notes 17

Pos: 17. 1 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mod ule) /Rechtlic hes, Allg emei nes/Wic htige E rläut eru nge n - Einl eitun g @ 3 \mo d_1 221 059 818 031_ 21. docx @ 21 717 @ @ 1 This section includes an overall summary of the most important safety requirements and notes that are mentioned in each individual section. To protect your health and prevent damage to devices as well, it is imperative to read and carefully follow the safety guidelines.

Pos: 17. 2 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mod ule) /Übe rschri ften /Eben e 2/R echtlich e Gr undl age n - Ü bersc hrift 2 @ 3\m od_ 122 106 062 6343 _21 .docx @ 2 1726 @ 2 @ 1

2.1 Legal Bases

Pos: 17. 3 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mod ule) /Rechtlic hes, Allg emei nes/Än der ungs vor behal t - Ü bersc hrift 3 u nd I nhalt @ 3\ mod _12 210 600 364 84_ 21.d ocx @ 217 20 @ 3 @ 1

2.1.1 Subject to Changes

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG reserves the right to provide for any alterations or modifications. WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG owns all rights arising from the granting of patents or from the legal protection of utility patents. Third-party products are always mentioned without any reference to patent rights. Thus, the existence of such rights cannot be excluded.

Pos: 17. 4 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Wichti ge Erl äute run gen (alt e Struk tur )/Pers onal qualifik ation/P erso nalq ualifikati on 7 50- xxxx - Ü ber schrif t 3 und I nhal t @ 3 \mo d_1 224 061 2080 46_ 21. docx @ 240 63 @ 3 @ 1

2.1.2 Personnel Qualifications

All sequences implemented on WAGO I/O System 750 devices may only be carried out by electrical specialists with sufficient knowledge in automation. The specialists must be familiar with the current norms and guidelines for the devices and automated environments.

All changes to the coupler or controller should always be carried out by qualified personnel with sufficient skills in PLC programming.

Pos: 17. 5 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Wichti ge Erl äute run gen (alt e Struk tur )/Besti mmu ngsg em äße Verwe ndu ng/Besti mm ungs gem äß e Verw end ung 750 -xxxx - Übe rsch rift 3 @ 3 2\mo d_1 536 041 141 528 _21. docx @ 49 849 4 @ 3 @ 1

2.1.3 Use of the 750 Series in Compliance with Underlying

Provisions

Pos: 17. 6 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Wichti ge Erl äute run gen (alt e Struk tur )/Besti mmu ngsg em äße Verwe ndu ng/Besti mm ungs gem äß e Verw end ung 750 -xxxx f ür G erä te - UL6 101 0 - Ve rweis auf Pr oduk t-HB @ 32\m od_ 153 604 097 805 8_2 1.docx @ 4 984 89 @ @ 1 Fieldbus couplers, controllers and I/O modules of the modular

WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 receive digital and analog signals from sensors and transmit them to actuators or higher-level control systems. Using controllers, the signals can also be (pre-) processed.

This product fulfills the requirements of protection type IP20 and is designed for use in dry interior spaces. There is protection against finger injury and solid impurities up to 12.5 mm diameter is assured; protection against water damage is not ensured.

The product represents an open-type device. It may only be installed in enclosures (tool-secured enclosures or operating rooms) which fulfil the listed requirements specified in the safety instructions in chapter “Safety Advice

(Precautions)”. Use without additional protective measures in environments within which dust, corrosive fumes, gases or ionized radiation can occur is considered improper use.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

18 Important Notes WAGO I/O System 750


The product is intended for installation in automation systems. It does not have its own integrated separator. A suitable separator must therefore be created on the plant side.

The operation of the product in residential areas without further measures is only permitted if the product complies with the emission limits (interference emissions) according to EN 61000-6-3.

Operating the product in home applications without further measures is only permitted if it meets the emission limits (emissions of interference) according to

EN 61000-6-3. Please observe the installation regulations!

You will find the relevant information in the section “Device Description” >

“Standards and Guidelines” in the manual for the used product.

Appropriate housing (per 2014/34/EU) is required when operating the

WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 in hazardous environments. Please note that a prototype test certificate must be obtained that confirms the correct installation of the system in a housing or switch cabinet.

The implementation of safety functions such as EMERGENCY STOP or safety door monitoring must only be performed by the F I/O modules within the modular

WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750. Only these safe F I/O modules ensure functional safety in accordance with the latest international standards. WAGO's interference-free output modules can be controlled by the safety function.

Pos: 17. 7 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mod ule) /Rechtlic hes, Allg emei nes/ Tec hnisch er Zust and der Ger äte - Üb ersch rift 3 un d In halt @ 3\ mod_ 122 106 044 610 9_2 1.docx @ 2 172 3 @ 3 @ 1

2.1.4 Technical Condition of Specified Devices

The devices to be supplied ex works are equipped with hardware and software configurations, which meet the individual application requirements. These modules contain no parts that can be serviced or repaired by the user. The following actions will result in the exclusion of liability on the part of WAGO

Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG:

•

•

Repairs,

Changes to the hardware or software that are not described in the operating instructions,

Improper use of the components. •

Further details are given in the contractual agreements. Please send your request for modified and new hardware or software configurations directly to

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG.

Pos: 17. 8 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mod ule) /Übe rschri ften /Eben e 4/Ent sor gen - Üb ersch rift 4 @ 3 0\m od_ 151 0145 115 652 _21. docx @ 46 985 9 @ 4 @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


2.1.4.1 Disposal

Important Notes 19

Pos: 17. 9.1 /Alle S erie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 5/Elektr o- u nd Elek tro nikge räte - Üb ersc hrift 5 @ 32\ mod_ 153 744 698 806 8_2 1.docx @ 5 016 57 @ 5 @ 1

2.1.4.1.1 Electrical and Electronic Equipment

Pos: 17. 9.2 /Alle S erie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Rec htlich es, Allge mein es/Elektr o- und Elek tro nikge räte @ 3 2\m od_ 153 2425 086 061 _21. docx @ 49 198 9 @ @ 1 Electrical and electronic equipment may not be disposed of with household waste. This also applies to products without this symbol.

Electrical and electronic equipment contain materials and substances that can be harmful to the environment and health. Electrical and electronic equipment must be disposed of properly after use.

WEEE 2012/19/EU applies throughout Europe. Directives and laws may vary nationally.

Environmentally friendly disposal benefits health and protects the environment from harmful substances in electrical and electronic equipment.

•

•

•

•

Observe national and local regulations for the disposal of electrical and electronic equipment.

Clear any data stored on the electrical and electronic equipment.

Remove any added battery or memory card in the electrical and electronic equipment.

Have the electrical and electronic equipment sent to your local collection point.

Improper disposal of electrical and electronic equipment can be harmful to the environment and human health.

Pos: 17. 9.3 /D oku ment ation allge mein /Glied eru ngsel eme nte/ --- -L eerz eile- (1Z )- --- @ 2 8\mo d_1 485 262 995 837 _0.d ocx @ 404 006 @ @ 1

Pos: 17. 9.4 /Alle S erie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 5/Verp acku ng - Übe rsch rift 5 @ 32 \mo d_1 537 447 0442 02_ 21. docx @ 501 662 @ 5 @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

20 Important Notes

2.1.4.1.2 Packaging

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 17. 9.5 /Alle S erie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Rec htlich es, Allge mein es/Ver packu ng @ 32\ mod _15 374 467 864 16_ 21.d ocx @ 501 653 @ @ 1 Packaging contains materials that can be reused.

PPWD 94/62/EU and 2004/12/EU packaging guidelines apply throughout

Europe. Directives and laws may vary nationally.

Environmentally friendly disposal of the packaging protects the environment and allows sustainable and efficient use of resources.

•

•

Observe national and local regulations for the disposal of packaging.

Dispose of packaging of all types that allows a high level of recovery, reuse and recycling.

Improper disposal of packaging can be harmful to the environment and wastes valuable resources.

Pos: 17. 10 /D okum ent ation allge mein/ Gliede run gsele me nte/ ---Sei tenwe chsel --- @ 3\ mod _12 211 080 450 78_ 0.docx @ 2 181 0 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 17. 11 /Alle Se rien (Allge mein e Mo dule )/Üb ersch rifte n/Ebe ne 2 /Sicher heitshi nweise - Üb ersc hrift 2 @ 6\mo d_1 260 180 299 987 _21. docx @ 46 724 @ 2 @ 1

2.2 Safety Advice (Precautions)

Important Notes 21

Pos: 17. 12 /Alle Se rien (Allge mein e Mo dule )/Siche rheit s- u nd s onstig e Hinweis e/Einleit ung Sich erh eitshi nweise H ardw are @ 6\ mo d_12 601 801 704 93_ 21.d ocx @ 467 20 @ @ 1 For installing and operating purposes of the relevant device to your system the following safety precautions shall be observed:

Pos: 17. 13.1 /Alle Seri en (Allg emei ne Mod ule)/Sich er heits- und sons tige Hi nweise/ Gefa hr/ Gefa hr: Nic ht a n Ge räte n u nter Span nun g ar beit en! @ 6\m od_ 126 018 036 532 7_21 .docx @ 4 672 7 @ @ 1

Do not work on devices while energized!

All power sources to the device shall be switched off prior to performing any installation, repair or maintenance work.

Pos: 17. 13.2 /Alle Seri en (Allg emei ne Mod ule)/Sich er heits- und sons tige Hi nweise/ Gefa hr/ Gefa hr: Pr odu kt nu r in eine m g eeign ete n Ge häus e ein bau en! @ 33\ mod _15 435 818 814 35_ 21.d ocx @ 511 972 @ @ 1

Install device in only one suitable enclosure!

The device is an open system. Install the device in a suitable enclosure. This enclosure must:

• Guarantee that the max. permissible degree of pollution is not exceeded.

• Offer adequate protection against contact.

• Prevent fire from spreading outside of the enclosure.

• Offer adequate protection against UV irradiation.

• Guarantee mechanical stability

• Restrict access to authorized personnel and may only be opened with tools

Pos: 17. 13.3 /Alle Seri en (Allg emei ne Mod ule)/Sich er heits- und sons tige Hi nweise/ Gefa hr/ Gefa hr: Tr ennv orric htun g u nd Üb erst ro mschut z @ 3 3\m od_ 154 391 5978 439 _21 .docx @ 5 1226 7 @ @ 1

Ensure disconnect and overcurrent protection!

The device is intended for installation in automation technology systems.

Disconnect protection is not integrated. Connected systems must be protected by a fuse.

Provide suitable disconnect and overcurrent protection on the system side!

Pos: 17. 13.4 /Alle Seri en (Allg emei ne Mod ule)/Sich er heits- und sons tige Hi nweise/ Gefa hr/ Gefa hr: U nfallve rhü tung svors chrift en beac hten ! @ 6 \mo d_1 260 180 6570 00_ 21. docx @ 46 735 @ @ 1

Pos: 17. 13.5 /Alle Seri en (Allg emei ne Mod ule)/Sich er heits- und sons tige Hi nweise/ Gefa hr/ Gefa hr: Au f no rm ger echte n Anschl uss ac hte n! @ 6\m od_1 260 180 753 479 _21. docx @ 46 739 @ @ 1

Ensure a standard connection!

To minimize any hazardous situations resulting in personal injury or to avoid failures in your system, the data and power supply lines shall be installed according to standards, with careful attention given to ensuring the correct terminal assignment. Always adhere to the EMC directives applicable to your application.

Pos: 17. 14 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/Wic htige E rläut eru nge n ( alte Str uktu r)/Sich erh eits- und sonsti ge Hinw eise/Wa rnu ng/W arn ung: S peisu ng a usschlie ßlich aus SELV-/PELV-V erso rgu ng (Kopple r/Co ntr oller) @ 3 7\m od_ 160 0424 785 073 _21. docx @ 59 378 9 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Power from SELV/PELV power supply only!

All field signals and field supplies connected to this fieldbus coupler/controller

(750-890) must be powered from SELV/PELV power supply(s)!

Pos: 17. 15 /Alle Se rien (Allge mein e Mo dule )/Siche rheit s- u nd s onstig e Hinweis e/Vorsic ht/Vo rsicht: H eiß e Ob erfläc he nicht ber ühr en! (allge mein ) @ 6\m od_ 126 4428 115 588 _21. docx @ 48 610 @ @ 1

Do not touch hot surfaces!

The surface of the housing can become hot during operation. If the device was operated at high ambient temperatures, allow it to cool off before touching it.

Pos: 17. 16 /Alle Se rien (Allge mein e Mo dule )/Siche rheit s- u nd s onstig e Hinweis e/Acht ung/Ac htun g: Nicht in Teleko mm unika tions netze n ein setze n! ( Zus atz RJ -45 ) @ 3 \mo d_1 224 065 1874 68_ 21. docx @ 24 076 @ @ 1

Do not use in telecommunication circuits!

Only use devices equipped with ETHERNET or RJ-45 connectors in LANs.

Never connect these devices with telecommunication networks.

Pos: 17. 17.1 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Wichtig e Erlä ute rung en (alte Strukt ur )/Sicher heits - un d so nstige Hinweis e/Achtu ng/Acht ung : Einwan dfr eie Kon taktie run g zu r T rags chien e gew äh rleiste n! @ 34\ mod_ 155 048 140 763 8_2 1.doc x @ 5 305 99 @ @ 1

Ensure proper contact with the DIN-rail!

Proper electrical contact between the DIN-rail and device is necessary to maintain the EMC characteristics and function of the device.

Pos: 17. 17.2 /Alle Seri en (Allg emei ne Mod ule)/Sich er heits- und sons tige Hi nweise/Ac htun g/Achtu ng: D efekt e o der besc hädig te G erät e a ustau sche n! @ 6\m od_1 260 180 857 358 _21. docx @ 46 743 @ @ 1

Replace defective or damaged devices!

Replace defective or damaged device/module (e.g., in the event of deformed contacts).

Pos: 17. 17.3 /Alle Seri en (Allg emei ne Mod ule)/Sich er heits- und sons tige Hi nweise/Ac htun g/Achtu ng: Ger äte v or k riech end en u nd is oliere nde n Stoff en sc hütz en! @ 6\ mod_ 126 018 103 621 6_2 1.doc x @ 4 674 7 @ @ 1

Protect the components against materials having seeping and insulating properties!

The components are not resistant to materials having seeping and insulating properties such as: aerosols, silicones and triglycerides (found in some hand creams). If you cannot exclude that such materials will appear in the component environment, then install the components in an enclosure being resistant to the above-mentioned materials. Clean tools and materials are imperative for handling devices/modules.

Pos: 17. 17.4 /Alle Seri en (Allg emei ne Mod ule)/Sich er heits- und sons tige Hi nweise/Ac htun g/Achtu ng: R einig ung nur mit z ulässig en Mate rialien ! @ 6 \mo d_1 260 181 203 293_ 21. docx @ 46 751 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Clean only with permitted materials!

Clean housing and soiled contacts with propanol.

Important Notes 23

Pos: 17. 17.5 /Alle Seri en (Allg emei ne Mod ule)/Sich er heits- und sons tige Hi nweise/Ac htun g/Achtu ng: K ein Kont aktsp ray v erwe nde n! @ 6\m od_ 126 018 129 0808 _21 .docx @ 4 675 5 @ @ 1

Do not use any contact spray!

Do not use any contact spray. The spray may impair contact area functionality in connection with contamination.

Pos: 17. 17.6 /Alle Seri en (Allg emei ne Mod ule)/Sich er heits- und sons tige Hi nweise/Ac htun g/Achtu ng: V erp olung en der D aten - u nd Ve rsor gun gsleitu nge n ve rmei den! @ 6\ mo d_1 2601 840 457 44_ 21.d ocx @ 467 67 @ @ 1

Do not reverse the polarity of connection lines!

Avoid reverse polarity of data and power supply lines, as this may damage the devices involved.

Pos: 17. 17.7 /Alle Seri en (Allg emei ne Mod ule)/Sich er heits- und sons tige Hi nweise/Ac htun g/Achtu ng: Ele ktros tatisc he Entla dun g ve rmei den ! - DIN EN 613 40- 5-1 /-3 @ 6\ mod _12 601 813 647 29_ 21.d ocx @ 467 59 @ @ 1

Avoid electrostatic discharge!

The devices are equipped with electronic components that may be destroyed by electrostatic discharge when touched. Please observe the safety precautions against electrostatic discharge per DIN EN 61340-5-1/-3. When handling the devices, please ensure that environmental factors (personnel, work space and packaging) are properly grounded.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 19 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Re chtlich es, Allge mein es/Spezi elle Einsat zbesti mm ung en fü r ETHERNET -Ge rät e - Ü bers chrift 2 u nd I nhalt @ 1 2\m od_1 336 642 945 500 _21. docx @ 94 792 @ 2 @ 1

2.3 Special Use Conditions for ETHERNET Devices

If not otherwise specified, ETHERNET devices are intended for use on local networks. Please note the following when using ETHERNET devices in your system:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Do not connect control components and control networks directly to an open network such as the Internet or an office network. WAGO recommends putting control components and control networks behind a firewall.

In the control components (e.g., for WAGO I/-CHECK and CODESYS) close all ports and services not required by your application to minimize the risk of cyber attacks and to enhance cyber security.

Only open ports and services during commissioning and/or configuration.

Limit physical and electronic access to all automation components to authorized personnel only.

Change the default passwords before first use! This will reduce the risk of unauthorized access to your system.

Regularly change the passwords used! This will reduce the risk of unauthorized access to your system.

If remote access to control components and control networks is required, use a Virtual Private Network (VPN).

Regularly perform threat analyses. You can check whether the measures taken meet your security requirements.

Use “defense-in-depth” mechanisms in your system's security configuration to restrict the access to and control of individual products and networks.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 21. 1 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mod ule) /Übe rschri ften /Eben e 1/Syst emb esch reibu ng - Übe rsch rift 1 @ 3\ mo d_12 314 918 050 15_ 21.d ocx @ 258 50 @ 1 @ 1

3 System Description

System Description 25

Pos: 21. 2 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Syste mb eschr eibu ng/G erä t un d Syste m/Syste mbes chr eibun g - A ufba u F eldb usknot en @ 3\ mod _12 3149 290 493 7_2 1.do cx @ 2 586 7 @ @ 1 The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 is a modular, fieldbus-independent input/output system (I/O system). The configuration described here consists of a fieldbus coupler/controller (1) and the modular I/O modules (2) for any signal shapes that form the fieldbus node together. The end module (3) completes the node and is required for correct operation of the fieldbus node.

Figure 1: Fieldbus Node (Example)

Fieldbus couplers/controllers are available for different fieldbus systems.

Pos: 21. 3 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Syste mb eschr eibu ng/G erä t un d Syste m/Syste mbes chr eibun g - B eschr eibu ng Auf bau Fel dbusk note n ( erweit ert er ECO ) @ 1 1\m od_ 132 091 3005 501 _21 .docx @ 8 3000 @ @ 1 The extended ECO fieldbus couplers contain the fieldbus interface, electronics and a power supply terminal. The fieldbus interface forms the physical interface to the relevant fieldbus. The electronics process the data of the bus modules and make it available for the fieldbus communication. The 24 V system supply and the 24 V field supply are fed in via the integrated power supply terminal.

The fieldbus coupler/controller communicates via the relevant fieldbus. The programmable fieldbus controller (PFC) enables the implementation of additional

PLC functions. Programming is done with the WAGO-I/OPRO in accordance with IEC 61131-3.

Pos: 21. 4 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Syste mb eschr eibu ng/G erä t un d Syste m/Syste mbes chr eibun g - K omm unika tion Lokal bus, LEDs, 3- Leit ertec hnik @ 3\ mod _12 3149 352 090 6_2 1.do cx @ 2 587 7 @ @ 1 I/O modules for diverse digital and analog I/O signals as well as special functions can be connected to the fieldbus coupler/controller. The communication between the fieldbus coupler/controller and the I/O modules is carried out via a local bus.

The components of the WAGO I/O SYSTEM 750 have clear termination points, light emitting diodes for status display, plug-in mini WSB tags and group marker cards for labeling.

The 1, 2 or 3 wire technology supplemented by a ground wire connection allows for direct sensor or actuator wiring.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

26 System Description

Pos: 21. 6 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mod ule) /Übe rschri ften /Eben e 2/Be druck ung - Üb ersc hrift 2 @ 4\m od_ 1241 082 409 515 _21. docx @ 32 035 @ 2 @ 1

3.1 Labeling

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 21. 7.1 /Se rie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /Ger äte besch reib ung (alt e Struk tur )/Bed rucku ng/P FCxxx/Bed ruck ung 750 -8xxx - Einleit ung @ 4\ mod _12 421 984 5723 4_2 1.d ocx @ 330 46 @ @ 1 The front labeling includes:

-

-

-

Device designation

Name of the display elements, connections and control elements

Serial number with hardware and firmware version

-

-

-

The side labeling includes:

- Manufacturer's identification

Connector pin assignment

Serial number

Approval information

Pos: 21. 7.2 /Se rie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /System besc hreib ung /Ge rät u nd Syst em/Sy mbol e in d er Be druc kung @ 3 3\m od_ 154 8059 776 189 _21. docx @ 52 393 3 @ 3 @ 1

3.1.1 Labeling Symbols

Some general information and the respective product approvals are shown in the labeling as symbols.

Table 4: Labeling Symbols

Symbol Meaning

General Symbols

Manufacturer's identification

Description

Manufacturer name and address

Data matrix code

General warning label

ESD danger sign

WEEE label

Symbols of Approvals (Examples)

Conformity marking

Korean Certificate

Ex approvals

Ship approvals

TÜV symbol

Pos: 21. 7.3 /Alle S erie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 3/F ertig ungs num me r - Ü bers chrift 3 @ 24\ mod _14 436 788 215 92_2 1.d ocx @ 192 641 @ 3 @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

One-to-one product identification by means of UII

(Unique Item Identifier)

Read this manual carefully for safe use and proper handling

Avoid electrostatic discharge!

 See chapter

“Safety Advice (Precautions)”

Note on disposal

 See chapter

„Disposal“

Approval information

 See chapter

“Approvals“

WAGO I/O System 750


3.1.2 Manufacturing Number


Pos: 21. 7.4. 1 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte Str uktu r)/Be druc kun g/F ertig ungs num me r 75 0-xxxx - Einlei tung FBK/PFC @ 24 \mo d_1 444 111 4228 21_ 21. docx @ 192 825 @ @ 1 The serial number indicates the delivery status directly after production. This number is part of the labeling on the side of each component.

Pos: 21. 7.4. 2 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte Str uktu r)/Be druc kun g/F ertig ungs num me r 75 0-xxxx - Ab bildun g un d Erlä ute rung @ 2 4\m od_ 144 3678 328 855 _21. docx @ 19 263 8 @ @ 1

Figure 2: Marking Area for Serial Numbers

There are two serial numbers in two rows in the side marking. They are left of the release tab. The first 10 positions in the longer row of the serial numbers contain version and date identifications.

Example structure of the rows: 0114010101…

01

WW

Calendar week

14

YY

01

FW --

Year Firmware version

01

HW

Hardware version

01

FL

Firmware loader version

(additional positions)

-

Internal information

The row order can vary depending on the production year, only the longer row is relevant. The back part of this and the shorter row contain internal administration information from the manufacturer.

Pos: 21. 7.4. 3 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte Str uktu r)/Be druc kun g/F ertig ungs num me r 75 0-xxxx - Zusa tz: a uf Abd eckklap pe der S ervice -Schnitt stelle ged ruckt @ 29 \mo d_1 489 502 084 341 _21. docx @ 41 351 8 @ @ 1 In addition, the serial number is printed on the front on the cover cap of the service interface, so that it can also be read when installed.

Pos: 21. 7.5 /D oku ment ation allge mein /Glied eru ngsel eme nte/ ---S eitenw echsel -- - @ 3 \mo d_1 221 1080 450 78_ 0.do cx @ 2181 0 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

28 System Description WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 21. 7.6 /Alle S erie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 3/Har dwar e-Ad resse (MAC -ID) - Übe rsch rift 3 @ 2 9\m od_ 1491 292 958 438 _21. docx @ 41 463 8 @ 3 @ 1

3.1.3 Hardware Address (MAC-ID)

Pos: 21. 7.7 /Se rie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /System besc hreib ung /Ge rät u nd Syst em/H ardw are -Adr esse (MAC-ID ) ( ohn e Übe rsch rift) @ 29 \mo d_1 491 293 097 456_ 21. docx @ 41 464 6 @ @ 1 Each Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD has an internationally unambiguous physical address, referred to as the MAC-ID (Media Access Control

Identity).

As part of the labeling on the right side of this component, the MAC ID is printed in the block diagram.

In addition, the MAC ID is located on the paper strip with two self-adhesive peeloff strips on its left side.

The MAC ID has a fixed length of 6 bytes (48 bits) which are presented hexadecimal. The first three bytes identify the manufacturer (e.g. 00:30 DE for

WAGO). The second 3 bytes comprise the unique serial number of the hardware.

Pos: 21. 7.8 /D oku ment ation allge mein /Glied eru ngsel eme nte/ ---S eitenw echsel -- - @ 3 \mo d_1 221 1080 450 78_ 0.do cx @ 2181 0 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 21. 7.9 /Alle S erie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 3/Upd ate- Mat rix - Übe rschri ft 3 @ 29\ mo d_1 4912 930 058 01_ 21.d ocx @ 414 642 @ 3 @ 1

3.1.4 Update Matrix


Pos: 21. 7.10 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Syste mbes chr eibun g/Ge rät und System /Upd ate- Mat rix, wie Origi nal ( ab 2016 ) @ 34\ mod _15 517 8547 915 2_2 1.do cx @ 5 341 39 @ @ 1 For products that can be updated, the side inscription has a prepared matrix in which the current update data can be entered in columns.

The matrix has rows to enter the “FA” production or work order number and to enter the “PD” production date and “AZ” item number.

Figure 3: Update Matrix from 2016

Pos: 21. 7.11 /Doku me ntatio n allg emei n/Glie der ungs elem ente /-- -Seite nwechs el-- - @ 3\m od_ 122 1108 045 078 _0.d ocx @ 218 10 @ @ 1

Table 5: Legend for Figure “Update Matrix from 2016”

Description

FA Production order number, 10-digit

PD KW = calendar week

YY = year

AZ FW = firmware index

HW = hardware index

FL = firmware loader index

For factory updates to a head station, the current production or work order number is also printed on the cover cap of the service interface.

The original manufacturing information on the product housing remains unchanged.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 21. 8 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Syste mb eschr eibu ng/G erä t un d Syste m/La ger ung , Kom missioni eru ng u nd Tr ansp ort @ 3\ mod _122 544 660 060 9_2 1.doc x @ 2 489 7 @ 2 @ 1

3.2 Storage, Assembly and Transport

Whenever possible, the components are to be stored in their original packaging.

Likewise, the original packaging provides optimal protection during transport.

When assembling or repacking the components, the contacts must not be soiled or damaged. The components must be stored and transported in appropriate containers/packaging. Thereby, the ESD information is to be regarded.

Pos: 21. 9 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Syste mb eschr eibu ng/G erä t un d Syste m/Aufb auric htlinie n un d No rme n @ 3\m od_1 231 311 929 250 _21. docx @ 25 820 @ 2 @ 1

3.3 Assembly Guidelines/Standards

• DIN 60204 Electrical equipment of machines

•

•

DIN EN 50178 Electronic equipment for use in power installations

(replacement for VDE 0160)

EN 60439 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 21. 11.1 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Syste mbes chr eibun g/Vers org ung /Span nun gsver sor gun g - Ü bersc hrift 2 @ 3\m od_ 123 2950 078 953 _21. docx @ 26 680 @ 2 @ 1

3.4 Power Supply


Pos: 21. 11.2 /Alle Seri en (Allg emei ne Mod ule)/Ü bers chrif ten/Eb ene 3/Üb erst rom schutz - Üb ersc hrift 3 @ 31\ mod _152 337 118 306 4_2 1.doc x @ 4 810 17 @ 3 @ 1

3.4.1 Overcurrent Protection

Pos: 21. 11.3 .1 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM)/Ans chlie ßen/Eins peise konz epte /Warn ung : M ögliche Bran dgef ahr du rch unzu reich end en Üb erst rom schut z! ( bei Kleins pan nung ) @ 31\ mod _15 247 4503 462 7_2 1.d ocx @ 4837 89 @ @ 1

Possible fire hazard due to insufficient overcurrent protection!

In the event of a fault, insufficient overcurrent protection can present a possible fire hazard. In the event of a fault, excessive current flow in the components can cause significant overheating. Therefore, you should always dimension the overcurrent protection according to the anticipated power usage.

Pos: 21. 11.3 .2 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM)/Ans chlie ßen/Eins peise konz epte /Übe rstro msch utz b ei Kleins pann ung @ 3 1\m od_ 1523 370 744 672 _21. docx @ 48 100 9 @ @ 1 The system and field voltage of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEMs 750 is supplied on the head stations and bus supply modules.

For components that work with extra low voltage, only SELV/PELV voltage sources should be used.

A single voltage source supplying multiple components must be designed according to the component with the strictest electrical safety requirements.

For components which are only allowed to be supplied by SELV voltage sources, these requirements are listed in the technical data.

Most components in the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 have no internal overcurrent protection. Therefore, appropriate overcurrent production must always be implemented externally for the power supply to these components, e.g. via fuses.

The maximum permissible current is listed in the technical data of the components used.

Pos: 21. 11.3 .3 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM)/Ans chlie ßen/Eins peise konz epte /Achtun g: Syst emve rso rgu ng n ur mit g eeign ete r Absich eru ng! - UL 610 10 - @ 3 2\mo d_1 535 966 317 803 _21. docx @ 49 805 8 @ @ 1

Without overcurrent protection, the electronics can be damaged.

For 24V system supply input voltage an external fuse, rated max. 2 A, slow acting, min. 30 VDC shall be used.

System supply only with appropriate fuse protection!

Pos: 21. 11.3 .4 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM)/Ans chlie ßen/Eins peise konz epte /Achtun g: Feldv erso rgu ng nur mit g eeig nete r Absich eru ng! - UL 610 10 - @ 3 2\m od_ 153 596 631 7443 _21 .docx @ 4 9804 4 @ @ 1


For 24V field supply input voltage an external fuse, rated max. 10 A, slow acting, min. 30 VDC shall be used.

Field supply only with appropriate fuse protection!

Pos: 21. 11.4 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Syste mbes chr eibun g/Vers org ung /Poten tialtr enn ung @ 3\ mod _12 329 500 9412 5_2 1.d ocx @ 267 32 @ 3 @ 1

3.4.2 Isolation

Within the fieldbus node, there are three electrically isolated potentials:

• Electrically isolated fieldbus interface via transformer

Manual

Version 1.2.2


•

WAGO I/O System 750


Electronics of the fieldbus couplers/controllers and the I/O modules (local bus)

• All I/O modules have an electrical isolation between the electronics (local bus, logic) and the field electronics. Some digital and analog input modules have each channel electrically isolated, please see catalog.

Pos: 21. 11.5 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Syste mbes chr eibun g/Vers org ung /Poten tialtr enn ung - Bild (St and ard + e rweit erte r ECO) @ 3\ mod _12 329 500 951 87_ 21.d ocx @ 267 40 @ @ 1

Figure 4: Isolation for Fieldbus Couplers/Controllers (Example)


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 21. 11.7 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Syste mbes chr eibun g/Vers org ung /System vers org ung - Üb ersc hrift 3 @ 3 \mo d_1 232 950 096 265 _21. docx @ 26 748 @ 3 @ 1

3.4.3 System Supply


Pos: 21. 11.8 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Syste mbes chr eibun g/Vers org ung /System vers org ung - Ansc hluss @ 3\m od_ 123 295 009 679 6_2 1.docx @ 2 675 2 @ 4 @ 1

3.4.3.1 Connection

The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 requires a 24 V direct current system supply.

The power supply is provided via the fieldbus coupler/controller and, if necessary, in addition via internal system supply modules 750-613. The power supply is reverse voltage protected.

Do not use an incorrect voltage/frequency!

The use of an incorrect supply voltage or frequency can cause severe damage to the components.

Pos: 21. 11.9 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Syste mbes chr eibun g/Vers org ung /System vers org ung - Ansc hluss - Syste mvers org ung (Sta nda rd + erw eiter ter ECO ) @ 3\m od_ 123 295 0104 031 _21 .docx @ 2 6776 @ @ 1

Figure 5: System Supply via Fieldbus Coupler/Controller (left) and via Internal System Supply

Module (right)

1

2

Table 6: Legend for Figure “System Supply via Fieldbus Coupler/Controller (left) and via Internal

System Supply Module (right)”

Position Description

System supply DC 24 V (-25 % … +30 %)

System supply 0 V

Pos: 21. 11.1 0 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Syste mve rsor gun g - An schluss - Die eing espeis te 2 4 V-Gleic hspa nnu ng v erso rgt. .. @ 3\m od_1 232 950 097 328 _21. docx @ 26 756 @ @ 1 The fed-in 24 VDC supplies all internal system components, e.g. fieldbus coupler/controller electronics, fieldbus interface and I/O modules via the local bus

(5 VDC system voltage). The 5 VDC system voltage is galvanically connected to the 24 VDC supply voltage.

Pos: 21. 11.1 1 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Ansc hließ en/Eins peisek onze pte/Ac htun g: Syste mve rsor gun g nu r mi t ge eign eter Absiche run g! - UL 6 101 0 - @ 32 \mo d_1 535 966 3178 03_ 21. docx @ 498 058 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



System supply only with appropriate fuse protection!


For 24V system supply input voltage an external fuse, rated max. 2 A, slow acting, min. 30 VDC shall be used.

Pos: 21. 11.1 2 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Syste mve rsor gun g - An schluss - Syste msp ann ung (Stan dar d + erwei tert er ECO ) @ 3\mo d_1 232 950 102 359 _21. docx @ 26 768 @ @ 1

Figure 6: System Voltage for Standard Couplers/Controllers and Extended ECO Couplers

Pos: 21. 11.1 3 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Syste mve rsor gun g - An schluss - Hinw eis: Gleic hz. Rü cksetz en all er Ve rsor gun gsmo dule @ 3\ mod _12 329 500 979 06_ 21.d ocx @ 267 60 @ @ 1

Only reset the system simultaneously for all supply modules!

Reset the system by switching the system supply simultaneously at all supply modules (fieldbus coupler/controller and potential supply module with bus power supply) off and on again.

Pos: 21. 11.1 4 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Syste mve rsor gun g - Au slegu ng @ 3\ mod_ 123 295 010 481 2_2 1.docx @ 2 678 0 @ 4 @ 1

3.4.3.2 Dimensioning

Recommendation

A stable power supply cannot always be assumed. Therefore, you should use regulated power supplies to ensure the quality of the supply voltage.

The supply capacity of the fieldbus coupler/controller or the internal system supply module can be taken from the technical data of the components.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Table 7: Alignment

Internal current consumption *)

Total current for I/O modules *)


Current consumption via system voltage

(5 V for electronics of I/O modules and fieldbus coupler/controller).

Available current for the I/O modules.

Provided by the bus power supply unit.

See fieldbus coupler/controller and internal system supply module

*) See current catalog, manuals, Internet

Pos: 21. 11.1 5 /Dok um entati on allgem ein/Gli ede run gsele ment e/- --Seit enwec hsel- -- @ 3\ mod _12 2110 804 507 8_0. docx @ 21 810 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2


Pos: 21. 11.1 6 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Beispi el: @ 3\mo d_1 232 630 417 843 _21. docx @ 26 605 @ @ 1 Example:

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 21. 11.1 7 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Syste mve rsor gun g - Au slegu ng - Beispiel 1 ( erweit ert er ECO ) @ 3 \mo d_1 232 950 106 250_ 21. docx @ 26 788 @ @ 1 Calculating the current consumption on an Example Coupler:

Internal current consumption

Residual current for bus modules

Sum I

(5 V) total

380 mA at 5 V

1620 mA at 5 V

2000 mA at 5V

Pos: 21. 11.1 8 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Syste mve rsor gun g - Au slegu ng - Int ern e Stro ma ufna hme /Sum mens tro m @ 3\m od_1 232 950 111 375 _21. docx @ 26 816 @ @ 1 The internal current consumption is indicated in the technical data for each bus terminal. In order to determine the total requirement, add together the values of all I/O modules in the node.

Please note the aggregate current for I/O modules. It may be necessary to supply potential!

When the sum of the internal current consumption for the I/O modules exceeds their aggregate current, you must use a supply module with bus power supply.

Install it before the position where the permissible aggregate current would be exceeded.

Pos: 21. 11.1 9 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Beispi el: @ 3\mo d_1 232 630 417 843 _21. docx @ 26 605 @ @ 1 Example:

Pos: 21. 11.2 0 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Syste mve rsor gun g - Au slegu ng - Beispiel 2 ( erweit ert er ECO ) @ 3 \mo d_1 232 950 108 359_ 21. docx @ 26 799 @ @ 1 Calculating the total current on the example coupler described above:

A node with the example coupler, which is described above, consists of:

20 relay modules (750-517) and 10 digital input modules (750-405).

Internal current consumption 20 × 90 mA = 1800 mA at 5 V

Sum

+ 10 × 2 mA = 20 mA at 5 V

1820 mA at 5 V

The example coupler can only provide 1620 mA (see previous example) for the

I/O modules. This value is given in the associated data sheet. Consequently, an internal system supply module with bus power supply (750-613), e. g. in the middle of the node, should be added.

Pos: 21. 11.2 1 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Syste mve rsor gun g - Au slegu ng - Ber echn ung Ein gan gsstr om @ 3\ mod _12 3295 010 998 4_2 1.do cx @ 2 680 8 @ @ 1

Recommendation

Utilize the smartDESIGNER feature WAGO ProServe ® software to configure fieldbus node assembly. You can test the configuration via the integrated plausibility check.

The maximum input current of the 24 V system supply is 500 mA. The exact electrical consumption (I

(V)

) can be determined with the following formulas:

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Fieldbus coupler or controller

I

(5 V) total

= Sum of all the internal current consumption of the connected I/O modules + internal current consumption of the fieldbus coupler/controller

Internal system supply module

I

(5 V) total

= Sum of all the internal current consumption of the connected I/O modules at internal system supply module

Input current I

(24 V)

=

Pos: 21. 11.2 2 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Syste mve rsor gun g - Au slegu ng - n= 0,8 7 (8 7% Netzt eilwirku ngsg rad bei 2 4 V) @ 3\ mod _12 3295 011 271 8_2 1.do cx @ 2 682 4 @ @ 1

5 V

24 V

×

I

(5 V) total

η

η = 0.87

(87 % Efficiency of the power supply at nominal load 24 V)

Pos: 21. 11.2 3 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Syste mve rsor gun g - Au slegu ng - Hinweis: Bei T est d er St rom aufn ah me Aus gäng e ak tiviere n @ 3\m od_ 1232 950 110 750 _21. docx @ 26 812 @ @ 1

Activate all outputs when testing the current consumption!

If the electrical consumption of a power supply point for the 24 V system supply exceeds 500 mA, then the cause may be an improperly dimensioned node or a defect.

During the test, you must activate all outputs.


Manual

Version 1.2.2


Pos: 21. 11.2 5 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/F eldve rso rgu ng - Übe rschri ft 3 @ 3\ mod _12 329 5008 095 3_2 1.do cx @ 2 668 8 @ 3 @ 1

3.4.4 Field Supply

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 21. 11.2 6 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/F eldve rso rgu ng - Anschlus s @ 3 \mo d_1 232 950 0820 31_ 21. docx @ 266 96 @ 4 @ 1

3.4.4.1 Connection

Sensors and actuators can be directly connected to the relevant channel of the

I/O module in 1, 2, 3 or 4 conductor connection technology. The I/O module supplies power to the sensors and actuators. The input and output drivers of some I/O modules require the field side supply voltage.

Pos: 21. 11.2 7 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/F eldve rso rgu ng - Anschlus s - Eins peisu ng f eldseiti g (Sta nda rd + erw eite rter ECO) @ 3\m od_ 123 295 008 770 3_21 .docx @ 2 671 2 @ @ 1 The fieldbus coupler/controller provides field side power (DC 24 V). In this case it is a passive power supply without protection equipment.

Pos: 21. 11.2 8 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/F eldve rso rgu ng - Anschlus s - Pot enti algru ppe n mit Einspeis emo dul @ 3\ mod_ 123 295 009 043 7_2 1.docx @ 2 672 0 @ @ 1 Power supply modules with or without fuse holder and diagnostic capability are available for the power supply of other field potentials (24 VDC,

0 … 230 VAC/DC, 120 VAC, 230 VAC). The power supply modules can also be used to set up various potential groups. The connections are connected in pairs to a power contact.

Pos: 21. 11.2 9 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/F eldve rso rgu ng - Anschlus s - Bild: F eldve rsor gun g (Sta nda rd + e rweite rter ECO) @ 3\ mod_ 123 295 008 515 6_2 1.doc x @ 2 670 4 @ @ 1

Figure 7: Field Supply for Standard Couplers/Controllers and Extended ECO Couplers

Pos: 21. 11.3 0 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/F eldve rso rgu ng - Leg end e zu A bbildu ng "F eldve rsor gun g fü r Stan dar d- Feldb usk/ -cont rolle r u erw ECO -F " @ 1 6\m od_ 137 569 399 3330 _21 .docx @ 1 277 30 @ @ 1

Table 8: Legend for Figure “Field Supply for Standard Couplers/Controllers and Extended ECO

Couplers”

Field supply

1 24 V (-15 % / +20 %)

2 0 V

3 Optional ground potential (functional earth)


Power jumper contacts

4 Potential distribution to adjacent I/O modules

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Pos: 21. 11.3 2 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/F eldve rso rgu ng - Anschlus s -Weit erleit ung Verso rgu ngss pg., St rom belas tun g 10 A, ne ues Eins peise mod ul @ 8 \mo d_1 279 8054 417 85_ 21.d ocx @ 608 45 @ @ 1 The field-side power supply is automatically derived from the power jumper contacts when snapping an I/O module.

The current load of the power contacts must not exceed 10 A on a continual basis.

By inserting an additional power supply module, the field supply via the power contacts is disrupted. From there a new power supply occurs which may also contain a new voltage potential.

Pos: 21. 11.3 3 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/F eldve rso rgu ng - Anschlus s - 2 Hinweis e: Pote ntial neu einsp eisen + Dist anzm odul @ 3\ mod _12 329 500 913 43_ 21.d ocx @ 267 24 @ @ 1

Re-establish the ground connection when the connection to the power jumper contacts is disrupted!

Some I/O modules have no or very few power contacts (depending on the I/O function). Due to this, the passing through of the relevant potential is disrupted. If you require a field supply via power jumper contacts for subsequent I/O modules, then you have to use a power supply module.

Note the data sheets of the I/O modules.

Use a spacer module when setting up a node with different potentials!

In the case of a node setup with different potentials, e.g. the alteration from

24 VDC to 230 VAC, you should use a spacer module. The optical separation of the potentials acts as a warning to heed caution in the case of wiring and maintenance works. Thus, you can prevent the results of wiring errors.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 21. 11.3 5 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/F eldve rso rgu ng - Absiche run g - U L61 010 - @ 32\ mod _15 361 4676 316 2_2 1.do cx @ 4987 72 @ 44 @ 1

3.4.4.2 Fusing via Power Supply Module

Internal fusing of the field supply is possible for various field voltages via an appropriate power supply module.

Table 9: Power Supply Modules

Order No.

750-601

Field Voltage

24 V DC, Supply/Fuse

750-609

750-615

750-617

230 V AC, Supply/Fuse



750-610

750-611

750-606

24 V DC, Supply/Fuse/Diagnosis

230 V AC, Supply/Fuse/Diagnosis

Supply Module 24 V DC, 1,0 A, Ex i

750-625/000-001 Supply Module 24 V DC, 1,0 A, Ex i (without diagnostics)

Figure 8: Supply Module with Fuse Carrier (Example 750-610)

Observe the maximum power dissipation and, if required, UL requirements!

In the case of power supply modules with fuse holders, you must only use fuses with a maximum dissipation of 1.6 W (IEC 127).

For UL approved systems only use UL approved fuses.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



In order to insert or change a fuse, or to switch off the voltage in succeeding I/O modules, the fuse holder may be pulled out. In order to do this, use a screwdriver for example, to reach into one of the slits (one on both sides) and pull out the holder.

Figure 9: Removing the Fuse Carrier

Lifting the cover to the side opens the fuse carrier.

Figure 10: Opening the Fuse Carrier

Figure 11: Changing the Fuse

After changing the fuse, the fuse carrier is pushed back into its original position.

Manual

Version 1.2.2


3.4.4.3 Fusing external

WAGO I/O System 750


Field supply only with appropriate fuse protection!


For 24V field supply input voltage an external fuse, rated max. 10 A, slow acting, min. shall be used.

The 24V input voltage for the field supply is provided with an external fuse with max. 10 A slow acting, min. 30 VDC, to be secured.

For the external fusing, the fuse modules of the WAGO series 282, 2006, 281 and 2002 are suitable for this purpose.

Figure 12: Fuse Modules for Automotive Fuses, Series 282

Figure 13: Fuse Modules for Automotive Fuses, Series 2006

Figure 14: Fuse Modules with Pivotable Fuse Carrier, Series 281

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Figure 15: Fuse Modules with Pivotable Fuse Carrier, Series 2002


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 21. 11.3 7 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Erg änze nde Einspeis evors chrift en (Stan dar d) @ 3\m od_ 123 295 008 021 8_21 .docx @ 2 668 4 @ 3 @ 1

3.4.5 Supplementary Power Supply Regulations

The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 can also be used in shipbuilding or offshore and onshore areas of work (e. g. working platforms, loading plants). This is demonstrated by complying with the standards of influential classification companies such as Germanischer Lloyd and Lloyds Register.

Filter modules for 24 V supply are required for the certified operation of the system.

Table 10: Filter Modules for 24 V Supply

Order No. Name Description

750-626 Supply Filter Filter module for system supply and field supply

(24 V, 0 V), i. e. for fieldbus coupler/controller and bus power supply (750-613)

750-624 Supply Filter Filter module for the 24 V field supply

(750-602, 750-601, 750-610)

Therefore, the following power supply concept must be absolutely complied with.

Figure 16: Power Supply Concept

Use a supply module for equipotential bonding!

Use an additional 750-601/ 602/ 610 Supply Module behind the 750-626 Filter

Module if you want to use the lower power jumper contact for equipotential bonding, e.g., between shielded connections and require an additional tap for this potential.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 21. 11.3 9 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Vers org ung sbeispi el - Ü bers chrift + Hinw eis @ 3\m od_ 123 2949 833 531 _21. docx @ 26 670 @ 3 @ 1

3.4.6 Supply Example

SupplSggg ggg ggg ggg ggg gg


The system supply and the field supply shall be separated!

You should separate the system supply and the field supply in order to ensure bus operation in the event of a short-circuit on the actuator side.

Pos: 21. 11.4 0 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Vers org ung sbeispi el - Bild (Stan dar d) @ 3\ mod _12 3295 011 401 5_2 1.do cx @ 2 683 2 @ @ 1

Figure 17: Supply Example for Standard Couplers/Controllers

Pos: 21. 11.4 1 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Vers org ung sbeispi el - Leg end e zu Ab bildun g "V erso rgu ngsb eispiel für Feld busk opple r/-c ont rolle r" @ 16\ mod _13 758 817 550 97_ 21.d ocx @ 128 220 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2




Table 11: Legend for Figure “Supply Example for Fieldbus Coupler/Controller”

Pos. Description

1 Power Supply on fieldbus coupler/controller via external Supply Module

2 Power Supply with optional ground

3 Internal System Supply Module

4 Separation Module recommended

5 Supply Module passive

6 Supply Module with fuse carrier/diagnostics

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 21. 11.4 3 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Netz ger äte @ 3\ mod _12 329 500 934 84_2 1.d ocx @ 267 28 @ 3 @ 1

3.4.7 Power Supply Unit


The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 requires a 24 VDC voltage (system supply).

Recommendation

A stable power supply cannot always be assumed everywhere. Therefore, you should use regulated power supplies to ensure the quality of the supply voltage.

Buffer for system power supply!

The system power supply must be buffered to bridge power outages. As the power demand depends on the respective node configuration, buffering is not implemented internally.

To achieve power outages of 1 ms to 10 ms according to IEC61131-2, determine the buffering appropriate for your node configuration and structure it as an external circuit.

The power demand must be determined individually depending on the entry point of the field supply. All loads through field devices and I/O modules must be taken into account. The field supply also impacts the I/O modules because the input and output drivers of some I/O modules require the voltage of the field supply.

System and field supply must be isolated!

The system supply and field supply must be isolated to ensure bus operation in the event of short circuits on the actuator side.

Power supply units are available in the eShop.

You can find suitable power supply units, e. g. from the EPSITRON series, in the eShop on www.wago.com

.


Manual

Version 1.2.2


Pos: 21. 11.4 5 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Erd ung @ 3\ mod _12 312 465 556 87_ 21.d ocx @ 258 02 @ 234 43 @ 1

3.5 Grounding

3.5.1 Grounding the DIN Rail

3.5.1.1 Framework Assembly

WAGO I/O System 750


When setting up the framework, the carrier rail must be screwed together with the electrically conducting cabinet or housing frame. The framework or the housing must be grounded. The electrical connection is established via the screw. Thus, the carrier rail is grounded.

Ensure sufficient grounding is provided!

You must take care to ensure the flawless electrical connection between the carrier rail and the frame or housing in order to guarantee sufficient grounding.

3.5.1.2 Insulated Assembly

Insulated assembly has been achieved when there is constructively no direct ohmic contact between the cabinet frame or machine parts and the carrier rail.

Here, the earth ground must be set up via an electrical conductor in accordance with valid national safety regulations.

Recommendation

The optimal setup is a metallic assembly plate with grounding connection which is electrically conductive linked to the carrier rail.

The separate grounding of the carrier rail can be easily set up with the aid of the

WAGO ground wire terminals.

Table 12: WAGO Ground Wire Terminals

Order No. Description

283-609 1-conductor ground (earth) terminal block make an automatic contact to the carrier rail; conductor cross section:

0.2 mm² … 16 mm 2

Note : Also order the end and intermediate plate (283-320).

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


3.5.2 Grounding Function


The grounding function increases the resistance against electro-magnetic interferences. Some components in the I/O system have a carrier rail contact that dissipates electro-magnetic interferences to the carrier rail.

Figure 18: Carrier Rail Contact (Example)

Ensure sufficient grounding is provided!

You must take care to ensure the direct electrical connection between the carrier rail contact and the carrier rail.

The carrier rail must be grounded.

For information on carrier rail properties, see section “Mounting” > … > “Carrier

Rail Properties”.

The bottom CAGE CLAMP ® connectors of the supply modules enable optional connection of a field-side functional ground. This potential is made available to the I/O module arranged on the right through the spring-loaded contact of the three power contacts. Some I/O modules are equipped with a knife-edge contact that taps this potential. This forms a potential group with regard to functional ground with the I/O module arranged on the left.


Manual

Version 1.2.2


Pos: 21. 11.4 7 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Syst emb esch reibu ng/Ve rsor gun g/Schir mun g @ 3\m od_ 123 1251 994 828 _21. docx @ 25 813 @ 2 333 3 @ 1

3.6 Shielding

WAGO I/O System 750


3.6.1 General

Use of shielded cables reduces electromagnetic interference and thus increases signal quality. Measurement errors, data transmission errors and interference due to excessive voltage can be prevented.

Connect the cable shield to the ground potential!

Integrated shielding is mandatory to meet the technical specifications in regards to measuring accuracy. Connect the cable shield and ground potential at the inlet to the cabinet or housing. This allows induced interference to dissipate and to be kept away from devices in the cabinet or housing.

Figure 19: Cable Shield at Ground Potential

Improve shielding performance by placing the shield over a large area!

Higher shielding performance is achieved via low-impedance connection between shield and ground. For this purpose, connect the shield over a large surface area, e.g., WAGO shield connecting system. This is especially recommended for large-scale systems where equalizing current or high impulsetype currents caused by atmospheric discharge may occur.

Keep data and signal lines away from sources of interference!

Route data and signal lines separately from all high voltage cables and other sources of high electromagnetic emission (e.g., frequency converter or drives).

3.6.2 Fieldbus Cables

The shielding of fieldbus lines is described in the respective configuration guidelines and standards of the fieldbus system. Information on this can be provided by the corresponding fieldbus organization or specialist literature.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


3.6.3 Shielded Signal Lines


Use shielded signal lines!

Always use shielded signal lines for analog signals and I/O modules which are equipped with shield clamps. Only then you can ensure that the accuracy and interference immunity specified for the respective I/O module can be achieved even in the presence of interference acting on the signal cable.

3.6.4 WAGO Shield Connecting System

The series 790 WAGO shield connecting system consists of shield clamping saddles, busbars and various mounting carriers. These components can be used to achieve many different configurations.

Figure 20: Examples of the WAGO Shield Connecting System


Figure 21: Application of the WAGO Shield Connecting System

Manual

Version 1.2.2

52 Device Description

Pos: 23 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 1/Ge räte besc hrei bung - Üb ersc hrift 1 @ 3\m od_ 1233 756 084 656 _21. docx @ 27 096 @ 1 @ 1

4 Device Description

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 24. 1 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/Einl eitun g/F eldb uskop pler/ -co ntroll er/Einleit end er Text /Der pro gra mmi erb are Fel dbusc ont roller xy (k urz: PFC) k om binier t die. .. ( 890/ 1) Mod bus TCP @ 3 6\m od_ 157 252 743 4719 _21 .docx @ 5 645 93 @ @ 1 The 750-890 programmable Fieldbus Controller (PFC) combines the functionality of an Modbus TCP-based Fieldbus Coupler, as the head station of the node assembly, with the functionality of a Programmable Logic Controller (PLC).

Pos: 24. 2 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/Einl eitun g/F eldb uskop pler/ -co ntroll er/Einleit end er Text /Diese r F eldbu scont rolle r ka nn fü r Anwe ndu nge n im Masc hine n- u nd Anl agen bau ... ( 880 /02 5-0 01) Teil 1 @ 1 2\m od_ 133 276 829 8390 _21 .docx @ 9 2141 @ @ 1 This controller can be used for applications in machine and plant construction as well as in the process industry and building technology.

Pos: 24. 3 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/Einl eitun g/Anwe ndun g/F eldb uskop pler /-co ntr oller/I nfo rma tion: Ein satz 750 -xxx Teleco ntr ol im Be reich de r F ernwi rktec hnik ( IEC608 70 u nd IEC 6185 0) 872 @ 20 \mo d_1 410 856 588 114_ 21. docx @ 16 352 1 @ @ 1

Further Information on the Use in Telecontrol Applications!

If the fieldbus controller is used for telecontrol applications, observe the quickstart references "IEC 60870 Solution for programmable Controls of

Telecontrol Technology, 759-911", "IEC 61850 Solution for programmable

Controls of Telecontrol Technology, 759-911" and "DNP3 Solution for programmable Controls of Telecontrol Technology, 759-911".

These guides are available in download area on the web page http://www.wago.com

.

Pos: 24. 4 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/Einl eitun g/F eldb uskop pler/ -co ntroll er/Einleit end er Text /Diese r F eldbu scont rolle r ka nn fü r Anwe ndu nge n im Masc hine n- u nd Anl agen bau ... ( 880 /02 5-0 01) Teil 2 @ 2 0\m od_ 141 093 751 8148 _21 .docx @ 1 6372 5 @ @ 1 The two ETHERNET interfaces with the integrated switch enable a line topology to be set up without additional infrastructure elements, such as switches or hubs.

With the DIP switch the last byte of the IP address, as well as the assignment of the IP address (DHCP, BootP, firm setting) can be given.

Pos: 24. 5 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/Einl eitun g/F eldb uskop pler/ -co ntroll er/Einleit end er Text /In d em Fel dbusc ont roller wer den s ämtlic he Eing angs sig.. (806 ,82 9,83 0,83 1,8 41,8 42,8 71, 872, 873, 881 ,88 2) @ 6\m od_ 125 550 202 0734 _21 .docx @ 4 266 2 @ @ 1 In the controller, all input signals from the sensors are combined. After connecting the controller, the controller determines which I/O modules are on the node and creates a local process image from these. Analog and specialty module data is sent via words and/or bytes; digital data is grouped bit-by-bit.

Pos: 24. 6 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/Einl eitun g/F eldb uskop pler/ -co ntroll er/Einleit end er Text /Hinweis: Ger ätes pezifisch er Hi nweis f ür d en ECO -Fe rnwir kcont rolle r ( 890/ 6) @ 35\ mo d_15 677 799 172 46_ 21.d ocx @ 558 889 @ @ 1

Number of connectable I/O modules to the ECO telecontrol controller

750-890/025-002 is limited!

Please note the maximum number of I/O modules connected to the ECO telecontrol controller 750-890/025-002. You can operate at the ECO telecontrol controller 750-890/025-002 with six I/O modules.

If the number of I/O modules is exceeded, internal bus communication can not be held. This fault is indicated with error code 7-5 "Invalid configuration"

(see section "Diagnostics").

Pos: 24. 7 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/Einl eitun g/F eldb uskop pler/ -co ntroll er/Einleit end er Text /Das lok ale Pr ozess abbild wi rd in ein en Ein- u. A.. (33 0,3 41/2 /6,8 29,8 30, 841, 842, 871 ,872 ,87 8,88 1,8 82) @ 6\ mod _12 555 022 9685 9_2 1.d ocx @ 4266 6 @ @ 1 The local process image is divided into two data zones containing the data received and the data to be sent.

Pos: 24. 8 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/Einl eitun g/F eldb uskop pler/ -co ntroll er/Einleit end er Text /Die Dat en der An alog mod ule w erd en in der Reih.. (8 06,8 29, 830, 841, 842 ,87 1,87 2,87 3,8 81,8 82) @ 6\ mod _12 555 027 526 40_ 21.d ocx @ 426 76 @ @ 1 The data of the analog modules is mapped first into the process image. The modules are mapped in the order of their physical position after the controller.

Pos: 24. 9 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/Einl eitun g/F eldb uskop pler/ -co ntroll er/Einleit end er Text /Die Bits d er Digi talm odule wer den zu Wo rten zus.. (8 29,8 30,8 41, 842, 871, 872 ,87 3,88 1,88 2) @ 6\ mod _12 5550 316 645 3_2 1.do cx @ 4 268 2 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Device Description 53

The bits of the digital modules are combined into words and then mapped after the analog ones in the process image. If the number of digital I/Os is greater than

16 bits, the controller automatically begins a new word.

Pos: 24. 10 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Ger äteb esch reibu ng (alte Strukt ur) /Einleitu ng/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/Einl eiten der Te xt/Entsp rec hen d de r IEC 6 113 1-3 -Prog r. e rfol gt die Bear b... (80 6,82 9,8 30,8 41, 842, 871, 872 ,873 ,88 1,88 2) @ 6\ mod _125 550 349 878 1_2 1.doc x @ 4 269 3 @ @ 1 According to IEC 61131-3 programming, data processing occurs in the

Controller. The process results can be output directly on sensors/actuators or transmitted via fieldbus to the higher-order controller.

Pos: 24. 11 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Ger äteb esch reibu ng (alte Strukt ur) /Einleitu ng/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/Einl eiten der Te xt/Die Feld busa nsch. best . aus 2 Po rts (RJ -45 ). Ein i nteg. ETHERNET-Sw (33 0, .. .., 8 31,8 81, ....) @ 7\ mo d_12 736 790 281 72_ 21.d ocx @ 564 80 @ @ 1 The fieldbus connection consists of two RJ-45 ETHERNET ports, which are connected to the head station via an integrated ETHERNET switch. Both

ETHERNET ports independently support the following functions:

•

•

•

•

10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX

Full and Half duplex

Autonegotiation

Auto-MDI(X)

Durch die Unterstützung von Autonegotiation und Auto-MDI/MDI-X ist keine manuelle Konfiguration der Übertragungsrate notwendig und es können sowohl

Patch- als auch Crossover-Kabel verwendet werden.

By supporting of auto-negotiation and auto-MDI/MDI-X, no manual configuration of the transmission rate is necessary and both patch and crossover cables can be used.

Pos: 24. 12 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Ger äteb esch reibu ng (alte Strukt ur) /Einleitu ng/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/Einl eiten der Te xt/Die Er stellun g d es Applika tions pro gra mms erf olgt mit WAGO -I/O-PRO ge m ( 806, 83 1, 84 2, 8 80, 884, 88 5) @ 9\m od_ 128 584 095 713 0_21 .docx @ 6 533 3 @ @ 1 WAGO-I/OPRO creates application programs that adhere to IEC 61131-3.

CODESYS by 3S (the standard programming system) serves as the basis of

WAGO-I/OPRO , which was expanded specifically with the target files for all

WAGO controllers.

Pos: 24. 13 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Ger äteb esch reibu ng (alte Strukt ur) /Einleitu ng/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/Einl eiten der Te xt/F ür die IEC- 611 31- 3-Pro gra mmi eru ng .. .8 MB Prog ram msp eiche r, 8 MB Dat ensp eiche r, 3 2 kB ( 890 ) @ 33\ mod _154 399 905 433 4_2 1.doc x @ 5 123 69 @ @ 1 The fieldbus controller has 8 MB program memory, 8 MB data memory and

32 KB retentive memory available for the IEC 61131-3 programming.

Pos: 24. 14 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Ger äteb esch reibu ng (alte Strukt ur) /Einleitu ng/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/Einl eiten der Te xt/De r Anwen der hat Zu griff auf alle Feld bus- und Ein-Aus gang sdat en. (Cont rolle r) @ 6\ mod _12 5550 504 295 3_2 1.do cx @ 4 271 4 @ @ 1 Depending on configuration the user can access all fieldbus and I/O data.

Pos: 24. 15 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Ger äteb esch reibu ng (alte Strukt ur) /Einleitu ng/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/Einl eiten der Te xt/Um P rozes sdat en via ETHERNET z u ve rsen den, unt erst ützt d . F busco ntr. .. (C ontr oller ) @ 6\m od_ 1255 505 347 593 _21. docx @ 42 723 @ @ 1 In order to send process data via ETHERNET, the controller supports a series of network protocols.

Pos: 24. 16 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Ger äteb esch reibu ng (alte Strukt ur) /Einleitu ng/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/Einl eiten der Te xt/F ür den P rozess dat enau staus ch ist das Mod bus- TCP/UDP-Pr otokoll - ( 362, 86 2, 8 90, 8 91) oh ne Eth/ IP @ 3 0\m od_1 507 630 906 251 _21. docx @ 46 309 3 @ @ 1 The Modbus TCP/UDP protocol is implemented for exchanging process data.

Pos: 24. 17 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Ger äteb esch reibu ng (alte Strukt ur) /Einleitu ng/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/Einl eiten der Te xt/Konfi gur ations -/Dia gnos epr otok olle: Boo tP, HT TP, DHCP, SNTP, FTP, SNMP (3 41, 880, 881 ,88 4) @ 6\m od_ 125 550 604 912 5_21 .docx @ 4 273 8 @ @ 1 For the management and diagnosis of the system, the HTTP, SNTP and SNMP protocols are available.

For the data transfer via ETHERNET the FTP and SFTP are available.

For the automatic assignment of the IP address in the network, alternatively

DHCP or BootP can be used.

Pos: 24. 18 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Ger äteb esch reibu ng (alte Strukt ur) /Einleitu ng/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/Einl eiten der Te xt/De r Anwen der kan n Client s un d Serv er übe r ein e int So cket-API (8 29,8 30,8 41, 842, 871, 872 ,873 ,88 1,88 2) @ 6\ mod _125 550 970 562 5_2 1.doc x @ 4 276 0 @ @ 1 The user can program clients and servers via an internal socket-API for all transport protocols (TCP, UDP, etc.) with functional modules. Library functions are available for function expansion.

Pos: 24. 19 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Ger äteb esch reibu ng (alte Strukt ur) /Einleitu ng/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/Einl eiten der Te xt/Mit de r IEC 61 131 -3 Biblio thek "SysLibR TC.lib " wir d beis pielsw. (82 9,83 0,8 41,8 71,8 72, 873, 881, 882 ) @ 6\m od_ 125 5509 899 812 _21. docx @ 42 763 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

54 Device Description WAGO I/O System 750


With the IEC 61131-3 library "SysLibRTC.lib," for example, a buffered real-time clock with date, time (1-second resolution), alarm functions and a timer is incorporated. In the event of a power failure, this clock continues to run for a buffer time (Powerfail RTC Buffer).

Pos: 24. 20 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Ger äteb esch reibu ng (alte Strukt ur) /Einleitu ng/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/Einl eiten der Te xt/De r F busco ntr oller basie rt a uf ein er 32-Bit -CPU u. i. multit ask.( 829, 830, 841 ,849 ,87 1,87 2,8 73,8 81,8 82) @ 6\ mo d_12 555 106 115 93_ 21.d ocx @ 427 66 @ @ 1 This controller is based on a 32-bit CPU with multitasking capabilities, allowing several programs to be executed in a near-simultaneous manner.

Pos: 24. 21 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Ger äteb esch reibu ng (alte Strukt ur) /Einleitu ng/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/Einl eiten der Te xt/F ür die Kon figur atio n un d Verw altun g des Syste ms bie tet (829 ,83 0,84 1,84 2,8 49,8 71,8 72, 873, 881, 882 ) @ 6\m od_ 125 5511 017 906 _21 .docx @ 42 775 @ @ 1 The controller has an internal server for the configuration and administration of the system.

Pos: 24. 22 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Ger äteb esch reibu ng (alte Strukt ur) /Einleitu ng/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/Einl eiten der Te xt/Als zus ätzliches La ufwer k wird eine Speich erka rte (SD-Kar te) unt erst ützt ( 890 ) @ 33\ mod _154 400 257 070 8_2 1.doc x @ 5 123 81 @ @ 1 As an additional drive, a pluggable memory card (SD card) is supported.

Pos: 24. 23 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Ger äteb esch reibu ng (alte Strukt ur) /Einleitu ng/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/Einl eiten der Te xt/Hinweis : Speich erk arte ist nic ht im Liefe ru mfan g! Nu r e mpf ohlen e Speic herk art e ve rwend en! (83 1, 8 80) @ 1 0\m od_1 306 416 449 246 _21. docx @ 73 230 @ @ 1

Memory card is not included in the scope of delivery!

Note, the Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD is delivered without memory card.

To use a memory card, you must order one separately. The Controller Modbus

TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD can also be operated without memory card expansion, the use of a memory card is optional.

Only use recommended memory cards!

Use only the SD memory card available from WAGO (order no. 758-879/000-

001) since it is suitable for industrial applications under difficult environmental conditions and for use in the Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD.

The compatibility to other storage media available in trade cannot be ensured.

Pos: 24. 24 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Ger äteb esch reibu ng (alte Strukt ur) /Einleitu ng/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/Einl eiten der Te xt/Inf or matio nen übe r di e Konfig ur ation und den Status des Fbk n. ( 829 ,830 ,84 1,84 9,87 1,8 72,8 73,8 81, 882 ) @ 6 \mo d_1 255 513 139 250_ 21. docx @ 42 781 @ @ 1 By default, the controller’s built-in WBM pages of HTML contain information on the configuration and status of the controller, and can be read using a normal web browser. In addition, a file system is implemented that allows you to store custom HTML pages in the controller using FTP download or to store your own

HTML pages or call up programs directly.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 26 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 2/Ansicht - Üb ersc hrift 2 @ 4\m od_1 240 984 217 343 _21. docx @ 31 958 @ 2 @ 1

4.1 View

Pos: 27. 1 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An sicht/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/ Leg end e/Ansich t - allg. Einleit ung für K opple r/Co ntr oller @ 4\ mod _123 849 423 013 3_2 1.doc x @ 2 944 6 @ @ 1 The view below shows the three parts of the device:


•

•

•

Pos: 27. 2 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An sicht/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/Bild er/Ansic ht - Bild 75 0-0 890 @ 3 2\mo d_1 536 244 376 232 _21. docx @ 49 913 6 @ @ 1

The fieldbus connection is on the left side.

LEDs for operation status, bus communication, error messages and diagnostics, as well as the service interface are in the middle area.

The right side shows the power supply unit for the system supply and for the field supply of the attached I/O modules via power jumper contacts.

LEDs show the status of the operating voltage for the system and field supply (jumper contacts).


Figure 22: View Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 27. 4 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An sicht/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/ Leg end e/Ansich t - Lege nde zur Ansicht E THERNET ( 750 -88 0,88 1,8 82) - T abell enko pf u nd Nr : 1 @ 7\ mod _126 641 506 486 1_2 1.doc x @ 5 095 0 @ @ 1

Table 13: Legend for Figure “View”

Pos.

Desig-

1 nation

LINK ACT

1, 2, MS,

NS, I/O,

USR

Meaning

Status LEDs Fieldbus

Pos: 27. 5 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An sicht/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/ Leg end e/Ansich t - Lege nde allg f ür Ko pple r/Con trolle r Nr : 2- 13 @ 4\ mod_ 123 849 556 038 2_2 1.docx @ 2 945 8 @ @ 1

2 ---

Group marking carrier (retractable) with additional marking possibility on two miniature WSB markers

Details see Section:

“Device Description” >

“Display Elements”

---

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

A, B or C Status LED’s system/field supply

24 V, 0 V CAGE CLAMP

(Ground) CAGE CLAMP ® connections field supply (ground)

X1, X2 Fieldbus connection 2 x RJ-45 as 2-Port Switch

Pos: 27. 7 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An sicht/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/ Leg end e/Ansich t - Lege nde für Speich erka rte n-Steck platz N r: 1 5 @ 9\m od_1 286 270 217 424 _21. docx @ 65 383 @ @ 1

---

+

---

---

-

---

---

---

Pos: 27. 6 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An sicht/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/ Leg end e/Ansich t - Lege nde Fel dbus ansc hluss 2 x RJ- 45 als 2-Po rt-Switc h Nr: 14 @ 7\ mod _126 641 612 794 9_2 1.doc x @ 5 095 9 @ @ 1

---

Data contacts

CAGE CLAMP

Unlocking lug

CAGE CLAMP

®

®

® connections system supply connections field supply 24 VDC

Power jumper contact 24 VDC connections field supply 0 V

Power jumper contact 0 V

Power jumper contact (ground)

Service interface (open flap)

SD card slot with cover lid


“Display Elements”

“Connect Devices” > “Data

Contacts/Local Bus”

“Connect Devices” >

“Connecting a conductor to the CAGE CLAMP ® ”


“Connecting a Conductor to the CAGE CLAMP ® ”

“Connect Devices” > “Power

Contacts/Field Supply”

“Mounting” >

“Inserting and Removing

Devices”










“Operating Elements”

“Device Description“ >

“Connectors”

„Device Description“ >

„Operating Elements“

Pos: 27. 8 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An sicht/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/ Leg end e/Ansich t - Lege nde für Verri egel ungssc heib e Nr: 16 @ 9\ mod _12 862 7126 351 3_2 1.do cx @ 6538 6 @ @ 1

16 --- Locking Disc

“Mounting” > “Inserting and

Removing Devices”

Pos: 27. 9 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An sicht/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/ Leg end e/Ansich t - Lege nde für Adres swahlsc halte r Nr: 17 @ 9\ mod _12 966 382 2231 3_2 1.d ocx @ 691 18 @ @ 1

17 --- Address Selection Switch

"Device Description" >

"Operating Elements"


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 29 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 2/Anschl üsse - Übe rsch rift 2 @ 4\ mod _12 409 842 626 56_ 21.d ocx @ 319 61 @ 2 @ 1

4.2 Connectors


Pos: 30 /S erie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /Ge räte besch reib ung (alt e Struk tur )/Sche matisc he Sch altbild er/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/ Ger äteei nspeis ung - Üb ersc hrift 3 u nd Einleit ung 750 -0xxx @ 5\ mod _12 450 740 978 66_ 21.d ocx @ 353 49 @ 3 @ 1

4.2.1 Device Supply

The device is powered via terminal blocks with CAGE CLAMP ® connections.

The device supply generates the necessary voltage to power the electronics of the device and the internal electronics of the connected I/O modules.

The fieldbus interface is galvanically separated to the electrical potential of the device.

Pos: 31 /S erie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /Ge räte besch reib ung (alt e Struk tur )/Sche matisc he Sch altbild er/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/ Ger äteei nspeis ung 75 0-0 831, -88 0, -881 , -8 82, -88 4, - 885 , -8 89 @ 9\ mod _128 627 380 681 1_2 1.doc x @ 6 540 5 @ @ 1

Figure 23: Device Supply

Pos: 32. 1 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An schlüss e/F eldb uskop pler/ -co ntroll er/ Feld busa nschluss - Üb ersc hrift 3 @ 5\m od_ 1245 071 569 213 _21. docx @ 35 313 @ 3 @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2


4.2.2 Fieldbus Connection

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 32. 2 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An schlüss e/F eldb uskop pler/ -co ntroll er/Ansc hluss Feld bus übe r zwei RJ -45 -Steckv erbin de r mit 2-Po rt-Switch -Einleit ung (82 9,8 71,8 80,8 81, 884 ) @ 5 \mo d_1 245 072 5207 47_ 21. docx @ 35 332 @ @ 1 The connection to the ETHERNET based fieldbuses is made via two RJ-45 plugs

(also called “Western plugs”), which are connected to the fieldbus controller via an integrated switch.

The integrated switch works in store-and-forward operation and for each port, supports the transmission speeds 10/100 Mbit as well as the transmission modes full and half-duplex.

Pos: 32. 3 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An schlüss e/F eldb uskop pler/ -co ntroll er/Die Beschal tung de r RJ- 45-Buc hse n sind ents prec hen d de n Vor gab en f ür 100Bas eTX - Besch reib ung, K abel @ 5\ mod _12 4507 302 819 5_2 1.do cx @ 3 533 6 @ @ 1 The wiring of these plugs corresponds to the specifications for 100BaseTX, which prescribes a category 5 twisted pair cable as the connecting cable. Cable types S/UTP (Screened Unshielded Twisted Pair) and

STP (Shielded Twisted Pair) with a maximum segment length of 100 m

(approximately 328.08 feet) can be used.

Pos: 32. 4 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An schlüss e/F eldb uskop pler/ -co ntroll er/Die Anschlus sstelle is t so k onzipi ert, dass Ein bau in ein en 80 mm h ohe n Schalt schr ank möglic h ist. @ 5\ mod_ 124 507 340 189 2_2 1.doc x @ 3 533 9 @ @ 1 The socket is arranged physically lower, allowing the coupler to fit in an 80 mm high enclosure after plug connection.

Pos: 32. 5 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An schlüss e/F eldb uskop pler/ -co ntroll er/ Tab elle, Ab bildun g, Bus anschl uss u nd Steck er beleg ung R J-4 5-Steck er @ 5\ mod _12 4507 351 812 4_2 1.doc x @ 3 534 2 @ @ 1

Figure 24: RJ-45 Connector

Table 14: RJ-45 Connector and RJ-45 Connector Configuration

Contact Signal

1

2

TD +

TD −

Transmit +

Transmit −

3

4

5

6

RD +

RD −

Receive + free free

Receive −

7

8 free free

Do not use in telecommunication circuits!

Pos: 32. 6 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mod ule) /Sicher heits - un d so nstige

45) @ 3\ mod_ 122 406 518 746 8_2 1.docx @ 2 407 6 @ @ 1

Only use devices equipped with ETHERNET or RJ-45 connectors in LANs.

Never connect these devices with telecommunication networks.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 34 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 2/Anzeig eele men te - Übe rsch rift 2 @ 4\ mod _12 409 843 9087 5_2 1.d ocx @ 319 64 @ 2 @ 1

4.3 Display Elements


Pos: 35. 1 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An zeige elem ent e/F eldbu skop pler/ -con trolle r/L ege nde/An zeige elem ent e - Einl eitun g (Co ntr oller ) @ 4 \mo d_1 241 005 8500 82_ 21. docx @ 32 020 @ @ 1 The operating condition of the fieldbus controller or the node is displayed with the help of illuminated indicators in the form of light-emitting diodes (LEDs).

The LED information is routed to the top of the case by light fibres. In some cases, these are multi-colored (red, green or orange).

Pos: 35. 2 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An zeige elem ent e/F eldbu skop pler/ -con trolle r/Bilde r/Anzei geele me nte 7 50- 089 0 - Bild @ 3 3\m od_1 548 850 416 826 _21. docx @ 52 662 1 @ @ 1

Figure 25: Display Elements

For the diagnostics of the different domains fieldbus, node and supply voltage, the LEDs can be divided into three groups:

Table 15: Display Elements Fieldbus Status

LED Color Meaning

Pos: 35. 4 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An zeige elem ent e/F eldbu skop pler/ -con trolle r/L ege nde/An zeige elem ent e - Feld busst atus E THERNET- basie rt, sp ezifisch er Tab ellent eil 'LNK ACT1 ,2' @ 5 \mo d_1 253 106 696 993_ 21. docx @ 41 692 @ @ 1

LNK ACT 1 green

LNK ACT 2 green indicates a connection to the physical network at port 1 indicates a connection to the physical network at port 2

Pos: 35. 5 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An zeige elem ent e/F eldbu skop pler/ -con trolle r/L ege nde/An zeige elem ent e - Feld busst atus E THERNET- basie rt, sp ezifisch er Tab ellent eil 'MS' @ 5\ mo d_1 253 1055 310 04_ 21.d ocx @ 416 80 @ @ 1

MS red/green

Pos: 35. 6 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An zeige elem ent e/F eldbu skop pler/ -con trolle r/L ege nde/An zeige elem ent e - Feld busst atus E THERNET- basie rt, sp ezifisch er Tab ellent eil 'NS' @ 4\ mod_ 124 092 045 878 9_2 1.docx @ 3 174 3 @ @ 1

NS red/green indicates the status of the node indicates the network status

Table 16: Display Elements Node Status

LED

I/O

Color red/green/ orange

Meaning

Indicates the operation of the node and signals via a blink code faults encountered.

Pos: 35. 8 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An zeige elem ent e/F eldbu skop pler/ -con trolle r/L ege nde/An zeige elem ent e - Kn oten stat us 'USR' (Cont rolle r) @ 4\ mod _12 4092 146 713 6_2 1.do cx @ 3 181 3 @ @ 1

USR red/green/ orange

Pos: 35. 9 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An zeige elem ent e/F eldbu skop pler/ -con trolle r/L ege nde/An zeige elem ent e - Sp eiche rka rtens tatus 'SD' (750 -08 80, -88 4, - 885 , -8 89) @ 9\ mo d_1 2917 157 455 43_ 21.d ocx @ 671 73 @ @ 1 SD orange indicates the state, which is programmed in the user program indicates an access to the SD memory card

Table 17: Display Elements Supply Voltage

LED

A

Color green

Meaning indicates the status of the operating voltage – system

B green indicates the status of the operating voltage – power jumper contacts

Pos: 35. 11 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Ger äteb esch reibu ng (alte Strukt ur) /Anzeig eele men te/ Feldb usko ppler /-co ntr oller/ Leg end e/Inf or matio n: Inf or matio nen zu d er LED-Signalisi eru ng @ 4\m od_ 123 909 8329 547 _21 .docx @ 3 0154 @ @ 1

More information about the LED Signaling

Read the detailed description for the evaluation of the displayed LED state in the section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.


Manual

Version 1.2.2


Pos: 37 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 2/Bedie nele men te - Übe rschri ft 2 @ 4\ mod _12 3919 165 545 6_2 1.do cx @ 3 043 9 @ 2 @ 1

4.4 Operating Elements

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 38. 1 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/Be dien elem ente /Fel dbus koppl er/ -con trolle r/Servic e-Sch nittstell e - Ü bers chrif t 3, und allge mein e Einleitu ng @ 4\m od_ 123 910 516 743 0_2 1.docx @ 3 022 1 @ 3 @ 1

4.4.1 Service Interface

The service interface is located behind the flap.

Pos: 38. 2 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/Be dien elem ente /Fel dbus koppl er/ -con trolle r/Servic e-Sch nittstell e zu r Konfi gur ation und Prog ra mmie run g @ 4 \mo d_1 239 105 669 061_ 21. docx @ 30 227 @ @ 1 It is used for the communication with WAGO-I/OCHECK , WAGO-I/OPRO ,

WAGO Ethernet-Settings and for update the firmware.

Figure 26: Service Interface (Closed and Opened Flap)

Table 18: Legend for Figure “Service Interface (Closed and Opened Flap)”

Number

1

Description

Open closed flap

2

Pos: 38. 3 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/Be dien elem ente /Fel dbus koppl er/ -con trolle r/Acht ung: Ger ät muss s pan nun gsfrei sein! (fü r Anschl uss vo n 7 50- 920, -9 23, -92 1) @ 4\m od_ 123 910 594 6740 _21 .docx @ 3 0247 @ @ 1

View Service Interface

Device must be de-energized!

To prevent damage to the device, unplug and plug in the communication cable only when the device is de-energized!


The connection to the 4-pin header under the cover flap can be realized via the communication cables with the item numbers750-920 and 750-923 or via the

WAGO radio adapter with the item number 750-921.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 40. 1 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/Be dien elem ente /Fel dbus koppl er/ -con trolle r/Bet riebs arte nschal ter - Üb ersc hrift 3, Ansich t un d Einleit ung (Cont rolle r) @ 4\ mod _12 3910 687 109 9_2 1.do cx @ 3 028 0 @ 3 @ 1

4.4.2 Mode Selector Switch

The mode selector switch is located behind the cover flap.


Figure 27: Mode Selector Switch (Closed and Open Damper of the Service Port)

Table 19: Legend for Figure „Mode Selector Switch“

Number

1

Description

Open the damper

2 Mode selector switch

The mode selector switch determines the loading, starting and stopping of the

PLC-application by the fieldbus controller. This multifunction sliding switch features 3 slide lock positions and a push-button function.

The sliding switch is designed for a number of operations in compliance with

EN61131T2.

Property damages due to set outputs!

Please note that set outputs remain set, when you switch the operating switch from “RUN” to “STOP” during the current operation. Since the program is no longer processed, software-related switch offs, i.e. by initiators, are ineffective.

Therefore, program or define all outputs, so that these switch to a safe mode at a program stop.

Pos: 40. 2 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/Be dien elem ente /Fel dbus koppl er/ -con trolle r/Hinwei s: Defi niere n d er Aus gän ge f ür ei nen P rog ram m-St opp! (fü r Bet riebsa rte nschal ter mit WBM ) @ 4\mo d_1 240 571 895 008 _21. docx @ 31 297 @ @ 1

2.

1.

Defining the outputs for a program stop!

In order to switch the outputs to a safe mode at the program stop, define the status of the outputs at “STOP”.

For this, open in the web-based Management System (WBM) a website via the “PLC Application” link, on which you can define the function stopped

Process image - Set outputs to zero, if user program is

.

Now activate this function by placing a check mark in the control box, then all outputs are set to zero, if this function is not activated, the outputs remain at the last current value.

Pos: 40. 3 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/Be dien elem ente /Fel dbus koppl er/ -con trolle r/Bet riebs arte nschal ter - Tabell en @ 4\m od_ 124 057 161 837 9_21 .docx @ 3 129 0 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



The mode selector switch position does not affect software start/stop!

The position of the operating mode switch does not prevent the starting and stopping of the application program from WAGO I/OPRO .

One of the following functions is active, depending on which of the three static positions — “top”, “center” or “bottom” — the switch is located at when energized or during a hardware or software reset:

Table 20: Mode Selector Switch Positions, Static Positions on PowerOn/Reset

Positions for the mode Function selector switch

“Top” position “RUN” – activate program processing,

Boot project (if available) is started

“Center” position “STOP” – stop program processing,

PFC application is stopped

“Bottom” position Do not use. This position is not relevant for the user.

The controller performs the following functions if the switch’s position is changed during operation:


Table 21: Mode Selector Switch Positions, Dynamic Positions During Ongoing Operation

Position change for the Function mode selector switch

From the top to the center position

“STOP” – stop program processing, application program is stopped

From the center to the top position

From the center to the bottom position

From the bottom to the center position

“RUN” – activate program processing,

Boot project (if available) is started

No reaction.

The bootstrap loader is started after PowerOn/Reset

No reaction.

Press down

(e.g., using a screwdriver)

Hardware reset.

All outputs are reset; variables are set to 0, FALSE, or to an initial value.

Retain variables or markers are not changed.

A hardware reset can be executed on STOP or on RUN at any position of the mode selector switch!

Restart oft he Controller.

The operating mode is changed internally at the end of a controller cycle.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 42. 1 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/Be dien elem ente /Fel dbus koppl er/ -con trolle r/Adr esswa hlschalt er - Übe rsch rift 3 @ 4\ mod _12 391 905 098 19_ 21.d ocx @ 304 20 @ 3 @ 1

4.4.3 Address Selection Switch

Pos: 42. 2 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/Be dien elem ente /Fel dbus koppl er/ -con trolle r/DIP-Sch alte r-Bild ( 8 ... 1 vo n o ben nach unt en) Bild unt ersch rift: Ad ressw ahlsch alter @ 4\ mo d_1 2391 800 346 96_ 21.d ocx @ 303 64 @ @ 1


Figure 28: Address Selection Switch (for example setting “0“)

Pos: 42. 3 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/Be dien elem ente /Fel dbus koppl er/ -con trolle r/De r 8- polig e DIP-Sch alter dien t zu m Einstell en d erIP-Ad ress e + Ta belle Sch alter (8 8x, 8 9x) @ 14\ mo d_1 3611 955 732 42_ 21.d ocx @ 112 177 @ @ 1 The 8-pole DIP switch is used to select the protocol for setting the IP address and as an address selection switch, to set the IP address.

The IP address is composed of a network component and a host component.

Network Host

192. 168. 1. 0 … 255

The network component is configurable and in delivery status 192.168.1.

The host component is set via the DIP switches of the address selection switch.

The coding with the DIP switches is bit-wise, starting with DIP switch 1 with the least significant bit (2 0 ) to DIP switch 8 with the most significant bit (2 7 ), corresponding to the values 0 to 255.

Table 22: Meaning of DIP Switch Positions

DIP Switch Value

Positions

(ON = 1)

Meaning

00000000 0

(WBM)

The IP configuration set in the WBM on the

"Port" WBM page is used (default DHCP, but can be changed to BootP or EEPROM).

00000001…

11111110

11111111

1-254

Host component

255

(DHCP)

Host component by switch position

Example of setting the DIP switch:

For the IP address 192.168.1.

33 , the 1st and

6th switches must be set: 2

(6th switch) = 33

0 (1st switch) + 2 5

The DHCP protocol is used to configure the IP parameters.

Pos: 43 /S erie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /Ge räte besch reib ung (alt e Struk tur )/Bedi enele men te/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/S peich erka rten steck platz - Übe rsch rift 3 und Besch reibu ng @ 9\ mod_ 128 636 634 088 2_2 1.doc x @ 6 543 0 @ 344 @ 1

4.4.4 Memory Card Slot

The memory card slot accommodates a secure digital memory card (or SD card for short) or an SD card with a higher storage capacity (SD high capacity, or

SDHC for short).

Manual

Version 1.2.2




Use only the SD memory card available from WAGO (order no. 758-879/000-

001) since it is suitable for industrial applications under difficult environmental conditions and for use in the fieldbus controller.


The memory card slot has a transparent protective flap that is folded upwards to open it.

Memory card is not included in the scope of delivery!

Note, the fieldbus controller is delivered without memory card.

To use a memory card, you must order one separately. The fieldbus controller can also be operated without memory card expansion, the use of a memory card is optional.

Additional information about the memory card

For technical information about the memory card, see the data sheet for the SD memory card (order no. 758-879/000-001).

The data sheet is on the Internet at: www.wago.com

Figure 29: Opening the Memory Card Slot, Inserting an SD/SDHC Memory Card

4.4.4.1 Inserting a Memory Card

1. Use an activation tool or a screwdriver to open the transparent cover flap by folding it upwards.

2. Hold the memory card so that the contacts are visible on the right side and the sloping edge is towards the bottom, as depicted in the figure above.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



3. Insert the memory card into the slot of the fieldbus controller.

4. Push the memory card all the way in. When you let go, the memory card will move back a little and then snap in.

5. Push the cover flap back in by folding it downwards until it snaps in.

4.4.4.2 Removing the Memory Card

1. Use an activation tool or a screwdriver to open the transparent cover flap by folding it upwards.

2. To remove the memory card, first press it into the slot.

This loosens the mechanical locking

3. As soon as you let go of the memory card, the memory card is pushed out a bit and you can remove it.

4. Push the cover flap back in by folding it downwards until it snaps in.


Manual

Version 1.2.2


Pos: 45 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 2/T echnisc he D aten - Üb ersc hrift 2 @ 3 \mo d_1 232 967 587 687_ 21. docx @ 26 924 @ 2 @ 1

4.5 Technical Data

Pos: 46. 1 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/ Tec hnisch e Dat en/ Feldb usko pple r/-co ntr oller/ Tec hnisch e Dat en 7 50- 089 0 @ 30\ mod_ 150 839 837 956 7_2 1.doc x @ 4 670 83 @ 333 33 @ 1

4.5.1 Device Data

WAGO I/O System 750


Table 23: Technical data – Device data

Width

Weight

62 mm

Height (from upper-edge of DIN 35) 65 mm

Length 100 mm approx. 152 g

4.5.2 System Data

Table 24: Technical data – System data

Number of controllers connected to

Master

Transmission medium

Bus coupler connection

Max. cable length

Max. network length

Baud rate

Transmission performance

Protocols

Limited by ETHERNET specification

Twisted Pair S/UTP, STP 100 Ω Cat 5

2 x RJ-45

100 m

2000 m

10/100 Mbit/s

Class D acc. to EN 50173

Modbus TCP/UDP, HTTP, HTTPS, BootP,

DHCP, DNS, SNTP, (S)FTP, SNMP

Telecontrol protocols

(750-890/025-001, 750-890/025-002)

Programming

IEC 60870-5-101/-103/-104,

IEC 61850-7-4, IEC 61400-25, DNP3

WAGO-I/OPRO V2.3

AWL, KOP, FUP (CFC), ST, AS IEC-61131-3

SD memory card slot

Memory card type

Max. number of socket links push/push mechanism, cover cap lead-sealable

SD and SDHC up to 32 Gbyte *)

15 Modbus ® /TCP at least 6 days**) Powerfail RTC Buffer

Number of I/O modules with bus extension

Configuration

64

250 via PC

8 MByte Program memory

Data memory

Non-voltatile memory (retain)

8 MByte

32 kByte

(Default: 16 kByte retain, 16 kByte flag, allocation variable)

Internal file system 1 GByte

*) Use only the SD memory card available from WAGO (order no. 758-879/000-001) since it is suitable for industrial applications under difficult environmental conditions and for use in the fieldbus controller.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



**) This value is valid for brand-new devices with an ambient temperature of 25 °C. The guaranteed buffer time for the real time clock is reduced with rising temperature and operating time.

4.5.3 Supply

Table 25: Technical data – Supply

Voltage supply system DC 24 V (-25 % ... +30 %)

Max. input current at 24 V 500 mA

Power failure time acc. IEC 61131-2 Depending on external buffering

Efficiency of the power supply 90 %

Internal current consumption at 5 V 390 mA

Total current for I/O modules at 5 V 1700 mA

Overvoltage category

Isolation

Voltage supply field

II

500 V system/supply

DC 24 V (-25 % ... +30 %); incoming via wiring level (CAGE CLAMP ® connection);

24 VDC; outgoing via power jumper contacts

3 Number of outgoing power jumper contacts

Current carrying capacity (power jumper contacts)

10 A

Buffer for system power supply!

The system power supply must be buffered to bridge power outages. As the power demand depends on the respective node configuration, buffering is not implemented internally.

To achieve power outages of 1 ms to 10 ms according to IEC61131-2, determine the buffering appropriate for your node configuration and structure it as an external circuit.

4.5.4 Fieldbus Modbus TCP

Table 26: Technical data – Fieldbus Modbus/TCP

Input process image max

Output process image max

2040 bytes

2040 bytes

Input variables max

Output variables max

512 bytes

512 Byte

Manual

Version 1.2.2


4.5.5 Accessories

WAGO I/O System 750


Table 27: Technical data – Accessories

Miniature WSB Quick marking system

WAGO-I/O-PRO

SD Memory Card

759-333

758-879/000-001

Pos: 46. 2.1 /Alle S erie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 3/Anschlu sstec hnik - Übe rschri ft 3 @ 17 \mo d_1 380 1232 713 24_ 21.d ocx @ 132 788 @ 3 @ 1

4.5.6 Connection Type

Pos: 46. 2.2 /Se rie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /Ger äte besch reib ung (alt e Struk tur )/T echnisc he D aten /Anschlus stech nik/T echnis che D aten Verd rah tun gseb ene CC - 0 ,08 bis 2, 5m m2 @ 17\ mod _13 801 212 3880 9_2 1.d ocx @ 1327 80 @ @ 1

Table 28: Technical Data – Field Wiring

Wire connection

Cross section

CAGE CLAMP ®

0.08 mm² … 2.5 mm², AWG 28 … 14

Stripped lengths

Power jumper contacts

Pos: 46. 2.4 /Se rie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /Ger äte besch reib ung (alt e Struk tur )/T echnisc he D aten /Anschlus stech nik/T echnis che D aten Date nkon takte @ 1 7\m od_ 138 0123 495 844 _21. docx @ 13 279 4 @ @ 1

8 mm … 9 mm / 0.33 in

Pos: 46. 2.3 /Se rie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /Ger äte besch reib ung (alt e Struk tur )/T echnisc he D aten /Anschlus stech nik/T echnis che D aten Leist ungs kont akte (nu r F ede r) @ 17 \mo d_1 380 1239 794 76_ 21.d ocx @ 132 801 @ @ 1 Table 29: Technical Data – Power Jumper Contacts

Spring contact, self-cleaning

Table 30: Technical Data – Data Contacts

Data contacts Slide contact, hard gold plated, selfcleaning

Pos: 46. 3 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/ Tec hnisch e Dat en/Klima tische Umg ebu ngsb eding ung en/ Tec hnisch e Dat en Klima t. Um geb ungs bed. mit erw. Te mp. -20. ..+ 60°C/-4 0... +85°C f ür / 025 @ 5\ mod _12 476 580 8912 0_2 1.d ocx @ 3760 6 @ 3 @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


4.5.7 Climatic Environmental Conditions


Table 31: Technical Data – Climatic Environmental Conditions

Surrounding air temperature

(operation)

0 °C … 55 °C

− 20 °C … +60 °C Surrounding air temperature

(operation) for components with extended temperature range

(750-xxx/025-xxx)

Surrounding air temperature (storage) − 25 °C … +85 °C

Surrounding air temperature (storage) for components with extended temperature range (750-xxx/025-xxx)

Operating altitude

−40 °C … +85 °C

0 … 2000 m

Relative humidity

Pollution degree

Protection type

Resistance to harmful substances

Max. 5 % … 95 % without condensation

2

IP20

Acc. to IEC 60068-2-42 and

IEC 60068-2-43

Maximum pollutant concentration at relative humidity < 75 %

Special conditions

SO

2

H

2

≤ 25 ppm

S ≤ 10 ppm

• Ensure that additional measures for components are taken, which are used in an environment involving:

– dust, caustic vapors or gases

– ionizing radiation

• The permissible temperature range of the connecting cable must be dimensioned based on the mounting position and current intensity, as the temperature of the terminal connection can be up to 25 °K above the maximum expected surrounding air temperature (at 10 A).

Pos: 46. 4 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/ Tec hnisch e Dat en/ Feldb usko pple r/-co ntr oller/Ac htun g: Ver ring ert e Puffe rzeit bei z u ho her La gert em per atur ! (b ei Echtz eituh r) @ 8\ mod_ 127 860 436 691 1_2 1.doc x @ 5 941 2 @ @ 1

Reduced buffer time at high storage temperature!

Ensure that the storage of devices with a real time clock at high temperatures leads to a reduced buffer time for the real time clock.

Pos: 46. 5 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/ Tec hnisch e Dat en/Son stige/ Mec hanisc he Festig keit (ECO + erweit ert er ECO ) @ 3 \mo d_1 232 967 6657 18_ 21. docx @ 26 976 @ 3 @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2


4.5.8 Mechanical Strength

WAGO I/O System 750


Table 32: Technical Data – Mechanical Strength

Vibration resistance Acc. to IEC 60068-2-6

Comment to the vibration resistance: a) Type of oscillation: sweep with a rate of change of 1 octave per minute

10 Hz ≤ f < 57 Hz, const. Amplitude 0,075 mm

57 Hz ≤ f < 150 Hz, const. Acceleration 1 g b) Period of oscillation:

10 sweep per axis in each of the 3 vertical axes

Shock resistance Acc. to IEC 60068-2-27

Comment to the shock resistance: a) Type of impulse: half sinusoidal b) Intensity of impulse:

15 g peak value, 11 ms maintenance time

Free fall c) Route of impulse:

3 impulses in each pos. And neg. direction of the 3 vertical axes of the test object, this means 18 impulses in all.

Acc. IEC 60068-2-32

≤ 1 m (module in original packing)

Pos: 46. 6 /Dok ume ntati on all gem ein/Glie de rung sele ment e/- --- Lee rzeile -(1 Z) --- - @ 28\ mod _14 852 6299 583 7_0 .docx @ 4 0400 6 @ @ 1

Pos: 46. 7 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mod ule) /Übe rschri ften /Eben e 3/Sof twar eko mpati bilität - Übe rsch rift 3 @ 34 \mo d_1 551 687 652 193_ 21. docx @ 53 3589 @ 3 @ 1

4.5.9 Software Compatibility

Pos: 46. 8 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/ Tec hnisch e Dat en/ Feldb usko pple r/-co ntr oller/ Tec hnisch e Dat en - Softwa rek omp atibilität ( Tho rge räte -3 62, -862 , - 890, -89 1) @ 33 \mo d_1 547 5626 851 79_ 21.d ocx @ 523 139 @ @ 1

Table 33: Technical Data – Software Compatibility

Commissioning software

WAGO-I/O-CHECK 759-302

Configuration software starting from version 3.18.1.2

WAGO Ethernet Settings 759-316 starting from version 6.9.9.16

Pos: 46. 9 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/ Tec hnisch e Dat en/ Feldb usko pple r/-co ntr oller/ Tec hnisch e Dat en - Softwa rek omp atibilität ( Tho rge räte -8 62, -890 , - 891 ) Cont rolle r @ 33\ mod _154 756 281 489 2_2 1.doc x @ 5 231 44 @ @ 1

Programming software IEC-61131-3

WAGO I/OPRO 759-333 with CODESYS starting from version 2.3.9.57 and the target support package starting from “TSP_Setup_20190121_081618.exe”

Pos: 46. 10 /D okum ent ation allge mein/ Gliede run gsele me nte/ --- -Le erzeil e-( 1Z )-- -- @ 28 \mo d_1 485 2629 958 37_ 0.do cx @ 4040 06 @ @ 1


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 48 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 2/Z ulassu nge n - Ü bersc hrift 2 @ 3\m od_ 122 405 536 4109 _21 .docx @ 2 4030 @ 2 @ 1

4.6 Approvals


Pos: 49 /S erie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /Ge räte besch reib ung (alt e Struk tur )/Z ulassu nge n/In for matio n: Weit ere Info rm ation en z u Z ulassu nge n 75 0-xxxx @ 3\ mo d_12 271 909 671 56_ 21.d ocx @ 252 21 @ @ 1

More information about approvals.

Detailed references to the approvals are listed in the document “ Overview on

WAGO I/O System 750 approvals ”, which you can find via the internet under: www.wago.com

 DOWNLOADS  Documentation  System Description.

Pos: 50 /S erie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /Ge räte besch reib ung (alt e Struk tur )/Z ulassu nge n/Allge mein/ Zula ssun gen C ont roller 75 0-xxxx Allg emei n, Sta nda rda usfüh run g u nd b esch riebe ne Va riant en - Einl. @ 24\ mod _14 4222 237 529 2_2 1.do cx @ 1 914 28 @ @ 1 The following approvals have been granted to the basic version and the variants of the “Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD” controller (750-890) described in this document:

Pos: 51 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/ Zulass ung en/Sta nda rdzul assun gen /CE (Konf or mitätsk ennz eichn ung ) @ 3\m od_1 224 494 777 421 _21. docx @ 24 276 @ @ 1

Conformity Marking

Pos: 52 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/ Zulass ung en/Sta nda rdzul assun gen /cULus (UL 610 10- 2-2 01) @ 25 \mo d_1 456 305 700 986_ 0.d ocx @ 202 311 @ @ 1

Ordinary

Locations

UL61010-2-201

Pos: 53 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/ Zulass ung en/Sta nda rdzul assun gen /KC - Ko rea C ertific ate - PFC @ 20\ mo d_1 4065 360 589 50_ 21.d ocx @ 160 396 @ @ 1

Korea Certification MSIP-REM-W43-PFC750

Pos: 54 /D oku ment ation allge mein /Glied eru ngsel eme nte/ -- --L eerz eile- (1Z )- --- @ 2 8\m od_1 485 262 995 837 _0.d ocx @ 404 006 @ @ 1

Pos: 55 /S erie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /Ge räte besch reib ung (alt e Struk tur )/Z ulassu nge n/Ex/Z ulassu nge n Co ntroll er 7 50- xxxx Ex, Sta nda rda usfü hru ng u nd b esch rieb ene Va rian ten - Einleit ung @ 24\ mo d_1 4417 115 298 47_ 21.d ocx @ 191 023 @ @ 1 The following Ex approvals have been granted to the basic version and the variants of the “Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD” controller (750-890) described in this document:

Pos: 56 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/ Zulass ung en/Ex- Zula ssun gen/cU Lus/cU Lus (UL 1212 01) , nu r Cl I Div 2 @ 31\ mod _15 258 7108 569 8_0 .docx @ 4 8809 3 @ @ 1

Hazardous

Locations

UL 121201 for Use in Hazardous Locations

Cl I Div 2

Pos: 57 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/ Zulass ung en/Ex- Zula ssun gen/ TÜV ATEX/TÜV 14 A TEX 1489 29 X: II 3 G Ex ec I IC T 4 Gc @ 33\ mo d_1 5421 907 010 79_ 0.do cx @ 5 080 94 @ @ 1

TÜV 14 ATEX 148929 X

II 3 G Ex ec IIC T4 Gc

Pos: 58 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/ Zulass ung en/Ex- Zula ssun gen/ IECEx (TÜV N ord )/IECEx TUN 14. 003 5 X: Ex ec IIC T 4 Gc @ 33 \mo d_1 542 1908 808 89_ 0.do cx @ 5080 98 @ @ 1

IECEx TUN 14.0035 X

Ex ec IIC T4 Gc


Pos: 60 /S erie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /Ge räte besch reib ung (alt e Struk tur )/Z ulassu nge n/Schiff/Einl eitun gssätz e/Z ulass unge n Co ntroll er 7 50 -xxxx Schiff , Stan dar daus füh rung un d bes chrie ben e Vari ante n - Einl eitun g @ 24\ mod _144 222 277 365 0_2 1.doc x @ 1 914 32 @ @ 1 The following ship approvals have been granted to the basic version and the variants of the “Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD” controller (750-890) described in this document:

Pos: 61 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/ Zulass ung en/Schif fszulass ung en/ABS (Am erica n Bur eau of Ship ping ) @ 3 \mo d_1 224 055 151 062 _0.d ocx @ 240 23 @ @ 1

Pos: 62 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/ Zulass ung en/Schif fszulass ung en/DNV G L (D et No rske Ve ritas Ger manisc he r Lloy d) Te mp B, Hu m B, Vib B, E MC B, Enc A @ 29\ mod _14 894 004 456 25_ 0.docx @ 4 133 18 @ @ 1

ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)

DNV GL

[Temperature: B, Humidity: B, Vibration: B, EMC: B, Enclosure: A]

Pos: 63 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/ Zulass ung en/Schif fszulass ung en/PRS (Polski Rejest r Statk ów) @ 3\ mod _12 2449 727 325 0_0. docx @ 24 295 @ @ 1

PRS (Polski Rejestr Statków)



Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 66 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 2/Nor me n un d Richtlini en - Übe rsch rift 2 @ 4\ mod _12 428 040 318 75_ 21.d ocx @ 336 46 @ 2 @ 1

4.7 Standards and Guidelines

Pos: 67 /S erie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /Ge räte besch reib ung (alt e Struk tur )/No rme n un d Richtli nien/E MV-Nor me n Con trolle r 7 50-xx xx, Stan dar dau sfüh run g un d b eschri ebe ne Va riant en - Einleitu ng @ 24\ mod _14 422 324 3664 3_2 1.d ocx @ 191 480 @ @ 1 The basic version and the variants of the “Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH;

SD” controller (750-890) described in this document fulfill the following EMC standards:

Pos: 68 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/No rm en u nd Ric htlinien /EMV-No rme n - Stand ard /EMV CE-Stö rfesti gkeit EN 6 100 0-6 -2 @ 4\ mod _124 279 765 562 5_2 1.doc x @ 3 359 1 @ @ 1 EMC CE-Immunity to interference

Pos: 69 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/No rm en u nd Ric htlinien /EMV-No rme n - Stand ard /EMV CE-Stö rauss end ung EN 610 00- 6-3 @ 4\ mod _12 427 980 944 68_ 21.d ocx @ 335 98 @ @ 1 EMC CE-Emission of interference

EN 61000-6-2

EN 61000-6-3

Pos: 70 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/No rm en u nd Ric htlinien /EMV-No rme n - Schiffb au/EMV Schif fba u-Stö rfesti gkeit DNV G L @ 4\m od_1 242 798 409 640 _21. docx @ 33 610 @ @ 1 EMC marine applications-Immunity to interference acc. to DNV GL

Pos: 71 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/No rm en u nd Ric htlinien /EMV-No rme n - Schiffb au/EMV Schif fba u-Stö rauss end ung DNV GL @ 4\m od_ 124 279 840 054 6_21 .docx @ 3 360 6 @ @ 1 EMC marine applications-Emission of interference acc. to DNV GL


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 73 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 1/M ontie ren - Üb ersch rift 1 @ 3 \mo d_1 225 446 7447 50_ 21. docx @ 24 900 @ 1 @ 1

5 Mounting

Mounting 73

Pos: 74. 1 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Monti ere n/De monti ere n/Einba ulag e @ 3 \mo d_1 225 446 8183 12_ 21. docx @ 24 903 @ 2 @ 1

5.1 Installation Position

Along with horizontal and vertical installation, all other installation positions are allowed.

Use an end stop in the case of vertical mounting!

In the case of vertical assembly, an end stop has to be mounted as an additional safeguard against slipping.

WAGO order no. 249-116 End stop for DIN 35 rail, 6 mm wide

WAGO order no. 249-117 End stop for DIN 35 rail, 10 mm wide

Pos: 74. 2 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Monti ere n/De monti ere n/Ges amt ausb au @ 3\m od_ 123 176 409 946 8_21 .docx @ 2 594 0 @ 2 @ 1

5.2 Overall Configuration

The maximum total length of a fieldbus node without fieldbus coupler/controller is

780 mm including end module. The width of the end module is 12 mm. When assembled, the I/O modules have a maximum length of 768 mm.

Examples:

• 64 I/O modules with a 12 mm width can be connected to a fieldbus coupler/controller.

• 32 I/O modules with a 24 mm width can be connected to a fieldbus coupler/controller.

Exception:

The number of connected I/O modules also depends on the type of fieldbus coupler/controller is used. For example, the maximum number of stackable I/O modules on one PROFIBUS DP/V1 fieldbus coupler/controller is 63 with no passive I/O modules and end module.

Observe maximum total length of a fieldbus node!

The maximum total length of a fieldbus node without fieldbus coupler/controller and without using a 750-628 I/O Module (coupler module for internal data bus extension) may not exceed 780 mm.

Also note the limitations of individual fieldbus couplers/controllers.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

74 Mounting WAGO I/O System 750


Increase the total length using a coupler module for internal data bus extension!

You can increase the total length of a fieldbus node by using a 750-628 I/O

Module (coupler module for internal data bus extension). For such a configuration, attach a 750-627 I/O Module (end module for internal data bus extension) after the last I/O module of a module assembly. Use an RJ-45 patch cable to connect the I/O module to the coupler module for internal data bus extension of another module block.

This allows you to segment a fieldbus node into a maximum of 11 blocks with maximum of 10 I/O modules for internal data bus extension.

The maximum cable length between two blocks is five meters.

More information is available in the manuals for the 750-627 and 750-628 I/O

Modules.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 74. 4 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Monti ere n/De monti ere n/M onta ge a uf Tra gschie ne @ 3\m od_ 122 544 722 723 4_21 .docx @ 2 490 6 @ 2 33 @ 1

5.3 Mounting onto Carrier Rail

Mounting 75

5.3.1 Carrier Rail Properties

All system components can be snapped directly onto a carrier rail in accordance with the European standard EN 60175 (DIN 35).

Do not use any third-party carrier rails without approval by WAGO!

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG supplies standardized carrier rails that are optimal for use with the I/O system. If other carrier rails are used, then a technical inspection and approval of the rail by WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH &

Co. KG should take place.

•

•

Carrier rails have different mechanical and electrical properties. For the optimal system setup on a carrier rail, certain guidelines must be observed:

The material must be non-corrosive.

Most components have a contact to the carrier rail to ground electromagnetic disturbances. In order to avoid corrosion, this tin-plated carrier rail contact must not form a galvanic cell with the material of the carrier rail which generates a differential voltage above 0.5 V (saline solution of 0.3 % at 20°C).

•

•

The carrier rail must optimally support the EMC measures integrated into the system and the shielding of the I/O module connections.

A sufficiently stable carrier rail should be selected and, if necessary, several mounting points (every 20 cm) should be used in order to prevent bending and twisting (torsion).

•

•

•

The geometry of the carrier rail must not be altered in order to secure the safe hold of the components. In particular, when shortening or mounting the carrier rail, it must not be crushed or bent.

The base of the I/O components extends into the profile of the carrier rail.

For carrier rails with a height of 7.5 mm, mounting points are to be riveted under the node in the carrier rail (slotted head captive screws or blind rivets).

The metal springs on the bottom of the housing must have low-impedance contact with the DIN rail (wide contact surface is possible).

Manual

Version 1.2.2



5.3.2 WAGO DIN Rails

WAGO carrier rails meet the electrical and mechanical requirements shown in the table below.

Table 34: WAGO DIN Rails

Item No.

210-112

Description

35 × 7.5; 1 mm; steel; bluish, tinned, chromed; slotted

210-113

210-197

210-114

35 × 7.5; 1 mm; steel; bluish, tinned, chromed; unslotted

35 × 15; 1.5 mm; steel; bluish, tinned, chromed; slotted

35 × 15; 1.5 mm; steel; bluish, tinned, chromed; unslotted

210-118

210-198

210-196

35 × 15; 2.3 mm; steel; bluish, tinned, chromed; unslotted

35 × 15; 2.3 mm; copper; unslotted

35 × 8.2; 1.6 mm; aluminum; unslotted

Pos: 74. 5 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Monti ere n/De monti ere n/Abstä nde @ 3\ mod _12 254 482 837 50_ 21.d ocx @ 249 20 @ 2 @ 1

5.4 Spacing

The spacing between adjacent components, cable conduits, casing and frame sides must be maintained for the complete fieldbus node.


Figure 30: Spacing

The spacing creates room for heat transfer, installation or wiring. The spacing to cable conduits also prevents conducted electromagnetic interferences from influencing the operation.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 74. 7 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Monti ere n/De monti ere n/M onta ger eihe nfolg e Übe rsch rift 2 und Einleitu ng @ 3\m od_ 123 177 0210 031 _21 .docx @ 2 5992 @ 2 @ 1

5.5 Mounting Sequence

Mounting 77

Fieldbus couplers, controllers and I/O modules of the WAGO I/O System 750 are snapped directly on a carrier rail in accordance with the European standard EN

60175 (DIN 35).

The reliable positioning and connection is made using a tongue and groove system. Due to the automatic locking, the individual devices are securely seated on the rail after installation.

Starting with the fieldbus coupler or controller, the I/O modules are mounted adjacent to each other according to the project design. Errors in the design of the node in terms of the potential groups (connection via the power contacts) are recognized, as the I/O modules with power contacts (blade contacts) cannot be linked to I/O modules with fewer power contacts.

Pos: 74. 8 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Wichti ge Erl äute run gen (alt e Struk tur )/Siche rheits - u nd s onstig e Hinweis e/Vorsic ht/Vo rsicht: V erletz ungs gef ahr dur ch sch arfk antig e M esse rkont akte! @ 6 \mo d_1 256 1932 794 01_ 21.d ocx @ 434 14 @ @ 1

Risk of injury due to sharp-edged blade contacts!

The blade contacts are sharp-edged. Handle the I/O module carefully to prevent injury. Do not touch the blade contacts.

Pos: 74. 9 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Wichti ge Erl äute run gen (alt e Struk tur )/Siche rheits - u nd s onstig e Hinweis e/Acht ung/Ac htun g: I/O -M odul e nu r in v org eseh ene r Reih enf olge s tecke n! @ 6\m od_ 125 6194 177 073 _21. docx @ 43 429 @ @ 1

Insert I/O modules only from the proper direction!

All I/O modules feature grooves for power jumper contacts on the right side. For some I/O modules, the grooves are closed on the top. Therefore, I/O modules featuring a power jumper contact on the left side cannot be snapped from the top. This mechanical coding helps to avoid configuration errors, which may destroy the I/O modules. Therefore, insert I/O modules only from the right and from the top.

Pos: 74. 10 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/Wic htige E rläut eru nge n ( alte Str uktu r)/Sich erh eits- und sonsti ge Hinw eise/Hinw eis/Hinw eis: Busa bschlus s nich t ver gess en! @ 6\ mod_ 125 619 422 555 7_2 1.doc x @ 4 343 2 @ @ 1

Don't forget the bus end module!

Always plug a bus end module (e.g. 750-600) onto the end of the fieldbus node!

You must always use a bus end module at all fieldbus nodes with WAGO I/O

System 750 fieldbus couplers or controllers to guarantee proper data transfer.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 74. 12 /Alle Se rien (Allge mein e Mo dule )/Üb ersch rifte n/Ebe ne 2 /Ger äte einfü gen und ent fer nen - Üb ersch rift 2 @ 3 \mo d_1 231 768 483 250_ 21. docx @ 25 950 @ 2 @ 1

5.6 Inserting and Removing Devices

Pos: 74. 13 /Alle Se rien (Allge mein e Mo dule )/Siche rheit s- u nd s onstig e Hinweis e/Ge fah r/Ge fah r: Nicht an Ger äten unt er Sp ann ung arb eite n! @ 6\mo d_1 256 193 963 573 _21. docx @ 43 426 @ @ 1

Do not work when devices are energized!

High voltage can cause electric shock or burns.

Switch off all power to the device prior to performing any installation, repair or maintenance work.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 74. 15 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Mon tier en/De mon tier en/ Feldb usko pple r/Cont rolle r ein füg en @ 3\m od_ 123 416 8173 031 _21 .docx @ 2 7456 @ 3 @ 1

5.6.1 Inserting the Fieldbus Coupler/Controller

Mounting 79

1. When replacing the fieldbus coupler/controller for an already available fieldbus coupler/controller, position the new fieldbus coupler/controller so that the tongue and groove joints to the subsequent I/O module are engaged.

2. Snap the fieldbus coupler/controller onto the carrier rail.

3. Use a screwdriver blade to turn the locking disc until the nose of the locking disc engages behind the carrier rail (see the following figure). This prevents the fieldbus coupler/controller from canting on the carrier rail.

With the fieldbus coupler/controller snapped in place, the electrical connections for the data contacts and power contacts (if any) to the possible subsequent I/O module are established.

Pos: 74. 16 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Mon tier en/De mon tier en/Ve rrieg elun g - Bild (e rweite rte r ECO) @ 3\ mod _123 176 951 970 3_2 1.doc x @ 2 597 9 @ @ 1

Figure 31: Release Tab of Extended ECO Fieldbus Coupler (Example)

Pos: 74. 17 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Mon tier en/De mon tier en/ Feldb usko pple r/Cont rolle r e ntfe rne n @ 4 \mo d_1 239 1693 584 53_ 21.d ocx @ 303 30 @ 3 @ 1

5.6.2 Removing the Fieldbus Coupler/Controller

1. Use a screwdriver blade to turn the locking disc until the nose of the locking disc no longer engages behind the carrier rail.

2. Remove the fieldbus coupler/controller from the assembly by pulling the release tab.

Electrical connections for data or power contacts to adjacent I/O modules are disconnected when removing the fieldbus coupler/controller.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

80 Mounting

Pos: 74. 19 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Mon tier en/De mon tier en/I/ O-M odul einf ügen (n eut rales 3D) @ 35\ mod _15 613 820 372 53_ 21.d ocx @ 548 869 @ 3 @ 1

5.6.3 Inserting the I/O Module

WAGO I/O System 750


1. Position the I/O module in such a way that the groove and spring are connected to the preceding and following components.

Figure 32: Inserting I/O Module (Example)

2. Press the I/O module into the assembly until the I/O module snaps into the carrier rail.

Figure 33: Snap the I/O Module into Place (Example)

3. Check that the I/O module is seated securely on the carrier rail and in the assembly. The I/O module must not be inserted crooked or askew.

Once the I/O module has snapped into place, the electrical connections for the data contacts and power contacts (if any) to the head station or to the preceding and, if applicable, following I/O module are established.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Mounting 81

5.6.4 Removing the I/O Module

1. Remove the I/O module from the assembly by pulling the release tab.


Figure 34: Removing the I/O Module (Example)

Electrical connections for data or power jumper contacts are disconnected when removing the I/O module.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

82 Connect Devices

Pos: 76 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 1/Ge räte ansc hließ en - Übe rsch rift 1 @ 3\ mo d_12 341 728 894 68_ 21.d ocx @ 274 60 @ 1 @ 1

6 Connect Devices

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 77. 1 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mod ule) /Übe rschri ften /Eben e 2/D atenk ont akte/ Lokalb us - Übe rschri ft 2 @ 7\ mod _12 663 206 2018 3_2 1.d ocx @ 5071 8 @ 2 @ 1

6.1 Data Contacts/Local Bus

Pos: 77. 2 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An schlüss e/Dat enko ntakt e - Feld busk opple r/-c ont rolle r un d M odule – Abbil dun g un d Besch reib ung @ 3\ mod _12 317 712 591 87_ 21.d ocx @ 260 02 @ @ 1 Communication between the fieldbus coupler/controller and the I/O modules as well as the system supply of the I/O modules is carried out via the local bus. The contacting for the local bus consists of 6 data contacts, which are available as self-cleaning gold spring contacts.

Figure 35: Data Contacts

Pos: 77. 3 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Wichti ge Erl äute run gen (alt e Struk tur )/Siche rheits - u nd s onstig e Hinweis e/Acht ung/Ac htun g: I/O -M odul e nicht auf Gold fed erko ntakt e leg en! @ 7\ mod _12 6631 846 363 6_2 1.do cx @ 5 069 5 @ @ 1

Do not place the I/O modules on the gold spring contacts!

Do not place the I/O modules on the gold spring contacts in order to avoid soiling or scratching!

Pos: 77. 4 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Wichti ge Erl äute run gen (alt e Struk tur )/Siche rheits - u nd s onstig e Hinweis e/Acht ung/ obsol et_Acht ung : ESD - Auf gute Erdu ng der U mg ebun g ac hten ! @ 7 \mo d_1 266 318 538 667_ 21. docx @ 50 708 @ @ 1

Ensure that the environment is well grounded!

The devices are equipped with electronic components that may be destroyed by electrostatic discharge. When handling the devices, ensure that the environment

(persons, workplace and packing) is well grounded. Avoid touching conductive components, e.g. data contacts.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 77. 6 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mod ule) /Übe rschri ften /Eben e 2/ Leistu ngsko ntakt e/F eldve rso rgu ng - Übe rschri ft 2 @ 7\ mod _12 663 2065 635 4_2 1.do cx @ 5072 2 @ 2 @ 1

6.2 Power Contacts/Field Supply

Connect Devices 83

Pos: 77. 7 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Wichti ge Erl äute run gen (alt e Struk tur )/Siche rheits - u nd s onstig e Hinweis e/Vorsic ht/Vo rsicht: V erletz ungs gef ahr dur ch sch arfk antig e M esse rkont akte! @ 6 \mo d_1 256 1932 794 01_ 21.d ocx @ 434 14 @ @ 1

Risk of injury due to sharp-edged blade contacts!

The blade contacts are sharp-edged. Handle the I/O module carefully to prevent injury. Do not touch the blade contacts.

Pos: 77. 8 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An schlüss e/Leis tun gskon takte allge mein @ 3\ mod _12 318 289 020 46_ 21.d ocx @ 260 17 @ @ 1 Self-cleaning power jumper contacts used to supply the field side are located on the right side of most of the fieldbus couplers/controllers and on some of the I/O modules. These contacts come as touch-proof spring contacts. As fitting counterparts the I/O modules have male contacts on the left side.

Figure 36: Example for the Arrangement of Power Contacts

Pos: 77. 9 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Wichti ge Erl äute run gen (alt e Struk tur )/Siche rheits - u nd s onstig e Hinweis e/Hinweis /Hinweis: Fel dbusk not en mi t sm artDESIGNER ko nfigu rie ren und übe rpr üfe n @ 6 \mo d_1 256 193 4397 92_ 21. docx @ 43 420 @ @ 1

Field bus node configuration and test via smartDESIGNER

With the WAGO ProServe accuracy check.

® Software smartDESIGNER, you can configure the structure of a fieldbus node. You can test the configuration via the integrated


Manual

Version 1.2.2

84 Connect Devices WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 77. 11 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/An schlie ßen/ Leite r a n CAGE CLAMP anschli eße n ( allge mein ) - Ü bersc hrift 2 u nd Text @ 3\ mod _12 254 4866 017 1_2 1.do cx @ 2492 8 @ 2 @ 1

6.3 Connecting a Conductor to the CAGE CLAMP

®

The WAGO CAGE CLAMP ® finely stranded conductors.

connection is appropriate for solid, stranded and

Only connect one conductor to each CAGE CLAMP ® !

Only one conductor may be connected to each CAGE CLAMP ® .

Do not connect more than one conductor at one single connection!

If more than one conductor must be routed to one connection, these must be connected in an up-circuit wiring assembly, for example using WAGO feedthrough terminals.

1. For opening the CAGE CLAMP ® above the connection.

insert the actuating tool into the opening

2. Insert the conductor into the corresponding connection opening.

3. For closing the CAGE CLAMP ® now clamped firmly in place.

simply remove the tool. The conductor is


Figure 37: Connecting a Conductor to a CAGE CLAMP ®

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 79 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 1/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g - Übe rschrif t 1 @ 4\ mod _12 3902 597 538 9_2 1.doc x @ 3 000 3 @ 1 @ 1

7 Function Description

Pos: 80 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 2/Betri ebssyst em - Üb ersch rift 2 @ 4 \mo d_1 241 4269 604 53_ 21.d ocx @ 321 63 @ 2 @ 1

7.1 Operating System

Function Description 85

Pos: 81. 1 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Be trieb ssyste m/Anla uf d es F eldbu scont rolle rs, Üb ersc hrift 3 @ 17\ mod_ 138 372 703 473 6_2 1.docx @ 1 367 38 @ 3 @ 1

7.1.1 Start-up

Pos: 81. 2 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Be trieb ssyste m/Hinweis : Betri ebsa rte nschalt er dar f sich nicht in de r un ter en Stellu ng befin den! @ 1 7\m od_1 383 727 204 961 _21. docx @ 13 674 1 @ @ 1

The mode selector switch may not be located in the lower position!

The mode selector switch may not be set at the bottom position during runup!

Pos: 81. 3 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Be trieb ssyste m/Bet riebssys tem Cont rolle r - An fang stext (Anlau f de s F eldbu scont rolle rs) @ 4\ mod _12 3910 402 440 6_2 1.doc x @ 3 021 8 @ @ 1 The controller begins running up after switching on the power supply or after a reset. The internal application program is then transferred to the RAM.

During the initialization phase, the controller detects the I/O modules and the current configuration and sets the variables to 0 or FALSE, or to an initial value specified by the application program.

The flags retain their status.

During this phase the I/O LED will flash red.

When start-up is successful, the I/O LED then stays lit continuously in green.

Pos: 81. 4 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/G erät ebes chr eibun g ( alte St ruktu r)/An zeige elem ent e/F eldbu skop pler/ -con trolle r/L ege nde/ Info rm ation: Info rm ation en z u de r LED-Sig nalisie run g @ 4 \mo d_1 239 098 3295 47_ 21. docx @ 30 154 @ @ 1

More information about the LED Signaling

Read the detailed description for the evaluation of the displayed LED state in the section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.

Pos: 82 /S erie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /Fu nktio nsbesc hrei bun g/Betri ebssyst em/B etrie bssyste m Co ntr oller - Anfa ngst ext (P FC- Zyklus ) @ 1 4\m od_ 136 1866 775 620 _21. docx @ 11 286 3 @ 3 @ 1

7.1.2 Application Program Cycle

After error-free run-up, the application program cycle starts with the mode selector switch at the top position, or on a Start command from WAGO-I/OPRO .

The input and output data for the fieldbus, I/O modules and the timer values are read. The application program contained in the RAM is then processed, after which the output data for the fieldbus and I/O modules is written to the process image. At the end of the application program cycle, the operating system functions are executed for diagnostics and communication (among other things) and the timer values are updated. The new cycle begins by reading in of the input and output data and the timer values.

The operating mode is changed (“STOP”/“RUN”) at the end of a application program cycle.

The cycle time is the time from the beginning of the application program up to the next beginning of the cycle. If a loop is programmed within the application program, the application program runtime and the application program cycle time will be extended accordingly.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

86 Function Description WAGO I/O System 750


The inputs, outputs and timer values are not updated while the application program is being processed. Updating is performed only as defined at the end of the application program. As a result, it is not possible to wait on an event from the process or a set period to expire while a loop is in progress.

Pos: 83 /S erie 750 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM) /Fu nktio nsbesc hrei bun g/Betri ebssyst em/B etrie bssyste m Co ntr oller - Diag ra mm (32 -Bit, mit Filesys tem un d SD-Kart e) @ 13 \mo d_1 352 7303 301 04_ 21.d ocx @ 105 896 @ @ 1


Figure 38: Run-up of the Controller

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 85 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 2/Proz essda ten aufb au - Übe rsch rift 2 @ 5\ mod _12 450 695 4381 3_2 1.d ocx @ 353 10 @ 2 @ 1

7.2 Process Data Architecture


Pos: 86. 1 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Pr ozess abbild /Prinzipi eller Au fbau (Co ntr oller) @ 6\ mo d_1 2560 332 431 71_ 21.d ocx @ 431 37 @ 3 @ 1

7.2.1 Basic Structure

After switching on, the controller identifies all I/O modules connected with the node that send or receive data (data width/bit width > 0).

In a node can consist of a mixed arrangement of analog input/analog output modules and digital input/digital output modules and special modules.

Pos: 86. 2 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Pr ozess abbild /Hinweis: Mit Busv erlä nge run g bis z u 2 50 I/ O-M odul e ans chlie ßba r! @ 6\m od_ 1256 033 692 375 _21. docx @ 43 140 @ @ 1

Up to 250 I/O modules can be connected with coupler module and end module.

Using the bus extension coupler module 750-628 and bus extension end module

750-627 for local bus extension it is possible to connect up to 250 I/O modules to the Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD.

Pos: 86. 3 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Pr ozess abbild /Inf orm ation : Anza hl de r Ein- und A usga ngsbit s bzw. -byt es [.. .] en tne hme n Sie I/ O-M odul -Besch reib ung @ 6\ mod _12 560 3420 373 4_2 1.do cx @ 4 314 6 @ @ 1

Additional Information

For the number of input and output bits or bytes of the individual I/O modules, refer to the corresponding description of the I/O modules.

Pos: 86. 4 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Pr ozess abbild /Aus d er Da ten breit e un d d em Typ des I/ O- Mod uls ... (Cont rolle r) @ 6\ mod _12 5603 432 062 5_2 1.do cx @ 4 314 9 @ @ 1 The controller creates an internal local process image on the basis of the data width, the type of I/O module and the position of the module in the node. This process image is broken down into an input and an output data range.

The data of the digital I/O modules is bit-oriented; i.e., digital data is sent bit by bit. Analog I/O modules represent the group of byte-oriented modules – data is sent byte by byte.

Pos: 86. 5 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Pr ozess abbild /Zu dies en I/ O-M odul en g ehö ren z. B. Zähle r, I /O- Mod ule fü r Wink el- u nd .. . (7 50- 841 ) @ 6\m od_ 125 6034 612 343 _21. docx @ 43 155 @ @ 1 Counter modules or angle and distance measurement modules, for example, are included in this group of modules.

Pos: 86. 6 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Pr ozess abbild /Fü r d as lok ale Proz essa bbild, D ate n ab hän gig vo n de r Rei henf olge i hre r Positio n (C ontr oller ) @ 6\m od_1 256 034 703 953 _21. docx @ 43 158 @ @ 1 For both, the local input and output process image, the I/O module data is stored in the corresponding process image depending on the order in which the modules are connected to the fieldbus controller.

Pos: 86. 7 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Pr ozess abbild /Hinweis: H ar dwar e-Änd eru ng k ann Än der ung des P rozes sabbil des b ewirk en! @ 6\m od_ 125 603 522 525 0_2 1.docx @ 4 316 1 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Hardware changes can result in changes of the process image!

If the hardware configuration is changed by adding, changing, removing or reparametrisation of I/O modules with a data width > 0 bit, this result in a new process image structure. The process data addresses would then change. If adding I/O modules, the process data of all previous I/O modules has to be taken into account.

Pos: 86. 8 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Pr ozess abbild /Proze ssab bild Wo rt 0.. .25 5, 2 56... 511, 51 2...1 275 @ 6\ mod _12 560 353 517 18_2 1.d ocx @ 431 64 @ @ 1 A memory range of 256 words (word 0...255) is initially available in the controller for the process image of the physical input and output data.

For the image of the MODBUS/PFC variables, the memory range of words

256...511 is reserved; meaning the image for the MODBUS/PFC variables is created behind the process image for the I/O module data.

If the quantity of module data is greater than 256 words, all the physical input and output data above this value is added to the end of the current process image in a memory range; i.e., attached behind the MODBUS/PFC variables (word

512…1275).

Pos: 86. 9 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Pr ozess abbild /Fü r zuk ünfti ge Pr otok ollerweit eru nge n ist der ansc hließ end e Bereic h a b Wor t 12 76... 153 2... (75 0-8 82) @ 9\ mo d_12 815 098 055 64_ 21.d ocx @ 630 00 @ @ 1 For protocol extensions in future the following memory range is reserved starting from word 1276 … 1532 for further PFC variables.

Pos: 86. 10 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Proze ssab bild/Bei all en WAGO -Fel dbus cont rolle rn ist der Zu griff de r SPS auf di e Proz essd aten una bhä ngig von . .. @ 6\m od_ 1256 038 962 984 _21. docx @ 43 173 @ @ 1 Access by the PLC to process data is made independently from the fieldbus system in all WAGO controllers; access is always conducted through an application-related IEC-61131-3 program.

How the data is accessed from the fieldbus side depends on the fieldbus however.

Pos: 86. 11 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Proze ssab bild/F ür den Fel dbusc ont roller kan n ein MODBUS/TCP -Mas ter übe r... (75 0- 842, -84 3, - 882 ) @ 9\m od_ 128 1510 776 928 _21. docx @ 63 008 @ @ 1 For the fieldbus controller, a MODBUS/TCP master can access the data via implemented MODBUS functions, whereby decimal or hexadecimal MODBUS addresses are used

Pos: 86. 12 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Proze ssab bild/In for matio n: Eine det ailliert e Besch reib ung z u die sen f eldb usspe zifische n Dat. (7 50- 842, -8 43, -88 2) @ 9\ mod_ 128 151 103 347 2_2 1.docx @ 6 301 2 @ @ 1


For a detailed description of these fieldbus-specific data access methods, refer to the section "MODBUS Functions".

Pos: 86. 13 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Proze ssab bild/In for matio n: Das feld bussp ezifisch e Proz essa bbild ist ... ( 750 -84 1, 8 42, 843, 87 1, 8 80, 8 81, 882, 889 ) @ 6\m od_1 256 131 415 906 _21. docx @ 43 398 @ @ 1


For the fieldbus-specific process image of any WAGO I/O module, please refer to the section “I/O Modules” > … > “Structure of the process data”.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 86. 15 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Proze ssab bild/Beispi el fü r ein Ein gan gspr ozess abbild - Beispi el fü r ein A usga ngsp roze ssab bild @ 6\m od_1 256 040 947 968 _21. docx @ 43 188 @ 3 3 @ 1

7.2.2 Example of an Input Process Image


The following figure is an example of an input process image.

The configuration comprises 16 digital and 8 analog inputs.

The input process image thus has a data length of 8 words for the analog modules and 1 word for the digital modules; i.e., 9 words in total.

Figure 39: Example of Process Image for Input Data

Manual

Version 1.2.2



7.2.3 Example of an Output Data Process Image

The following example for the output process image comprises 2 digital and 4 analog outputs. It comprises 4 words for the analog outputs and 1 word for the digital outputs; i.e., 5 words in total.

In addition, the output data can also be read back with an offset of 200

(0x0200) added to the MODBUS address. hex

Data > 256 words can be read back by using the cumulative offset!

All output data greater than 256 words and, therefore located in the memory range 6000

1000

hex hex

(0x6000) to 66F9

hex

(0x66F9) can be read back with an offset of

(0x1000) added to the MODBUS address.

Figure 40: Example of Process Image for Output Data

Pos: 86. 16 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Proze ssab bild/Proz essd aten MODBUS TCP - Üb ersc hrift 3 @ 9 \mo d_1 281 511 494 153 _21. docx @ 63 020 @ 3 @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


7.2.4 Process Data MODBUS TCP


Pos: 86. 17 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Proze ssab bild/De r Aufb au d er Pr ozess date n ist bei ei nigen I/O -Mo dule n feld bussp ezifisch . @ 6 \mo d_1 256 032 1643 28_ 21. docx @ 43 113 @ @ 1 For some I/O modules (and their variations), the structure of the process data depends on the fieldbus.

Pos: 86. 18 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Proze ssab bild/Proz essa bbild w ortweis e a ufge baut (mi t wor d-ali gnm ent ) fü r MODBUS @ 9\ mod_ 128 151 167 975 1_2 1.docx @ 6 302 4 @ @ 1 For the fieldbus controller with MODBUS, the process image is built up word-byword (with word alignment). The internal mapping method for data greater than one byte conforms to Intel formats.

Pos: 86. 19 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Proze ssab bild/In for matio n: Weit ere Inf os zu dem feld bussp ezifisch en Pr ozessd ate nauf bau für MODBUS @ 9\m od_ 1281 511 861 020 _21. docx @ 63 028 @ @ 1


For the respective fieldbus-specific structure of the process values of any I/O module within the 750 or 753 Series of the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM, refer to Section

"Structure of Process Data for MODBUS/TCP".


Manual

Version 1.2.2

92 Function Description

Pos: 88 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 2/Dat enau staus ch - Übe rschri ft 2 @ 4\ mod _12 4143 171 854 8_2 1.do cx @ 3 220 2 @ 2 @ 1

7.3 Data Exchange

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 89. 1 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/D aten aust ausch /Date naus tausc h - Einl eitun g ( 750 -862 ) (C ont roller ) - oh ne Eth erNet /IP @ 3 0\m od_ 150 7885 548 057 _21. docx @ 46 349 1 @ @ 1 With the fieldbus controller, data is exchanged via the Modbus TCP protocol.

Pos: 89. 2 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/D aten aust ausch /Date naus tausc h - Einl eitun g T eil 2 (750 -84 1,- 842, -8 43, -87 1, - 880, -8 81, -88 2, - 885 ) @ 8\m od_ 1281 078 066 247 _21. docx @ 62 560 @ @ 1 Modbus TCP works according to the master/slave principle. The master controller can be a PC or a PLC.

The fieldbus controllers of the WAGO I/O-SYSTEM 750 are usually slave devices. Thanks to the programming with IEC 61131-3, however, these controllers can also assume the master function.

The master requests communication. This request can be directed to certain nodes by addressing. The nodes receive the request and, depending on the request type, send a reply to the master.

Pos: 89. 3 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/D aten aust ausch /Date naus tausc h - Ein Fel dbusc ont roller kan n ein e be stim mte Anz ahl gl eichzeiti ger Verb d. (C ont roller ) @ 6\m od_ 125 604 4496 578 _21 .docx @ 4 3210 @ @ 1 A controller can set up a defined number of simultaneous connections (socket connections) to other network subscribers:

Pos: 89. 4 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/D aten aust ausch /Date naus tausc h - Liste gleichz eitige r Ver bindu nge n (Soc ket-Ve rbin dun gen ) ( 750 -86 2) @ 30\ mod _15 078 852 4120 5_2 1.d ocx @ 463 483 @ @ 1 • 3 connections for HTTP (to read HTML pages from the controller)

•

•

15 connections via Modbus TCP (to read or write input and output data of the controller)

5 connections (using the Ethernet.lib) via PFC (available in the PLC function for IEC 61131-3 application programs)

•

•

2 connections for WAGO-I/OPRO (these connections are reserved for debugging the application program via ETHERNET. WAGO-I/OPRO needs 2 connections at the same time for the debugging. However, only one programming tool can have access to the controller).

10 connections for FTP

Pos: 89. 5 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/D aten aust ausch /Date naus tausc h - Sc hnittst ellen (Cont rolle r) @ 6\ mod _12 5604 472 231 2_2 1.doc x @ 4 321 9 @ @ 1 The maximum number of simultaneous connections can not be exceeded.

Existing connections must first be terminated before new ones can be set up.

The Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD is essentially equipped with three interfaces for data exchange:

•

• the interface to the fieldbus (Master), the PLC function of the PFC (CPU) and

• the interface to the I/O modules.

Data exchange takes place between

•

• the fieldbus master and the I/O modules, the PLC function of the PFC (CPU) and the I/O modules

• between the fieldbus master and the PLC function of the PFC (CPU).

Pos: 89. 6 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/D aten aust ausch /Date naus tausc h - Wi rd d er Feld bus MODBUS ge nutzt, gr eift d er Mast er ü ber die (Con trolle r) - o hne Et h @ 9 \mo d_1 281 512 4003 28_ 21. docx @ 63 036 @ @ 1 If Modbus is used as the fieldbus, the Modbus master accesses the date using the Modbus functions implemented in the controller.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Pos: 89. 7 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/D aten aust ausch /Date naus tausc h - D er Zug riff d es Feldb usco ntroll ers auf die Dat en erfol gt mit Hilfe ei nes IEC -61 1... @ 6\m od_ 125 604 487 995 3_2 1.docx @ 4 322 8 @ @ 1 Data access is carried out with the aid of an IEC-61131-3 application program.

Data addressing varies greatly here.


Manual

Version 1.2.2


Pos: 89. 9 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/D aten aust ausch /Speich erb ereic he MODBUS/Speich erb ereic he MODBUS - Bild (75 0-8 30, 849 ) - ohn e Ethe rNet/IP @ 6\ mod _12 560 464 2335 9_2 1.d ocx @ 4323 6 @ 3 @ 1

7.3.1 MODBUS Memory Areas

WAGO I/O System 750


Figure 41: Memory Areas and Data Exchange

Pos: 89. 10 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Date naus tausc h/Speic her ber eiche MODBUS/Speic her ber eiche MODBUS - Leg end e "Sp eiche rbe reich e u nd Dat ena usta usch " (Co ntr oller ) @ 6 \mo d_1 256 047 2530 15_ 21. docx @ 43 248 @ @ 1 The controller process image contains the physical data for the bus modules.

These have a value of 0 ... 255 and word 512 ... 1275.

 The input module data can be read by the CPU and by the fieldbus side.

 Likewise, data can be written to the output modules from the CPU and the fieldbus side.

The PFC variables are stored in each of the memory areas for word 256 ... 511 between these sides.

 The PFC input variables are written to the input memory area from the fieldbus side and read in by the CPU for processing.

 The variables processed by the CPU using the IEC-61131-3 program are places in the output memory area, where they can be read out by the master.

Pos: 89. 11 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Date naus tausc h/Speic her ber eiche MODBUS/Speic her ber eiche MODBUS - Im Ansc hluss an di e I/O -M odul -Date n Wor t 12 76.. .153 1 ( 750 -88 9) @ 6\m od_ 125 604 757 875 0_2 1.docx @ 4 325 1 @ @ 1 The memory area for word 1276 ... 1531 is adjacent to the physical I/O module data. This area is reserved and may not be used.

Pos: 89. 12 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Date naus tausc h/Speic her ber eiche MODBUS/Speic her ber eiche MODBUS - Fü r zuk ünfti ge Pro tokoll -Erweite ru ngen un d weite re P FC-Va riable n ist .. . @ 6 \mo d_1 256 133 965 750_ 21. docx @ 43 405 @ @ 1 The subsequent memory area, starting from word 1532, is reserved for future protocol expansion and other PFC variables.

Pos: 89. 13 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Date naus tausc h/Speic her ber eiche MODBUS/Speic her ber eiche MODBUS - S piegel n de r Ausg ang sdat en @ 6\m od_ 125 604 766 192 1_21 .docx @ 4 325 4 @ @ 1 In addition, all output data is mirrored in the Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH;

SD to a memory area with the address offset 0x0200 and 0x1000. This allows

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Function Description 95 output values to be read back in by adding 0x0200 or 0x1000 to the MODBUS address.

Pos: 89. 14 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Date naus tausc h/Speic her ber eiche MODBUS/Speic her ber eiche MODBUS - E rklär ung D ate nspeic her, Prog rsp eiche r, Re man entsp eiche r ( 890, 89 3) @ 33\ mod _15 440 041 080 08_2 1.d ocx @ 512 459 @ @ 1 Other memory areas are also provided in the controller, some of which cannot be accessed by the fieldbus side, however:

•

•

•

Data memory (8 MByte)

The data memory is a volatile RAM memory for creating variables that are not required for communication with the interfaces, but rather for internal processing procedures, such as calculation of results.

Program memory (8 MByte)

The IEC-61131-3 program is stored in the program memory. The code memory is a Flash ROM. When power is switched on, the program is transferred from the flash to the RAM memory. After error-free start-up, the application program cycle starts with the mode selector switch at the top position, or on the Start command from the WAGO I/OPRO .

NOVRAM Remanent memory (32 kByte)

The remanent memory is a non-volatile memory; i.e., all values of flags and variables, that are explicitly defined by “var retain”, are retained even after a loss of power. Memory management is performed automatically. The

16 kByte memory area is normally divided into an 16 kByte addressable range for flags (%MW0 ... %MW8192) and a 16 kByte retain area for variables without memory area addressing, that are defined by "var retain".

Markers are only remanent under "var retain"!

Please note that the bit memory is only retentive if you have declared it as such under "var retain".

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Figure 42: Example declaration of remanent flags by “var retain”

This breakdown can be varied (see following explanation).

NOVRAM memory allocation can be changed in WAGO-I/O-PRO!

The breakdown of the NOVRAM can be modified when required in the programming software WAGO I/OPRO > Register "Resources" > Dialog window

"Target system settings".

The start address for the flag area is fixed. The area sizes and the start address for the retain memory can be varied.

We do recommend keeping the standard settings, however, in order to avoid any overlapping of the areas.

In these default settings the size of the flag area is set at 16#1000, followed by the retain memory, with the size 16#1000


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 89. 16 /Alle Se rien (Allge mein e Mo dule )/Üb ersch rifte n/Ebe ne 3 /Adressi eru ng - Übe rsch rift 3 @ 8\ mod _12 790 167 716 10_ 21.d ocx @ 597 81 @ 3 @ 1

7.3.2 Addressing


Pos: 89. 17 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Date naus tausc h/Adr essier ung /Adres sieru ng - Einleitu ng (Cont rolle r) @ 6\ mod _125 604 792 110 9_2 1.doc x @ 4 326 0 @ @ 1 Module inputs and outputs are addressed internally in a controller as soon as they are started. The order in which the connected modules are addressed depends on the type of module that is connected (input module, output module).

The process image is formed from these addresses.

The physical arrangement of the I/O modules in the fieldbus node is arbitrary.

Use various options for addressing the I/O modules!

This chapter explains the addressing and internal operation of a controller with inserted I/O modules.

It is essential that you understand these correlations in order to conduct conventional addressing by counting.

The WAGO I/O Configurator is also available as a further addressing option.

The Configurator can assist you in addressing and protocol assignment for the connected modules. You must select the connected modules in the I/O

Configurator; the software then takes care of correct addressing.

The I/O Configurator is started from the WAGO-I/OPRO .

For more details, refer to section “Programming the Controller using

WAGO-I/OPRO ” > … > “Configuring the Controller using the I/O Configurator”.


Manual

Version 1.2.2


Pos: 89. 19 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Date naus tausc h/Adr essier ung /Adres sieru ng - Adr essier ung de r I/O -Mo dule @ 7\ mod _12 659 817 104 44_2 1.d ocx @ 505 97 @ 4 @ 1

7.3.2.1 Addressing of I/O Modules

WAGO I/O System 750


Addressing first references complex modules (modules that occupy several bytes) in accordance with their physical order downstream of the fieldbus coupler/controller; i.e., they occupy addresses starting from word 0.

Following these is the data for the remaining modules, compiled in bytes

(modules that occupy less than one byte). In this process, byte by byte is filled with this data in the physical order. As soon a complete byte is occupied by the bit oriented modules, the process begins automatically with the next byte.


I f the hardware configuration is changed and/or expanded; this may result in a new process image structure. In this case, the process data addresses also change. If adding modules, the process data of all previous modules has to be taken into account.

Observe process data quantity!

For the number of input and output bits or bytes of the individual IO modules please refer to the corresponding description of the IO modules.

Table 35: Data Width for I/O Modules

Data width > 1 byte (channel)

Analog input modules

Analog output modules

Input modules for thermocouples

Input modules for resistor sensors

Pulse width output modules

Interface modules

Up/down counters

I/O modules for angle and distance measurement

Pos: 89. 20 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Date naus tausc h/Adr essier ung /Adres sieru ng - Beispiel eine r Adr essie run g @ 6 \mo d_1 256 0480 245 00_ 21.d ocx @ 432 63 @ 4 @ 1

Data width = 1 bit (channel)

Digital input modules

Digital output modules

Digital output modules with diagnostics (2 bits/channel)

Supply modules with fuse carrier/diagnostics

Solid-state load relays

Relay output modules

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


7.3.2.2 Example of Addressing


A controller to which two digital input modules (2 DI), two digital output modules

(2 DO) and two analog input modules (2 AI) and two analog output modules

(2AO) are connected. The final element is an end module that is not taken into account for addressing.

Table 36: Example of Addressing

Counting Module Function order

1.

2.

750-467

750-400

2 AI / 0-10 Volt

2 DI

Data width Hardware Address

2 x 16 bit

2 x 1 bit

%IW0 u. %IW1

%IX2.0 u. %IX2.1

3.

4.

750-550

750-501

2 AO / 0-10 Volt 2 x 16 bit

2 DO 2 x 1 bit

%QW0 u. %QW1

%QX2.0 u. %QX2.1

- 750-600 End module none -

Refer to the technical data for the specific modules for the data width. The analog input modules (AI) are mapped first in the process image. Analog modules are processed word-by-word (W).

Module 467 occupies 2 words here (1 word = 16 Bit); i.e.; the first word %IW0 and the second word %IW1 in the memory image. Note here that counting begins at “0”.

The digital inputs (DI) are taken into account after this. These occupy 2 bits. Two complete words have been previously counted (Word 0 and 1). Now, counting is continued from Word 2 and 2 bits are added (Bit 0 and Bit 1). Words and bits are each separated by a decimal point. The hardware addresses are %IX2.0

and

%IX2.1

.

The two analog output modules 750-550 (AO) are then processed. Each of these modules occupies 1 word; i.e., together they occupy 2 words. Counting for the output process image begins anew at “0”. The hardware output addresses are then %QW0 and %QW1 .

Now the digital outputs (DO) are dealt with. These occupy 2 bits. Two complete words have been previously counted (Word 0 and 1). Now, counting is continued from Word 2 and 2 bits are added (Bit 0 and Bit 1). The hardware addresses are then %QX2.0

and %QX2.1

.


Changing or adding of digital, analog or complex modules (DALI, EnOcean, etc.) may result in a new process image being generated. The process data addresses would then also be changed. Therefore, the process data of all previous modules has to be taken into account when modules are added.


Manual

Version 1.2.2


Pos: 89. 22 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Date naus tausc h/Adr essier ung /IEC-6 1131 -3 -Adres srä ume - Üb ersc hrift 4 @ 6\mo d_1 256 048 478 468 _21. docx @ 43 268 @ 4 @ 1

7.3.2.3 IEC-61131-3 Address Areas

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 89. 23 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Date naus tausc h/Adr essier ung /Adres sieru ng - IEC-Ad ressr äu me im Übe rblick (Teil 1) @ 6\ mod _125 604 931 940 6_2 1.doc x @ 4 329 5 @ @ 1

Table 37: IEC-61131-3 Address Areas

Address area phys. inputs phys. outputs

MODBUS

Access read

PLC

Access read

Description

Physical inputs

(%IW0...%IW255 und

%IW512...%IW1275) read/write read/write Physical outputs

(%QW0...%QW255 und

%QW512...%QW1275)

MODBUS/TCP

PFC-IN variables

MODBUS/TCP

PFC-OUT variables read/write read read

Volatile PLC input variables

(%IW256...%IW511) read/write Volatile PLC output variables

(%QW256...%QW511)

Pos: 89. 24 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Date naus tausc h/Adr essier ung /Adres sieru ng - IEC-Ad ressr äu me im Übe rblick (Teil 3) (86 2) @ 32\ mod _15 398 677 161 03_2 1.d ocx @ 505 601 @ @ 1

Configuration register read/write

Firmware register

Retain variables read

-

- see Section "Modbus Functions

 Modbus Registers 

Configuration Registers" see Section "Modbus Functions

 Modbus Registers  Firmware

Information Registers" read/write read/write Remanent memory

(%MW0...%MW4096)


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 89. 26 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Date naus tausc h/Adr essier ung /Adres sieru ng - Absol ute Ad ressie run g @ 6\m od_1 256 049 674 828 _21. docx @ 43 304 @ 4 @ 1

7.3.2.4 Absolute Addressing


Direct presentation of individual memory cells (absolute addresses) based on

IEC-61131-3 is performed using character strings:

Table 38: Absolute Addressing

Positio n

Prefix Designation

1

2

%

I

Q

M

Introduces an absolute address

Input

Output

Flag

Comment

3

4

X*

B

W

D

Single bit

Byte (8 bits)

Word (16 bits)

Doubleword (32 bits)

Address

Data width such as word-by-word: %QW27 (28th word), bit-by-bit: %IX1.9 (10th bit in the 2nd word)

* The designator “X” for bits can be omitted

Enter character strings without spaces or special characters!

The character strings for absolute addresses must be entered connected, i.e. without spaces or special characters!

Pos: 89. 27 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Date naus tausc h/Adr essier ung /Adres sieru ng - Beispiel adr essie rung @ 6\ mo d_1 2560 497 284 84_ 21.d ocx @ 433 07 @ @ 1 Addressing example:

Table 39: Addressing Example

Inputs

Bit %IX14.0 … 15

%IB28 %IB29 Byte

Word

Double word

Bit

Byte

Word

Outputs

%IW14

%QX5.0 … 15

%QB10

%QW5

%QB11

Double word %QD2 (top section)

%ID7

%IX15.0 … 15

%IB30 %IB31

%IW15

%QX6.0 … 15

%QB12

%QW6

%QB13

%QD3 (bottom section)

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Bit

Byte

Word

Double word

Flags

%MX11.0 … 15

%MB22

%MW11

%MB23

%MD5 (top section)

%MX12.0 … 15

%MB24

%MW12

%MB25

%MD6 (bottom section)

Calculating addresses (as a function of the word address):

Bit address:

Byte address:

Word address .0 to .15

1 st byte: 2 x word address

2 nd byte: 2 x word address + 1

DWord address: Word address (even number) / 2

or Word address (uneven number) / 2, rounded down


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Pos: 89. 29 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Date naus tausc h/Dat ena ustau sch - Date naus tausc h M ODBUS/TCP- Maste r u nd I/ O-M odul e @ 6\mo d_1 256 049 861 734 _21. docx @ 43 310 @ 3 @ 1

7.3.3 Data Exchange between MODBUS/TCP Master and I/O

Modules

Data exchange between the MODBUS/TCP Master and the I/O modules is conducted using the MODBUS functions implemented in the controller by means of bit-by-bit or word-by-word reading and writing routines.

There are 4 different types of process data in the controller:

•

•

•

•

Input words

Output words

Input bits

Output bits

Access by word to the digital I/O modules is carried out in accordance with the following table:

Table 40: Allocation of Digital Inputs and Outputs to Process Data Words in Accordance with the

Intel Format

Digital inputs/ outputs

16. 15. 14. 13. 12. 11. 10. 9. 8. 7. 6. 5. 4. 3. 2. 1.

Process data word

Byte

Bit

15

Bit

14

Bit

13

Bit

12

Bit

11

High byte D1

Bit

10

Bit

9

Bit

8

Bit

7

Bit

6

Bit

5

Bit

4

Bit

3

Low byte D0

Bit

2

Bit

1

Bit

0

Output can be read back in by adding an offset of 200

MODBUS address. hex

(0x0200) to the

Data > 256 words can be read back by using the cumulative offset!

All output data greater than 256 words and, therefore located in the memory range 0x6000 to 0x62FC, can be read back by adding an offset of 1000 hex

(0x1000) to the MODBUS address.

Figure 43: Data Exchange Between MODBUS Master and I/O Modules

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Register functions start at address 0x1000. These functions can be addressed in a similar manner with the MODBUS function codes that are implemented

(read/write).

The specific register address is then specified instead of the address for a module channel.


A detailed description of the MODBUS addressing may be found in Chapter

"MODBUS Register Mapping".


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Pos: 89. 31 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Date naus tausc h/Dat ena ustau sch - Date naus tausc h SPS-F unktio nalität (CPU) und I/O- Mod ule @ 6\ mod_ 125 604 989 681 2_2 1.docx @ 4 331 3 @ 3 @ 1

7.3.4 Data Exchange between PLC Function (CPU) and

I/O Modules

The PLC function (CPU) of the controller uses direct addresses to access the

I/O module data.

The controller uses absolute addresses to reference the input data. The data can then be processed internally in the controller using the IEC-61131-3 program.

Flags are stored in a non-volatile memory area in this process. The results of linking can then be written directly to the output data employing absolute addressing.


Figure 44: Data Exchange Between PLC Function (CPU) of the controller and the I/O Modules

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 89. 33 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Date naus tausc h/Dat ena ustau sch - Date naus tausc h M aste r un d SPS-F unktio nalität (CPU) @ 6\ mod _12 5604 996 900 0_2 1.do cx @ 4 331 6 @ 3 @ 1

7.3.5 Data Exchange between Master and PLC Function (CPU)

The fieldbus master and the PLC function (CPU) of the PFC have different perspectives on data.

Variable data generated by the master are routed as input variables to the PFC, where they are further processed.

Data created in the PFC are transmitted via fieldbus to the master as output variables.

In the PFC, access to the PFC variable data is possible starting from word address 256 to 511 (double-word address 128-255, byte address 512-1023), while access to the PFC variable data is possible starting from a word address of

1276 to 1531 (double-word address 638-765, byte address 2552-3063).

Pos: 89. 34 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Date naus tausc h/Dat ena ustau sch - Beispiel MODBUS/TCP -Mas ter und SPS-Fun ktion alität (CPU) @ 6\m od_ 125 6050 019 140 _21. docx @ 43 319 @ 4 @ 1

7.3.5.1 Example of MODBUS/TCP Master and PLC Function (CPU)

Data access by the MODBUS/TCP Master

Access to data by the MODBUS Master is always either by word or by bit.

Addressing of the first 256 data words by the I/O modules begins with word-byword and bit-by-bit access at 0.

Addressing of the data by the variables begins at 256 for word-based access; bit-by-bit access then takes place starting at:

4096 for bit 0 in word 256

4097 for bit 1 in word 256

...

8191 for bit 15 in word 511.

The bit number can be determined using the following equation:

Bit No. = (word * 16) + Bit No. in word

Example: 4097 = ( 256 * 16) + 1

Data Access by PLC Function (CPU)

The PLC function of the PFC employs a different type of addressing for accessing the same data. PLC addressing is identical with word-by-word addressing by the MODBUS Master for the declaration of 16-bit variables.

However, a different notation is used for declaration of Boolean variables (1 bit) than that used by MODBUS. Here, the bit address is composed of the elements word address and bit number in the word, separated by a decimal point.

Example:

Bit access by MODBUS to bit number 4097 => Bit addressing in the PLC

<Word No.>.<Bit No.> = 256.1

The PLC function of the PFC can also access data by bytes and by doubleword access.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Addresses are calculated based on the following equations for byte-based access:

High Byte address = Word address*2

Low Byte address = (Word address*2) + 1

Addresses are calculated according to the following equation for double-word based access:

Double-word address = High word address/2 (rounded down)

or = Low word address/2


There is a detailed description of the MODBUS and the corresponding IEC

61131 addressing in section “MODBUS Register Mapping”.

Pos: 89. 35 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Date naus tausc h/Dat ena ustau sch - Anwen dun gsbeis piel, Ad ressie run gsbeis piel f ür ei nen Fel dbusk note n @ 6\m od_ 125 5937 031 906 _21. docx @ 43 042 @ 3 @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2


7.3.6 Application Example

WAGO I/O System 750



Figure 45: Example of Addressing for a Fieldbus Node

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 91. 1 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Sp eiche rfun ktion/S peich erka rten funk tion - T eil 1 - Speich erk arte nfun ktion - Üb ersch rift 2 (Co ntr oller ) @ 1 6\m od_ 137 266 138 8131 _21 .docx @ 1 2517 0 @ 2 @ 1

7.4 Memory Card Function


The memory card is optional and serves as memory in addition to the internal memory in the fieldbus controller. The user program, user data, the source code of the project or device settings can be saved on the memory card and thus already-existing project data and programs can be copied to one or more fieldbus controller(s).


Use only the SD memory card available from WAGO (item no. 758-879/000-001) since it is suitable for industrial applications under difficult environmental conditions and for use in the fieldbus controller. Compatibility with other commercially available storage media cannot be guaranteed.

If the memory card has been inserted, it is incorporated into the directory structure of the internal file system of the fieldbus controller as drive S:. This way, the memory card can be addressed like a changeable medium on a PC.

Deactivate write protection!

In order to be able to write data on the memory card, you must deactivate the small push switch for the write protection setting. This switch is on one of the long sides of the memory card.

The function of the memory card in normal operation and possible errors that can arise when using the memory card will be described in the following sections for various steps during operation:

Pos: 91. 2 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Sp eiche rfun ktion/S peich erka rten funk tion - T eil 1.1 - Sp eiche rkar tenf unktio n - Pkt 1- 3 ( 890 ) @ 3 2\m od_ 153 666 2296 287 _21 .docx @ 49 963 8 @ @ 1 • Backup Function (Storing device-internal Data and Settings)

•

•

Restore Function (Loading device-internal Data and Settings)

Distribute Data and Settings

Pos: 91. 3 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Sp eiche rfun ktion/S peich erka rten funk tion - T eil 2 - Backu p & Rest ore -Fu nktio n (8 90) @ 3 2\m od_ 153 6662 370 921 _21. docx @ 49 964 2 @ 33 @ 1 • Inserting a memory card during ongoing operation

•

•

Removing the memory card during ongoing operation

Saving WAGO I/OPRO project to memory card

•

•

FTP network access to the file system of the memory card

Access to web pages in the file system of the memory card

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Note the pre-formatting of memory card!

Note that SD cards < = 2 GB are often formatted with the file system type

“FAT16”, and the creation of a maximum of 512 entries in the root directory is possible. For more than 512 entries, create them in a subdirectory, or format the

SD card with “FAT32”.

7.4.1 Backup Function (Storing device-internal Data and

Settings)

Using the backup function, you can create a backup image ("backup.img") from the projects, data and settings of a fieldbus controller and save it to both the internal drive and the memory card.

With this image created, then you can restore these data in whole or in part, for example when replacing the fieldbus controller or distribute it to other fieldbus controllers, by using the restore function.

1. Insert a memory card with sufficient capacity to create a backup image on it.

2. Start the fieldbus controller.

3. Start the Web-Based Management.

4. Open the WBM page “Backup & Restore“.

5. Under “Backup storage:” select the target drive for the backup image, “SD card” for the memory card or “Internal disk” for the internal drive.

6. Click the [SUBMIT] button to save the setting.

7. Start the "Backup device settings to ..." function under "Service Control /

Status" by clicking on the [BACKUP] button before this functional description.

Now the fieldbus controller begins to create the complete backup image on the selected backup medium. The current status of the process is displayed under

"Status". In addition, the I/O-LED flashes orange with approx. 10 Hz.

After successful completion of the process, the following file is located on the selected backup medium: "/backup/backup.img".

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Table 41: Possible Errors During the Backup Function

Possible error

Memory card is full

Procedure

The copy function is cancelled and no backup image is created.

Error message Solution

Status message in the

Web-Based

Management:

“NO DISK SPACE“.

Blink code of the

I/O LED: error code 14, error argument 3 or 4.

Insert a memory card with sufficient capacity or delete files on the fieldbus controller.

Restart backup function.

No memory card inserted

A backup image can not be created.

Insert a memory card and restart backup function.

Memory card is writeprotected

Manual interrupt by pulling the memory card

A backup image can not be created.

The copy function is cancelled and no backup image is created.

General internal error The copy function is cancelled and no backup image is created.


Web-Based

Management:

“NO DISK”.

Blink code of the

I/O LED: error code 14, error argument 8.


Web-Based

Management:

“NO WRITE ACCESS“.

Blink code of the



Web-Based

Management:

“ERROR (e)“.

Blink code of the



Web-Based

Management:

“ERROR (e)“.

Blink code of the


Remove the writeprotection and restart the backup function.

Insert memory card, then restart the backup function.

If necessary, restart the fieldbus controller

(Power-On-Reset) and function.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



7.4.2 Restore Function (Loading device-internal Data and

Settings)

Using the restore function, you can restore projects, data and settings of a fieldbus controller in whole or in part.

Before doing so, however, a backup image ("backup.img") of this data has to be created via the backup function and saved on the internal drive or on a memory card.

1. To restore the data from the memory card, insert the memory card with the existing backup image into the slot.

2. Start fieldbus controller.

3. Start the Web-Based Management.

4. Open the WBM page “Backup & Restore“.

5. Under "Backup storage:" select the source drive with the previously created backup image, "SD card" for the memory card, "Internal disk" for the internal drive.

6. Then under "Restore contents", select the data and settings that you want to copy from the memory card to this fieldbus controller.

For a full recovery, select all options. Otherwise, only the selected options will be transferred, leaving the unselected options.


8. Start the "Restore selected device settings from ..." function under "Service

Control / Status" by clicking on the [RESTORE] button before this functional description.

Now the fieldbus controller begins to process the existing backup image on the selected backup medium and to copy the selected data and settings. The current status of the process is displayed under "Status". In addition, the I/O-LED flashes orange with approx. 10 Hz.

After successful completion of the process, the fieldbus controller is automatically restarted, which loads the changes and an existing boot project.

The boot project is loaded either from the internal drive or from the memory card, depending on which restore location was configured when creating the backup image in Web-Based Management (see also chapter: "Configuring in Web-Based

Management (WBM)").

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Table 42: Possible Errors During the Restore Function

Possible error

Backup image does not exist

Procedure

Restore is not performed.

All data and settings remain unchanged.



Web-Based

Management:

“NO IMAGE“.

Blink code of the


Create backup image or copy an existing backup image to the backup medium e.g. using "UPLOAD" or

FTP. Then restart the restore function.

Invalid backup image

(e.g. CRC, length or version error)

Invalid version of the backup image

No memory card inserted


Manual interrupt by disconnecting the supply voltage

The fieldbus controller starts without performing the automatic restore function.

The fieldbus controller starts without performing the automatic restore function.

Restore is not performed.

All data and settings remain unchanged.

The current process is interrupted. The data and settings of the fieldbus controller may be incomplete.

The current process is interrupted. The data and settings of the fieldbus controller may be incomplete.


Web-Based

Management:

“IMAGE BROKEN“.

Blink code of the



Web-Based

Management:

“INVALID VERSION“.

Blink code of the



Web-Based

Management:

“No DISK“.

Blink code of the



Web-Based

Management:

“ERROR (e)“.

Blink code of the


No message.

Create or copy a valid backup image to the memory card

(/backup/backup.img) and restart the fieldbus controller (Power-On-

Reset).


(/backup/backup.img) and restart the fieldbus controller (Power-On-

Reset).

Insert a memory card.

Then restart the restore function.

Restart the fieldbus controller (Power-On-

Reset) and perform the restore function again.

Perform the restore function again.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



General internal error The current process is interrupted. The data and settings of the fieldbus controller may be incomplete.


Web-Based

Management:

“ERROR (e)“.

Blink code of the


Restart the fieldbus controller (Power-On-

Reset) and perform the restore function again.

Pos: 91. 4 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Sp eiche rfun ktion/S peich erka rten funk tion - T eil 2.1 - Ve rteile n von Date n u nd Einst ellung en (89 0) @ 32\ mod _15 366 7008 428 9_2 1.d ocx @ 4996 78 @ 3 @ 1

7.4.3 Distribute Data and Settings

Using the restore function, you can restore projects, data and settings of a controller to other controllers that have the same order number.

Before doing so, however, a backup image ("backup.img") of this data has to be created via the backup function and saved on a memory card.

1. Start the controller without a memory card.

2. Start Web-Based Management.

3. Open the WBM „Backup & Restore“ page.

4. Activate the "Automatic restore: Enable automatic restore from SD card" function by checking the box before this function.

5. Under "Restore contents", select the data and settings you want to copy from the memory card to this controller.

Only the selected options are transferred, the unselected options are retained.


7. Switch off the power supply of the controller and insert the memory card with the backup data into the slot.

8. Switch on the power supply of the controller again.

The controller is started and the previously selected data and settings are copied to it.

During the process, the I/O-LED flashes orange with approx. 10 Hz and the status LED of the memory card flickers (active data transfer).

After completing the process, the I/O-LED lights up permanently orange.

9. Switch off the power supply of the controller.

10. Remove the memory card from the slot.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



11. Switch on the power supply of the controller again.

Subsequently, the copied data and settings are loaded automatically.

12. Then disable the automatic restore on the “Backup & Restore“ WBM page by unchecking the "Automatic restore: Enable automatic restore from SD card" checkbox.

13. Click the [SUBMIT] button to save the setting

Table 43: Possible Errors During the System Startup

Possible error

Backup image

(/backup/backup.img) does not exist on the memory card

Procedure

The controller starts without performing the automatic restore function.


No message. Create or copy a backup image to the memory card

(/backup/backup.img) and restart the controller (Power-On-

Reset).

Invalid backup image

(e.g. CRC, length or version error)


Blink code of the


Invalid version of the backup image


Blink code of the




Reset).



Reset).

Blink code of the


Restart the controller

(Power-On-Reset) and perform the restore function again.


Manual interrupt by disconnecting the supply voltage

The current process is interrupted. The data and settings of the controller may be incomplete.

The current process is interrupted. The data and settings of the controller may be incomplete.

General internal error The copy function is interrupted. The data and settings of the controller may be incomplete.

No message.

Blink code of the


Perform the restore function again.

Restart the controller

(Power-On-Reset) and perform the restore function again.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Data size must not exceed the internal drive size!

Note that during a restore, the size of the data in the / copy / directory must not exceed the total size of the internal drive!


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Pos: 91. 6 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Sp eiche rfun ktion/S peich erka rten funk tion - T eil 3 - Einleg en ei ner S peich erka rte i m Bet rieb @ 16\ mo d_13 757 034 525 20_ 21.d ocx @ 127 766 @ 3 @ 1

7.4.4 Inserting a Memory Card During Operation

The fieldbus nodes and the SPS program are running.

Insert a memory card during ongoing operation.

During normal operation, the memory card is incorporated into the file system of the fieldbus controller as a drive.

No automatic copy procedures are triggered.

The SD-LED blinks yellow/orange during the access.

The memory card is then ready for operation and available as drive S: .

Pos: 91. 7 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Sp eiche rfun ktion/S peich erka rten funk tion - T eil 4 - Her auszie hen de r Speich erk arte im Bet rieb @ 16 \mo d_1 375 703 890 858 _21. docx @ 12 778 6 @ 3 @ 1 Table 44: Possible Errors when Inserting the Memory Card During Ongoing Operation

Possible error Procedure Error message Solution

Access to the memory card is not possible

The incorporation

(mounting) of the memory card as drive is cancelled.

The fieldbus controller behaves as if no memory card were present.

Blink code of the I/O

LED: error code 14, error argument 1, until the error is eliminated.

Replace the memory card with a new one.

Memory card cannot be read

The incorporation


Replace the memory card with a new one.

Memory card is not formatted

Memory card is not in

FAT or FAT32 format.

The incorporation


The incorporation



LED: error code 14, error argument 1, until the error is eliminated. For access through SPS, the error is reported via the

CODESYS library.



CODESYS library.



CODESYS library.

Replace memory card with a new one or format with PC.

Replace memory card with a new one or format with PC.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



7.4.5 Removing the Memory Card During Operation

The fieldbus nodes and the SPS program are in operation and the memory card is plugged in.

Remove the memory card during ongoing operation.

Pos: 91. 8 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Sp eiche rfun ktion/S peich erka rten funk tion - T eil 5 (Hinweis 88x) @ 1 6\mo d_1 375 703 879 530 _21. docx @ 12 778 2 @ @ 1

Data can be lost during writing!

The SD-LED blinks yellow/orange during the access.

Note that if you pull the memory card out during a write procedure, data will be lost.

Pos: 91. 9 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/ Funkti onsb esch reibu ng/Sp eiche rfun ktion/S peich erka rten funk tion - T eil 6 - WAGO-I /O-PRO -Projek t au f de r SD-Ka rte s peiche rn (89 0) @ 33\ mo d_15 483 480 962 01_ 21.d ocx @ 525 323 @ 3 @ 1 The fieldbus controller then works without memory card.

Table 45: Possible Errors when Removing the Memory Card During Ongoing Operation

Possible error

Read procedure is running

Procedure

Read access is cancelled.

The fieldbus controller then works without memory card.

Error message


LED for 30 seconds: error code 14, error argument 2, if the backup or restore function is active.

For access through

SPS, the error is reported via the

CODESYS library.

Solution

If memory card usage is desired, insert the memory card, then restart the access function.

Write procedure is running

Write access is cancelled.

The fieldbus controller then works without memory card.


LED for 30 seconds: error code 14, error argument 2, if the backup or restore function is active.

For access through

SPS, the error is reported via the

CODESYS library.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



7.4.6 Saving WAGO I/O-

PRO

project to Memory Card

To save a WAGO I/OPRO project on the SD card and to have it executed from that location, activate the option “SD card” on the WBM page “Backup & Restore”

(see also the Section “Configuration in the Web-based Management-System

(WBM)” > “Backup & Restore”).

This setting is remanent. Normally, “Internal disk” is activated.

Switching of storage medium occurs immediately when you click the button

[SUBMIT] .

If no “PLC” directory exists on the SD card, one is created.

If one exists, it is neither deleted nor overwritten.

WAGO I/OPRO will then access the SD card file system instead of the internal drive.

In this case, data (e.g., retain data) are read/written to or from the memory card, or copied from/to the memory card file system.

In normal operation, data is read into the file system of the memory card or read from it for further processing by the IEC-61131 application via a firmware library.

The LED above the SD card flashes yellow/orange while this is in progress.

The data is then written or read.

Pos: 91. 10 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Speich erfu nktio n/Speic herk arte nfu nktion - Teil 7 (Hinweis : Boot -Projek t na ch Wec hsel d es Speic her me diums (8 90) @ 33 \mo d_1 548 348 8916 31_ 21. docx @ 52 5418 @ @ 1

Redefine the Boot Project after changing the Storage Medium!

If you have changed the storage medium, the fieldbus controller boot project will not be started, as it is then not located at the current storage medium. No old data will be copied to the new storage medium.

You must therefore generate a new boot project using the menu item "Create boot project" in WAGO I/OPRO .

If you require data for this which were created at the old storage medium, copy these manually into the directory of the new storage medium.

Pos: 91. 11 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Speich erfu nktio n/Speic herk arte nfu nktion - Teil 8 (Hinweis 89 0) @ 33\ mod _15 483 500 3874 4_2 1.d ocx @ 5254 22 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Provide sufficient storage space for PLC folders!

The following can occur when there is less free storage space on the SD card than is normally required for the PLC folder and the files it contains:

- The files “webvisu.htm” and “error_ini.xml” are created without any content,

meaning that the WBM page “WebVisu” is blank.

- The files “webvisu.htm” and “error_ini.xml” are created but are incomplete.

In either case, this condition remains until the entire "PLC" folder is deleted and sufficient storage space made available.

The function “Backup storage” remains set to “SD card”.

Pos: 91. 12 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Speich erfu nktio n/Speic herk arte nfu nktion - Teil 9 @ 16 \mo d_1 375 704 557 646_ 21. docx @ 12 780 1 @ @ 1

Log in to use the PLC browser with administrator user data!

To use the PLC browser functionality in WAGO-I/OPRO , log into the PLC browser with the administrator user data (default user “admin”, password

“wago”). Enter “login admin wago” in the command line of the PLC browser.

Figure 46: Logging into the PLC Browser

Use proper path for Web pages when saving to SD card!

Web pages on the SD card can be accessed by entering the following path in the browser URL line: http://[IP address]/SD/[subdirectory structure on SD card]

Save the PLC program and Web visualization on same drive!

If you are using a PLC program and Web visualization, it is imperative that you have both of these items on the same drive, as otherwise Web visualization may not start.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Table 46: Possible Errors During SPS Access to the File System of the Memory Card

Possible error

Memory card is full

Procedure

Read functions are executed, in case of write access, the function is cancelled.

The data is incomplete or not updated.

Error message

Error is reported via the

CODESYS library.

Solution

Replace the memory card with a new one, then restart the access function.

Make space on the memory card with the

PC.

Memory card is writeprotected.

Read functions are executed, write access is not possible. The memory card remains as it was.


CODESYS library.

Remove the memory card, remove the write protection, insert the card again, then restart the access function.

Pos: 91. 13 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Speich erfu nktio n/Speic herk arte nfu nktion - Teil 9 (Z eile 8 8x) @ 16\ mo d_1 3757 051 410 71_ 21.d ocx @ 127 817 @ @ 1

No memory card is plugged in.

Access function is cancelled.


CODESYS library.


Pos: 91. 14 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Speich erfu nktio n/Speic herk arte nfu nktion - Teil 9 Zus atz all e) @ 16\ mod _13 757 051 559 46_2 1.d ocx @ 127 821 @ @ 1 Manual interrupt Access function is cancelled.


CODESYS library.

Restart the access function.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 91. 16 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Speich erfu nktio n/Speic herk arte nfu nktion - Teil 1 0 - FTP -Netzwe rkzu griff auf das D ateisyst em der S peich erka rte @ 16 \mo d_1 375 7053 704 58_ 21.d ocx @ 127 829 @ 3 @ 1

7.4.7 FTP Network Access to the File System of the Memory

Card

The fieldbus node is in operation and the memory card is plugged in.

The FTP client accesses the file system of the memory card (drive S: ) via the network.

In normal operation, the FTP client writes data to the file system of the memory card or reads data from the file system of the memory card.

Meanwhile, the SD-LED blinks yellow/orange.

The data is then written or read.

Table 47: Possible Errors During the FTP Network Access on the File System of the Memory Card

Possible error

No memory card is plugged in.

Procedure

Access function is cancelled.

Error message

Depending on the FTP client used, the error is reported.

Solution

If memory card usage is desired, insert a memory card, then if necessary, close the existing FTP connection and establish a new one, then restart FTP access.

Manual interrupt Access function is cancelled.

Depending on the FTP client used, the error is reported.

If necessary, close existing FTP connection and establish a new one, then restart FTP access.

Observe FTP access rights!

The FTP access rights correspond to those for the WBM. Note here that with

“guest” access rights you are provided only with read access to the file system.

Log in as “admin” to obtain write access.

FTP connection must be closed and then re-established!

Note that if you pull the memory card out with an existing FTP connection and then insert it again, that you must then close the existing FTP connection and establish it again so that access to the memory card is possible.

Pos: 91. 17 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Speich erfu nktio n/Speic herk arte nfu nktion - Teil 1 0 - Zug riff auf We bseit en in de m Dat eisyste m de r Speic herk art e @ 18\m od_ 139 055 653 702 3_21 .docx @ 1 433 38 @ 3 @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



7.4.8 Access to Web Pages in the File System of the Memory

Card

The fieldbus nodes and the SPS program are in operation and the memory card is plugged in.

By entering in the address bar of the web browser, access to stored web pages on the memory card is possible.

Additional to the syntax of the Web page address, the reference field switch “/sd/” is to be inserted to specify the directory of the SD card.

The address for the Web page is entered in the following manner: http://<IP_address>/sd/<any_folder_except_PLC>/<any_file>.ssi


Manual

Version 1.2.2

124 Commissioning

Pos: 93 /Alle Serie n (Allge mein e M odul e)/Üb ersc hrift en/Ebe ne 1/In Be trie b ne hme n - Ü ber schrif t 1 @ 4\ mod _124 090 145 275 0_2 1.doc x @ 3 157 0 @ 1 @ 1

8 Commissioning

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 94. 1 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/I n Betri eb n ehm en/ Feld buskn ote n in Bet rieb neh me n/In Be trie b ne hme n Einleit ung - Anfa ng (Koppl er/Co ntr oller ) @ 4 \mo d_1 238 483 034 921_ 21. docx @ 29 371 @ @ 1 This section shows a step-by-step procedure for starting up exemplarily a WAGO fieldbus node.

Pos: 94. 2 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/I n Betri eb n ehm en/ Feld buskn ote n in Bet rieb neh me n/Einleitu ng - Hinweis: Exem plarisc hes Beis piel, n ur 4 er for derlic he Ar beitssch ritte (8 9x) Ko ppl/Co ntr @ 34 \mo d_1 550 048 0663 86_ 21. docx @ 52 9279 @ @ 1

Good example!

This description is just an example and only serves to describe the procedure for a local start-up of a single fieldbus node with a PC under Windows.

In principle, only a few steps are required for start-up.

To enable communication from your PC to the fieldbus coupler/controller over network, both must be in the same network. This requires that you first determine the IP address of the PC and then assign a corresponding IP address to the fieldbus node. There are several options being available for IP address assignment.

The description of these single work steps can be found in the corresponding following chapters.

•

•

•

•

Connecting PC and fieldbus node

Determing IP address of the PC

Assigning IP address to the fieldbus node

Applying IP address permanently (option “static”)

Pos: 94. 3 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/I n Betri eb n ehm en/ Feld buskn ote n in Bet rieb neh me n/Einleitu ng - Anfa ng - im Ansc hluss si nd zu sätzlich e T he men besch rieb en: Flash , Uh r, Def aul o hne R TC @ 34\ mod _15 507 625 962 22_ 21.d ocx @ 532 593 @ @ 1 Following the commissioning descriptions after which the fieldbus node is ready for communication, the following topics are described:

•

•

•

Preparing the Flash File System

Synchronizing the System Time

Restoring Factory Settings

Pos: 94. 4 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/I n Betri eb n ehm en/ Feld buskn ote n in Bet rieb neh me n/Einleitu ng - Ende (Kop fstatio n) - Pro gra mmi eru ng @ 34\ mod _15 507 642 9944 4_2 1.d ocx @ 532 621 @ @ 1 After the topics specified above, you can find instructions for programming the head station with WAGO-I/OPRO and the description of the internal HTML pages of the web-based Management System (WBM) for additional settings of the head station.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Commissioning 125

Pos: 94. 6 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/I n Betri eb n ehm en/ Feld buskn ote n in Bet rieb neh me n/PC un d F eldbu sknot en anschli eße n (Ü bersc hrift 2) @ 4\ mod _12 386 774 6740 6_2 1.d ocx @ 298 15 @ 2 @ 1

8.1 Connecting Client PC and Fieldbus Nodes

Pos: 94. 7 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/I n Betri eb n ehm en/ Feld buskn ote n in Bet rieb neh me n/Mo ntie ren Sie de n F eldbus knot en a uf d er H utschie ne.. , Schrit te 1 -4, (Ethe rnet -Kopf statio n mit @ 3 4\m od_ 155 056 416 0478 _21 .docx @ 5 312 13 @ @ 1 1. Mount the fieldbus node on the TS 35 carrier rail.

Follow the mounting instructions found in the “Mounting” chapter.

2. Connect the 24 V power supply to the supply terminals.

3. Connect the PC's ETHERNET interface to the head station's ETHERNET interface (RJ-45) of your fieldbus node.

4. Turn the operating voltage on.

Pos: 94. 8 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/I n Betri eb n ehm en/ Feld buskn ote n in Bet rieb neh me n/Hochl auf und LEDs ( FBK/Cont r) @ 34\ mod _15 505 639 050 03_2 1.d ocx @ 531 209 @ @ 1 The head station is initialized. The head station determines the I/O module configuration of the fieldbus node and creates a process image.

During start-up, the I/O LED (red) flashes.

If the I/O LED lights up green after a brief period, the fieldbus node is operational.

Pos: 94. 9 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/I n Betri eb n ehm en/ Feld buskn ote n in Bet rieb neh me n/Hochl auf und LEDs - Fehl er 6-4: noc h kein e IP-Ad ress e zug ewiese n (Ko pple r/Con trolle r) @ 34 \mo d_1 550 5642 759 69_ 21.d ocx @ 531 217 @ @ 1 If an error has occurred during initialization, it is red flashed with an error code by the I/O LED.

If the I/O LED flashes 6 times (indicating error code 6) and then 4 times

(indicating error argument 4), this indicates that an IP address has not been assigned yet.

Pos: 94. 10 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /Fel dbusk not en in B etrie b ne hm en/IP-Ad ress e des PCs er mittel n - Ü bers chrift 2 @ 34\ mod _15 500 498 877 13_2 1.d ocx @ 529 287 @ 2 @ 1

8.2 Determining the IP Address of the PC

Pos: 94. 11 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /Fel dbusk not en in B etrie b ne hm en/IP-Ad ress e des PCs er mittel n ( 89x) K opple r/Co ntroll er @ 34\ mod _15 500 499 655 86_ 21.d ocx @ 529 292 @ @ 1 To determine the IP address of the PC (with Microsoft Windows operating system) using the MS DOS prompt, proceed as follows:

1. Go via "Start"> "Search programs/files".

2. Enter the command "cmd" in the input field.

3. Choose at

(Windows 7): "cmd.exe" and

(Windows 10): "Command Prompt".

4. Press [Enter] key to confirm the entry.

The MS DOS prompt window opens.

5. In the MS DOS prompt window enter the command “ipconfig”.

6. Press [Enter] key to confirm the entry.

The IP address, subnet mask and the default gateway with the corresponding parameters of the PC are displayed.

Pos: 94. 12 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /Fel dbusk not en in B etrie b ne hm en/IP-Ad ress e an de n F eldbus knot en v erg ebe n - Ü bersc hrift 2 @ 4\m od_ 124 359 6274 106 _21 .docx @ 34 544 @ 2 @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

126 Commissioning WAGO I/O System 750


8.3 Assigning the IP Address to the Fieldbus Node

Pos: 94. 13 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /Fel dbusk not en in B etrie b ne hm en/Hinw eis: IP-Ad ress e mu ss ein deuti g sein ! @ 4\mo d_1 243 596 850 245 _21. docx @ 34 594 @ @ 1

The IP address must occur in the network only once!

For error-free network communication, note that the assigned IP address must occur only once in the network!

In the event of an error, the error message “IP address configuration error” (error code 6 – error argument 7) is indicated by 'I/O' LED at the next power-on.

Pos: 94. 14 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /Fel dbusk not en in B etrie b ne hm en/Einleit ung - List enp unkt - IP-Ad ress e mit de m Adr esswahlsc halte r ve rge ben (m anu ell üb. DIP-Schal ter ) @ 4\mo d_1 243 598 282 577 _21. docx @ 34 600 @ @ 1 • Use address selection switch (DIP switch) to assign IP address

(manually).

Pos: 94. 15 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /Fel dbusk not en in B etrie b ne hm en/Einleit ung - List enp unkt - IP-Ad ress e mit DHCP ver geb en ( auto matis ch) @ 5\ mod _12 435 985 4069 3_2 1.d ocx @ 3461 3 @ @ 1 • Automatic assignment of addresses via DHCP

( IP address via the fieldbus)

Pos: 94. 16 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /Fel dbusk not en in B etrie b ne hm en/Einleit ung - List enp unkt - IP-Ad ress e mit "WAGO Et her net Set tings " ve rge ben @ 4\ mod _12 386 729 560 46_2 1.d ocx @ 297 63 @ @ 1 • Assigning IP Address via “ WAGO Ethernet Settings”

(static IP address via the serial communication port or the ETHERNET interface)

Pos: 94. 17 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /Fel dbusk not en in B etrie b ne hm en/Einleit ung - List enp unkt - IP-Ad ress e üb er ein SPS-Pro gra m ve rge ben (Con trolle r) @ 22 \mo d_1 430 316 9919 65_ 21. docx @ 181 558 @ @ 1 •

•

Assigning IP Address via PLC program

(Static IP address)

Pos: 94. 18 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /Fel dbusk not en in B etrie b ne hm en/Einleit ung - List enp unkt - IP-Ad ress e mit B ootP ve rge ben (allg em ein) @ 6\ mod _12 6502 074 898 4_2 1.do cx @ 4 909 0 @ @ 1 Assigning IP Address via

(IP address via the fieldbus)

BootP

Pos: 94. 19 /D okum ent ation allge mein/ Gliede run gsele me nte/ --- Lee rabs atz- (2 Z)- -- @ 3\ mod _12 2466 275 568 7_0. docx @ 24 460 @ @ 1

Pos: 94. 20.1 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/ IP-Adr esse mit d em Ad ressw ahlsch alter ver geb en - Übe rschri ft 3 @ 5\ mod _12 439 4927 964 4_2 1.do cx @ 3468 0 @ 3 @ 1

8.3.1 Assigning IP Address via Address Selection Switch

Pos: 94. 20.2 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/ IP-Adr esse mit d em Ad ressw ahlsch alter ver geb en ( 89x ) - Einlei tun g @ 3 4\m od_ 155 0052 716 869 _21 .docx @ 52 930 9 @ @ 1 Use the address selection switch to set the host ID, which is the last byte of the

IP address, with values between 1 and 254 binary coded.

The first three bytes of the IP address are specified by the fieldbus coupler/ controller. The fieldbus coupler/controller uses a static base IP address to assign the IP address via the address selector switch.

The basic IP address can be changed via the Web-based management or

WAGO Ethernet settings (in the delivery state: 192.168.1.0

).

The subnet mask and default gateway values are taken from the static settings

(as delivered: subnet mask = 255.255.255.0

, default gateway = 0.0.0.0

).

Example:

Base IP address:

Set DIP switch value:

Resulting IP address:

192.168.1.0

50 (binary coded: 00110010)

192.168.1.

50

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Commissioning 127

Table 48: Address selection switch values (host ID)

Address selection switch Description

1 … 254

0

255

Address selection switch is enabled.

The host ID is set to a fixed value between 1 ... 254.

The IP address consists of the static base address and the set host ID. The IP address set via the current device configuration (DHCP, BootP, static) is disabled.

Address selection switch is disabled.

The IP address set via the current device configuration (DHCP, BootP, static) is used.

Address selection switch is disabled.

The IP address is obtained from a DHCP server.

More information about changing the static base address

You can also change the static base address currently saved in the fieldbus coupler/controller as required. Proceed as described for example in the section

“Assigning IP Address via “WAGO Ethernet Settings””.

Pos: 94. 20.3 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/ IP-Adr esse mit d em Ad ressw ahlsch alter ver geb en - Schritt e 1 -3 @ 5\m od_ 124 394 9663 207 _21 .docx @ 3 4687 @ @ 1 1. To configure the IP address via the address selection switch by setting the host ID (last position of the IP address) to a value that does not equal

0/255, first convert the host ID to the binary representation.

For example, host ID “50” results in a binary code of “00110010”.

2. Set the bits in sequence using the 8 address switches. Start with address switch 1 to set bit 0 (LSB) and end with address switch 8 for bit 7 (MSB).

Figure 47: Address Selection Switch, for Example the Value Setting “50” (2 1 + 2 4 + 2 5 )

3. Restart the fieldbus node after adjusting the address selection switch to apply the configuration changes.

Pos: 94. 21.1 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/ IP-Adr esse mit DHCP ve rge ben - Üb ersc hrift 3 @ 3 4\m od_ 155 048 730 6161 _21 .docx @ 5 307 39 @ 3 @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



8.3.2 Assigning IP Address via DHCP

Pos: 94. 21.2 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/Hi nweis: Fü r aktiv e Softw are -Konfig ura tion, Adressw ahlsc halte r au f 25 5 stell en! (DHCP) @ 5\m od_ 124 4202 728 786 _21. docx @ 35 010 @ @ 1

Set the address selection switch to 255 for assigning the IP address via

DHCP!

Set the address selection switch to 255 to disable the DIP switch and to enable

DHCP.

Restart the fieldbus node after adjusting the address selection switch to apply the configuration changes.

Pos: 94. 21.3 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/ IP-Adr esse mit DHCP ve rge ben Teil 2 - s tatic 890 @ 34 \mo d_1 549 8983 443 26_ 21.d ocx @ 528 961 @ 4 4 @ 1 In delivery state of the head station, the dynamic assignment of the IP address is active by means of "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol" (DHCP).

When the DHCP protocol is enabled the head station of fieldbus node expects the DHCP server to be permanently available. If there is no DHCP server available after a Power On reset, the network will remain inactive.

If DHCP is not active, it is necessary to enable DHCP, e. g. via "WAGO Ethernet

Settings" or via the WBM (see chapters "Enable DHCP via "WAGO Ethernet

Settings" (without existing IP address)" or "Enable DHCP via WBM (with existing

IP address)").

Then the IP address assignment with DHCP takes place automatically via a

DHCP server in the network.

If there is no DHCP server on your local PC, you can download a DHCP server free of charge from the Internet and install it on your PC.

Total network failure when there are two DHCP servers in the network!

To prevent network failure, never connect a PC, on which a DHCP server is installed, to a global network. In larger networks, there is usually a DHCP server already that can cause collisions and subsequent network failure.

Assign the DHCP server a fixed IP address and note common subnet!

Note that the DHCP server must have a fixed IP address and that the fieldbus node and DHCP server must be in the same subnet.

After the IP address was assigned by means of DHCP, it can be determined via the settings or outputs of the respective DHCP server, such as via the output of

"Open DHCP", for example.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Commissioning 129

Via DHCP assigned IP addresses are only temporarily valid!

Note that an IP address assigned via DHCP is limited in time. If the DHCP server is not available at the end of its useful life, the fieldbus node sets the IP address free and then the fieldbus node is no longer accessible!

In order to use the IP address permanently, change it to “static” (see chapter

"Apply IP address permanently (option "static ")").

Manual

Version 1.2.2



8.3.2.1 Enable DHCP via "WAGO Ethernet Settings" (without existing IP address)"

Note Software Compatibility!

Refer to the version of the software specified in "Software Compatibility" in the

Technical Data.

In the delivery state of the head station, the dynamic assignment of the IP address is active by means of "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol" (DHCP).

However, if DHCP is not active and you do not have access to your fieldbus node via an IP address, you can enable DHCP via "WAGO Ethernet Settings" in the

Network tab.

WAGO communication cables or WAGO radio-link adapters can be used for data communication via the serial service interface.

Do not connect Communication Cable when energized!

To prevent damage to the service interface, do not connect or disconnect

750-920 respectively 750-923 Communication Cable when energized! The fieldbus coupler/controller must be de-energized!

1. Using a WAGO Communication cable 750-920 respectively 750-923, connect your PC with the service interface of the head station of the fieldbus node.

2. Start “WAGO Ethernet Settings” program.

3. Click on [Read] to read in and identify the connected fieldbus node.

4. Select the Network tab.

5. Select the option "DHCP" in the field Source .

6. Click on the [Write] button to apply the settings in the fieldbus node.

The fieldbus node then starts with the new IP address assigned via DHCP.

7. Then You can use the [Read] button to read out the currently assigned IP address.

8. In order to use the IP address permanently, select on "TCP/IP" WBM page the option “static" in the field Source and apply the settings for “IP address”, “Subnet mask” and “Gateway” from the currently used settings.

9. Click on the [Write] button to apply the settings.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Commissioning 131

8.3.2.2 Enable DHCP via WBM (with existing IP address)

In the delivery state of the head station, the dynamic assignment of the IP address is active by means of "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol" (DHCP).

However, if DHCP is not active and you do already have access to your fieldbus node via an IP address, you can enable DHCP via WBM on "TCP/IP" WBM page.

1. Open the WBM (see chapter: "Configuring via the Web-Based

Management System (WBM)" >> "Open WBM").

2. Change to the WBM page "TCP / IP".

3. Activate the “DHCP“ option to assign a new IP address via DHCP.

4. Confirm the change with the [SUBMIT] button.

5. Select the WBM page "Administration".

6. Click the [SOFTWARE RESET] button to apply the changed setting.

Alternatively, you can restart the fieldbus node.

The fieldbus node then starts with the new IP address assigned via DHCP.

The connection to the browser is interrupted.

7. If you want to call the WBM again, you must use now the changed IP address.

8. In order to use the IP address permanently, select in the WBM on "TCP/IP"

WBM page the option "IP configuration source: static" (see chapter "Apply

IP address permanently (option "static ")").

9. In order to use the IP address permanently, select on "TCP/IP" WBM page the option “static" in the field Source and apply the settings for “IP address”, “Subnet mask” and “Gateway” from the currently used settings.

10. Confirm the change with the [SUBMIT] button.

11. Click the [SOFTWARE RESET] button to apply the changed setting.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



8.3.3 Assigning IP Address via “WAGO Ethernet Settings”

Pos: 94. 23.2 /Alle Seri en (Allg emei ne Mod ule)/Sich er heits- und sons tige Hi nweise/Hi nweis/Hinw eis: Softw are kom patibilit ät b eacht en! @ 33 \mo d_1 547 563 9185 53_ 21. docx @ 52 3149 @ @ 1



Technical Data.

Pos: 94. 23.3 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/ IP-Adr esse mit "WAG O Ethe rne t Settin gs" v erg ebe n - P rog ram m di ent dazu, IP, Def ault, Flas h wied erh er @ 5\m od_ 124 359 880 499 4_2 1.docx @ 3 461 6 @ @ 1 This program is used to configure an IP address, to reset the fieldbus coupler/controller parameters to the factory settings and to restore the Flash File

System in which the WBM pages of the fieldbus coupler/controller are stored.

Pos: 94. 23.4 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/U nte rgr upp en/IP-A dress e mit "WAGO Et her net Se ttings " ve rge ben - ka nn üb se riell Se rvice-Sc hni o der E THERNET-Sch ni @ 32\ mod_ 153 572 505 678 7_2 1.doc x @ 4 979 99 @ @ 1 "WAGO Ethernet Settings" can be used via the serial service interface or via the

ETHERNET interface.

For initial commissioning, however, the way via the serial service interface is described here, because for access via the ETHERNET interface the currently assigned IP address must already be known.

Pos: 94. 23.5 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/ Zu r Dat enko mm unikati on k önn en Ko mmu nikatio nska bel o der WAG O- Funk ada pter verw end et we rde n. @ 5\m od_1 243 599 181 347 _21. docx @ 34 623 @ @ 1 WAGO communication cables or WAGO radio-link adapters can be used for data communication via the serial service interface.

Pos: 94. 23.6 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/Hi nweis: Ko mm unika tionsk abel 750 -92 0 nich t unt er Sp ann ung steck en! (Koppl er/Co ntr oller ) @ 4 \mo d_1 239 172 9165 62_ 21. docx @ 303 43 @ @ 1

To prevent damage to the service interface, do not connect or disconnect 750-

920 respectively 750-923 Communication Cable when energized! The fieldbus coupler/controller must be de-energized!


Pos: 94. 23.7 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/Hi nweis: Fü r IP-Ad ressve rga be übe r Softw are,Ad ressw ahlsch alte r auf 0 st ellen! (BootP/E TH Settin ) 8 9x @ 34\ mod_ 155 049 442 917 8_2 1.doc x @ 5 307 86 @ @ 1

Set the address selection switch to 0 for an IP assignment via software!

Set the address selection switch to “0” to disable the DIP switch.


Pos: 94. 23.8 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/V erbi nden Sie die seri. Schnitts t. Ih res PCs unt. Ve rwe nd. ei nes WAGO -Kom mka bels 1 . (Ko pfstati on) @ 3 4\mo d_1 550 746 952 128 _21. docx @ 53 249 1 @ @ 1 1. Using a WAGO Communication cable 750-920 respectively 750-923, connect your PC with the service interface of the head station of the fieldbus node.

Pos: 94. 23.9 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/ IP-Adr esse mit "WAG O Ethe rne t Settin gs" v erg ebe n, Sch ritt 4 ,5,6: E-S sta rten , Id entifiz., Reg N etzw @ 5\m od_ 124 393 572 212 7_21 .docx @ 3 465 7 @ @ 1 2. Start “ WAGO Ethernet Settings” program.

3. Click on [Read] to read in and identify the connected fieldbus node.

4. Select the Network tab.

Pos: 94. 23.1 0 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/I n Betri eb n eh men/ Feld busk note n in Bet rieb ne hme n/IP-Ad resse mit "WAGO Eth ern et Setti ngs " ver geb en, Sc hritt 7 "St atische Konfig ura tion " Reg "Ne tzwerk " @ 21\ mod _14 168 418 5954 7_2 1.d ocx @ 1688 32 @ @ 1 5. To assign a permanent address, select the option "Static configuration" in the field Source (DHCP is the default).

Pos: 94. 23.1 1 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/I n Betri eb n eh men/ Feld busk note n in Bet rieb ne hme n/IP-Ad resse mit "WAGO Eth ern et Setti ngs " ver geb en, Sc hritt 8 Ge ben Si e die IP-Adr esse ei n @ 5\m od_1 244 199 539 786 _21. docx @ 34 993 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Commissioning 133

6. Enter the required IP Address and, if applicable, the address of the subnet mask and gateway.

Pos: 94. 23.1 2 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/I n Betri eb n eh men/ Feld busk note n in Bet rieb ne hme n/IP-Ad resse mit "WAGO Eth ern et Setti ngs " ver geb en, Sc hritt 9 bis 10 IP übe rneh me n, WBM öffn en @ 5\m od_ 124 4199 645 897 _21. docx @ 34 997 @ @ 1 7. Click on the [Write] button to apply the settings in the fieldbus node.

8. You can now close "WAGO Ethernet Settings" or make other changes in the Web-based Management System as required. To open the Web-based

Management System click on the button [Start WBM] on the right side.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 94. 25 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /Fel dbusk not en in B etrie b ne hm en/IP-Ad ress e mit eine m SPS-Pro gra mm v erg ebe n (C ontr oller ) @ 34\m od_ 155 074 982 621 6_2 1.docx @ 5 325 07 @ 3 @ 1

8.3.4 Assigning the IP Address with a PLC program

A PLC program can be used to assign a fixed IP address.

When assigning an address using a PLC program, this can be realized by integrating the library "Ethernet.lib" in the WAGO software "WAGO-I/OPRO ".

For this, the "Ethernet_Set_Network_Config" function block of the "Ethernet.lib" library is used.

Additional Information about IP address assignment via a PLC program!

A detailed description of the library “Ethernet.lib” for the address assignment via a PLC program, refer to the manual for the WAGO-I/OPRO library. This manual can be found on the WAGO website http://www.wago.com under https://www.wago.com/wagoweb/documentation/index_e.htm

 WAGO Software

 WAGO-I/OPRO /CODESYS  Additional Information  Libraries 

Ethernet.lib!


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 94. 27.1 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/ IP-Adr esse mit ei nem B ootP-Se rver ver geb en (Koppl er) @ 7\ mod _12 735 012 064 34_2 1.d ocx @ 562 81 @ 3 @ 1

8.3.5 Assigning the IP Address via BootP

A BootP server can be used to assign a fixed IP address.

Commissioning 135

Assigning the IP address using a BootP server depends on the respective BootP program. Handling is described in the respective manual for the program or in the respective integrated help texts.

Pos: 94. 27.2 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/Hi nweis: Fü r IP-Ad ressve rga be übe r Softw are,Ad ressw ahlsch alte r auf 0 st ellen! (BootP/E TH Settin ) 8 9x @ 34\ mod_ 155 049 442 917 8_2 1.doc x @ 5 307 86 @ @ 1

Set the address selection switch to 0 for an IP assignment via software!

Set the address selection switch to “0” to disable the DIP switch.


Pos: 94. 27.3 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/B ootP m uss in de r Kopfst atio n aktivie rt s ein! @ 34\ mod _15 504 949 531 60_2 1.d ocx @ 530 790 @ @ 1 By default, DHCP is active in the delivery state of the head station.

Therefor it is necessary to enable BootP for IP address assignment via BootP, e. g. via "WAGO Ethernet Settings" or via the WBM (see analog the chapters

"Activate DHCP via "WAGO Ethernet Settings" (without existing IP address)" or

"Activate DHCP via WBM (with existing IP address)").

Then the IP address assignment with BootP takes place automatically via a

BootP server in the network.

If there is no BootP server on your local PC, you can download a BootP server free of charge from the Internet and install it on your PC.

Pos: 94. 27.4 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/ Info rm ation: IP-Adr essve rga be mit BootP -Serve r a uch unte r Lin ux. Belie bige r BootP -Serve r @ 9\m od_ 128 1681 162 420 _21. docx @ 63 552 @ @ 1


Assigning IP addresses using a BootP server can be carried out in any Windows and Linux operating system. Any BootP server may be used.

Pos: 94. 27.5 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/Hi nweis: IP-Adr essver gab e nic ht üb er R oute r m öglich ! @ 9 \mo d_1 281 6809 718 60_ 21.d ocx @ 635 46 @ @ 1

IP address assignment is not possible via the router!

The IP address is assigned via patch cable, switches or hubs. Addresses cannot be assigned via routers.

Pos: 94. 27.6 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/B ei aktivie rte m Boo tP-Prot okoll e rwar tet die Kop fstati on di e pe rm anen te Anw esen heit (K opfst ation ) @ 34\ mod_ 155 074 883 150 1_2 1.doc x @ 5 325 03 @ @ 1 When the BootP protocol is enabled the head station of fieldbus node expects the BootP server to be permanently available. If there is no BootP server available after a Power On reset, the network will remain inactive.

Pos: 94. 27.7 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/U m di e IP-Ad resse da uer haft z u ve rwen den, wechs eln Sie auf Optio n "st atic" 89x @ 34 \mo d_1 550 498 8242 56_ 21. docx @ 53 0794 @ @ 1 In order to use the IP address permanently, change it to “static” (see chapter

"Apply IP address permanently (option "static ")").

Pos: 94. 27.8 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/ IP-Adr esse übe r BootP v erg ebe n (Üb ersc hrift 4 u nd Sch ritte 1-3 ) @ 6\m od_1 265 023 678 369 _21. docx @ 49 099 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



1. Based on the handling, which depends on the BootP program set, assign the required IP address for your fieldbus node.

2. Enable the query/response mechanism of the BootP protocol based on the handling, which depends on the BootP program set or e. g. in “WAGO

Ethernet Settings“ ( Network tab, Source “BootP”).

3. To apply the new IP address, use e.g. a hardware reset to restart your fieldbus node by interrupt the voltage supply for approx. 2 seconds.

4. Restart the fieldbus node.

The fieldbus node then starts with the new IP address assigned via BootP.

5. In order to use the IP address permanently, select in the WBM on "TCP/IP"

WBM page the option "IP configuration source: static" (see chapter "Apply

IP address permanently (option "static ")").


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 94. 27.1 0 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/I n Betri eb n eh men/ Feld busk note n in Bet rieb ne hme n/Gr ünd e fü r ein e fe hlgesc hlag ene IP-Adr essver gab e ( bei Boo tP) (Ko pple r) @ 6\ mod_ 126 450 526 054 1_2 1.doc x @ 4 875 5 @ 4 @ 1

8.3.5.1 Reasons for Failed IP Address Assignment

•

Commissioning 137

The PC on whom the BootP server is running is not located in the network as the fieldbus coupler/controller; i.e., the IP addresses do not match.

Example:

Sub net mask: coupler/

255.255.255.0

(default value for a fieldbus

PC‘s IP: controller n)

192.168.

2 .100

fieldbus coupler/controller‘s IP: 192.168.

1 .200

Due to the sub net mask, the first 3 digits of the IP addresses must match.

• PC and/or head station is/are not linked to the ETHERNET


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 94. 29.1 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/ IP-Adr esse dau erh aft ü ber neh men (O ption „static ") ; WBM "TCP/IP " - Ü bersc hrift 2 @ 34\ mod _15 498 9798 520 3_2 1.do cx @ 5289 56 @ 2 @ 1

8.4 Apply IP address permanently (option “static“)

Pos: 94. 29.2 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/Hi nweis: Fü r die dau erh afte Adres sver gab e m uss die im EEPROM gesp . verw end . -DHCP (Kopple r) 89x @ 34\ mo d_1 5498 990 092 33_ 21.d ocx @ 528 978 @ @ 1

For permanent address assignment, the IP stored in the EEPROM must be used!

To apply permanently the new IP address assigned via DHCP or BootP in the fieldbus coupler/controller, the assigned or desired settings for IP address, subnet mask and default gateway must be entered on the WBM “TCP/IP” page.

In addition the option "IP configuration source: static" must be activated.

Then, the IP address is stored in the EEPROM and used as static address.

Pos: 94. 29.3 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/D as U mschalt en auf di e Op tion neh men Sie im We b-Bas ed- Man ag. (89 x) @ 34\ mod _15 502 394 2199 3_2 1.d ocx @ 530 373 @ @ 1 You can enable the option “IP configuration source: static” in the Web-based

Management System.

Pos: 94. 29.4 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/U nte rgr upp en/Wä hlen Sie die Optio n " "IP con figu ratio n so urce: static " -DHCP/Bo otP de aktivie ren @ 34 \mo d_1 549 902 910 158_ 21. docx @ 52 900 8 @ @ 1 1. Open the WBM (see chapter: "Configuring in the Web-Based Management

System (WBM)" >> "Open WBM").

2. Select the WBM page "TCP/IP".

3. Enter the assigned or desired settings for IP address, subnet mask and default gateway in the fields "IP address", "Subnet mask" and "Default gateway".

4. Enable the option “IP configuration source: "static".

At the same time, the use of the DHCP/BootP server is diabled.

Pos: 94. 29.5 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/U nte rgr upp en/Sof twar e-Res et d urch füh ren und mit neue r IP Br owser öffn en. 89x @ 34\ mo d_1 5499 030 012 06_ 21.d ocx @ 529 012 @ @ 1 5. Confirm your changes with button [SUBMIT] .

6. Select the “Administration” WBM page.

7. Click on the button [Software Reset] at the bottom of the page in order for the settings to take effect .

Alternatively restart the fieldbus node.

Then the fieldbus node starts with the configurations and the assigned IP address, which were previously loaded into the EEPROM. The connection to the browser is interrupted.

8. Now you must use the new IP address, if you want to access again on the

WBM of this fieldbus node via browser.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Commissioning 139

Pos: 94. 31.1 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/ Fu nktion des Fel dbusk not ens t esten - Üb ersc hrift 2 @ 5\m od_1 244 635 054 676 _21. docx @ 35 193 @ 2 @ 1

8.5 Testing the Function of the Fieldbus Node

Pos: 94. 31.2 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/ Fel dbusk note n te sten, Betri ebssp ann ung aussc halte n, Schri tt 1 @ 5\ mod _12 446 3819 343 4_2 1.d ocx @ 3520 9 @ @ 1 1. To ensure that the IP address is correct and to test communication with the fieldbus node, first turn off the operating voltage of the fieldbus node.

2. Create a non-serial connection between your PC and the fieldbus node.

Pos: 94. 31.3 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/H ochla uf u nd LEDs (FBK/C ontr ) @ 34\ mod _155 056 390 500 3_2 1.doc x @ 5 312 09 @ @ 1 The head station is initialized. The head station determines the I/O module configuration of the fieldbus node and creates a process image.



Pos: 94. 31.4 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/H ochla uf u nd LEDs - Fehle r all gem ein, Hinw eis: Sign alisier ung/Blink code -Ausw. @ 4\ mod _12 435 943 0643 3_2 1.d ocx @ 3453 8 @ @ 1 If an error occurs during start-up indicated by the I/O LED flashing red, evaluate the error code and argument and resolve the error.

More information about LED signaling

The exact description for evaluating the LED signal displayed is available in the section “Diagnostics” > … > “LED Signaling”.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 94. 33.1 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/ Flas h-Da teisyst em v orb ereit en - Übe rsch rift 2 @ 5\ mod _12 446 411 822 02_2 1.d ocx @ 352 22 @ 2 @ 1

8.6 Preparing the Flash File System

Pos: 94. 33.2 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/ Flas h-Da teisyst em v orb ereit en - Einleitu ng (Kopfst ation ) @ 34\ mod _155 074 618 599 1_2 1.doc x @ 5 324 79 @ @ 1 The flash file system must be prepared in order to use the WBM of the fieldbus coupler/controller of the fieldbus node to make all configurations.

The flash file system is already prepared when delivered.

However, if the flash file system has not been initialized on your fieldbus coupler/controller or it has been destroyed due to an error, you first must initialize it manually to access it.

Pos: 94. 33.3 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/Hi nweis: Ko mm unika tionsk abel 750 -92 0 nich t unt er Sp ann ung steck en! (Koppl er/Co ntr oller ) @ 4 \mo d_1 239 172 9165 62_ 21. docx @ 303 43 @ @ 1

To prevent damage to the service interface, do not connect or disconnect 750-

920 respectively 750-923 Communication Cable when energized! The fieldbus coupler/controller must be de-energized!


Pos: 94. 33.4 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/Hi nweis: D aten wer den dur ch Zur ücksetz en gelösc ht! @ 5\m od_ 124 464 148 9071 _21 .docx @ 3 5235 @ @ 1

Resetting erases data!

Note that resetting erases all data and configurations.

Only use this function when the flash file system has not been initialized yet or has been destroyed due to an error.

Pos: 94. 33.5 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/B etrie bsspg auss chalt en, Ko mm unikati onska bel a nschlie ße n, Ber trieb sspg an (Kopfst ation ) Sch rit @ 3 4\m od_ 155 074 658 360 6_21 .docx @ 5 324 87 @ @ 1 1. Switch off the supply voltage of the fieldbus node.

2. Connect the communication cable 750-920 or 750-923 respectively the

Bluetooth ® Adapter 750-921 to the service interface of the head station of the fieldbus node and to your computer.

3. Switch on the supply voltage of the fieldbus node.







Pos: 94. 33.8 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/ Flas h-Da teisyst em v orb ereit en, E THERNET-Set tings s tart en, D ateisys tem zur ücksetz en Sch ritt 4 -6 @ 5\ mod _12 4464 318 466 0_2 1.do cx @ 3 523 8 @ @ 1 4. Start the “ WAGO Ethernet Settings ” program.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Commissioning 141

5. In the top menu bar, select [Reset File System] to format the file system and to extract the WBM pages of the flash file system.

Formatting and extracting is complete when the status window displays

"Resetting the file system successfully".

Restart the Fieldbus node after resetting file system!

Make a restart of the fieldbus node, so that the WBM pages can be displayed after resetting file system.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 94. 35.1 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/Sys temz eit syn chr onisie ren - Üb ersch rift 2 @ 3 4\m od_ 155 0762 930 115 _21. docx @ 53 259 7 @ 2 @ 1

8.7 Synchronizing the System Time

Pos: 94. 35.2 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/U hrz eit un d Dat um einstell en, Hi nweis, Listen punkt e, Zwische nüb ersc hrift: ..."Et h Setti ngs (K opfst at @ 34\ mod_ 155 075 928 207 3_2 1.doc x @ 5 325 81 @ @ 1 The head station’s system time enables a date and time indication for files in the flash file system.

System time will be reset when the fieldbus node is de-energized!

The head station 750-890 does not have a real-time clock. For this reason, the current system time will be reset when the fieldbus node is de-energized!

After switching on the operating voltage, the system time starts at 01/01/2000,

00:00:00 a.m.

At start-up, synchronize the system time with the computer’s current time.

There are two options to synchronize the system time:

•

•

Synchronize the system time using “ WAGO Ethernet Settings ”

Set the system time using the Web Based Management System

Synchronize the system time using “WAGO Ethernet Settings”

Pos: 94. 35.3 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Web -Base d-M ana ge ment -Syste m WBM/Seit e Clock/Hi nweis: U hrzei t nich t wäh ren d ein er WAGO I/O -CHECK Komm unikati on ei nstelle n! @ 33\ mod _15 438 4726 028 9_2 1.d ocx @ 5120 59 @ @ 1

Do not set time during a WAGO I/OCHECK communication!

Note that setting the clock during a WAGO I/OCHECK communication may cause communication errors. Therefore set the time only if WAGO I/OCHECK is not yet started.









Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Commissioning 143



Pos: 94. 35.7 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/U hrz eit sync hro nisier en - "WAGO Eth Setti ngs" sta rten , Scre ensh otbsp , Sychnc hr., Schritt e 4 -6 @ 5\m od_ 124 464 438 7640 _21 .docx @ 3 526 1 @ @ 1 4. Start the “ WAGO Ethernet Settings” program.

5. Select the Date and Time tab.

6. Click on the [Apply] button.

Pos: 94. 35.8 /Doku me ntatio n allg emei n/Glie der ungs elem ente /-- -Le era bsatz -( 2Z) -- - @ 3 \mo d_1 224 662 755 687_ 0.d ocx @ 244 60 @ @ 1

Pos: 94. 35.9 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/Sys temz eit syn chr onisie ren - WBM st art en, WBM -Seite "Clock ", Einst ellun gen, Schritt e 1 -5 o hne R TC @ 5\m od_ 124 464 481 309 3_21 .docx @ 3 526 4 @ @ 1 Set the system time using the Web-based Management-System

1. Launch a Web browser (e.g., MS Internet Explorer or Mozilla) and enter in the address bar the IP address you have assigned to your fieldbus node.

2. Click [Enter] to confirm.

The WBM start page is displayed.

3. Select “Clock” in the left navigation bar.

4. Enter your user name and password in the displayed query dialog box

(default: user = "admin", password = "wago" or: user = "user", password =

"user"). The WBM page "Clock" is displayed.

5. Set the current time and date values, as well as the time zone deviation in the input fields, and select the desired option for the display and Daylight

Saving Time (DST).

Pos: 94. 35.1 0 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/I n Betri eb n eh men/ Feld busk note n in Bet rieb ne hme n/IP-Ad resse üb er d as Web -b ased Man age me nt-Syst em v erg ebe n - Sc hritte 6- 7 SUBMI T, Ne ustar t @ 5 \mo d_1 244 125 431 662 _21. docx @ 34 964 @ @ 1 6. Click on [SUBMIT] to apply the changes in your fieldbus node.

7. Restart the fieldbus node to apply the settings of the Web interface.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 94. 37.1 /Alle Seri en (Allg emei ne Mod ule)/Ü bers chrif ten/Eb ene 2/We rkseins tellun gen wiede rhe rstell en - Übe rschri ft 2 @ 19\ mo d_1 4008 353 423 42_ 21.d ocx @ 154 641 @ 2 @ 1

8.8 Restoring Factory Settings

Pos: 94. 37.2 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/W erks einstell ung en wie der hers tellen - Einleit ung @ 5\ mod _12 446 456 129 37_ 21.d ocx @ 352 74 @ @ 1 To restore the factory settings, proceed as follows:





Pos: 94. 37.4 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/In B etrie b ne hm en/ Feldb uskn oten in Bet rieb neh men/W erks einstell ung en wie der hers tellen - "Eth Setti ngs" star ten,D efaul t,Con tinue , Neus t Schrit te 4 -5 @ 5\ mod_ 124 464 575 098 1_2 1.doc x @ 3 527 7 @ @ 1 4 Start the WAGO-ETHERNET-Settings program.

5. In the top menu bar, select [Factory Settings] and click [Yes] to confirm.

A restart of the fieldbus node is implemented automatically. The start takes place with the default settings.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750 Programming the PFC Using WAGO-I/O-PRO 145


Pos: 96. 1 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/I n Betri eb n ehm en/I n WAGO- I/O-PRO pr ogr am mier en/PFC mit WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mier en - Übe rsch rift 1 , mit B eschr eibu ng Teil 1 @ 4\ mod _12 408 964 632 96_2 1.d ocx @ 314 80 @ 1 @ 1

9 Programming the PFC Using WAGO-I/O-

PRO

Using IEC 61131-3 programming, the Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD

750-890 can also utilize the function of a PLC in addition to the functions of a fieldbus coupler. Creation of an application program in line with IEC 61131-3 is performed using the programming tool WAGO-I/OPRO .

Pos: 96. 2 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mod ule) /Sicher heits - un d so nstige Hinweise /Hinweis/Hi nweis: Sof twar eko mpati bilität b each ten! @ 3 3\m od_ 1547 563 918 553 _21. docx @ 52 314 9 @ @ 1



Technical Data.

Pos: 96. 3 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/I n Betri eb n ehm en/I n WAGO- I/O-PRO pr ogr am mier en/PFC mit WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog r.,Hinw eis: Op tion „CoDeSys “ im W eb- base d M ana gem ent -System aktivie ren ! @ 9 \mo d_1 282 111 9680 39_ 21. docx @ 638 00 @ @ 1

Activate option “CODESYS” in the web-based Management System for programming!

Pay attention, the IEC 61131-3 programming of the controller via ETHERNET requires that the check box CODESYS be activated at the Website “Port

Configuration” (default).

You can, however, also connect the client PC and controller serially for programming using a programming cable.

Pos: 96. 4 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/I n Betri eb n ehm en/I n WAGO- I/O-PRO pr ogr am mier en/Hinw eis: Z ur Pr ogr am mier ung des Feld busc ontr ollers mit Ad minist rato rbe nutz erd a an meld en! (Einlog gen ) @ 14\ mod_ 136 117 981 529 0_2 1.docx @ 1 121 41 @ @ 1

Log in with the administrator password to program the controller!

If you have activated password protection „Enable CODESYS port authentication“ on the “Administration” page of the WBM, you have to log into

WAGO-I/OPRO in the menu Online > Log In to obtain programming access to the controller (default password “wago”).

Figure 48: Logging in for Programming Access

Pos: 96. 5 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/I n Betri eb n ehm en/I n WAGO- I/O-PRO pr ogr am mier en/Hinw eis: Z ur N utzun g d es PLC-Br owse rs mit Adminis trat orb enu tzer date n a nmel den! @ 1 4\mo d_1 361 182 544 053 _21. docx @ 11 213 8 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

146 Programming the PFC Using WAGO-I/O-PRO WAGO I/O System 750


Log in with the administrator user data to use the PLC browser!

To use the PLC browser functionality in WAGO-I/OPRO , log into the PLC browser with the administrator user data (default: user “admin”, password

“wago”). Enter “login admin wago” in the command line of the PLC browser.

Figure 49: Logging Into the PLC Browser

Pos: 96. 6 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/I n Betri eb n ehm en/I n WAGO- I/O-PRO pr ogr am mier en/PFC mit WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mier en - Besc hrei bung Teil 2 @ 9\m od_ 128 2112 143 230 _21. docx @ 63 803 @ @ 1 A description of programming using WAGO-I/OPRO is not included in this manual. The following sections, on the other hand, contain important information about creating projects in WAGO-I/OPRO and about special modules that you can use explicitly for programming of the Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD.

Explanations are also provided as to how the IEC 61131-3 program is transferred and how suitable communication drivers are loaded.

One WAGO-I/OPRO -/(CODESYS)-Instance per traget system!

Note that a simultaneous connection of multiple WAGO-I/OPRO /(CODESYS)

Instances on one target system is not possible.

Name Conventions for WAGO-I/OPRO/ (CODESYS) Projects!

Note that you do not use special characters for the name of your

WAGO-I/OPRO/ (CODESYS) project and limit the name to a maximum of 8 characters.

This will ensure that not always, in case of the online change function is activated simultaneously, for each online change event a new TxT file is created, which contains the paths and the project ID, and that for this additional memory is consumed. With proper choice of the file name, the TxT file is only overwritten each time and does not consume additional memory space.

Manual

Version 1.2.2




For a detailed description of using the software, refer to the manual for the

“WAGO-I/OPRO ”. This manual is located in the Internet under http://www.wago.com

.

1. Start the programming tool at Start \ Programs \ WAGO-I/OPRO .

2. Under File / New create a new project

A dialog window then appears on which you can set the target system for programming.

Pos: 96. 7 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/I n Betri eb n ehm en/I n WAGO- I/O-PRO pr ogr am mier en/Dialo gfe nste r Ziels yste meinst ellun gen auswä hlen – Bild Auswa hlliste (75 0-xxx ) @ 1 3\m od_ 135 272 511 133 9_21 .docx @ 1 058 93 @ @ 1

Figure 50: Dialog Window for Target System Settings

Pos: 96. 8 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/I n Betri eb n ehm en/I n WAGO- I/O-PRO pr ogr am mier en/Dialo gfe nste r Ziels yste meinst ellun gen auswä hlen 750 -xxx Feld busco ntr oller (allg) @ 4 \mo d_1 240 9013 397 65_ 21.d ocx @ 315 51 @ @ 1 3. Select the respective entry in the select list for your fieldbus controller and then click OK .

Pos: 96. 9 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/I n Betri eb n ehm en/I n WAGO- I/O-PRO pr ogr am mier en/Proj ekt a nleg en, Pr ogr am mier art w ähle n @ 4 \mo d_1 240 904 3740 62_ 21. docx @ 31 566 @ @ 1 4. In the dialog window that appears select the program type (AWL, KOP,

FUP, AS, ST or CFC).

Pos: 96. 10 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Bus klem menk onfig ur ation z usa mme nzust ellen und i n Konfi gur ation sdat ei „io -con fig.x ml“ a bbilde n @ 4\m od_ 1240 904 494 468 _21. docx @ 31 589 @ @ 1 To ensure that you can access all I/O module data properly in your new project, first compile the I/O module configuration based on the existing fieldbus node hardware and map it in the configuration file “io-config.xml”.

Pos: 96. 11 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Sch reib zug riff in EA-c onfig .xml f estleg en 750 -88 2 @ 9 \mo d_1 282 221 6978 06_ 21. docx @ 640 83 @ @ 1 This file defines whether write access is permitted to the modules from the

IEC-61131-3 program or from the fieldbus.

Pos: 96. 12 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/ Gene rie rung de r EA-con fig.x ml üb er di e Konfi gur ation mit dem WAGO-I/ O-Kon figu rato r @ 4\m od_ 1240 907 172 437 _21. docx @ 31 613 @ @ 1 As described below, this file can be generated via configuration using the WAGO

I/O Configurator.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 96. 14 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/C ontr oller mit dem I/O-K onfig urat or k onfig urie ren @ 4\ mod _12 409 073 991 09_ 21.d ocx @ 316 17 @ 2 @ 1

9.1 Configuring the Controller using the I/O

Configurator

The I/O Configurator is a plug-in integrated into WAGO-I/OPRO used to determine addresses for I/O modules at a controller.

1. In the left half of the screen for the WAGO-I/OPRO interface, select the tab

Resources .

2. To start the I/O Configurator, double-click in the tree structure on Control system configuration .

3. Expand the branch Hardware configuration in the tree structure.

4. Right-click on the entry K-Bus and then select Edit in the context menu.

5. In the “Configuration” window that then opens, click on Add to open the module selection window.

6. Select the I/O module you wish to add from the module catalog and attach it to the end of the local data bus structure by clicking on [>>] and OK .

7. Position all of the required I/O modules in their correct order until this arrangement matches the configuration of the physical node.

Arrange the tree structure in the hardware configuration in the same manner.

Include all I/O modules which supply or receive data.

If you access your controller online, you can use the [Start WAGO-I/OCHECK and scan] button in the “Configuration” window to read in the physically linked controllers with the series-connected I/O modules and display all of the components.

The local data bus structure in the WAGO I/O Configurator must match the physical node structure!

The number of I/O modules that send or receive data must correspond to the existing hardware (except for supply modules, copying modules or end modules, for example). For the number of input and output bits or bytes of the individual

I/O modules please refer to their corresponding descriptions.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Additional information

To open the data sheet for an I/O module, click in the “Configuration” window on the corresponding I/O module and then click the [Data sheet] button. The data sheet is then shown in a separate window.

All current data sheets are available on our website http://www.wago.com

under

Documentation.

8. Click [ OK] to accept the node configuration and close the dialog window.

The addresses for the control system configuration are then recalculated and the tree structure for the configuration is updated.

Pos: 96. 15 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/ Zug riffsb er echtig ung änd ern 75 0-8 82 @ 9\m od_ 128 222 1897 769 _21 .docx @ 64 091 @ @ 1 If required, you can also modify the authorization privileges for individual I/O modules if they are to be accessed via fieldbus. Initially, write access from the

PLC is defined for each I/O module that is added. Proceed as follows to change this setting:

Pos: 96. 16 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/ Zug riff auf die Klem me ndat en b estim men @ 4\ mo d_1 2409 106 654 84_ 21.d ocx @ 316 47 @ @ 1 9. Click the “PI Assignment” tab in the “Configuration” dialog.

10. Define for each module from where access to the module data is to be carried out.

You can choose from the following settings in the column “PI Assignment” for this:

Pos: 96. 17 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/ Zug riffsb er echtig ung - PLC, PLC (Sta nda rdei nstellu ng) - Zug riff vo m Co ntroll er a us @ 4\m od_ 124 091 0818 906 _21 .docx @ 3 1650 @ @ 1

• PLC, PLC (standard setting) - Access from controller

Pos: 96. 18 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/ Zug riffsb er echtig ung - fiel dbus 1 - Zu griff von Mod bus TCP au s @ 4 \mo d_1 240 910 9957 96_ 21. docx @ 316 53 @ @ 1

• fieldbus 1 - Access from Modbus TCP

Pos: 96. 19 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/ Zuo rdn en --Nac h F ertig stellun g d er Zuo rdn ung, kön nen Sie mit der IEC-61 131 -3-P rog ram mie run g be ginn en. @ 21\ mod _14 152 084 291 95_2 1.d ocx @ 167 252 @ @ 1 After completing these settings you can begin the IEC-61131-3 programming.

Pos: 96. 20 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/ Zuo rdn en --Wen n Sie d as Proj ekt ü ber setze n ( Men ü Proj ekt > Übe rsetz en/Alles übe rsetz en) und i n d en @ 21\ mod _14 1520 862 573 1_2 1.do cx @ 1 672 55 @ @ 1 An “io-config.xml” configuration file is automatically generated and stored in the controller, when you transfer the project (Menu project > transfer/transfer all ) and download it in the controller.

Pos: 96. 21 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Hi nweis: Bei direk tem Schrei ben übe r M odb us a n ein e Har dwar e-Ad resse field bus1 einst ellen! @ 4\ mod _12 409 1320 835 9_2 1.d ocx @ 3172 9 @ @ 1

Set “MODBUS TCP/UDP, fieldbus1”, when directly writing to a hardware address via Modbus!

Set “MODBUS TCP/UDP, fieldbus 1” if you wish to write directly to a hardware address via Modbus. Otherwise the modules will be allocated to the PLC, making writing from a different location impossible.

Pos: 96. 22 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/I nfo rma tion: B eschr eibu ng zu de m Pro gra mmi erto ol WAGO- I/O-PRO + I/ O-Ko nfigu rato r @ 4\m od_ 1242 119 437 406 _21. docx @ 32 980 @ @ 1


For a detailed description of using the software WAGO-I/OPRO and the I/O

Configurator, refer to the online Help function for WAGO-I/OPRO .


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 96. 24 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/ Feld busc ontr oller mit d er D atei io -co nfig.x ml kon figu riere n @ 4\m od_ 124 1698 395 500 _21. docx @ 32 750 @ 3 @ 1

9.1.1 Configuration using the “io-config.xml” File

You can also create the file “io-config.xml” using an editor and store it in the controller directory “/etc” by means of FTP.

Configuration using the file “io-config.xml” that is already stored in the controller is described in this section.

Pos: 96. 25 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Hi nweis: Ko nfigu ratio nsein trä ge in WAG O-I/ O-PRO ü ber schr eibe n „io -con fig.x ml“ b ei Downl oad! @ 4\ mo d_12 420 428 567 96_ 21.d ocx @ 329 00 @ @ 1

Configuration entries in WAGO I/OPRO overwrite “i-config.xml” upon download!

If you wish to perform module assignment directly using the “io-config.xml” file stored in the controller, do not save any configuration data in WAGO I/OPRO prior to this, as the file is overwritten by entries in the WAGO I/OPRO on each download.

Pos: 96. 26 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/ Mit d er D atei io -con fig.x ml konfi guri ere n (Vo rga ng) @ 4\ mod _12 409 141 517 81_ 21.d ocx @ 317 60 @ @ 1 1. Establish an (S)FTP connection to your controller. To do this, use an FTP program or enter the following line in your browser: ftp://[IP address of controller] , e.g. ftp://192.168.1.201

2. Then, enter admin as the user login and wago as the password.

The file “io-config.xml” is located in the “etc” folder.

3. Copy this file to a local directory on your PC and open it in an editor installed on your PC (e.g., “WordPad”).

The file already contains the following syntax:

Figure 51: EA-config.xml

The fourth line contains the necessary information for the first I/O module.

The entry MAP=PLC assigns write access privileges to the IEC-61131-3 program for the first module.

Pos: 96. 27 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/ Mit d er D atei EA-co nfig.x ml ko nfigu rier en - Z ugrif f än der n, PLC durc h FB1 ers etze n @ 4 \mo d_1 240 919 229 140_ 21. docx @ 31 777 @ @ 1 4. If you wish to change the access rights, replace “PLC” with “FB1” as the access privileges from EtherNet/IP.

<Module ARTIKELNR=“ “ MAP=“ PLC “ LOC=“ALL“> </Module>

<Module ARTIKELNR=“ “ MAP=“ FB1 “ LOC=“ALL“> </Module>

Pos: 96. 28 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/ Mit d er D atei EA-co nfig.x ml ko nfigu rier en - Z eilen hinzuf üge n @ 4 \mo d_1 240 920 351 781_ 21. docx @ 31 800 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



5. Then complete the fourth line for each individual module using this syntax and set the corresponding assigned access privileges.

The number of line entries must correspond with the number of bus terminals used!

It is imperative that the number of line entries concurs with the number of existing hardware modules.

6. Save the file and reload it to the controller file system via FTP client.

You can then begin with IEC-61131-3 programming.


For a detailed description of how to use the software, refer to the WAGO-I/O-

PRO manual. The manual is available in the Internet under: http://www.wago.com

 Documentation  WAGO Software  WAGO-I/OPRO

 759-333


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 96. 30 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/E THERNET-Bibliot hek en fü r WAGO -I/O -PRO @ 4 \mo d_1 240 922 0208 12_ 21. docx @ 31 825 @ 2 @ 1

9.2 ETHERNET Libraries for WAGO-I/O-

PRO

Various libraries are available in WAGO-I/OPRO for different IEC 61131-3 programming tasks. These libraries contain function blocks that can be used universally to facilitate and accelerate the creation of programs.

Once the libraries have been integrated, function blocks, functions and data types will be available that you can use the same as ones you have specifically defined.


All libraries are included on the installation CD for the software WAGO-I/OPRO or in the Internet under http://www.wago.com

.

The libraries described below are specific to ETHERNET projects with WAGO-

I/OPRO .

Pos: 96. 31 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/E THERNET-Bibliot hek en fü r WAGO -I/O -PRO - Tab elle @ 9\m od_ 128 220 306 7362 _21 .docx @ 6 399 8 @ @ 1

Table 49: ETHERNET Libraries for WAGO-I/OPRO

Library

Ethernet.lib

Description

Function blocks for communication via ETHERNET

WAGOLibEthernet_01.lib

WAGOLibModbus_IP_01.lib Function blocks with MODBUS master function that set up links with one or more slaves to exchange data via UDP and TCP

SysLibSockets.lib Function block for access to sockets for communication via

TCP/IP and UDP

WagoLibSockets.lib

Function blocks that can set up a link to a remote server or client via TCP protocol to exchange data with any potential

UDP server or client via UDP protocol

Mail_02.lib

WAGOLibMail_02.lib

WagoLibSnmpEx_01.lib

Function blocks for access to sockets for communication via TCP/IP and UDP

Contains additional functions in addition to SysyLibSockets.lib.

Function block for sending e-mails

Function block for sending e-mails

Function blocks for sending SNMP-V1 traps together with the parameters for the type DWORD and STRING(120)

(starting with software version SW >= 07)

WagoLibSntp.lib

WagoLibFtp.lib

WAGOLibTerminalDiag.lib

WAGOLibKBUS.lib

Function blocks for setting and using the simple network time protocol (SNTP)

Function blocks for setting and using the file transfer protocol

(FTP)

Function blocks for the output of module, channel and diagnostic data of I/O modules that provide diagnostic data

Function blocks for permitting both task-synchronous and consistent access to process data, as well as register communication between fieldbus coupler/controller and connected

I/O modules

Pos: 96. 32 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/E THERNET-Bibliot hek en fü r WAGO -I/O -PRO - I nfo rma tion: B eschr eibu ng Bau stein e, Verw eis Ha ndbu ch @ 9\m od_ 128 220 3119 147 _21 .docx @ 6 4002 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2




For a detailed description of the function blocks and use of the software, refer to the online Help function for WAGO-I/OPRO or the WAGO-I/OPRO manual in the Internet under: http://www.wago.com

.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 96. 34 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Einsc hr änku ngen im Funk tions umf ang @ 4\ mod _12 4081 331 904 6_2 1.do cx @ 3 133 0 @ 2 @ 1

9.3 Functional Restrictions and Limits

The basis of WAGO-I/OPRO , the standard programming system CoDeSys by

3S, has an integrated visualization. Dependend on the target, this visualization can be used in the variants “HMI”, “TargetVisu” and “WebVisu”.

The fieldbus controller supports the process variants “HMI” and “WebVisu”.

Depending on the version, there are technological limitations.

Several options for complex visualization objects “Alarm” and “Trend” are only provided by the “HMI” version. This applies, for example, to sending emails as a response to an alarm or for navigating through and generating historical trend data.

Compared with “HMI”, the “WebVisu” on the fieldbus controller is executed within considerably tighter physical limits. Whereas the “HMI” can call upon the resources of a PC, the “WebVisu” operate within the following restrictions:

Pos: 96. 35 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Einsc hr änku ngen im Funk tions umf ang - Dat eisyste m 8, 0 MB - Übe rsch rift @ 14\ mod _13 597 240 934 78_2 1.d ocx @ 110 795 @ @ 1 File system (8 MB):

Pos: 96. 36 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Einsc hr änku ngen im Funk tions umf ang - Dat eisyste m alle MB - Tex t @ 1 4\m od_ 135 972 709 863 0_21 .docx @ 1 108 09 @ @ 1 The overall size of the PLC program, visualization files, bitmaps, log files, configuration files, etc. must fit into the file system.

The PLC browser delivers the amount of free disk space in response to the command “fds” (FreeDiscSpace).

Pos: 96. 37 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Einsc hr änku ngen im Funk tions umf ang - Dat eisyste m e rweite rn durc h SD-Kar te @ 19\ mod _14 012 004 6532 5_2 1.d ocx @ 154 900 @ @ 1 If there is not enough internal memory, the memory can be set to “external” by changing the PLC root location (Web-based Management System) to use the SD card.

Pos: 96. 38 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Einsc hr änku ngen im Funk tions umf ang - Proz essd aten buff er 1 6_ kB @ 33\ mo d_1 5441 073 138 88_ 21.d ocx @ 512 900 @ @ 1 Process data buffer (16 kB):

The WebVisu uses its own protocol for exchanging process data between applet and control system. In doing so, the process data is transmitted with ASCII coding. The pipe character (“|”) separates two process values. For this reason, the required space of a process data variable in the process data buffer not only depends on the data type, but also on the process values itself. A “WORD” variable therefore occupies between one byte for the values 0...9 and five bytes for values greater than 10000. The selected format allows only a rough estimate of the space required for the individual process data in the process data buffer. If the size is exceeded, the WebVisu no longer works as expected.

Pos: 96. 39 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Einsc hr änku ngen im Funk tions umf ang - Baus teina nzahl 102 3 @ 4\m od_ 1240 836 124 062 _21. docx @ 31 414 @ @ 1 The number of modules (1023/default):

The total size of the PLC program is determined, among other things, by the maximum number of modules. This value can be configured in the target system settings.

Pos: 96. 40 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Einsc hr änku ngen im Funk tions umf ang - Rec henleis tun g/Proz essor zeit @ 4\m od_ 124 083 648 134 3_21 .docx @ 3 141 8 @ @ 1 Computing power/processor time:

The 750-890 is based on a real-time operating system with pre-emptive multitasking. High-priority processes such as the PLC program will eliminate lowpriority processes.

The web server supplies process data and applets for the web visualization.

Make sure when configuring tasks, that there is sufficient processor time

Manual

Version 1.2.2


750-890 Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD available for all processes. The “freewheeling” task call option is not suitable in conjunction with the “WebVisu”; as in this case, the high-priority PLC program suppresses the web server. Instead of this, use the “cyclic” task call option with a realistic value.

The PLC browser provides an overview of the real execution times for all

CoDeSys tasks with the command “tsk”.

If in a PLC program, operating system functions are used; e.g., for the handling of “sockets” or the “file system”, these execution times are not taken into consideration covered by the command “tsk”.

Pos: 96. 41 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Einsc hr änku ngen im Funk tions umf ang - Z ähle r CTU @ 4\ mo d_12 408 367 171 25_ 21.d ocx @ 314 22 @ @ 1 CTU counter:

The CTU counter operates in a value range of 0 to 32767.

Pos: 96. 42 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Einsc hr änku ngen im Funk tions umf ang - Hinweis EEPROM T eil 1 @ 7\m od_ 127 131 978 682 6_2 1.docx @ 5 513 5 @ @ 1

Note the maximum number of write cycles of the EEPROM!

Fieldbus couplers/controllers save some information such as IP addresses and

IP parameters in the EEPROM to make it available after a restart. The memory cycles of an EEPROM are generally limited. Beyond a limit of approx. 1 million write cycles, memory can no longer be assured. A defective EEPROM only becomes apparent after a restart by software reset or power-on.

Due to a bad checksum, the fieldbus coupler/controller then always starts with the default parameters.

The following functions use the EEPROM:

Pos: 96. 43 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Einsc hr änku ngen im Funk tions umf ang - Hinweis EEPROM T eil 2 (341 , 84 1, 3 52/ 020 -000 , 87 1, 8 72, 873 ) @ 7\mo d_1 271 316 284 441 _21. docx @ 55 123 @ @ 1 • WAGO-I/OPRO

• WagoLibDaylightSaving SetDaylightSavings

• EthernetLib

Pos: 96. 44 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Einsc hr änku ngen im Funk tions umf ang - Hinweis EEPROM T eil 3 (alle Eth ern et-C ont roller ) @ 7\m od_ 1271 316 220 952 _21. docx @ 55 120 @ @ 1 • MODBUS

SetNetworkConfig

SetVariables

• Register 0x1035 Time Offset

• Register 0x100B Watchdog parameters

• Register 0x1028 Network configuration

• Register 0x1036 Daylight saving

• Register 0x1037 Modbus response delay

• Register 0x2035 PI parameter

• Register 0x2043 Default configuration

Pos: 96. 45 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Einsc hr änku ngen im Funk tions umf ang - Hinweis EEPROM T eil 5 (alle Eth ern et-Ko pple r/-C ontr oller ) @ 7\mo d_1 271 316 819 859 _21. docx @ 55 131 @ @ 1 • Parameter assignments

• BootP new parameters

• DHCP new parameters

• WAGO MIB write access


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 96. 47 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/ Gene relle Hinweise zu d en IEC -Ta sks @ 4\mo d_1 240 925 127 250 _21. docx @ 31 878 @ 2 @ 1

9.4 General Information about IEC Tasks

Please note the following information when programming your IEC tasks:

Use different priorities for IEC tasks!

Give IEC tasks (in WAGO-I/OPRO under the Resources tab > Task

Configuration ) different priorities to prevent an error from occurring when compiling the user program.

Distortion of variables in overlapping areas of the process image!

If several IEC tasks utilize input or output variables with the same, or overlapping addresses in the process image, the values for the input or output variables may change while the IEC task is being executed!

Pos: 96. 48 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/ Gene relle Hinweise zu d en IEC -Ta sks - Fr eilauf end e T asks we rde n na ch je dem Tas k-Z yklus a nge h. @ 4\m od_ 124 0925 581 328 _21 .docx @ 31 881 @ @ 1

Observe waiting periods of free-running tasks!

Running tasks are halted after each task cycle for half the time that the task proper requires (min. 1 ms). Execution of the task is then resumed.

Example: 1

2 st nd

Task 4 ms  Waiting period 2 ms

Task 2 ms  Waiting period 1 ms

Pos: 96. 49 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/ Gene relle Hinweise zu d en IEC -Ta sks - D efa ultTa sk, zyklisc he Tasks mit ak tivem W atch dog @ 8\ mod _12 754 792 3530 3_2 1.d ocx @ 573 60 @ @ 1

The default task is created by default!

If no task has been defined in the task configuration, a running default task is created during translation. This task, called “Default task”, is recognized by this name in the firmware, meaning that the name “Default task” cannot be used for other task names.

An interruption of IEC tasks is possible through tasks of higher priority!

An ongoing task may be interrupted by tasks with higher priorities. Execution of the task that has been interrupted is resumed only when there are no other higher-priority tasks to be executed.

Observe the watchdog sensitivity for cyclic tasks!

The watchdog sensitivity indicates how many times the watchdog time is exceeded for an even to be triggered. You set the sensitivity in WAGO-I/OPRO under Register Resources > Task Configuration for Cyclical Tasks. The values

1 and 0 are equivalent with regard to sensitivity. A sensitivity value of 0 or 1 results in the watchdog event being triggered when the watchdog time is exceeded on time. With a sensitivity value of 2, for instance, the watchdog time must be exceeded in two consecutive task cycles in order for the watchdog event to be triggered.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



The following applies to cyclic tasks with watchdog activated:

Reference for Watchdog Settings!

For each tasks created, a watchdog can be enabled that monitors the execution time of a task.

If the task runtime exceeds the specified watchdog time (e.g., t#200 ms), then the watchdog event has occurred.

The runtime system stops the IEC program and reports an error.

Figure 52: Watchdog Runtime is Less Than the Task Runtime

If the watchdog time set is greater than the call interval of the task, then the watchdog is restarted for each task call interval.


Figure 53: Watchdog Runtime Is Greater Than the Task Call Interval

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 96. 51 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/ Gene relle Hinweise zu d en IEC -Ta sks - k eine zyklische n T asks mit Aufr ufint ervall > 3 0 mi n m öglich @ 4\ mod _124 092 623 029 6_2 1.doc x @ 3 191 2 @ @ 1 To cyclic tasks applies:

Cyclic tasks with > 30 min. call intervals not possible!

Cyclic tasks with a call interval of more than 30 minutes are not possible.

Pos: 96. 52 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Abl aufsc hem a ein er IEC -Ta sk @ 4 \mo d_1 240 983 766 218 _21. docx @ 31 950 @ 3 @ 1

9.4.1 IEC Task Sequence

1. Determine the system time (tStart).

2. If no full local bus cycle has run since the last time the outputs were written:

 Wait until the next local bus cycle is completed.

3. Reading of inputs and reading back of the outputs from the process image.

4. If the application program has been started:

 Execute the program codes for this task.

5. Writing of the outputs to the process image.

6. Determine the system time (tEnd).

 tEnd - tStart = runtime for the IEC task

Pos: 96. 53 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Di e wichtig sten Task -Prio rität en im Übe rblick - Übe rsch rift 3 @ 4\ mod _12 409 840 525 00_2 1.d ocx @ 319 53 @ 3 @ 1

9.4.2 Overview of Most Important Task Priorities

Pos: 96. 54 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Di e wichtig sten Task -Prio rität en im Übe rblick - T ask-Prio rität en (75 0-8xx ) @ 4\m od_ 124 0987 211 812 _21. docx @ 31 995 @ @ 1

Table 50: Task Processing

Task

Local bus task, fieldbus task

Normal task

PLC-Comm task

Background task

Importance of the Execution of priority before all others after the local bus and fieldbus tasks after the normal tasks after the PLC-Comm tasks

Pos: 96. 55 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Di e wichtig sten Task -Prio rität en im Übe rblick - Lok albus -T ask/F eldb us- Task (oh ne Feld busa nga be) @ 4\ mod _12 409 849 6375 0_2 1.d ocx @ 3198 0 @ @ 1 Local bus task/fieldbus task (internal)

The local bus task matches the process image to the input/output data of the modules in defined cycles. The fieldbus tasks are performed as triggered by events and only require computing time when communication is performed via fieldbus.

Pos: 96. 56 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Di e wichtig sten Task -Prio rität en im Übe rblick - Nor male Tas k, PLC-C om m- Task, Ba ckgr oun d- Task @ 4\ mod_ 124 098 668 479 6_2 1.docx @ 3 198 8 @ @ 1 Normal task (IEC-Task priorities 1-10 that can be set in CODESYS)

IEC tasks with this priority may be interrupted by the local bus tasks.

Therefore, configuration for the connected modules and communication via fieldbus with the watchdog activated for the task call interval must be taken into account here.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



PLC-Comm task (internal)

The PLC-Comm task is active when logged in and takes up communication with the CODESYS gateway.

Background task (IEC-Task priorities 11-31 that can be set in CODESYS)

All internal tasks have a priority higher than that for the IEC background tasks.

These tasks are therefore very well-suited for performing time-intensive and noncritical time tasks, such as calling up functions in the SysLibFile.lib.

Pos: 96. 57 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Hi nweis: Maxim ale Anz ahl a n IEC- Tasks 30- 2 ( 88x, 849, 88 9) @ 18\ mod _13 916 958 355 29_2 1.d ocx @ 144 628 @ @ 1

Maximum number of IEC tasks!

Note that the fieldbus controller supports a total of 30 tasks (task ID 0 … 29), the two tasks (task ID 0 … 1) are used by the runtime system in the Firmware. It will thus remain 28 tasks (task ID 2 ... 29) for your user program. The task ID of exceeding tasks than has task ID of an invalid handle (0xFFFFFFFF).

Pos: 96. 58 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/I nfo rma tion: B eschr eibu ng zu de m Pro gra mmi erto ol WAGO- I/O-PRO @ 4\ mo d_12 409 873 236 40_ 21.d ocx @ 319 99 @ @ 1


For a detailed description of using the software, refer to the manual for the

“WAGO-I/OPRO ”. This manual is located in the Internet under http://www.wago.com

.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 96. 60 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Syst eme reig nisse @ 4\ mod _12 410 9639 331 2_2 1.do cx @ 3213 3 @ 23 @ 1

9.5 System Events

In place of a task, a system event can also call up a project module for processing.

The system events to be employed for this depend on the target system. These events consist of the list of supported standard system events for the control system and any other manufacturer-specific events which may have been added.

Possible events, for example: Stop, Start, Online change.

A complete list of all system events is provided at WAGO-I/OPRO in tab

Resources > Task configuration > System events .

9.5.1 Enabling/Disabling System Events

1. Open the register resources > task configuration > system events in

WAGO-I/OPRO (see the following Figure).

2. In order to call up a module via an event, activate the entries by setting a hatch mark in the respective control boxes.

3. Disable the control boxes by removing the hatch marks through a mouse click.

Figure 54: Enabling/Disabling System Events

Only use global variables and functions (Fun)!

Note that the fetch of function blocks (FB) such as Timer modules , or the fetch of blocking functions such as file operations can lead to a malfunction of the system. Therefore use in system events exclusively Global variables and functions (Fun).

Manual

Version 1.2.2




Allocation of the system events to the specific modules to be called up is clarified in the manual for the programming tool WAGO-I/OPRO in the Internet under http://www.wago.com

.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 96. 62 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/IEC -Prog ra mm auf d en C ontr oller übe rtr age n @ 4\mo d_1 241 097 223 359 _21. docx @ 32 136 @ 2 @ 1

9.6 Transfer the IEC Program to the Fieldbus Controller

The program for the created IEC-61131-3 application can be transferred from the

PC to the fieldbus controller in different ways, e.g. (see following sections):

•

•

Direct transfer via serial port

Transfer via fieldbus

Suitable communication drivers are required for transfer; these can be loaded and configured using WAGO-I/OPRO .

Check/adjust communications parameters of the driver

When selecting the desired driver, watch for the proper settings and adjustments of the communications parameters (see the following description).

Transmission only on matching target!

Note that a boot project can generally be transferred only to fieldbus controllers whose item number has been set as target during compilation.

“Reset” and “Start” are required to set the physical outputs!

The initialization values for the physical outputs are not set immediately after downloading. Select Online > Reset and subsequently Online > Start in the menu bar of WAGO I/OPRO to set the values.

Stop application before generating large boot projects!

Stop the WAGO-I/OPRO application via Online > Stop before generating a very large boot project, since this may otherwise cause stopping the local bus. You can restart the application after creating the boot project.

Pos: 96. 63 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/IEC -Prog ra mm auf d en C ontr oller übe rtr age n - Hi nweis: H andlin g pe rsiste nte r Dat en b eeinfl usst d en @ 9\ mod _128 220 572 612 4_2 1.doc x @ 6 400 9 @ @ 1

Handling persistent data affects the program start!

Depending on the variable type, the number and sizes of the persistent data and their combination, such as in function modules, handling with persistent data can delay the program start by an extended initialization phase.

Pos: 96. 64 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/IEC -Prog ra mm auf d en C ontr oller übe rtr age n - Info rma tion: Einstieg, WAGO-I /O-PRO @ 9\ mod _12 822 057 901 98_ 21.d ocx @ 640 13 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2




The following description is used for fast access. For details on installing missing communication drivers and using the software, refer to “WAGO-I/OPRO ” available in the Internet under http://www.wago.com

.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 96. 66 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Ap plikatio n mit tels se rielle r Schnit tstelle übe rtr age n (Einleit ung ) @ 4\m od_ 1241 516 209 250 _21. docx @ 32 380 @ 3 @ 1

9.6.1 Transfer via Serial Service Port

Watch the position of the mode selector switch when accessing the controller!

Prerequisite for the access to the controller is that the operating mode switch of the controller, which is located behind the cover of the controller next to the service interface, is in the center or top position.

Use the WAGO communication cable to set up a physical connection via serial service port. This cable is included in the scope of supply for the IEC-61131-3 programming tool (order no. 759-333), or can be procured as an accessory item under order no. 750-920.

Pos: 96. 67 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /Fel dbusk not en in B etrie b ne hm en/Hinw eis: Kom mu nikatio nskab el 75 0-9 20 nicht unte r Spa nnu ng st ecken ! (Co ntr oller ) @ 6 \mo d_1 264 499 3563 21_ 21. docx @ 487 18 @ @ 1


To prevent damage to the communications interface, do not connect or disconnect Communication Cable 750-920 respectively 750-923 when energized!

The fieldbus controller must be de-energized!

Pos: 96. 68 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Ap plikatio n mit tels se rielle r Servic e-Sch nittstell e üb ert rage n ( mit Bet riebs art ensch alter ) @ 17\ mod _13 8478 351 620 0_2 1.do cx @ 1 375 41 @ @ 1 1. Switch off the controllers power supply.

2. Check that the controller mode selector switch is set to the center or top position.

If this is not the case, move the mode selector switch to the center or top position.

3. Use the WAGO communication cable to connect a COM port of your PC to the controller communication port.

4. Switch on the controllers power supply.

Pos: 96. 69 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Ap plikatio n mit tels se rielle r Servic e-Sch nittstell e üb ert rage n @ 4\m od_ 124 1519 721 312 _21. docx @ 32 386 @ @ 1 A communication driver is required for serial data transfer. This driver and its parameters must be entered in the WAGO-I/OPRO in the dialog window

“Communication parameters”.

5. Start the WAGO-I/OPRO software under Start > Programs > WAGO

Software > WAGO-I/OPRO .

6. In the menu Online select the item Communication parameters .

The dialog window “Communication parameters” then appears. The channels of the currently connected gateway servers are shown on the left side of the dialogue and the already installed communications drivers are shown below. This window is empty in its default settings.

7. Click New to set up a link and then enter a name, such as RS-232

Connection.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Figure 55: Dialog Window “Communication Parameters”

8. In the selection window, mark the required driver in the right side of the window, Serial (RS-232) 3S Serial RS-232 driver, to configure the serial link between the PC and the controller.

The following properties for the serial port are shown in the center dialog window:

• Port:

• Baud rate:

• Parity:

• Stop-bits:

COM1

19200

Even

1

• Motorola byte order: No

• Flow Control: Off

9. If necessary, change the entries according to the above values by clicking on the respective value and editing it.

10. Confirm these settings by clicking OK.

The RS-232 port is now configured for transferring the application.

Pos: 96. 70 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Hi nweis: Zur Prog ra mmie run g des F eldbus cont rolle rs mit Adminis trat orb enu tzer da a nm elden ! (Einlo gge n) @ 14\ mod _13 611 798 152 90_ 21.d ocx @ 112 141 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Log in with the administrator password to program the controller!

If you have activated password protection „Enable CODESYS port authentication“ on the “Administration” page of the WBM, you have to log into

WAGO-I/OPRO in the menu Online > Log In to obtain programming access to the controller (default password “wago”).

Figure 56: Logging in for Programming Access

Pos: 96. 71 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/ Online, Einlog gen, B ootp rojek t er zeug en, St art en d er Pr ogr am mab arb eitun g @ 4 \mo d_1 242 106 439 171 _21. docx @ 32 920 @ @ 1 11. Under Online , click the menu item Login to log in to the fieldbus controller

The WAGO-I/OPRO Server is active during online operation. The communication parameters can not be called up during this time.

Depending on whether a program is already present in the fieldbus controller, a window will appear asking whether a (new) program should be loaded.

12. Respond with Yes to load the current program.

13. In menu Online, click on Create Boot project.

You compiled project will also be executed by this method, if you restart the fieldbus controller or if there is a power failure.

14. Once the program has been loaded, start program processing in the menu

Online , menu item Start .

This command starts the processing of your program in the control system or in the simulation.

“ONLINE” and “RUNNING” will then appear at the right of the status bar.

15. To terminate only the online operation and not the program processing, click the menu item Log off in the menu Online .

The program will continue to be processed afterwards.

16. However, to terminate program processing, first click the menu item Stop in the menu Online and then click the menu item Log off in the menu Online .

Manual

Version 1.2.2



This terminates program processing and the online operation.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 96. 73 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/Ap plikatio n via E THERNET ü bert rag en (88 1, 8 80) @ 8\ mod _12 789 406 1463 4_2 1.d ocx @ 596 47 @ 3 @ 1

9.6.2 Transfer via Fieldbus and ETHERNET

The physical link between the PC and the controller is set up via fieldbus. An appropriate communication driver is required for data transfer. The driver and its parameters must be entered in the WAGO-I/OPRO in the dialog window

“Communication parameters”.

Controller needs IP address for access!

The controller must have an IP address before it can be accessed. The operating mode switch, which is located behind the cover of the controller next to the service interface, must be in the center or top position.

1. Start the WAGO-I/OPRO software under Start / Programs / WAGO-I/O-

PRO or by clicking the program icon on the desktop).

2. In the menu Online select the item Communication parameters .

The dialog window “Communication parameters” then appears. The channels of the currently connected gateway servers are shown on the left side of the dialogue and the already installed communications drivers are shown below. This window is empty in its default settings.

3. Click New to set up a connection and then specify a name, e.g. TcpIp connection.

4. Mark the required TCP/IP driver in the right side of the dialog window to configure the link between the PC and the controller via ETHERNET.

Use the new driver version “Tcp/Ip” (3S Tcp/Ip driver).

The following standard entries are shown in the center dialog window:

• Address:

• Port number: localhost (IP address of your controller)

2455

• Motorola byteorder: No

5. Change any entries as you may require by double-clicking on the respective value and edit it.

E.g. double click on "localhost" after the entry "Address" and then enter for example "192.168.1.123" for the IP address.

6. Confirm with OK .

You have now configured the TCP/IP link with the communication parameters/drivers.

Pos: 96. 74 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ In Bet rieb neh men /In WAGO -I/O -PRO p rog ram mie ren/ Online, Einlog gen, B ootp rojek t er zeug en, St art en d er Pr ogr am mab arb eitun g @ 4 \mo d_1 242 106 439 171 _21. docx @ 32 920 @ @ 1 7. Under Online , click the menu item Login to log in to the fieldbus controller

The WAGO-I/OPRO Server is active during online operation. The

Manual

Version 1.2.2


750-890 Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD communication parameters can not be called up during this time.

Depending on whether a program is already present in the fieldbus controller, a window will appear asking whether a (new) program should be loaded.

8. Respond with Yes to load the current program.

9. In menu Online, click on Create Boot project.

You compiled project will also be executed by this method, if you restart the fieldbus controller or if there is a power failure.

10. Once the program has been loaded, start program processing in the menu

Online , menu item Start .

This command starts the processing of your program in the control system or in the simulation.

“ONLINE” and “RUNNING” will then appear at the right of the status bar.

11. To terminate only the online operation and not the program processing, click the menu item Log off in the menu Online .

The program will continue to be processed afterwards.

12. However, to terminate program processing, first click the menu item Stop in the menu Online and then click the menu item Log off in the menu Online .

This terminates program processing and the online operation.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

170 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 98. 1 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/We b-Base d- Man age men t-Syste m WBM/ Im We b-Bas ed- Man age me nt-Syste m k onfig urie ren (Einleitu ng und Ü bers chrift 1) >Admi nistr ation < @ 32\ mod_ 153 563 113 650 8_2 1.doc x @ 4 967 69 @ 122 2 @ 1

10 Configuring via the Web-Based Management

System (WBM)

An integrated Web server can be used for configuration and administration of the device. The HTML pages together, they are referred to as the Web-based

Management System (WBM).

The WBM pages saved internally provide current information about the configuration and status of the device.

The configuration of the device can be changed via the special configuration pages. Authentication is required for this.

Also HTML pages created by yourself can be save via the implemented file system.

After changes to the configuration, a restart may be necessary!

In order for changed configuration settings to take effect, it may be necessary for you to perform a system restart after your changes. This is then indicated in the description text on the respective WBM pages.

10.1 WBM User Groups

For authentication, 3 different password-protected user authorization groups are provided as standard:

Table 51: WBM User Groups

User Group admin

Default Password Access Rights wago Read/write access to all WBM pages as well as passwords modification and user user

CODESYS application download, if this is enabled for CODESYS (WBM page

"Administration"> "Security Settings">

"Enable CODESYS port authentication")

Read/write access to all WBM pages, but no write authorization on WBM-page

"Administration" guest guest Read only

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750 Configuring via the Web-Based Management System (WBM) 171


10.2 Open WBM

1. To open the WBM, launch a Web browser.

2. Enter the IP address of the fieldbus coupler/controller in the address bar.

3. Click [Enter] to confirm.

The start page of WBM loads.

4. Select the link to the desired WBM page in the left navigation bar.

The first time a configuration page is called, a login dialog appears

5. Enter your user name and password in the query dialog (default: user =

“admin”, password = “wago” or user = “user”, password = “user”).

The corresponding WBM page is loaded.

6. Make the desired settings.

7. Click [SUBMIT] to confirm your changes or click [UNDO] to discard the changes.

At the first confirmation via the [SUBMIT] button, a login dialog appears again. Proceed as described under point 5.

8. To apply the settings, you may have to reboot afterwards if this is indicated in the description text on the respective WBM page.

You restart the system using WBM page “Administration”, button

[SOFTWARE RESET] .

Manual

Version 1.2.2



10.3 WBM Pages

You can access the available WBM pages via the links given in the navigation bar on the left side.

The integrated configuration pages are following described.

Pos: 98. 2 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/We b-Base d- Man age men t-Syste m WBM/S eite I nfor mati on/I nfor mati on - Bild-Beispi elauf bau (75 0-8 9x) allge mein gültig @ 37 \mo d_1 603 790 1840 55_ 21. docx @ 59 6543 @ @ 1


Figure 57: Example for a WBM page structure (simplified representation)

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 98. 4 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/We b-Base d- Man age men t-Syste m WBM/S eite I nfor mati on/I nfor mati on - Einleitu ng ( Fel dbusc ont roller ) @ 32\ mod _15 3915 316 188 4_2 1.do cx @ 5 046 23 @ 2 @ 1

10.4 Information

The WBM page “Information” contains an overview of all important information about your fieldbus controller.

Pos: 98. 5 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/We b-Base d- Man age men t-Syste m WBM/S eite I nfor mati on/I nfor mati on - Ta belle (75 0-8 9x) Teil 1 @ 3 1\m od_ 152 361 263 6875 _21 .docx @ 4 816 77 @ @ 1 Table 52: WBM Page “Information”

Device details

Entry

Product description

Default

Controller MODBUS

TCP; Generation 4; 2 x ETHERNET; SD

Card (Telecontrol

Technology, Ext.

Temperature, ECO)

Order number 750-890

Mac address 0030DEXXXXXX

Firmware revision kk.ff.bb(rr)

Value (example)

0030DE000006

01.01.14(01)

Firmware loader revision kk.ff.bb(rr)

Serial number ___

Serial number

(UII)

___

01.03.01(03)

„ “

„ “

Description

Produkt description

Order number

Hardware MAC address

Firmware revision number

(kk = compatibility, ff = functionality, bb = bugfix, rr = revision)

Firmware loader revision number

(kk = compatibility, ff = functionality, bb = bugfix, rr = revision)

Serial number of device

(manufacturer-specific identification of device)

„Unique Item Identifier“ (world wide unique identification of device)

Active Network Settings

Entry

IP address

Default

0.0.0.0

Value (example)

172.29.233.123

Subnet mask 255.255.255.0

Default gateway 0.0.0.0

Host name 0030DEXXXXXX

Domain name ___

Pos: 98. 6 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/We b-Base d- Man age men t-Syste m WBM/S eite I nfor mati on/I nfor mati on - Ta belle (75 0-8 9x) Zeile Ti me se rve r @ 3 2\m od_ 153 795 231 2332 _21 .docx @ 5 023 59 @ @ 1

Time server 0.0.0.0

Pos: 98. 7 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/We b-Base d- Man age men t-Syste m WBM/S eite I nfor mati on/I nfor mati on - Ta belle (75 0-8 9x) Teil 2 DNS-Ser ver ... @ 31\ mod _15 236 1320 097 7_2 1.do cx @ 4816 81 @ @ 1 DNS server 1 0.0.0.0

DNS server 2 0.0.0.0

Module Status

Entry Default

Pos: 98. 8 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/We b-Base d- Man age men t-Syste m WBM/S eite I nfor mati on/I nfor mati on - Ta belle (75 0-8 9x) Teil 2.1 PLC Applicati on (C ont roller ) @ 32\ mod _15 391 5535 927 4_2 1.d ocx @ 5046 66 @ @ 1

PLC application not loaded

Pos: 98. 9 /Seri e 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/We b-Base d- Man age men t-Syste m WBM/S eite I nfor mati on/I nfor mati on - Ta belle (75 0-8 9x) Teil 3 M odb us Watc hdo g... (Cont rolle r) @ 32\ mod _15 391 553 535 02_2 1.d ocx @ 504 662 @ @ 1

State Modbus

Watchdog

Error Code disabled

0

Error Argument 0

Error Description no error

255.0.0.0

192.168.2.1

0030DE000000

___

0.0.0.0

0.0.0.0

0.0.0.0

Value (example) not loaded enabled [running]

10

5

Missmatch in

CODESYS IOconfiguration

Description

IP address,

Type of IP address assignment

Subnet mask

Gateway

Host name

Domain name (not assigned here)

Address of Time server

Address of first DNS server

Address of second DNS server

Description

Display if a PLC application is loaded.

Status of Modbus Watchdog

Error code

Error argument

Error description

Manual

Version 1.2.2




Pos: 98. 11 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Ad minist ratio n/Ad ministr ation - Einleit ung @ 3 2\mo d_1 537 953 569 394 _21. docx @ 50 240 1 @ 2 @ 1

10.5 Administration

Use the “Administration” WBM page to set configuration options for basic administration purposes, such as boot behavior, authentication, and SSL certificate.

These configuration options are stored in non-volatile memory when the

[SUBMIT] button is pressed. Changes to the configuration options take effect after the next power-on cycle or software reset.

Changing the passwords requires administrator rights and software reset!

You can only change the passwords as an administrator with the user rights

"admin" and the associated password.

Press the [Software Reset] button to restart the software for the setting changes to take effect.

Note password restrictions!

The following restriction is applied for passwords:

• Max. 32 characters inclusive special characters.

Pos: 98. 12 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Se curity /Hinweis: Nach So ftwa re-R eset Zug riff ern eue rn! @ 6\ mod_ 126 054 039 497 8_2 1.doc x @ 4 705 9 @ @ 1

Renew access after software reset!

If you initiate a software reset on this page, then the fieldbus coupler/controller starts with the configurations previously loaded into the EEPROM and the connection to the browser is interrupted.

If you changed the IP address previously, you have to use the changed IP address to access the device from the browser.

You have not changed the IP address and performed other settings; you can restore the connection by refreshing the browser.

Pos: 98. 13 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Ad minist ratio n/Ad ministr ation - Tab elle 1. 0 T abelle nbe schrif tung @ 3 3\m od_ 154 1774 596 984 _21. docx @ 50 789 3 @ @ 1

Table 53: WBM Page “Administration”

Pos: 98. 14 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Ad minist ratio n/Ad ministr ation - Tab elle 1. 0.1 SD C ard S ettings @ 3 3\m od_ 154 1774 608 575 _21. docx @ 50 789 7 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



SD Card Settings

Eintrag

Enable firmware boot from

SD card

Enable firmware update from SD card

Pos: 98. 15 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Ad minist ratio n/Ad ministr ation - Tab elle 1. 1 Webs erv er Sec urity @ 32 \mo d_1 537 9535 422 58_ 21.d ocx @ 502 363 @ @ 1

Security Settings

Entry

Standardwert Beschreibung

Enable the firmware boot from the inserted SD



 card.

The firmware image must be stored on the SD card in the folder "S:\firmware\boot".









Disable the firmware boot from the inserted

SD card

Enable the firmware update from the inserted

SD card.

The firmware update must be stored on the

SD card in the folder "S:\firmware\update".

Disable the firmware update from the inserted

SD card

Default

Enable web-server authentication

Pos: 98. 16 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Ad minist ratio n/Ad ministr ation - Tab elle 1. 1.1 PLC Securi ty (Co ntr oller ) @ 3 2\m od_ 153 915 958 1149 _21 .docx @ 5 046 79 @ @ 1

Enable CODESYS port authentication





Description



Enable password protection to access the

Web interface



Disable password protection to access the

Web interface





Enable password protection for access via the

CODESYS service protocol and the runtime application.

Note: Required for access with WAGOupload via the serial port.

Disable password protection for access via the

CODESYS service protocol and the runtime application.

Pos: 98. 17 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Ad minist ratio n/Ad ministr ation - Tab elle 1. 2 Passwo rt-Eins tellun g @ 32\ mod_ 153 795 354 250 7_2 1.doc x @ 5 023 77 @ @ 1

User Settings

Entry

User

Password

Default guest

-

Description

Select user permissions according to the default user group (  see Chapter “WBM User Groups”).

Enter desired password (max. 32 characters inclusive special characters).

Enter desired password again to confirm. Confirm Password

Pos: 98. 18 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Ad minist ratio n/Ad ministr ation - Tab elle 1. 4 ( Fu ßnot e we nn 1. 2) @ 32 \mo d_1 537 9535 433 03_ 21.d ocx @ 502 389 @ @ 1

* ) The following default groups exist:

-

User: admin

User: user

User: guest

Password: wago

Password: user

Password: guest

Pos: 98. 19 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Ad minist ratio n/Ad ministr ation - Tab elle 1. 3 SSL Ce rtificat es @ 32\m od_ 153 795 354 302 2_2 1.docx @ 5 023 85 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



SSL Certificates

Entry Button Status

(Example)

Description

Server certificate incl. private key

Root certificate

(CA)

Upload and installation status

-

[UPLOAD]

[UPLOAD]

-

[INSTALL]

[DOWNLOAD]

NO FILE

NO FILE

Ready

-

-

Select and load the file with the server certificate and user key for secure Web server communication (HTTPS protocol)onto the device.

The server certificate must be in *pem, *.cer or *.crt format and contain the private key of the device.

Select and load the file with the SSL root certificate onto the device.

The root certificate must be in *pem, *.cer or

*.crt format.

Download and install status indicator

Installs the SSL server and/or root certificate previously loaded on the device and replaces the existing SSL certificates.

Downloads the SSL root certificate stored in the device to the local PC.

-

Button

[SOFTWARE RESET]

[RESTORE SETTINGS]

Description

Restart the software.

Reset the device to the delivery status.

Data will be deleted!

All user settings and user-specific files and an existing boot application (only for controllers) are deleted.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 98. 21 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Ba ckup & R esto re/Back up & Re stor e - Einl eitun g (f ür alle F eldb uscon trolle r a b FW 7 allg emei n) @ 19\ mod _14 024 092 082 47_ 21.d ocx @ 155 605 @ 2 @ 1

10.6 Backup & Restore

On the “Backup & Restore” WBM page, you can back up and restore device data and settings.

Pos: 98. 22 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Ba ckup & R esto re/Back up & Re stor e - Einl eitun g - B eding ung en (89x ) @ 3 2\m od_ 153 916 074 6111 _21 .docx @ 5 046 83 @ @ 1 Please consider the following remarks when using the backup and restore service:

•

•

Ensure that any file transfer connection (FTP or SFTP) is closed, the PLC application is stopped and all engeneering tools are disconnected.

Is necessary, the restore service automatically performs a software reset in order to adopt the restored configuration.

• The upload and download service is limited to the totally available memory of the device. If the upload and download service fails, please use the FTP or SFTP protocol instead.

The size information for the backup image file is specified in units of

1 kB = 1024 Byte.

Pos: 98. 23 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Ba ckup & R esto re/Back up R estor e - Teil 1 - mit SD-Ka rte (89 0) @ 33\ mo d_15 417 772 243 02_ 21.d ocx @ 507 901 @ @ 1 Table 54: WBM Page „Backup & Restore“

Service Control / Status

Entry

Backup device settings to internal disk/SD card

Restore all device settings from internal disk/SD card

Save the created backup image file (not available)

Upload a backup image file

Button

[BACKUP]

[RESTORE]

[DOWNLOAD]

[UPLOAD]

Description

Creates a full backup image of the fieldbus controller on the selected backup media (SD card or internal disk).

The current status and progress is displayed under

"Status".

Restores all or part of a previously created backup image.

During recovery, the options selected under "Backup

& Restore Settings" are taken into account.

The current status and progress is displayed under

"Status".

Downloads a previously created backup image to the local PC.

The name of the downloaded file is structured according to the following scheme:

backup_ <ARTICLE> _ <VERSION> _ <INDEX> _

<MAC> .img

<ARTICLE> = article number

<VERSION> = firmware version

<INDEX> = release index

<MAC> = The last 3 digits of the MAC address

(00-30-DE-xx-xx-xx)

Example:

"backup_075008xx_010103_03_123456.img"

Selection of a backup image (*.img) saved in the local file system (PC) and load it onto the device.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Entry Value Description

Status

READY

CHECK

RUN (x%)

DONE (100%) Function successfully completed.

RESET…

INVALID

STATE

The function is completed and the system is restarted automatically.

Function cannot be executed because the application is running or an active FTP connection to the fieldbus controller exists.

INVALID

VERSION

The selected backup image is incompatible.

NO IMAGE

There is no backup image on the selected backup medium.

IMAGE

BROKEN

The selected backup medium is defect.

NO DISK

NO DISK

SPACE

NO DISK

ACCESS

Function ready for execution.

Function is currently being executed. Required data is collected and checked.

The function is currently being executed and is x% complete.

The selected backup medium is not available.

There is insufficient storage space on the selected backup medium.

The selected backup medium is write-protected.

ERROR(x) Internal error x.

Backup & Restore Settings

Entry

Pos: 98. 24 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Ba ckup & R esto re/Back up R estor e - Teil 1.1 - mit SD-Kart e ( 89x) @ 3 2\mo d_1 539 254 462 899 _21. docx @ 50 488 5 @ @ 1

Backup storage:

Default value Description

Selection of the storage medium

Internal disk   The backup image is created on or loaded from

SD card

Automatic restore:

Enable automatic restore from SD card

  The backup image is created on or loaded from

Selection of the automatic restore







When you restart (power-on reset), a backup image on the memory card is automatically restored.

When restarting, a normal system startup occurs without automatic recovery.

Pos: 98. 25 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Ba ckup & R esto re/Back up R estor e - Teil 2 - (89x ) @ 32\ mod _15 392 5445 842 2_2 1.do cx @ 5048 81 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Restore contents:

Ethernet settings

(embedded switch, MAC filter, bandwidth limitation, etc.)

Network configuration

(IP address, host/domain name, DNS server, etc.)

Device configuration

(password settings, clock/time-zone, local bus, etc.)

Application protocols

(field bus, SNMP, SNTP, etc.)

PLC

(settings, folders, boot project, web-visu, etc.)

SSL

(device and root certificate, private key, etc.)

Non-volatile memory

(merker/retain memory)

File system

(internal file system contents)

Auswahl der Inhalte für die Wiederherstellung.

















 The settings for the network interface of the fieldbus controller are restored.

 The settings for the network interface of the fieldbus controller are not restored.

 The settings for the IP-based network parameters are restored.

 The settings for the IP-based network parameters are not restored.

 The settings for the general device configuration are restored.

 The general device configuration settings are not restored.

 The settings for the TCP / IP-based application protocols are restored.

 The settings for the TCP / IP-based application protocols are not restored.

 The settings for the runtime system and the boot project are restored.

 The settings for the runtime system and the boot project are not restored.

 The settings for the SSL connections

(devices/root certificate and private key) are restored.

 The settings for the SSL connections

(devices/root certificate and private key) are not restored.

 The content of the NVRAM (flag / retain variable) is restored.

 The content of the NVRAM (flag / retain variable) is not restored.

 The content of the internal file system is restored.

 The content of the internal file system is not restored.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 98. 27 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Cl ock/Clock - Einleit ung - Echt zeitu hr @ 4\m od_ 124 262 799 4671 _21 .docx @ 3 343 0 @ 2 @ 1

10.7 Clock

On the WBM "Clock" page, you make settings for the internal real-time clock.

Enter the current time and date here and select a time zone deviation, 12h or 24h display and automatic daylight saving time as required.

Pos: 98. 28 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Cl ock/Clock - Hinw eis: In ter ne Uh r n ach lä nge rer Zei t oh ne Sp ann ungsv erso rgu ng neu s tellen ! @ 4 \mo d_1 242 743 0450 62_ 21. docx @ 33 562 @ @ 1

Reset the internal clock after a longer time without power supply!

The internal clock must be reset on initial startup or after the end of days, specified in the technical Data without power supply (Powerfail RTC Buffer).

If the clock is not set, the clock starts with the date 01.01.2000 around 0:00 clock with time measurement.

Pos: 98. 29 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Cl ock/Clock - Hinw eis: Wint er- /Som merz eitu mstellu ng ü ber Fu nktio nsblock ode r a uto matisc h! @ 26\m od_ 146 287 433 813 0_21 .docx @ 2 105 78 @ @ 1

Winter/summer time change via function block or automatically!

For the change between winter and summer time via the WBM, select on the

WBM-page "Clock" the automatic (USA, EU, AU or off) winter/summer time changeover. Alternatively, you can perform the winter/summer time change using the function block "PrgDaylightSaving". Exclusively in case of the “off” option it is allowed to use this function block, which is available in WAGO-I/OPRO by integration of the library “DaylightSaving.lib”.

Pos: 98. 30 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Cl ock/Hinw eis: Uh rzeit nicht w ähr end eine r WAGO I/ O-CHECK Kom munik ation einst ellen! @ 3 3\m od_1 543 847 260 289 _21. docx @ 51 205 9 @ @ 1

Do not set time during a WAGO I/OCHECK communication!

Note that setting the clock during a WAGO I/OCHECK communication may cause communication errors. Therefore set the time only if WAGO I/OCHECK is not yet started.

Pos: 98. 31 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Cl ock/Clock - Hinw eis: WAGO -Real -Tim e-Clo ck-M odul zur Zeits ynch ronisi eru ng n utze n! @ 4\mo d_1 242 743 149 546 _21. docx @ 33 585 @ @ 1

Use a WAGO RTC module for time synchronization!

You can also use a WAGO 750-640 RTC Module for your node to utilize the actual encoded time (Real-time – RTC) in your higher-level control system. An even greater degree of accuracy is achieved via RTC module than that obtained using the real-time clock in the coupler or controller.

Pos: 98. 32 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Cl ock/Clock - Tab elle DST - EU/US/AU - (89x ) @ 32\ mod _15 3805 075 308 9_2 1.do cx @ 5 026 24 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Table 55: WBM Page „Clock“

Clock Settings

Entry

Device local time

(HH:MM:SS)

Default

00:00:00

Device local date

(YYYY-MM-DD)

Device time zone

(+/- HH:MM)

2000-01-01

0:00

Time display mode



24h



12h (AM/PM)

Automatic daylight saving time (DST)

DST current status


Pos: 98. 34 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Miscella neo us/Mis cellan eous - Einleit ung @ 3 2\mo d_1 538 399 361 323 _21. docx @ 50 302 9 @ 2 @ 1

 off



EU



US



AU not active

Value (example) Description

08:30:38

Set current time

2018-07-19

Set current date

+1:00







 not active

Set time zone offset from the

Coordinated Universal Time (UTC)

 Enable 24-hour display

 Disable 24-hour display

 Enable 12-hour display

 Disable 12-hour display

 Disable manual summer/winter time

 Enable manual summer/winter time

 Enable automatic Daylight

Saving Time (EU)

(last Sunday in March, clocks are advanced from 02:00 AM to

03:00 AM / last Sunday in October, clocks are set back from 03:00 AM to 02:00 AM)

 Disable automatic Daylight

Saving Time (EU)


Saving Time (US)

(second Sunday in March, clocks are advanced from

02:00 AM to 03:00 AM / first Sunday in November, clocks are set back from 02:00 AM to 01:00 AM)


Saving Time (US)


Saving Time (AU)

(first Sunday in October, clocks are advanced from 02:00 AM to

03:00 AM / first Sunday in April, clocks are set back from 03:00 AM to 02:00

AM)


Saving Time (AU)

Status display fort he current

DST status

Manual

Version 1.2.2



10.8 Miscellaneous

On the Miscellaneous WBM page, you can set configuration options for various features and compatibility options.

These configuration options are stored in non-volatile memory when the

[SUBMIT] button is pressed. Changes to the configuration options take effect after the next power-on cycle or software reset.

Pos: 98. 35 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Miscella neo us/Mis cellan eous - Tab elle ( 750 -89x ) @ 31\ mod_ 152 414 733 986 3_2 1.docx @ 4 826 62 @ @ 1

Table 56: WBM Page “Miscellaneous”

Global Settings

Entry Default

Autoreset on fatal error

BootP request before static IP

Non-adaptive local bus interval

Local bus extension installed









Description



Enables an automatic software reset to be conducted when a system error occurs











Disables an automatic software reset to be conducted when a system error occurs

Automatically set the static IP address enabled.

For this configuration, the fieldbus coupler/ controller uses a statically configured IP address if the request via BootP fails.

This process can take a few minutes. With the setting

"DHCP" this function has no effect.

Automatically set the static IP address disabled.

For this configuration, the IP address request via BootP is repeated in the event of error.

Enables a fixed sampling interval of the local bus and statically sets the pause time to 14 ms. As a result, possibly the sampling interval of the local bus is extended and more computing power is available for the

PLC application.

Enables the dynamic sampling interval of the local bus

(default). The pause time between two local bus cycles is dynamically adjusted. This shortens the sampling interval of the local bus and less computing power is available for the PLC application.



Indicates, that the bus extension (750-627/-628) is installed.

 Indicates, that no bus extension is installed.


Pos: 98. 37 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite SD C ard /SD Car d - Einlei tun g @ 1 7\m od_ 138 3569 838 192 _21. docx @ 13 653 2 @ 2 @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



10.9 SD Card

On the “SD Card” WBM page, you can find information about the memory card used, as well as delete the content of the “PLC” folder on the memory card or create and copy it on the internal memory.

Pos: 98. 38 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite SD C ard /SD Car d - Tab elle ( 890 ) @ 33\ mod _154 350 411 182 7_2 1.doc x @ 5 119 29 @ @ 1

Table 57: WBM Page “SD Card”

SD Card Information

Entry

Serial number

Volume name

Free card space

Default Value

(example)

_________ 76169405

_________

SAMSUNG_

8 GB

_________ 1018.5 MB

SD Card Folders

Entry Default Value

(example)

[DELETE]

Create/delete PLC root folder ‚S:\plc‘ [CREATE] not active

Copy PLC root folder

‚S:\plc‘ to ‚A:\plc‘

[COPY] present

Description

Serial number of the memory card

Designation of the memory card

Available space on the memory card

Description

Delete the folder ‘S:\plc’

Create the ‘S:\plc’ folder if it does not already exist with subsequent extraction of the “webvisu.htm” and “error_ini.xml” default files.

Copy the content (boot project) from the

‘S:\plc’ folder from the memory card to the

‘A:\plc’ folder on the internal file system. In this process the contents of the existing folder ‘A:\plc’ will be deleted.

Status "present" indicates that the SD card contains a folder ‘S:\plc'.


Pos: 98. 40 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite St ora ge Media /Stor age Me dia - Einl eitun g @ 32\ mod _153 866 339 315 0_2 1.doc x @ 5 036 23 @ 2 @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



10.10 Storage Media

Information about the available storage devices and active drives which are currently mounted within the file system of the device is given on the “Storage

Media” WBM page.

This page will be refreshed every 5 s.

This size information for the storage devices listed below are specified in units of

1 kB with 1 kB = 1024 Byte.

Pos: 98. 41 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite St ora ge Media /Stor age Me dia - Ta belle mit SD-Ka rte @ 33\ mo d_1 5432 183 765 43_ 21.d ocx @ 510 549 @ @ 1

Table 58: WBM page "Storage Media"

Local Disks

Entry Value (Example) Description

A: internal memory

Drive Letter A

S: memory card

Total Size [kB]

Used Size [kB]

Free Size [kB]

1050184 kB

295560 kB

754624 kB

FAT

Total size of the file system

Used memory capacity

Free memory capacity

File system (File Allocation Table) File System

Pos: 98. 42 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite U pda te/Up date - Einleit ung @ 3 1\m od_1 524 220 190 538 _21. docx @ 48 306 3 @ 2 @ 1

10.11 Update

Use the “Update“ WBM page to update the firmware of the device. To do this, the associated firmware image is first selected from the PC's local file system and downloaded to the device. Afterwards, the update will be executed and the device will be restarted automatically.

After the firmware update, the WBM pages will also be updated, self-created

HTML pages or settings will be remained save.

Stop fieldbus application and finish FTP connections before the update !

Please ensure, that the superordinate fieldbus application has been stopped and possibly existing FTP connections has been finished before starting the update process. When the software reset is beeing executed, the connection to the webbased management will be lost and the web-page has to be reloaded.

Pos: 98. 43 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite U pda te/Up date - Tab elle ( 89x) @ 3 1\m od_ 1524 220 154 954 _21. docx @ 48 305 9 @ @ 1

Table 59: WBM Page “Update“

Firmware Selection / Upload

Entry Button

Firmware image

Update Status

Manual

Version 1.2.2

[UPLOAD]

-

Value

(example)

Description

OK

Verification of firmware image is done

Use this button to select the firmware image file (*.bin) on your local file system

(PC) and upload this file onto the device.

Status display for the update.




Pos: 98. 45 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite E THERNET/Eth ern et - Einl eitun g mit MAC-Ad ress -Filte r @ 33\ mod _15 414 2532 909 3_2 1.d ocx @ 5070 79 @ 2 @ 1

10.12 Ethernet

Use the “Ethernet” WBM page to set the data transfer rate, the MAC address filter settings and bandwidth limit for each of the two switch ports for data transfer via Ethernet.

Pos: 98. 46 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite E THERNET/Eth ern et - Ta belle Teil 1 Phy./ MAC Addr. Filt er/Switch Confi gur ation (89 x) @ 31\ mod _15 236 222 5458 9_2 1.d ocx @ 481 889 @ @ 1

Table 60: WBM Page „Ethernet“

PHY Settings

Entry

Enable port




 Enable Port X1 or Port X2

 Disable Port X1 or Port X2

Enable autonegotiation



 Enable Autonegotiation for Port X1 or Port X2.

Automatically handling the best possible transmission mode and baud rate with the communication partner.

 Enable Autonegotiation for Port X1 or Port X2.

10 MBit Half Duplex

10 MBit Full Duplex

100 MBit Half Duplex

100 MBit Full Duplex

Enable

Auto-MDI/MDI-X











Use a fixed transmission mode and baud rate for Port X1 or Port X2.

MDI

MDI-X





 Enable Auto-MDI/MDI-X for Port X1 or Port X2

 Disable Auto-MDI/MDI-X for Port X1or Port X2

 Transceiver of Port X1 or Port X2 sends on Tx wire pair.

 Port X1 or Port X2 sends an Rx wire pair.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



MAC Address Filter Settings

Entry Default value Description

Enable filter



 Activate MAC address filter.

Depending on the operating mode of the MAC address filter (whitelist / blacklist), the subsequently entered MAC addresses are blocked or permitt.

Filter mode

Allow WAGO devices

MAC address 1

Whitelist



Blacklist





 Deactivate MAC address filter.





Chose Whitelist.

Only the following registered MAC addresses have network access to the fieldbus coupler/controller, others are blocked

Chose Blacklist.

Only the following registered MAC addresses are blocked, others have network access to the fieldbus coupler/controller.





Activate MAC address filter.

The WAGO devices with the MAC address

00:30:EN:XX:XX:XX always have network access to the fieldbus coupler/controller, independent of the other settings of the MAC address filter.

Deactivate MAC address filter.

Only devices whose MAC address is entered in the list have network access to the fieldbus coupler / controller.

The settings of the MAC address filter apply.

Filter for the first MAC address (hexadecimal).

MAC address 2

MAC address 3

MAC address 4

MAC address 5

00:00:00:00:

00:00

00:00:00:00:

00:00

00:00:00:00:

00:00

00:00:00:00:

00:00

00:00:00:00:

00:00

Filter for the second MAC address (hexadecimal).

Filter for the third MAC address (hexadecimal).

Filter for the fourth MAC address (hexadecimal).

Filter for the fifth MAC address (hexadecimal).

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Switch Settings

Entry

Enable fast aging

Enable port mirroring

Ethernet MTU

Input data rate limit

Output data rate limit




 Enable “Fast Aging”

"Fast Aging" ensures that the cache for the MAC addresses is cleared faster in the switch. This may be required if a redundancy system (e.g., using a Jet-

Ring network or comparable technology) needs to be set up.

 Disable “Fast Aging”.

The time to discard the cache entries is five minutes.



1500

Port

1 2 internal

 Enable port mirroring

Port Mirroring is used for network diagnostics.

Packets are mirrored from one port (mirror port) to another (sniffer port).

 Disable port mirroring

Maximum packet size of a protocol, which can be transferred without fragmentation ("Maximum

Transmission Unit" - MTU).

No limit

No limit





The input limit rate limits network traffic when receiving.

The rate is indicated in megabits or kilobits per second. If the limit is exceeded, packets are lost.

The output limit rate limits network traffic when sending.

The rate is indicated in megabits or kilobits per second. If the limit is exceeded, packets are lost.

Sniffer Port

Mirror Port


Pos: 98. 48 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite E THERNET/Hinw eis: M TU-W ert nur für Fr ag menti eru ng ei nstelle n! @ 31\ mod _15 2362 525 576 7_2 1.doc x @ 4 818 93 @ @ 1

Enable broadcast storm protection

 

 Activate broadcast storm protection. The maximum number of incoming broadcast telegrams is limited and packets affected by the limitation are discarded.

 Broadcast storm protection disabled.

  Select the sniffer port the mirror port should be mirrored to.

  

Select the mirror port which should be mirrored to the sniffer port.

Set the MTU value for fragmentation only!

Only set the value for MTU, i.e., the maximum packet size between client and server, if you are using a tunnel protocol (e.g., 1452 for VPN) for ETHERNET communication and the packets must be fragmented.

Setting the value is independent of the transmission mode selected.

Pos: 98. 49 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite E THERNET/Hinw eis: ETHERNET -Übe rtr agu ngsm odus kor rekt konfi guri ere n! (z u "En able aut one gatiati on" ) 8 81, 882, .. @ 8\m od_1 280 406 054 684 _21. docx @ 61 618 @ @ 1

Configure ETHERNET transmission mode correctly!

A fault configuration of the ETHERNET transmission mode may result in a lost connection, poor network performance or faulty performance of the fieldbus coupler/controller.

Pos: 98. 50 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite E THERNET/Hinw eis: Nicht alle E THERNET-Po rts d eaktivie rba r! ( für K opple r/Co ntr oller mit 2 Et her net -Ports ) @ 8\mo d_1 278 673 988 234 _21. docx @ 59 482 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



All ETHERNET ports cannot be disabled!

Both ETHERNET ports can be switched off. If both ports are disabled and you press [SUBMIT] , the selection is not applied and the previous values are restored.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 98. 52 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite P rotoc ols/Pro tocols - Einleit ung @ 32 \mo d_1 537 448 856 553_ 21. docx @ 50 178 0 @ 2 @ 1

10.13 Protocols

Use the “Protocols” WBM page to enable or disable ports for the services available.

Pos: 98. 53 /Alle Se rien (Allge mein e Mo dule )/Siche rheit s- u nd s onstig e Hinweis e/Hinweis /Hinweis: Nicht benö tigte P orts und Di enst e schlie ße n! @ 36\ mod _157 200 338 445 0_2 1.doc x @ 5 639 39 @ @ 1

Close any ports and services that you do not need!

Unauthorized persons may gain access to your automation system through open ports.

To reduce the risk of cyber attacks and, thus, enhance your cyber security, close all ports and services in the control components (e.g., Port 6626 for WAGO

I/OCHECK , Port 2455 for CODESYS 2 and Port 11740 for e!

COCKPIT ) not required by your application.

Only open ports and services during commissioning and/or configuration.

Pos: 98. 54 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite P rotoc ols/Pro tocols - Tabell e ( 750 -89x ) mit Mo dbus - Co ntr oller @ 30\ mo d_15 078 108 569 51_ 21.d ocx @ 463 436 @ @ 1 Table 61: WBM page „Protocols“

Protocol Settings

Entry Default Value Description

FTP (Port 21) 

 Enable "File Transfer Protocol"

 Disable "File Transfer Protocol"

SFTP (Port 22) 

80

 Enable "SSH File Transfer Protocol"

 Disable "SSH File Transfer Protocol"

Port number setting for HTTP (1 … 65535)

HTTP (Port __ )

HTTPS (Port 443)





 Disable "Hypertext Transfer Protocol"

 Enable “Hypertext Transfer Protocol over SSLencrypted connection”

 Disable “Hypertext Transfer Protocol over SSLencrypted connection”

 Enable "File Transfer Protocol"

Operate WebVisu via HTTPS!

You can operate WebVisu via HTTPS protocol, provided HTTPS is activated and you use a

WAGO-I/OPRO version >= .42.

SNTP (Port 123)

SNMP (Port 161, 162)

Modbus UDP (Port 502)

Modbus TCP (Port 502)

WAGO service protocol

(Port 6626)

Syslog UDP (Port 514)













 Enable "Simple Network Time Protocol"

 Disable "Simple Network Time Protocol"

 Enable "Simple Network Management Protocol"

 Disable "Simple Network Management Protocol"

 Enable Modbus-UDP protocol

 Disable Modbus-UDP protocol

 Enable Modbus-TCP protocol

 Disable Modbus-TCP protocol

 Enable WAGO services

 Disable WAGO services

 Enable Syslog protocol (via UDP)

 Disable Syslog protocol (via UDP)

Pos: 98. 55 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite P rotoc ols/Pro tocols - Tabell e CODESYS (89x ) - Cont rolle r @ 3 2\m od_ 153 926 840 6993 _21 .docx @ 5 048 89 @ @ 1

CODESYS (Port 2455) 





Activating CODESYS

Deactivating CODESYS


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 98. 57.1 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Web -Base d-M ana ge ment -Syste m WBM/Seit e SNMP/SNMP - Übe rsch rift 2 @ 6\ mo d_12 601 930 691 66_ 21.d ocx @ 467 90 @ 2 @ 1

10.14 SNMP

Pos: 98. 57.2 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Web -Base d-M ana ge ment -Syste m WBM/Seit e SNMP/SNMP V1 /2c/3 - Einleit ung @ 3 1\m od_1 530 266 411 134 _21. docx @ 49 036 9 @ @ 1 On the HTML pages „SNMP“, you can perform the settings for the Simple

Network Management Protocol (SNMP v1/v2c and v3).

SNMP is a standard for device management within a TCP/IP network. The

Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is responsible for transporting the control data that allows the exchange of management information, the status and statistic data between individual network components and a management system.

Pos: 98. 57.3 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Web -Base d-M ana ge ment -Syste m WBM/Seit e SNMP/SNMP - Das P rotok oll wird in d er Ve rsion 1, 2c un d 3 u nte rstütz t. (C ont roller ) @ 4\m od_ 1243 331 480 234 _21. docx @ 33 890 @ @ 1 The fieldbus controller supports SNMP in versions 1, 2c and 3.

Pos: 98. 57.4 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Web -Base d-M ana ge ment -Syste m WBM/Seit e SNMP/SNMP - In de m F eldbu scont rolle r u mfasst SNMP die allge mein e MIB nach RFC1 213 (M IB II). (Co ntroll er) @ 4\ mod _12 433 328 817 65_ 21.d ocx @ 339 08 @ @ 1 The SNMP of the ETHERNET TCP/IP controller includes the general MIB according to RFC1213 (MIB II).

Pos: 98. 57.5 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Web -Base d-M ana ge ment -Syste m WBM/Seit e SNMP/SNMP - SNMP wir d üb er Po rt 1 61 abge arb .; Hinw eis: Por ts fr eigeb en, Ä nde rn P... (Con trolle r) P rotoc ol @ 33\ mod_ 154 746 961 292 4_2 1.docx @ 5 225 09 @ @ 1 SNMP is processed via port 161. The port number for SNMP traps (agent messages) is 162.

Enable port 161 and 162 to use SNMP!

Enable ports 161 and 162 in the WBM in menu “Protocols”, so that the fieldbus coupler/controller can be reached via SNMP. The port numbers cannot be modified.

Modify parameter via WBM or SNMP objects!

However, parameters that can be set on the html pages can also be changed directly by the appropriate SNMP objects.


Additional information for SNMP, the Management Information Base (MIB) and traps (event messages via SNMP) may be obtained from section “Fieldbus

Communication” > … > “SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol).”

Pos: 98. 57.6 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Web -Base d-M ana ge ment -Syste m WBM/Seit e SNMP/SNMP - Betr acht en Sie die Einst ellung en b ezü glich SNMPv1 /v2c u nd SN MPv3 u nabh ängi g... (Cont rolle r) @ 6\ mod _12 5992 678 716 4_2 1.do cx @ 4 664 0 @ @ 1 Note that the settings for SNMPV1/V2c and SNMPV3 are separate from each other: The different SNMP versions can be activated or used in parallel or individually on a fieldbus controller.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 98. 57.8 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Web -Base d-M ana ge ment -Syste m WBM/Seit e SNMP/SNMP v 1/v2c _ - Ü bers chrift 3 @ 31\ mod _15 302 779 8292 6_2 1.d ocx @ 490 373 @ 3 @ 1

10.14.1 SNMP v1/v2c

Pos: 98. 57.9 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Web -Base d-M ana ge ment -Syste m WBM/Seit e SNMP/SNMP - In der Versio n 1 und 2c vo n SNMP h and elt es sich u m ei nen C om munity -Nac hricht ena usta usch @ 4\ mod_ 124 333 184 056 2_2 1.docx @ 3 390 2 @ @ 1 The SNMP version 1/2c represents a community message exchange. The community name of the network community must thereby be specified.

Pos: 98. 57.1 0 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/We b-Bas ed- Man age men t-Syste m WBM /Seite SNMP/SN MP - Tab elle SNMP Co nfigu rati on ( 750 -89 x) @ 31\ mod _15 283 790 5047 2_2 1.d ocx @ 489 479 @ @ 1 Table 62: WBM Page “SNMP v1/v2”

SNMP Settings

Entry

Description

Physical location

Contact address

Pos: 98. 57.1 1 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/We b-Bas ed- Man age men t-Syste m WBM /Seite SNMP/SN MP - Tab elle SNMP v 1/v2c Man age r Co nfigu ratio n ( 750 -89x ) @ 31\ mod_ 152 837 910 891 0_2 1.docx @ 4 894 83 @ @ 1

Value (Default)

Controller Modbus

TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD

750-890

LOCAL

Description

Device description (sysDescription)

Location of device (sysLocation) [email protected] E-mail contact address (sysContact)

SNMP v1/v2c Manager Settings


Enable protocol 

 Activating SNMP Version 1/2c

 Deactivating SNMP-Version 1/2c

Local community name public

SNMP v1/v2c Trap Receiver 1 Settings

Entry

Trap receiver

Default value

0.0.0.0

Community name public

Trap version v1 v2



 used community name

Description

IP address of 1.

used SNMP manager

1. Community name of the network community used v1  v2  Activating Traps Version 1 v1  v2  Activating Traps Version 2

SNMP v1/v2c Trap Receiver 2 Settings

Entry

Trap receiver

Default value

0.0.0.0

Community name public

Trap version v1 v2





Description

IP address of 2.

used SNMP manager

2. Community name of the network community used v1  v2  Activating Traps Version 1 v1  v2  Activating Traps Version 2


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 98. 57.1 3 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/We b-Bas ed- Man age men t-Syste m WBM /Seite SNMP/SN MP v3_ - Üb ersc hrift 3 @ 3 1\m od_ 153 027 898 5743 _21 .docx @ 4 904 18 @ 3 @ 1

10.14.2 SNMP V3

Pos: 98. 57.1 4 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/We b-Bas ed- Man age men t-Syste m WBM /Seite SNMP/SN MP - I n de r Ver sion 3 von SNMP ist d er N achric hten aust ausch an B enutz er geb unde n. (Cont rolle r) @ 4\m od_ 124 333 190 823 4_21 .docx @ 3 389 9 @ @ 1 In SNMP version 3, exchanging messages is user-related. Each device, that knows the passwords set via WBM, may read or write values from the fieldbus controller.

In SNMP v3, user data from SNMP messages can also be transmitted in encoded form. This is why SNMP v3 is often used in safety-related networks.

Via this WBM page "SNMP V3" two independent SNMP users can be defined and activated (User 1 and User 2).

Pos: 98. 57.1 5 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/We b-Bas ed- Man age men t-Syste m WBM /Seite SNMP/SN MP - Tab elle SNMP v 3 (3 62, 89x) @ 3 1\m od_ 1528 379 153 107 _21. docx @ 48 948 7 @ @ 1 Table 63: WBM Page “SNMP V3”

SNMP v3 User 1 / 2 Settings

Entry Value

(Example)

Enable user activate 

Authentication type

None

MD5

SHA1

Authentication name Security Name

Authentication key

(min. 8 characters)

Privacy enable

(DES)

Privacy key

(min. 8 characters)

Enable v3 notification/trap enable

Notification receiver

(IP address)

Authentification

Key

Privacy Key





192.168.1.10

Description







 Activating user 1 or 2

 Deactivating user 1 or 2

None  MD5

None  MD5

 SHA1

 SHA1 

None  MD5  SHA1





No encryption of the authentication

Encryption of the authentication with MD5

Encryption of the authentication with SHA1

Enter the name, if the “Authentication type” MD5 or SHA1 has been selected

Enter the password with at least 8 characters, if

“Authentication type” MD5 or SHA1 has been selected

 Activate the DES encryption of the data

 Deactivate the DES encryption of the data

Enter the password of at least 8 characters in the encryption with DES

 Activate the notification traps of the SNMP version 3

 Deactivate the notification traps of the SNMP version

3

IP address of the notification manager


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 98. 59 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite SN TP/SNTP - Ü be rschrif t 2 @ 33\ mo d_15 409 101 580 23_ 21.d ocx @ 506 709 @ 2 @ 1

10.15 SNTP

Pos: 98. 60 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite SN TP/SNTP - Ei nleitun g ( 750 -89x ) @ 32\ mod _153 874 400 140 4_2 1.doc x @ 5 037 83 @ @ 1 On the WBM page “SNTP”, you can perform the settings for the “Simple Network

Time Protocol”.

The SNTP client supports configuration of static time servers. Two additional servers may be assigned by dynamic network configuration (e. g. DHCP or

BootP). The selection of the active time server used to synchronize the current time is done automatically by the SNTP client. The SNTP client queries all time servers listed below and determines the most precise server to synchronize the device clock with. This takes into account whether the respective time server can be reached and how short the transmission distance between the time server and the SNTP client is.

Pos: 98. 61 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite SN TP/SNTP - Ta belle SN TP Confi gur ation (7 50- 89x) @ 3 2\mo d_1 538 736 460 806 _21. docx @ 50 377 9 @ @ 1

Table 64: WBM Page “SNTP”

SNMP Settings

Entry Value (Example)

Protocol status enabled

Active time server de.pool.ntp.org

SNTP Client Settings

Entry Value (Example)

Server update interval [s]

(60 … 65535 s)

3600

First time server de.pool.ntp.org

Second time server 0.0.0.0

Additional time servers


Pos: 98. 63 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite TCP/IP/ TCP/IP - Einleit ung mit Ü bersc hrift 2 @ 4\m od_ 124 238 351 5859 _21 .docx @ 3 3219 @ 2 @ 1

10.16 TCP/IP

-

-

Description

Display the protocol status.

„enabled“

„disabled“

SNTP protocol ist activated.

SNTP protocol ist deactivated.

Hostname or IP address of the active time server, which is currently used to synchronize the time.

Description

Polling interval for sychronizing the device clock with the active time server.

Host name or IP address of the first user-defined time server.

Host name or IP address of the second user-defined time server.

List of up to 2 time servers dynamically allocated via

BootP or DHCP.

You can configure network addressing and network identification on the “TCP/IP”

WBM page.

Pos: 98. 64 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite TCP/IP/Hinw eis: DIP-Sch alter auf „0 “ un d st atische IP-Adr essve rga be ak tiv sch alten! @ 3 2\m od_ 1538 747 119 728 _21. docx @ 50 378 7 @ @ 1

Set the DIP switch to “0” and enable static IP configuration source!

Before you change parameters on this page, set the DIP switch to value “0” and enable the option “IP configuration source static”!

If these conditions are not met, the DIP switch settings are applied instead.

Pos: 98. 65 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite TCP/IP/ TCP/IP - Tab elle ( 750 -89x ) @ 31\ mod _152 362 707 955 2_2 1.doc x @ 4 819 07 @ @ 1

Table 65: WBM page „TCP/IP“

Network Settings (non-volatile)

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Entry

IP configuration source

Default Value Value

(Example)

 DHCP 

Description

IP Fragment TTL [s]

(max.255)





 Activate “Bootstrap Protocol“.

 Deactivate “Bootstrap Protocol“.

 Activate “Dynamic Host

Configuration Protocol“.

 Deactivate “Dynamic Host

Configuration Protocol“

 Use IP address from EEPROM.

 Do not use IP address from

EEPROM.

IP address

Subnet mask

Default gateway

Host name

Domain name

DNS server 1

DNS server 2

DIP switch base IP address

0.0.0.0 192.168.1.180 Enter IP address.

255.255.255.0 255.255.255.0 Enter subnet mask.

0.0.0.0

0030DEXXXX

XX

0.0.0.0 Enter gateway.

0030DE000000 Enter host name.

Enter domain name. localdomain.co

m

0.0.0.0

0.0.0.0

0.0.0.0

0.0.0.0

192.168.1

Syslog UDP server 0.0.0.0

192.168.5

192.168.1.96

Enter IP address of the first DNS server.

Enter optional IP address of the second

DNS server.

Network address for the configuration of the IP address with DIP switch.

Host name or IP address of the Syslog

UDP server

60

BootP

static

60





Life of a packet (Time to Live).


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 98. 67 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite MODBUS/M odb us - Einl eitun g mit Übe rschri ft 2 @ 4\ mod _12 4280 124 990 6_2 1.do cx @ 3 363 1 @ 2 @ 1

10.17 Modbus

Use the “Modbus” WBM page to specify the settings for the Modbus protocol.

Pos: 98. 68 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite MODBUS/M odb us UDP M ulticast Ad dre ss Setu p - Ta belle (Cont rolle r) (89x ) @ 32\ mod_ 153 898 257 646 4_2 1.docx @ 5 038 09 @ @ 1

Table 66: WBM page “MODBUS”

Modbus UDP Multicast Address Setup


Enable multicast addressing







Enable Multicast for Modbus

In addition to its own IP address, the fieldbus controller receives Modbus ®

® UDP transmission.

commands for the following registered

MCAST addresses.

Multicast for Modbus ® UDP transmission is not enabled.

The fieldbus controller receives Modbus only for the own IP address.

® commands

Do not reply to

Modbus UDP multicast messages

MCAST address

1 ... 5:



0.0.0.0





The reply to Modbus ® deactivated.

UDP multicast messages is

The reply to Modbus ® activated.

UDP multicast messages is

Multicast address 1... 5, for the multicast will be enabled.

The valid address range is shown in the WBM.

Multiple assigned addresses are not valid.

Pos: 98. 69 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite MODBUS/Hinweis : M ulticast -Fu nktio n nu r mit gülti ger MCAST-Ad ress e aktiv ! @ 1 3\m od_ 135 281 4080 651 _21 .docx @ 1 0603 4 @ @ 1

Multicast function only active with a valid MCAST address!

The multicast function is only active with a valid MCAST address.

If you activate the " Enable Multicast " function, it is therefore necessary to always enter an MCAST address that is not equal to 0.0.0.0. Otherwise, clicking on the [SUBMIT] button automatically deactivates the function again.

If the " Enable Multicast " function is already enabled with valid addresses, then you can no longer describe these MCAST address fields with invalid addresses, because when clicking on the [SUBMIT] button, they are reset to the previously valid addresses. The function " Enable Multicast " remains active.

Pos: 98. 70 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite MODBUS/M odb us Con figu ratio n Regis ters - Tab elle ( 89x) @ 3 2\mo d_1 539 589 096 223 _21. docx @ 50 491 9 @ @ 1

Modbus Configuration Registers

Entry

Range

0x1029 – 0x1037

0x2040 – 0x2043


Enabled









Enable Modbus configuration register range.

Disable Modbus configuration register range.


Pos: 98. 72 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite MODBUS/M odb us Blocke d M odb us Fl ag Re giste rs - Ta belle (829 , 83 1, 8 52, 880, 88 1, 8 84) @ 17 \mo d_1 386 078 7284 67_ 21. docx @ 139 351 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Blocked Modbus Flag Registers

Entry 1 … 5

Range Start


0x0000 Start address for the blocked Modbus TCP register range.

Range End 0x0000 End address for the blocked Modbus TCP register range.

Enabled 



Requests to the blocked addresses of Modbus TCP flag register range are answered with the exception code

0x02 "Illegal Data Address". If a request is partially in the valid and partially in the restricted range, this is also answered with an exception.

 The respective table entry is not considered.


Pos: 98. 74 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite MODBUS/M odb us Watc hdo g - Tab elle ( 89x ) @ 3 1\m od_ 152 414 711 2758 _21 .docx @ 4 826 58 @ @ 1

Connection Watchdog

Entry

Connection timeout value

(x 100 ms)

Default

600

Description

Monitoring period for TCP links.

After the completion of this period without any subsequent data traffic, the TCP connection is closed.

Modbus Watchdog

Entry Default

Status of Modbus watchdog disabled

Watchdog type

Watchdog timeout value

(x 100 ms)

Close modbus socket after watchdog timeout

Watchdog trigger mask

(FC1 to FC16)

Watchdog trigger mask

(FC17 to FC32)

Description

“disabled“ – Watchdog is disabled

“enabled [running]“ – Watchdog is activated,

Timeout monitoring is running

“enabled [expired]“ – Watchdog is activated,

Timeout occured

Standard  The watchdog can only be activated for the first time by writing to register 0x1001 or 0x1003.

Alternative  The watchdog is activated for the first time with each function code that is enabled in the coding mask

(watchdog trigger mask).

100



0xFFFF

0xFFFF

Monitoring period for Modbus links. After the completion of this period without receiving a Modbus telegram, the physical outputs are set to "0".

 The Modbus TCP connection remains opened when the watchdog timeout has expired.

 The Modbus TCP connection is closed when the watchdog timeout has expired.

Coding mask for certain Modbus telegrams (Function

Code FC1 ... FC16)

Coding mask for certain Modbus telegrams (Function

Code FC17 ... FC32)


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 98. 76 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite Mo dbus Map ping /Mo dbus Ma pping - Besc hrei bun g un d T abell en @ 37\ mod _16 052 666 2983 0_2 1.d ocx @ 6000 16 @ 2 @ 1

10.18 Modbus Mapping

The WBM page “Modbus Mapping“ contains an overview of the current

Assignment of the Modbus registers for the I/O modules plugged into the local bus as well as the general division of the register areas.

Table 67: WBM page “Modbus Mapping”

I/O Mapping

Modbus Register [word addresses]

Entry

I/O Module

Default

1 … n

Order Number 750-XXX


1 Position of the I/O module on the local bus, starting with 1 behind the front-end

750-4xx station

WAGO item number of the I/O module

Input (RO) - 2.0 - 2.7 output (WO) - 2.0 - 2.7

Address of the input data in format

<SR>[.<SO>] - <ER>[.<EO>], with:

<SR> = Start register address

<ER> = End register address

<SO> = Start bit offset inside the

start register

<EO> = End bit offset inside the

end register

The bit offset is only specified for digital

I/O modules

Address of the output data in format

<SR>[.<SO>] - <ER>[.<EO>], with:




start register


end register


I/O modules output (RW) -

I/O access -

514.0 - 514.7

RO

Address of the read back output data in format

<SR>[.<SO>] - <ER>[.<EO>], with:




start register


end register


I/O modules

Read/write rights on the I/O module:

RO = Read only,

RW = Read and write

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Modbus Coils [bit addresses]

Entry

I/O Module

Default

1 … n

Order Number 750-XXX

Input (RO) output (WO) - output (RW) -

I/O access

-

-


2 Position of the digital I/O module on the local bus, starting with 1 behind the frontend station

750-5xx WAGO item number of the digital I/O module

0 - 7

0 - 7

Bit address of the digital input data in format

[<SO>] – [<EO>], with:

<SO> = Start bit offset

<EO> = End bit offset

Bit address of the digital output data in format

[<SO>] – [<EO>], with:



512 - 519

RW

Bit address of the read back digital output data in format

[<SO>] – [<EO>], with:



Read/write rights on the I/O module:

RO = Read only,

RW = Read and write

General Modbus Mapping

Input Register (FC3, FC4, FC23)

Entry

Modbus address

Default

0xXXXX –

0xYYYY

Description -

Digital Input (FC1, FC2)

Entry

Modbus address

Default

0xXXXX –

0xYYYY

Description -


0x0000 – 0x00FF Register address area of the associated input data register physical input data Description of the content for the specified register address range

Output Register (FC6, FC7, FC22, FC23)

Entry

Modbus address

Default

0xXXXX –

0xYYYY


0x0000 – 0x00FF Register address area of the associated output data register

Description - physical output data

Description of the content for the specified register address range


0x0000 – 0x01FF Coil address area of the associated digital input data register physical input data Description of the content for the specified coil address range

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Digital Output (FC5, FC15)

Entry

Modbus address

Default

0xXXXX –

0xYYYY

Description -


0x0000 – 0x01FF Coil address area of the associated digital output data register physical output data

Description of the content for the specified coil address range


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 98. 78 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite I/O Da ta/I/ O Dat a - Einl eitun g (Co ntr oller ) (7 50- 89x ) @ 32\ mod_ 153 960 059 187 2_2 1.doc x @ 5 049 42 @ 2 @ 1

10.19 I/O Data

Click the link “I/O Data” to view the configuration and/or write access privileges for the outputs of your fieldbus node.

The node structure created using the “WAGO-I/OPRO I/O Configurator” hardware configuration tool is displayed in the window. If no modules are shown in this window, no hardware configuration and, thus, no allocation of write access privileges have been assigned. In this case, the handling defined at the WBM page “PLC Application” by the function “I/O configuration - Compatible handling for io-config.xml” will be applied to assign the write privileges for all outputs either to the standard fieldbus, or to the PLC.

Pos: 98. 79 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite I/O Co nfig/I /O Co nfig - Inf or matio n: In fos z um I/ O-Kon figu rato r in Ka pitel "In Be trie b ne hme n" @ 4\ mod _12 426 413 1903 1_2 1.d ocx @ 334 80 @ @ 1


For more detailed information about the WAGO-I/OPRO I/O Configurator, refer to the Section “Startup of Fieldbus Node”.

Pos: 98. 80 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite I/O Da ta/I/ O Dat a - W enn auf Seit e "P LC Applic" aktivie rt, dan n auc h Anzei ge v on Pr ozesswe rte n pr o Dat enka nal @ 32\ mod _15 396 010 006 72_2 1.d ocx @ 504 997 @ @ 1 When the function “I/O configuration Insert monitoring entries into io_config.xml” is also activated at the WBM page “PLC Application”, the current process values will also be shown for the data channels that are displayed.

Pos: 98. 81 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite I/O Da ta/I/ O Dat a - Tab elle Teil 1 (Con troll er) (89 x) @ 32\ mod _15 395 975 2484 2_2 1.d ocx @ 504 938 @ @ 1

Table 68: WBM page „I/O Data“

Configuration Summary


Number of modules on terminal bus 6 Number of I/O modules (hardware)

Number of modules in I/O configuration

0 Number of I/O modules in the hardware configuration, which is performed in software. If it is "0", the hardware configuration in the I/O Configurator of

WAGO-I/OPRO is missing.


Pos: 98. 83 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite I/O Da ta/I/ O Dat a - Sch altfläc he [SAVE CONF IG] @ 32\ mod _15 390 027 4511 7_2 1.d ocx @ 504 227 @ @ 1

Button

[SAVE CONFIG]

Description

With this button, the current status of the I/O configuration on the local bus is read in, displayed and stored on the device.


Pos: 98. 85 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite I/O Da ta/I/ O Dat a - Tab elle Teil 2 @ 32 \mo d_1 539 602 174 158_ 21. docx @ 50 500 1 @ @ 1

I/O Mapping


Position 1

Module 750-5xx

M001Ch1

Type

M001Ch2

8DO

Position of the I/O module in the hardware

Product number of the integrated I/O module

M = module, 001 = position 1, Ch1 = channel 1

M = module, 002 = position 2, Ch2 = channel 2

I/O module type, e.g. 8DO (8 Channel Digital Output Module)

Pos: 98. 86 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite I/O Da ta/I/ O Dat a - Tab elle Teil 2 -Rest + Hinw eis (Co ntr oller ) @ 3 3\m od_ 154 927 4015 969 _21 .docx @ 5 2747 3 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Assigned

Fieldbus

Fieldbus 1 Mapping via PLC, fieldbus 1 etc. (Entries depend on the coupler/controller, see WAGO-I/OPRO under control parameters/module parameters)

Enter I/O modules in the I/O Configurator!

Enter the I/O modules used in the I/O configurator of WAGO-I/OPRO . Here, open the Control Configuration in the Resources register and add your I/O modules to the I/O module figure.

The added I/O modules must match the hardware in sequence and quantity. The entries “Number of modules on terminal bus” and “Number of modules in I/O configuration” on the WBM page “I/O Data” serve as control.

Pos: 98. 87 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite PL C Applicati on/PLC A pplicati on - Einleitu ng ( allge mein, wenn oh ne Setti ngs und Info ) @ 32\ mod_ 153 960 637 899 4_2 1.doc x @ 5 050 23 @ 2 @ 1

10.20 PLC Application

Click the “PLC Application” link to access a WBM page where you can get information about the current CODESYS project and make settings for the PLC functionality of your fieldbus controller.

Prerequisite for the display of the project information is that they were previously entered in CODESYS under the menu " Project " >> menu item " Project information ".

Pos: 98. 88 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite PL C Applicati on/PLC A pplicati on - Ta belle (89x ) Co ntr oller mit We bVisu @ 3 2\m od_ 153 960 331 1164 _21 .docx @ 5 050 19 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Table 69: WBM Page „PLC Application“

Application Information

Entry Default Description

Title - Title of the WAGO I/OPRO project

Version

Date

-

-

Version of the WAGO I/OPRO project

Date of creation of the WAGO I/OPRO project

Description

Author

ID

Checksum

-

-

-

-

Description of the WAGO I/O-

ID of the WAGO I/OPRO

Title of the WAGO I/OPRO

PRO

Author/creator of the WAGO I/O-

project project project

PRO project

Return from “WebVisu” page via the IP address of the fieldbus controller!

The WBM page “Webvisu” does not have any hyperlinks to the other WBM pages.

To deactivate this starting page function, or to go to other WBM pages, enter the

IP address for your controller and the address for the original starting page in the

URL line of your browser with the following syntax: http://IP address of your controller/webserv/index.ssi

Application Settings

Function Default

Process image

WebVisu

Set outputs to zero, if user program is stopped

Set

'webvisu.htm' as default

Open

'webvisu.htm' in frame







Description



Activate, if all outputs must be set at zero when stopping the user program







Disable, if all outputs must remain at the last current value when stopping the user program

Calling up the WBM, the WBM page "Webvisu" is set as the start page and opened (default: "Information").

Disable via browser entry of the syntax: http://IP address of your controller/webserv/index.ssi.

Calling up the WBM page "Webvisu", it will open in the active window.

Return back via browser button "Back" or via browser entry of the syntax: http://IP address of your controller/webserv/index.ssi.

Open

'webvisu.htm' in new window

 

Calling up the WBM page "Webvisu", it will open in an additional window.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Compatible handling for

‘io_config.xml’







Activate, if the write authorizations must be assigned to the outputs of all bus terminals based on an existing file

“io_config.xml”.

Here, note whether a control system configuration has already been created and, if so, whether this configuration is correct or incorrect (see the following table).

The current process values are displayed on the WBM page

“IO Data”, in addition to the displayed data channels.

Disable, if the write authorizations must be assigned to the outputs of all bus terminals of the PLC

Here, note whether a control system configuration has already been created and, if so, whether this configuration is correct or incorrect (see the following table).

I/O configuration

(function activated)

No control system configuration has been created in the project

Writing privileges to the outputs of all modules are assigned on the basis of an existing io_config.xml.

The io_config.xml file must be completely error-free; otherwise the writing privileges for all modules will be assigned to the standard fieldbus.

I/O configuration

(function deactivated, standard setting):

The outputs for all modules are assigned to the PLC. Any io_config.xml file that may already be present is ignored and overwritten.

Insert monitoring entries into

‘io_config.xml’



Correct control system configuration has been created in the project

Writing privileges to the module outputs is taken from the control system configuration. A corresponding io_config.xml file is generated in the file system.

Incorrect control system configuration has been created in the project



The standard fieldbus is granted writing privileges to the outputs of all the modules.

Activate to also display the current process values on the

WBM page “IO Data” for the displayed data channels.



Disable, if no process values must be displayed on the WBM page “IO Data”.

I/O configuration

Pos: 98. 89 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite PL C Applicati on/PLC A pplicati on - Ta belle (89 0) C ontr oller mit SD @ 33\ mod _15 433 261 970 87_2 1.d ocx @ 511 613 @ @ 1

Application Root Location

Function Default Value Descrition

Activate this option, if all files concerning the WebVisu, the

Internal file system



 boot project and the WAGO I/OPRO application are to be saved in future to the internal file system (A:\PLC).

There are no files copied from the memory card to the internal file system. The configuration is used which is stored in the internal drive.

External

SD card

(present)



 Disabled when the option "External SD card" is selected.



Activate this option, if all files concerning the WebVisu, the boot project and the WAGO I/O-PRO application are to be saved in future to the memory card (S:\PLC).

 Disabled when the option "Internal file system" is selected.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Provide sufficient memory space for the PLC folder!

Please note that there is enough space for the PLC folder on the memory card.

If there is less free space on the memory card than the PLC folder requires by default including the contained files, the following errors may occur:

- The files "webvisu.htm" and "error_ini.xml" will created empty so that the WBM page "Web-Visu" is empty.

- The files "webvisu.htm" and "error_ini.xml" will created incomplete.

In both cases, this state will persist until the entire "PLC" folder is deleted and sufficient disk space is provided.

The function "PLC Root Location" remains set to "External SD card (present)".


When changing the store option from “ Internal file system ” to “ External SD card (…) “, the following use cases should be distinguished:

• No memory card inserted:

You select the option “ External SD card (not present) “ and click on the button [SUBMIT] .

=> The WBM page reports an error.

• Empty memory card inserted:

You select the option “ External SD card (present) “, click on the button

[SUBMIT] and restart the fieldbus controller.

=> The directory "S:\PLC" is automatically created on the memory card and

the standard files "webvisu.htm" and "error_ini.xml" are extracted there.

• Already described memory card inserted:

You select the option “ External SD card (present) “ and click on the button

[SUBMIT] .

=> If a boot project exists on the memory card and the operating mode

switch of the fieldbus controller is in the "Up" position, the PLC program

is started from the memory card.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 98. 91 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite W ebVisu/We bVisu - Einleitu ng ( 89x ) @ 3 2\m od_ 153 984 6535 952 _21 .docx @ 5 0528 4 @ 23 @ 1

10.21 WebVisu

The visualization of your programmed application is displayed on the WBM page

“WebVisu” as an HTML page.

The prerequisite for this is that you have previously created this HTML page for your application with the visualization editor in WAGO-I/OPRO and loaded it into the fieldbus controller.

10.21.1 Generate WebVisu-HTML

Perform the following settings in WAGO-I/OPRO , to automatically generate at the transmission of your project an HTML page of your created visualization:

1. Double click to open the Target System Settings in the Resource register.

2. Open the Visualization register.

3. Select the Web Visualization option with a hatch mark.

4. Confirm with [OK} .

If the page has been generated, it will be displayed in the browser window, when you click in the navigation list on the link for the WBM page “WebVisu”.

Pos: 98. 92 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite W ebVisu/We bVisu - Einleitu ng - WebVisu als Sta rtseit e festl ege n @ 3 2\m od_ 153 984 654 4251 _21 .docx @ 5 0528 9 @ 3 @ 1

10.21.2 Set WebVisu as Start Page

In order to have access to the web visualization of your application directly at the

WBM call, you can specify the WBM page "WebVisu" as the WBM start page.

Please note, then the navigation bar will no longer be available for you to change to the other WBM pages.

1. Call up the WBM page "PLC Application".

2. Under Application Settings for WebVisu activate the option “Set

‘webvisu.htm' as default”.

For the call up of the WBM page "WebVisu" you can also specify with the other options whether you want this page in the active browser window (Open

‘webvisu.htm’ in frame) or in an additional browser window (Open ‘webvisu.htm' in new window).

Pos: 98. 93 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/W eb-Bas ed -Ma nag eme nt-Syst em WB M/Seite W ebVisu/We bVisu - Hinweis: WebVisu als Star tseite de aktivier en! @ 4\ mod _12 426 4652 987 5_2 1.do cx @ 3349 8 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Return from “WebVisu” page via the IP address of the fieldbus controller!

The WBM page “Webvisu” does not have any hyperlinks to the other WBM pages.

To deactivate this starting page function, or to go to other WBM pages, enter the

IP address for your controller and the address for the original starting page in the

URL line of your browser with the following syntax: http://IP address of your controller/webserv/index.ssi


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 100 /Alle Seri en (Allg em eine Mod ule)/Ü ber schrif ten/Eb ene 1/Dia gnos e - Ü bers chrift 1 @ 4\m od_ 124 083 106 947 1_21 .docx @ 3 137 2 @ 1 @ 1

11 Diagnostics

Pos: 101 /Alle Seri en (Allg em eine Mod ule)/Ü ber schrif ten/Eb ene 2/LED -Signalisie run g - Ü ber schrif t 2 @ 4\ mod_ 124 083 111 803 2_2 1.docx @ 3 137 5 @ 2 @ 1

11.1 LED Signaling

Diagnostics 207

Pos: 102 .1 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/Di agn ose/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/ LED-Sign alisieru ng - Einleitu ng (Cont rolle r) @ 6\ mod _125 665 152 793 7_2 1.doc x @ 4 374 7 @ @ 1 For on-site diagnostics, the fieldbus controller has several LEDs that indicate the operational status of the fieldbus controller or the entire node (see following figure).

Pos: 102 .2 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Ger äteb esch reibu ng (alte Strukt ur) /Anzeig eele men te/ Feldb usko ppler /-co ntr oller/Bild er/Anz eige elem ente 750 -08 90 - Bild @ 33\ mod_ 154 885 041 682 6_2 1.doc x @ 5 266 21 @ @ 1

Figure 58: Display Elements

Pos: 102 .3 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/Di agn ose/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/ LED-Sign alisieru ng - T abelle nkop f, LED- Zu ord nun g fü r die Diagn ose (alle Ko pple r/Con trolle r) @ 6\ mod _12 566 522 6598 4_2 1.d ocx @ 437 50 @ @ 1 The diagnostics displays and their significance are explained in detail in the following section.

The LEDs are assigned in groups to the various diagnostics areas:

Table 70: LED Assignment for Diagnostics

Diagnostics area LEDs

Pos: 102 .4 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/Di agn ose/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/ LED-Sign alisieru ng - T abelle Fel dbus statu s (L INK ACT 1, 2, MS, NS) @ 7\m od_ 126 649 757 228 1_2 1.docx @ 5 103 0 @ @ 1

Fieldbus status

• LINK ACT Port 1

• LINK ACT Port 2

• MS

• NS

Pos: 102 .5 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/Di agn ose/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/ LED-Sign alisieru ng - T abelle Knot ensta tus (C ont rolle r) I/ O, USR @ 4\m od_ 1240 925 652 592 _21. docx @ 31 891 @ @ 1

Node status

• I/O

• USR

Pos: 102 .6 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/Di agn ose/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/ LED-Sign alisieru ng - T abelle Speich erka rte nstat us (SD) (- 880 ) @ 9\m od_1 289 495 312 189 _21. docx @ 66 393 @ @ 1 SD memory card status

Pos: 102 .7 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/Di agn ose/ Feld busko pple r/-c ontr oller/ LED-Sign alisieru ng - T abelle Verso rg ungss pan nun gsstat us A, B @ 6\m od_ 1256 652 844 437 _21. docx @ 43 753 @ @ 1

• SD

Status Supply Voltage

• A (system supply)

• B (field supply)

Pos: 102 .8 /D okum ent ation allge mein/ Gliede run gsele me nte/ ---Sei tenwe chsel --- @ 3\ mod _12 211 080 450 78_ 0.docx @ 2 181 0 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

208 Diagnostics WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 102 .9.1 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Diag nose /Fel dbusk oppl er/ -cont rolle r/F eldb usstat us a uswer ten (Link ACT 1 , 2, MS, NS) @ 7\ mod _12 664 991 9685 9_2 1.d ocx @ 5104 2 @ 3 @ 1

11.1.1 Evaluating Fieldbus Status

The health of the ETHERNET Fieldbus is signaled through the top LED group

('LINK ACT 1, 2', 'MS', und 'NS').

Pos: 102 .9.2 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Diag nose /Fel dbusk oppl er/ -cont rolle r/F eldb usstat us a uswer ten ('LINK ACT 1, 2', 'MS', 'NS') oh ne Eth ern et/IP - MS u nd NS f ür Modul +Netz @ 9\ mo d_12 825 594 700 57_ 21.d ocx @ 641 68 @ @ 1 The two-colored LEDs ‘MS’ (module status) and ‘NS’ (network status) are used to display the status of the system and the fieldbus connections.

Pos: 102 .9.3 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Diag nose /Fel dbusk oppl er/ -cont rolle r/F eldb usstat us a uswer ten ('LINK ACT 1, 2', 'MS, 'NS') - Ta belle 'LINK AC T 1, 2', 'MS' @ 9\m od_ 1282 558 855 632 _21. docx @ 64 159 @ @ 1

Table 71: Fieldbus Diagnostics – Solution in Event of Error

LED

Status green green flashing off

MS green green flashing

Meaning

LINK ACT 1, 2

The fieldbus node is connected to the physical network.

The fieldbus node sends and receives

ETHERNET telegrams

The fieldbus node is not connected to the physical network.

Normal operation

The system is not yet configures

-

-

Solution

-

-

1. Check the fieldbus cable. red red flashing

The system indicates a not remediable error

The system indicates a remediable error

1. Restart the device by turning the power supply off and on again.

2. If the error still exists, please contact the I/O support.

1. Check the display of the I/O LED (see chapter "Evaluating Node Status – I/O

LED (Blink Code Table”).

2. If the error cannot be localized via the status of the I/O LED, please contact the I/O support.

Pos: 102 .9.4 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Diag nose /Fel dbusk oppl er/ -cont rolle r/F eldb usstat us a uswer ten ('LINK ACT 1,2', 'NS', 'MS') - Tabell e 'NS' nur Mo dbus TCP @ 9\m od_ 128 2559 187 439 _21 .docx @ 64 165 @ @ 1

NS off green

No system supply voltage

At least one Modbus TCP connection is developed.

1. Check the supply voltage.

- green flashing

No Modbus TCP connection. - red red flashing off

The system indicates a double IPaddress in the network

At least one Modbus TCP connection announced a Timeout, where the controller functions as target.

No IP address is assigned to the system.

1. Use an IP address that is not used yet.

1. Restart the device by turning the power supply off and on again.

2. Develop a new connection.

1. Assign to the system an IP address by

BootP, DHCP or the Ethernet Settings tool.

Pos: 102 .10 /Doku men tatio n allg emei n/Glied eru ngsel em ente/ -- -Seitenw echs el-- - @ 3\mo d_1 221 108 045 078 _0.d ocx @ 218 10 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Diagnostics 209

Pos: 102 .11. 1 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Dia gnos e/F eldb uskop pler /-co ntr oller/Kn oten statu s ausw ert en 1 - I/ O-LED (alle Ko pple r/Con troll er) @ 6\ mod _12 592 297 295 46_2 1.d ocx @ 454 57 @ 3 @ 1

11.1.2 Evaluating Node Status – I/O LED (Blink Code Table)

The communication status between fieldbus coupler/controller and the I/O modules is indicated by the I/O LED.

Table 72: Node Status Diagnostics – Solution in Event of Error

LED Status Meaning Solution

I/O green The fieldbus node is operating correctly. Normal operation.

Pos: 102 .11. 2 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Dia gnos e/F eldb uskop pler /-co ntr oller/Kn oten statu s ausw ert en 1 .1 - I/O -LED (8 80) @ 1 8\m od_ 139 0381 563 771 _21. docx @ 14 269 8 @ @ 1 green flashing

The fieldbus controller is in Bootstrap loader mode.

Change the position of the operating mode switch from the bottom to the top position.

Pos: 102 .11. 3 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Dia gnos e/F eldb uskop pler /-co ntr oller/Kn oten statu s ausw ert en 1 .2 - I/O -LED or ang e mit SD (8 9x) @ 37\ mod _16 061 513 517 26_ 21.d ocx @ 600 499 @ @ 1 orange

The fieldbus coupler/controller has carried out an automatic recovery from the inserted memory card and has assumed a safe state.

Remove the memory card and switch the supply voltage off and on again.

(See chapter "Memory Card Function"

>> "Distribute Data and Settings")

Pos: 102 .11. 4 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Dia gnos e/F eldb uskop pler /-co ntr oller/Kn oten statu s ausw ert en 2 - I/ O-LED (alle Ko pple r/Con troll er) @ 18 \mo d_1 390 381 556 408_ 21. docx @ 14 269 4 @ @ 1 orange flashing red red flashing

Start of the firmware.

1 … 2 seconds of rapid flashing indicates start-up.

Fieldbus coupler/controller hardware defect

Flashing with approx. 10 Hz indicates the initialization of the local bus or a local bus error.

-

Replace the fieldbus coupler/controller.

Note the following flashing sequence. red cyclical flashing

Up to three successive flashing sequences indicate local bus errors.

There are short intervals between the sequences.

Evaluate the flashing sequences based on the following blink code table.

The blinking indicates an error message comprised of an error code and error argument. off

No data cycle on the local bus.

Device boot-up occurs after turning on the power supply. The I/O LED flashes orange.

The fieldbus coupler/controller supply is off.

Then the local bus is initialized. This is indicated by flashing red at 10 Hz for

1 … 2 seconds.

After a trouble-free initialization, the I/O LED is green.

In the event of an error, the I/O LED continues to blink red. Blink codes indicate detailed error messages. An error is indicated cyclically by up to 3 flashing sequences.

After elimination of the error, restart the node by turning the power supply of the device off and on again.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Figure 59: Node Status – I/O LED Signaling

Figure 60: Error Message Coding

Example of a module error:

• The I/O LED starts the error display with the first flashing sequence

(approx. 10 Hz).

•

•

After the first break, the second flashing sequence starts (approx. 1 Hz):

The I/O LED blinks four times.

Error code 4 indicates “data error internal data bus”.

After the second break, the third flashing sequence starts (approx. 1 Hz):

The I/O LED blinks twelve times.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Diagnostics 211

Error argument 12 means that the local bus is interrupted behind the twelfth

I/O module.

The thirteenth I/O module is either defective or has been pulled out of the assembly.

Pos: 102 .12 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Diag nose/ Fel dbusk oppl er/- cont rolle r/Blinkcod e- Tab ellen - F ehle rcod e 1 - 1. ..9 (75 0-0 89x) @ 15 \mo d_1 368 519 891 196 _21. docx @ 11 964 8 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Table 73: Blink code- table for the I/O LED signaling, error code 1

Error code 1: "Hardware and configuration error"

Error

Argument

Error Description Solution

1

Overflow of the internal buffer memory for the attached I/O modules.

1. Turn off the power supply of the node.

2. Reduce the number of I/O modules.

3. Turn on again the power supply of the node.

4. If the error persists, replace the head station.

2

I/O module(s) with unknown data type

1. Determine the faulty I/O module. First turn off the power supply of the node.

2. Plug the end module into the middle of the node.


4. - LED continues to flash? -

Turn off the power supply of the node and plug the end module into the middle of the first half of the node (toward the head station).

- LED not flashing? -

Turn off the power supply of the node and plug the end module into the middle of the second half of the node

(away from the head station).


6. Repeat the procedure described in step 4 while halving the step size until the faulty I/O module is detected.

7. Replace the faulty I/O module.

8. Contact I/O support and inquire about a firmware update for the head station.

3

Invalid check sum in the parameter area of the head station.


2. Replace the head station.


4

5

6

7

8

Fault when writing in the serial EEPROM.




Fault when reading the serial EEPROM




The I/O module configuration after

AUTORESET differs from the configuration determined the last time the head station was powered up.

1. Restart the head station by turning the power supply off and on.

Invalid hardwarefirmware combination.




Timeout during serial

EEPROM access.




Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Table 73: Blink code- table for the I/O LED signaling, error code 1

Error code 1: "Hardware and configuration error"

Error

Argument


9

Head station initialization error

Diagnostics 213




Pos: 102 .13 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Diag nose/ Fel dbusk oppl er/- cont rolle r/Blinkcod e- Tab ellen - F ehle rcod e 1 - 1 0...1 3 ( 750 -089 x - mit R TC) @ 34\ mod _15 501 353 2636 0_2 1.d ocx @ 529 749 @ @ 1

10

Buffer power failure real-time clock (RTC)

1. Set the clock.

2. Maintain the power supply of the node for at least 15 minutes in order to charge the Goldcap capacitor.

11

12

Fault during read access to the realtime clock (RTC)

Fault during write access to the realtime clock (RTC)

1. Set the clock.


1. Set the clock.


13 Clock interrupt fault

1. Set the clock.


Pos: 102 .14 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Diag nose/ Fel dbusk oppl er/- cont rolle r/Blinkcod e- Tab ellen - F ehle rcod e 1 - 1 4 (7 50- 089x ) @ 34\ mod _15 5013 541 925 4_2 1.do cx @ 5 297 53 @ @ 1

14

Maximum number of gateway or mailbox modules exceeded


2. Reduce the number of corresponding modules to a valid number.


Pos: 102 .15 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Diag nose/ Fel dbusk oppl er/- cont rolle r/Blinkcod e- Tab ellen - F ehle rcod e 1 - 1 5 ... 16 ( 750 -89 0, - 891 ) @ 33\ mod _15 4099 403 134 5_2 1.do cx @ 5 067 90 @ @ 1

15

Firmware loader was loaded from backup.

1. Execute the last firmware update again.

2. If the error persists, contact I/O support.

16

Pos: 102 .16 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Diag nose/ Fel dbusk oppl er/- cont rolle r/Blinkcod e- Tab ellen - F ehle rcod e 2 ... 7 (89 x) @ 34\ mod _15 501 475 251 67_2 1.d ocx @ 529 856 @ @ 1

Firmware was loaded from backup.

1. Execute the last firmware update again.

2. If the error persists, contact I/O support.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Table 74: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 2

Error Code 2: „Process image exceeded“

Error

Argument


1 Not used -

2

3

Maximum process image size exceeded

Process image generation error


2. Reduce number of I/O modules.



2. Remove unsupported I/O modules.



Error Code 3: „Protocoll error, local bus“

Error

Argument


-- Are there power supply modules with the bus power supply

(750-613) in the node? ---

1. Check that these I/O modules are supplied correctly with power.

2. Determine this by the state of the associated status LEDs.

--- Are all I/O modules connected correctly or are there any 750-613 I/O modules in the node? ---





-

Local bus communication defective, incorrect module not identifiable








10. If there is only one I/O module left on the head station and the LED is flashing, either this I/O module or the head station is defective.

11. Replace the faulty component.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Diagnostics 215


Error Code 4: „Physical error, local bus“

Error

Argument


- n*

Local bus data transmission error or interruption of the local bus at the head station

Interruption of the local bus behind the nth I/O module with process data.


2. Plug in an I/O module with process data behind the head station.


4. Observe the error argument signaled.

5. --- Is no error argument indicated in the I/O LED?---

Replace the head station.

--- Is an error argument indicated by the I/O LED? ---












13. If there is only one I/O module left on the head station and the LED is flashing, either this I/O module or the head station is defective.

14. Replace the faulty component.

1. Turn off the power supply for the node.

2. Replace the (n+1) I/O module with process data or reduce the number of I/O modules until the (n+1) I/O module.

3. Turn the power supply on.

* The number of light pulses (n) indicates the position of the I/O module.

I/O modules without data are not counted (e.g., supply modules without diagnostics)


Error Code 5: „Initialization error, local bus“

Error

Argument

Error Description Solution n*

Error in register communication during local bus initialization





I/O modules without data are not counted (e.g., supply modules without diagnostics)

Manual

Version 1.2.2




Error Code 6: " Configuration error, node configuration"

Error

Argument


1 Invalid MAC ID




2

3

4

5

Ethernet Hardware initialization error

TCP/IP initialization error

Network configuration error (no IP Address)

Application protocol initialization error

1. Restart the head station by turning the power supply off and on again.

2. If the error still exists, replace the head station.



1. Check the settings of DHCP/BootP server or if a static IP address is used.



6

7

Maximum process image size exceeded

Double IP address in network




1. Change configuration. Use another IP address, which is not yet present in network.


8

Error when building the process image





9

Error when mapping the I/O modules to a fieldbus

1. Check the file „io_config.xml“ on the head station.


Error Code 7: „Not supported I/O module“

Error

Argument

Error Description Solution n

First not supported

I/O module at position n




Pos: 102 .17 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Diag nose/ Fel dbusk oppl er/- cont rolle r/Blinkcod e- Tab ellen - F ehle rcod e 8. ..9 (Fe hlerc ode nicht gen utzt ) @ 1 2\m od_ 133 915 0647 306 _21 .docx @ 9 6641 @ @ 1

Table 80: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 8 … 9

Error code 8 … 9 – not used –

Error

Argument


- not used -

Pos: 102 .18 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Diag nose/ Fel dbusk oppl er/- cont rolle r/Blinkcod e- Tab ellen - F ehle rcod e 1 0, Arg ume nt 1 (mit SD-Ka rte ) (Co ntr oller ) @ 1 5\m od_ 136 446 594 4530 _21 .docx @ 1 162 64 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Diagnostics 217


Error code 10: "PLC program fault"

Error

Argument


1

Error when implementing the PLC run time system

1. Plug the SD card into the controller.

2. Restart the fieldbus node by turning the power supply off and on again.

3. If the error still exists, please contact the I/O Support.

Pos: 102 .19 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Diag nose/ Fel dbusk oppl er/- cont rolle r/Blinkcod e- Tab ellen - F ehle rcod e 1 0 - 2...5, 11 (75 0-8 9x) C ont roller @ 3 4\m od_ 1550 222 142 416 _21. docx @ 52 988 3 @ @ 1

2

Error when generating the PLC inline code



3

An IEC task exceeded the maximum running time or the sampling interval of the IEC task could not be kept

(Watchdog)

1. Check the task configuration concerning the adjusted sampling intervals and watchdog times.

4

Error when initialization the PLC web visualization


2. If the error still exists, execute a reset (origin) in

WAGO I/OPRO .

3. Compile the project again.

4. Transfer the project to the controller.

5

Error when synchronizing the PLC configuration with the local bus

1. Check the information of the connected modules in the PLC configuration of WAGO-I/OPRO .

2. Compare this information with the modules that are actually connected.

3. Compile the project again.

4. Transfer the project to the controller.

Table 82: Blink Code Table for the 'I/O' LED Signaling, Error Code 11

Error code 11: "Gateway-/Mailbox I/O module fault"

Error

Argument


1

Maximum number of

Gateway modules exceeded 1. Reduce number of Gateway modules.

2

Maximum size of Mailbox exceeded

1. Reduce the Mailbox size.

3

Maximum size of process image exceeded due to the put Gateway modules

1. Reduce the data width of the Gateway modules.


I/O modules without data are not counted (e.g. supply module without diagnosis)

Pos: 102 .20 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Diag nose/ Fel dbusk oppl er/- cont rolle r/Blinkcod e- Tab ellen - F ehle rcod e 1 2 ... 13 ( 750 -89 x) @ 33\ mod _15 409 952 5988 7_2 1.d ocx @ 506 918 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Table 83: Blink code table for I/O LED signaling, error code 12

Error code 12 “System Error”

Error

Argument

Error description Solution

1

General error of the operating system



2

3

General error of the file system

Insufficient system memory

1. Reset the file system using “WAGO Ethernet Settings“, button [Reset File System] in the menu above .





Table 84: Blink code table for I/O LED signaling, error code 13

Error code 13 – not used -

Error

Argument

-

Error description

Not used

Solution

-

Pos: 102 .21 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Diag nose/ Fel dbusk oppl er/- cont rolle r/Blinkcod e- Tab ellen - F ehle rcod e 1 4 mit SD -Kart enfe hler (Con trolle r) (75 0-8 90) @ 3 3\m od_ 1540 995 487 823 _21. docx @ 50 692 2 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Diagnostics 219


Error code 14: “Error in external storage (memory card)”

Error

Argument


1

The inserted memory card is unusable (defect or format/file system is not supported).

1. Check the function of the memory card on a PC. If necessary, replace the memory card.

2. Check if the memory card is formatted with the FAT. If not, format the memory card with the FAT file system.

2

The memory card was removed during an ongoing read/write access.

1. Insert the memory card back into the card slot.

2. Restart the canceled function.

3

The space on the internal drive A is exhausted.

1. Remove unnecessary files on the internal drive A.


4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

The space on the memory card (drive S) is exhausted.

1. Remove unnecessary files on the drive S.

2. Use a larger capacity memory card.


Saving parameters in non-volatile memory failed.

1. Restart the device.


3. If the problem persists, contact support.

The backup function failed due to an internal error.




The restore function failed due to an internal error.




1. Insert a memory card into the card slot.

2. Repeat the last action.

The memory card is not inserted.

The memory card is write-protected.

1. Remove the write-protection of the inserted SD card.



The version of the selected backup image is not compatible.

The selected backup image is defective / can not be interpreted.

1. Use backup image files created by a compatible controller (part number, firmware version).



1. Create a new backup image.



There is no backup image file on the selected backup media.

The executed action can not currently be executed.

1. Copy a backup image file to the selected backup medium: A: \ backup or S: \ backup.



1. Disconnect all active FTP / FTPS and fieldbus connections.

2. Stop an application running on the device.



Manual

Version 1.2.2

220 Diagnostics

Pos: 102 .22 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Diag nose/ Fel dbusk oppl er/- cont rolle r/LED-Sig nalisier ung - USR- LED @ 6\ mo d_12 592 498 466 09_ 21.d ocx @ 456 46 @ 4 @ 1

11.1.2.1 USR LED

WAGO I/O System 750


The bottom indicator LED (“USR”) is provided for visual output of information.

Control of the LED from the application program is conducted using the functions from the WAGO-I/OPRO library “Visual.lib”.

Pos: 102 .23 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Diag nose/ Fel dbusk oppl er/- cont rolle r/Speich erk arte nstat us a uswer ten ('SD'-LED) @ 9\ mod _128 949 627 645 4_2 1.doc x @ 6 639 6 @ 3 @ 1

11.1.3 Evaluating Memory Card Status

The access to the memory card is indicated by the SD-LED.

The SD-LED is directly above the memory card slot behind the transparent cover flap.

Pos: 102 .24 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Diag nose/ Fel dbusk oppl er/- cont rolle r/Vers org ungss pan nun gsstat us a uswer ten (alle K opple r/Co ntroll er) - A,B,C @ 6\m od_ 125 923 002 662 5_21 .docx @ 4 554 6 @ 3 @ 1

11.1.4 Evaluating Power Supply Status

The power supply unit of the device has two green LEDs that indicate the status of the power supplies.

LED “A” indicates the 24 V supply of the fieldbus coupler.

LED “B” or “C” reports the power available on the power jumper contacts for field side power.


Table 86: Power Supply Status Diagnostics – Solution in Event of Error

LED Status Meaning Solution

A

Green

Operating voltage for the system is available.

-

Off No power is available for the system

Check the power supply for the system

(24 V and 0 V).

B or C

Green

Off

The operating voltage for power jumper contacts is available.

No operating voltage is available for the power jumper contacts.

-

Check the power supply for the power jumper contacts (24 V and 0 V).

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 102 .26 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Diag nose/ Fel dbusk oppl er/- cont rolle r/F ehle rver halte n, Feldb usau sfall - Allgem ein ( 89x ) @ 3 4\m od_ 155 0822 748 907 _21 .docx @ 53 269 9 @ 23 @ 1

11.2 Fault Behavior

Diagnostics 221

11.2.1 Fieldbus Failure

Irrespective of the fieldbus protocol used, faults on the ETHERNET bus can lead to sporadic or permanent interruptions in the fieldbus communication.

This can show up e.g. through loss of telegrams, retransmissions or through a complete link failure.

Pos: 102 .27 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Diag nose/ Fel dbusk oppl er/- cont rolle r/F ehle rver halte n, Feldb usau sfall - Mo dbus (8 9x) @ 37\ mod _15 985 307 819 95_ 21.d ocx @ 590 487 @ @ 1 A fieldbus and thus a connection failure occurs if the set time-out time of the watchdog has elapsed without being triggered by the higher-level controller.

The Modbus Watchdog monitors the Modbus communication running via the

Modbus protocol. If the Modbus watchdog has been configured and activated, a fieldbus failure is indicated by the red I/O LED lighting up. All subsequent

Modbus TCP/IP requests are answered with the exception code 0x0004 (Slave

Device Failure).

Further Information

For detailed information on the Watchdog see Chapter "Modbus Functions" >…>

"Modbus Watchdog”.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

222 Diagnostics

Pos: 102 .29 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Diag nose/ Fel dbusk oppl er/- cont rolle r/Lok albus fehle r ( 89x) Kopfst ation @ 3 3\m od_ 154 9446 746 182 _21. docx @ 52 800 8 @ 3 @ 1

11.2.2 Local Bus Failure

WAGO I/O System 750


I/O LED indicates a local bus failure.

When a local bus failure occurs, the head station generates an error message

(error code and error argument) via the red-flashing I/O LED (see chapter

"Diagnostics" => "Evaluating Node Status - I/O LED (Blink Code Table)").

If the local bus completely fails, output modules switch to defined states, e.g.

"Off" or "0 V".

Example:

A fieldbus node consists of head station, five I/O modules with process data and the end module.

The output of one digital output module is activated.

If the end module is removed of the fieldbus node during operation, the local bus is interrupted. The output of the digital output module is automatically deactivated and the I/O LED flashes red and indicates with it error message 4/5.

The flashing code table provides for error code 4: "Physical error, local bus" with error argument 5: "Interruption of the local bus behind the nth I/O module with process data”.

If the end module is re-inserted into the fieldbus node, the local bus will restart after a few seconds. After the initialization blink code is completely, the I/O LED lights up again in a steady green and the transmission of the process data is resumed. Also the output of the digital output module is re-activated.

If the local bus error is caused by a defective module, it must be replaced, as described in the blink code table for error code 4 under "Solution".

Pos: 102 .30 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Diag nose/ Fel dbusk oppl er/- cont rolle r/Lok albus fehle r - Nacht rag Fu nktio nsba ustein KBUS_ERROR_INF ORMAT ION (C ontr oller ) @ 6\m od_ 1259 243 954 515 _21. docx @ 45 619 @ @ 1 For the evaluation of a local bus error in the application program, the function block 'KBUS_ERROR_INFORMATION' is available.

For this the 'ERROR', 'BITLEN', 'TERMINALS' and 'FAILADDRESS' output values are relevant.

Pos: 103 /Doku me ntatio n allg em ein/Glie der ungs elem ent e/-- -Seite nwechs el-- - @ 3\m od_ 122 110 8045 078 _0. docx @ 21 810 @ @ 1

'ERROR'

'ERROR'

('BITLEN'

'TERMINALS'

= TRUE

('BITLEN'

'TERMINALS'

'FAILADRESS'

= FALSE = No error

= Bit length of the local bus shift register

= Number of I/O modules)

= Local Bus Error

= 0

= 0)

= Position of the I/O module after which the

local bus interruption arose, similar to the

flashed error argument of the I/O LED)

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 104 /Alle Seri en (Allg em eine Mod ule)/Ü ber schrif ten/Eb ene 1/ Feldb usko mm unikati on - Übe rschri ft 1 @ 4\ mod _12 414 3386 262 1_2 1.do cx @ 3221 2 @ 1 @ 1

12 Fieldbus Communication

Fieldbus Communication 223

Pos: 105 .1 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /ETHERNET/E THERNET-Einleit ungs text @ 4\ mod _12 3676 373 350 2_2 1.do cx @ 2 816 3 @ @ 1 Fieldbus communication between master application and a WAGO fieldbus coupler/controller based on the ETHERNET standard normally occurs via a fieldbus-specific application protocol.

Depending on the application, this can be e.g., MODBUS TCP/UDP, EtherNet/IP,

BACnet/IP, KNXnet/IP, PROFINET, sercos or other.

In addition to the ETHERNET standard and the fieldbus-specific application protocol, there are also other communications protocols important for reliable communication and data transmission and other related protocols for configuring and diagnosing the system implemented in the WAGO fieldbus coupler/controller based on ETHERNET.

These protocols are explained in more detail in the other sections.

Pos: 105 .2 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /ETHERNET/I mple men tiert e Pro tokolle - Üb ersc hrift 2 (f ür E THERNET-Ku rzbes chr eibun g) @ 4\ mod _123 676 686 378 0_2 1.doc x @ 2 818 0 @ 2 @ 1

12.1 Implemented Protocols

Pos: 105 .3 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /ETHERNET/Ko mm unikati onsp roto kolle - Übe rsch rift 3 @ 4\ mod _12 372 107 332 18_ 21.d ocx @ 284 96 @ 3 @ 1

12.1.1 Communication Protocols

Pos: 106 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/F unkti onsb eschr eibu ng/ Feld busko mm unikati on/ETHERNE T/IP (I nte rnet P roto col) @ 4\ mod _12 3721 082 523 9_2 1.do cx @ 2 849 9 @ 4 @ 1

12.1.1.1 IP (Internet Protocol)

The Internet protocol divides datagrams into segments and is responsible for their transmission from one network subscriber to another. The stations involved may be connected to the same network or to different physical networks which are linked together by routers.

Routers are able to select various paths (network transmission paths) through connected networks, and bypass congestion and individual network failures.

However, as individual paths may be selected which are shorter than other paths, datagrams may overtake each other, causing the sequence of the data packets to be incorrect.

Therefore, it is necessary to use a higher-level protocol, for example, TCP to guarantee correct transmission.

IP Packet

In addition to the data units to be transported, the IP data packets contain a range of address information and additional information in the packet header.

Table 87: IP Packet

IP Header IP Data

The most important information in the IP header is the IP address of the transmitter and the receiver and the transport protocol used.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

224 Fieldbus Communication

IP Addresses

WAGO I/O System 750


To allow communication over the network each fieldbus node requires a 32 bit

Internet address (IP address).

IP Address must be unique!

For error free operation, the IP address must be unique within the network.

The same IP address may not be assigned twice.

As shown below there are various address classes with net identification (net ID) and subscriber identification (subscriber ID) of varying lengths. The net ID defines the network in which the subscriber is located. The subscriber ID identifies a particular subscriber within this network.

Networks are divided into various network classes for addressing purposes:

• Class A: (Net ID: Byte 1, Host ID: Byte 2… Byte 4)

Table 88: Network Class A e. g. 101 . 16 . 232 . 22

01100101 00010000 11101000 00010110

0 Net ID Host ID

The highest bit in Class A networks is always '0'. This means the highest byte can be in a range of '0 0000000' to '0 1111111'.

Therefore, the address range of a Class A network in the first byte is always between 0 and 127.

• Class B: (Net ID: Byte 1 … Byte 2, Host ID: Byte 3… Byte 4)

Table 89: Network Class B e. g. 181 . 16 . 232 . 22

10110101 00010000 11101000 00010110

10 Net ID Host ID

The highest bits in Class B networks are always '10'. This means the highest byte can be in a range of '10 000000' to '10 111111'.

Therefore, the address range of Class B networks in the first byte is always between 128 and 191.

• Class C: (Net ID: Byte 1 … Byte 3, Host ID: Byte 4)

Table 90: Network Class C e. g. 201 .

11000101

16

00010000

. 232

11101000

.

110 Net ID Host ID

The highest bits in Class C networks are always '110'. This means the highest byte can be in a range of '110 00000' to '110 11111'.

22

00010110

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Therefore, the address range of Class C networks in the first byte is always between 192 and 223.

• Additional network classes (D, E): are only used for special tasks.

Key Data

Table 91: Key Data Class A, B and C

Network Class Address range of

Class A

Class B the subnetwork

0.XXX.XXX.XXX ...

127.XXX.XXX.XXX

128.000.XXX.XXX ...

191.255.XXX.XXX

Possible number of

Networks

128

(2 7 )

Approx. 16 Thousand

(2 14 )

Hosts per

Network

Approx. 16 Million

(2 24 )

Ca. 65 Thousand

(2 16 )

Class C 192.000.000.XXX ...

223.255.255.XXX

Approx. 2 Million

(2 21 )

254

(2 8 )

Each WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus coupler or controller can be easily assigned an

IP address via the implemented BootP protocol. For small internal networks we recommend selecting a network address from Class C.

Do not set IP addresses to 0.0.0.0 or 255.255.255.255!

Never set all bits to equal 0 or 1 in one byte (byte = 0 or 255). These are reserved for special functions and may not be allocated. Therefore, the address

10.0.10.10 may not be used due to the 0 in the second byte.

If a network is to be directly connected to the Internet, only registered, internationally unique IP addresses allocated by a central registration service may be used. These are available from Inter NIC (International Network

Information Center).

Internet access only by the authorized network administrator!

Direct connection to the Internet should only be performed by an authorized network administrator and is therefore not described in this manual.

Subnets

To allow routing within large networks a convention was introduced in the specification RFC 950. Part of the Internet address, the subscriber ID is divided up again into a subnetwork number and the station number of the node. With the aid of the network number it is possible to branch into internal subnetworks within the partial network, but the entire network is physically connected together. The size and position of the subnetwork ID are not defined; however, the size is dependent upon the number of subnets to be addressed and the number of subscribers per subnet.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

226 Fieldbus Communication WAGO I/O System 750


Table 92: Example: Class B Address with Field for Subnet IDs

1 8 16 24

1 0 ...

Subnet Mask

Network ID Subnet ID

32

Host ID

A subnet mask was introduced to encode the subnets in the Internet. This involves a bit mask, which is used to mask out or select specific bits of the IP address. The mask defines the subscriber ID bits used for subnet coding, which denote the ID of the subscriber. The entire IP address range theoretically lies between 0.0.0.0 and 255.255.255.255. Each 0 and 255 from the IP address range are reserved for the subnet mask.

The standard masks depending upon the respective network class are as follows:

• Class A Subnet mask:

Table 93: Subnet Mask for Class A Network

255 .0

• Class B Subnet mask:

Table 94: Subnet Mask for Class B Network

255 .255

.0

.0

.0

.0

• Class C Subnet mask:

Table 95: Subnet Mask for Class C Network

255 .255 .255 .0

Depending on the subnet division the subnet masks may, however, contain other values beyond 0 and 255, such as 255.255.255.128 or 255.255.255.248.

Your network administrator allocates the subnet mask number to you.

Together with the IP address, this number determines which network your PC and your node belongs to.

The recipient node, which is located on a subnet, initially calculates the correct network number from its own IP address and subnet mask. Only then the node checks the node number and, if it corresponds, delivers the entire packet frame.

Table 96: Example for an IP Address from a Class B Network

IP address

Subnet mask

Net ID

Subnet ID

Host ID

172.16.233.200 '10101100 00010000 11101001 11001000'

255.255.255.128 '11111111 11111111 11111111 10000000'

172.16.0.0

0.0.233.128

0.0.0.72

'10101100 00010000 00000000 00000000'

'00000000 00000000 11101001 10000000'

'00000000 00000000 00000000 01001000'

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Specification of the network mask necessary!

Specify the network mask defined by the administrator in the same way as the IP address when installing the network protocol.

Gateway

The subnets of the Internet are normally connected via gateways. The function of these gateways is to forward packets to other networks or subnets.

This means that in addition to the IP address and network mask for each network card, it is necessary to specify the correct IP address of the standard gateway for a PC or fieldbus node connected to the Internet. You should also be able to obtain this IP address from your network administrator.

The IP function is limited to the local subnet if this address is not specified.

To communicate directly with each other, host and gateway must be on the same subnet, that means the network ID must be the same.

RAW IP

Raw IP manages without protocols such as PPP (point-to-point protocol). With

RAW IP, the TCP/IP packets are directly exchanged without handshaking, thus enabling the connection to be established more quickly.

However, the connection must beforehand have been configured with a fixed IP address. The advantages of RAW IP are high data transfer rate and good stability.

IP Multicast

Multicast refers to a method of transmission from a point to a group, which is a point-to-multipoint transfer or multipoint connection. The advantage of multicast is that messages are simultaneously transferred to several users or closed user groups via one address.

IP multicasting at the Internet level is realized with the help of the Internet Group

Message Protocol IGMP; neighboring routers use this protocol to inform each other on membership to the group.

For distribution of multicast packets in the sub-network, IP assumes that the datalink layer supports multicasting. In the case of Ethernet, you can provide a packet with a multicast address in order to send the packet to several recipients with a single send operation. Here, the common medium enables packets to be sent simultaneously to several recipients. The stations do not have to inform each other on who belongs to a specific multicast address – every station

Manual

Version 1.2.2


750-890 Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD physically receives every packet. The resolution of IP address to Ethernet address is solved by the use of algorithms, IP multicast addresses are embedded in Ethernet multicast addresses.

Pos: 107 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/F unkti onsb eschr eibu ng/ Feld busko mm unikati on/ETHERNE T/TCP (T rans port Prot ocol) @ 4\ mod _12 372 112 1883 7_2 1.d ocx @ 285 02 @ 4 @ 1

12.1.1.2 TCP (Transmission Control Protocol)

As the layer above the Internet protocol, TCP (Transmission Control Protocol) guarantees the secure transport of data through the network.

TCP enables two subscribers to establish a connection for the duration of the data transmission. Communication takes place in full-duplex mode (i.e., transmission between two subscribers in both directions simultaneously).

TCP provides the transmitted message with a 16-bit checksum and each data packet with a sequence number.

The receiver checks that the packet has been correctly received on the basis of the checksum and then sets off the sequence number. The result is known as the acknowledgement number and is returned with the next self-sent packet as an acknowledgement.

This ensures that the lost TCP packets are detected and resent, if necessary, in the correct sequence.

TCP Data Packet

The packet header of a TCP data packet is comprised of at least 20 bytes and contains, among others, the application port number of the transmitter and the receiver, the sequence number and the acknowledgement number.

The resulting TCP packet is used in the data unit area of an IP packet to create a

TCP/IP packet.

TCP Port Numbers

TCP can, in addition to the IP address (network and subscriber address), respond to a specific application (service) on the addressed subscriber. For this the applications located on a subscriber, such as a web server, FTP server and others are addressed via different port numbers. Well-known applications are assigned fixed ports to which each application can refer when a connection is built up

(Examples: Telnet Port number: 23, http Port number: 80).

A complete list of “standardized services” is contained in the RFC 1700 (1994) specifications.

Pos: 108 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/F unkti onsb eschr eibu ng/ Feld busko mm unikati on/ETHERNE T/UDP (Use r Dat ag ram P rotoc ol) @ 4\ mod _12 3721 129 786 0_2 1.do cx @ 2 850 5 @ 4 @ 1

12.1.1.3 UDP (User Datagram Protocol)

The UDP protocol, like the TCP protocol, is responsible for the transport of data.

Unlike the TCP protocol, UDP is not connection-orientated; meaning that there are no control mechanisms for the data exchange between transmitter and receiver. The advantage of this protocol is the efficiency of the transmitted data and the resulting higher processing speed.

Pos: 109 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/F unkti onsb eschr eibu ng/ Feld busko mm unikati on/ETHERNE T/Konfi gur ations - u nd Dia gnos epr otokoll e - Ü bers chrif t 3 @ 4\m od_ 123 721 159 768 6_21 .docx @ 2 851 1 @ 3 @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



12.1.2 Configuration and Diagnostics Protocols

Pos: 110 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/F unkti onsb eschr eibu ng/ Feld busko mm unikati on/ETHERNE T/BootP - Besch reib ungs anfa ng (Boots Tr ap Pr otok oll) ( 750 -89x ) @ 34\ mod_ 155 110 209 114 7_2 1.doc x @ 5 328 29 @ 4 @ 1

12.1.2.1 BootP (Bootstrap Protocol)

The “Bootstrap Protocol” (BootP) can be used to assign an IP address and other parameters to the head station of the fieldbus node in a TCP/IP network.

The BootP protocol can be enabled in the WBM on "TCP/IP" WBM page (the option "DHCP" is enabled by default).

The protocol communication consists of a client request from the head station and a response from the BootP server. If no BootP server is available, in the default configuration the head station will periodically send client requests at irregular intervals until a server responds.

The protocol sends a broadcast request on port 67 (BootP server) containing the hardware address (MAC ID) of the head station. The BootP server receives the message. It contains a database in which MAC ID and IP addresses are assigned to one another. If the MAC address is found, a broadcast response is transmitted via the network. The head station “listens” at the specified Port 68 for the response of the BootP server. Incoming packets contain information such as the IP address and the MAC address of the head station. A head station recognizes by the MAC address whether the message is intended for it and, if it matches, transfers the sent IP address to its network interface.

In contrast to DHCP, the head station keeps the IP address with BootP, as long as it is not switched off. This means that the head station can only receive a new

IP address after the next power on reset (or a software reset).

IP addresses can be assigned via BootP under Windows and Linux!

You can use BootP to assign an IP address under the Windows and Linux operating systems.

More information about IP address assigning with BootP

The process for assigning addresses using BootP is described in detail in the section “Commissioning”.

The head station supports the following options in addition to the default “IP address” option:

Pos: 111 .1 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /ETHERNET/Bo otP - Tab elle Boo tP-Op tione n ( 750 -35 2, - 842, -8 43, -880 , - 881 ) @ 9 \mo d_1 283 243 2779 69_ 21. docx @ 643 70 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Table 97: BootP Options

Option

[OPT1] Subnet mask

[OPT2] Time zone

[OPT3] Gateway

[OPT6] DNS server

[OPT12] Host name

[OPT15] Domain name

Meaning

32-bit address mask that displays which bits of the IP address identify the network and which identify the network stations.

Time difference between the local time and the UTC (Universal

Time Coordinated).

IP address of the router that permits access to other networks.

IP address of the name servers that converts a name into an IP address. Up to 2 DNS servers can be configured.

The name of the host is the unique name of a computer in a network. The host name can contain up to 32 characters.

The name of the domain is the unique name of a network. The domain name can contain up to 32 characters.

Pos: 111 .2 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /ETHERNET/Bo otP - Tab elle Boo tP-Op tione n [OP T42] NTP-Se rve r (7 50- 831 , -8 80, -88 1) @ 10\ mod _12 983 911 076 53_ 21.d ocx @ 699 91 @ @ 1 [OPT42] NTP server IP address of the Network Time Server. This address is only accepted if the protocol "SNTP" is enabled via the WBM.

Pos: 112 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/F unkti onsb eschr eibu ng/ Feld busko mm unikati on/ETHERNE T/BootP - Übe r di e WBM-Seit e " Fe atur es" kann fer ne r .... (Rest besch reib ung ) 75 0-8 9x @ 34\ mod _15 512 7119 914 1_2 1.do cx @ 5332 19 @ @ 1 The WBM page "Miscellaneous" can also be used to select the "BootP Request before static IP" option. To do this, static network parameters must be stored in the EEPROM on the "TCP/IP" WBM page. After the restart, 5 BootP requests are sent. If there is no response to any of these requests, the head station configures itself with the IP parameters stored in the EEPROM.

If the head station does not receive a valid IP address, the I/O LED indicates an error code (see chapter "Diagnostics").

Pos: 113 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/F unkti onsb eschr eibu ng/ Feld busko mm unikati on/ETHERNE T/DHCP (Dyn amic H ost Co nfig urati on Pr otocol ) ( 750 -89x ) @ 34\ mod_ 155 127 184 115 9_2 1.doc x @ 5 332 23 @ 4 @ 1

12.1.2.2 DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)

The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) allows you to assign an IP address and other parameters to the head station of a fieldbus node in a TCP/IP network.

The DHCP protocol can be activated in the WBM on the "TCP/IP" WBM page

(this option is already enabled by default).

DHCP is an advancement of BootP. The difference between BootP and DHCP is that both use different mapping methods and the configuration is limited in time with DHCP.

The DHCP client must re-request the configuration at the end of the serversupplied time ("lease time"). Normally, the DHCP server returns the same configuration, but it can be changed at any time.

If there is no response from a server on a DHCP request, the request is repeated continuously: first after 4 seconds, another after 8 seconds, the third after 16 seconds. After that follow more and more requests at longer intervals. If requests remain without an answer, the network configuration is discarded after the lease time has expired and a flash code is displayed via the I/O LED. Then the head station no longer has a valid IP address (IP 0.0.0.0).

There are three different operating modes for a DHCP server:

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


• Manual assignment


In this mode, the IP addresses are permanently assigned on the DHCP server to specific MAC addresses. The addresses are assigned to the MAC address for an indefinite period.

Manual assignments are used primarily to ensure that the DHCP client can be reached under a fixed IP address.

• Automatic assignment

For automatic assignment, a range of IP addresses is assigned on the

DHCP server.

If the address was assigned from this range once to a DHCP client, then it belongs to the client for an indefinite period as the assigned IP address is also bound to the MAC address.

• Dynamic assignment

This process is similar to automatic assignment, but the DHCP server has a statement in its configuration file that specifies how long a certain IP address may be “leased” to a client before the client must log into the server again and request an “extension”.

If the client does not log in, the address is released and can be reassigned to another (or the same) client. The time defined by the administrator is called Lease Time.

Some DHCP servers also assign IP addresses based on the MAC address, i.e., a client receives the same IP address as before after longer network absence and elapse of the Lease Time (unless the IP address has been assigned otherwise in the mean time).

DHCP is used to dynamically configure the network parameters.

The head station supports the following options in addition to the default “IP address” option:

Pos: 114 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/F unkti onsb eschr eibu ng/ Feld busko mm unikati on/ETHERNE T/DHCP (Dyn amic H ost Co nfig urati on Pr otocol - Tab elle DHCP-O ption en (750 -8 80, -881 ) @ 9\m od_ 128 437 7953 925 _21 .docx @ 6 4590 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Table 98: Meaning of DHCP Options

Option

[OPT1] Subnet mask

Meaning

32-bit address mask that displays which bits of the IP address identify the network and which identify the network stations.

[OPT2] Time zone Time difference between the local time and the UTC (Universal

Time Coordinated).

[OPT3] Gateway

[OPT6] DNS server

[OPT15] Domain name * )

IP address of the router that permits access to other networks.

IP address of the name servers that converts a name into an IP address. Up to 2 DNS servers can be configured.

The name of the domain is the unique name of a network. The domain name can contain up to 32 characters.

[OPT42] NTP server

[OPT51] Lease time

[OPT58] Renewing time

[OPT59] Rebinding time

IP address of the Network Time Server. This address is only accepted if the protocol "SNTP" is activated via the WBM.

The maximum duration in seconds (i.e., how long the fieldbus coupler/controller maintains the assigned IP address) can be defined here. The maximum lease time for the fieldbus controller is 48 days. This is due to the internal timer resolution.

The minimum lease time is 16 minutes.

The renewing time indicates when the fieldbus coupler/controller must renew the lease time. The renewing time should be approximately half of the lease time.

The rebinding time indicates after what amount of time the fieldbus coupler/controller must have received its new address.

The rebinding time should be approximately 7/8 of the lease time.

* ) In contrast to BootP, the DHCP client does not support assignment of the host name.

Pos: 115 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/F unkti onsb eschr eibu ng/ Feld busko mm unikati on/ETHERNE T/HT TP (Hy pert ext Tra nsfe r Prot ocol) @ 4\ mo d_1 2372 119 034 03_ 21.d ocx @ 285 17 @ 4 @ 1

12.1.2.3 HTTP (Hypertext Transfer Protocol)

HTTP is a protocol used by WWW (World Wide Web) servers for the forwarding of hypermedia, texts, images, audiodata, etc.

Today, HTTP forms the basis of the Internet and is also based on requests and responses in the same way as the BootP protocol.

The HTTP server implemented in the (programmable) fieldbus coupler or controller is used for viewing the HTML pages saved in the coupler/controller.

The HTML pages provide information about the coupler/controller (state, configuration), the network and the process image.

On some HTML pages, (programmable) fieldbus coupler or controller settings can also be defined and altered via the web-based management system (e.g. whether IP configuration of the coupler/controller is to be performed via the

DHCP protocol, the BootP protocol or from the data stored in the EEPROM).

The HTTP server uses port number 80.

Pos: 116 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/F unkti onsb eschr eibu ng/ Feld busko mm unikati on/ETHERNE T/DNS (Do main Nam e Serv er) @ 4 \mo d_1 237 2120 849 77_ 21.d ocx @ 285 23 @ 4 @ 1

12.1.2.4 DNS (Domain Name Systems)

The DNS client enables conversion of logical Internet names such as www.wago.com into the appropriate decimal IP address represented with separator stops, via a DNS server. Reverse conversion is also possible.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



The addresses of the DNS server are configured via DHCP, BootP or web-based management. Up to 2 DNS servers can be specified. The host identification can be achieved with two functions; an internal host table is not supported.

Pos: 117 .1 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /ETHERNET/SN TP-Client (Simpl e Netw ork Time Prot ocol) - Einleit ung @ 7\ mod _12 653 684 533 98_2 1.d ocx @ 498 66 @ 4 @ 1

12.1.2.5 SNTP-Client (Simple Network Time Protocol)

The SNTP client is used for synchronization of the time of day between a time server (NTP and SNTP server Version 3 and 4 are supported) and the internal system time in the (programmable) fieldbus coupler or controller. The protocol is executed via a UDP port. Only unicast addressing is supported.

Configuration of the SNTP client

The configuration of the SNTP client is performed via the web-based management system. The following parameters must be set:

Table 99: Meaning of the SNTP Parameters

Parameter Meaning

Pos: 117 .2 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /ETHERNET/SN TP-Client (Simpl e Netw ork Time Prot ocol) - Tabell enzeil e "Ad resse des Tim e-Se rvers (7 50- 880, -8 81) @ 7\ mod _12 653 710 902 23_ 21.d ocx @ 498 75 @ @ 1

WBM page “TCP/IP”  “(S)NTP

Server”

The address assignment can be made over an IP address.

Pos: 117 .3 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /ETHERNET/SN TP-Client (Simpl e Netw ork Time Prot ocol) - Res t @ 7 \mo d_1 265 370 9078 17_ 21. docx @ 49 872 @ @ 1

WBM page “TCP/IP”

max. 65535) ”



„SNTP Update Time (sec,

The update time indicates the interval in seconds, in which the synchronization with the time server is to take place.

WBM page “Clock”

“Timezone (+/- hour:minute)”



To operate the ETHERNET couplers/controllers with SNTP in various countries, you must specify a time zone. The time zone relative to GMT (Greenwich Mean time). A range of -12 to +14 hours is acceptable.

It indicates whether the SNTP Client is to be activated or deactivated.

WBM page “Port”



“SNTP”

Pos: 118 .1 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /ETHERNET/ FTP-S erve r ( File Tra nsfe r Prot ocol) - Einlei tung @ 7\ mo d_1 2653 739 348 50_ 21.d ocx @ 499 14 @ 4 @ 1

12.1.2.6 FTP-Server (File Transfer Protocol)

The file transfer protocol (FTP) enables files to be exchanged between different network stations regardless of operating system.

In the case of the ETHERNET coupler/controller, FTP is used to store and read the HTML pages created by the user, the IEC61131 program and the IEC61131 source code in the (programmable) fieldbus coupler or controller.

Pos: 118 .2 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /ETHERNET/ FTP (File S erve r Pro tocol ) - Fü r das Dateisy stem ste ht ein Gesa mts peiche r vo n 1 GB zur V erfü gun g @ 32\ mod_ 153 986 651 639 7_2 1.doc x @ 5 054 85 @ @ 1 A total memory of 1 GB is available for the internal file system.

Pos: 118 .3 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /ETHERNET/ FTP-S erve r - Hi nweis: Sch reib zyklen beg renz t, Fil esyste m u nter stützt Wea r-L eveling (8 31, 880, 881 ) @ 7\m od_ 127 531 9161 739 _21 .docx @ 5 7252 @ @ 1

Cycles for flash limited to 1 million!

Up to 1 million write cycles per sector are allowed when writing the flash for the file system. The file system supports “Wear-Leveling”, so that the same sectors are not always written to.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 118 .4 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /ETHERNET/I nfo rmati on: W eiter e inf orm ation zu d en i mple men tiert en Pr otokoll en @ 7\m od_ 126 537 434 9668 _21 .docx @ 4 992 9 @ @ 1

More Information about the implemented Protocols

You can find a list of the exact available implemented protocols in the section

“Technical Data” to the fieldbus coupler and/or controller.

Pos: 119 .1 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /SNMP ( MIB)/SNMP (Simple Netwo rk M ana ge ment P roto koll) - SNMP (Ü bers chrif t 4) @ 7\ mod _12 707 028 044 02_ 21.d ocx @ 549 39 @ 4 @ 1

12.1.2.7 SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)

Pos: 119 .2 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /SNMP ( MIB)/SNMP (Simple Netwo rk M ana ge ment P roto koll) - SNMP @ 6\m od_ 126 4585 618 382 _21. docx @ 48 815 @ @ 1 The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is responsible for transporting the control data that allows the exchange of management information as well as status and statistic data between individual network components and a management system.

An SNMP management workstation polls the SNMP agents to obtain information on the relevant devices.

SNMP is supported in versions 1/2c and some fieldbus couplers/controllers in version 3.

This represents a community message exchange in SNMP versions 1 and 2c.

The community name of the network community must thereby be specified.

In SNMP version 3, exchanging messages is user-related. Each device, that knows the passwords set via WBM, may read or write values from the controller.

In SNMPv3, user data from SNMP messages can also be transmitted in encoded form. This way, both requested values and values to be written cannot be easily decoded by others via ETHERNET. This is why SNMPv3 is often used in safetyrelated networks.

The device data, that can be accessed or modified by an SNMP agent, is called

SNMP object. The sets of SNMP objects are stored in a logical database called

Management Information Base (MIB); this is why these objects are typically known as “MIB objects”.

The SNMP of the ETHERNET controller includes both the general MIB acc. to

RFC1213 (MIB II) and a special WAGO MIB.

SNMP is processed via port 161. The port number for SNMP traps (agent messages) is 161. Both ports must be enabled to use SNMP.

Pos: 119 .3 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /SNMP ( MIB)/SNMP (Simple Netwo rk M ana ge ment P roto koll) - Besch reib ung der MIB II (Üb ersc hrift 5) @ 7\ mod_ 127 070 285 333 1_2 1.docx @ 5 494 3 @ 5 @ 1

12.1.2.7.1 MIB II Description

Pos: 119 .4 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /SNMP ( MIB)/SNMP (Simple Netwo rk M ana ge ment P roto koll) - Besch reib ung der MIB II mit Ve rweis auf An han g @ 7 \mo d_1 270 702 410 659 _21. docx @ 54 930 @ @ 1 MIB II acc. to RFC1213 is divided into the following groups:

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Table 100: MIB II Groups

Group

System Group

Interface Group

IP Group

IpRoute Table Group

ICMP Group

TCP Group

UDP Group

SNMP Group

Identifier

1.3.6.1.2.1.1

1.3.6.1.2.1.2

1.3.6.1.2.1.4

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21

1.3.6.1.2.1.5

1.3.6.1.2.1.6

1.3.6.1.2.1.7

1.3.6.1.2.1.11



Please find detailed information on these individual groups in section

“MIB II groups” of the manual appendix.


Manual

Version 1.2.2


Pos: 119 .6 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /SNMP ( MIB)/SNMP (Simple Netwo rk M ana ge ment P roto koll) - Stan dar d- Tra ps (Ü bersc hrift 5) @ 7\ mod _12 707 038 544 40_2 1.d ocx @ 549 54 @ 5 @ 1

12.1.2.7.2 Traps

Pos: 119 .7 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /SNMP ( MIB)/SNMP (Simple Netwo rk M ana ge ment P roto koll) - Stan dar d- Tra ps (Einl eitun g) @ 7\m od_ 127 072 163 655 3_21 .docx @ 5 497 7 @ @ 1 Standard Traps

WAGO I/O System 750


For specific events, the SNMP agent will independently send one of the following messages without polling the manager.

Pos: 119 .8 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /SNMP ( MIB)/SNMP (Simple Netwo rk M ana ge ment P roto koll) - Hinweis : Ereig nism eldun gen im WBM frei gebe n! V1, 2c, 3 @ 7 \mo d_1 270 721 7419 99_ 21. docx @ 549 80 @ @ 1

Enable event messages (traps) in the WBM!

Initially enable the event messages in the WBM in menu “SNMP” under “Trap

Enable”. Traps in version 1, 2c and 3 may be activated separately.

Pos: 119 .9 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /SNMP ( MIB)/SNMP (Simple Netwo rk M ana ge ment P roto koll) - Stan dar d- Tra ps @ 6\m od_1 264 588 370 404 _21. docx @ 48 822 @ @ 1 The following messages are triggered automatically as traps (SNMPv1) by the fieldbus coupler/controller:

Table 101: Standard Traps

TrapType/TrapNumber/OI

D of the provided value

TrapType = 0

TrapType = 1

TrapType = 3

TrapType = 4

TrapType = 6/ ab Trap-Nummer 25 benutzerspezifisch

Name

ColdStart

WarmStart

Event

Restart the coupler/controller

Reset via mode selector switch (only for controller)

EthernetUp enterpriseSpecific

Network connection detected

AuthenticationFailure Unauthorized (abortive) MIB access

Enterprise-specific messages and function poll in the PFC program starting with enterprise trap number 25

Pos: 120 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/F unkti onsb eschr eibu ng/ Feld busko mm unikati on/Syslo g-Clien t/Syslog -Prot okoll ( 366 ) @ 37\ mod _159 860 756 939 3_2 1.doc x @ 5 906 73 @ 45 5 @ 1

12.1.2.8 Syslog Client

The network protocol "syslog" (RFC5424) enables the transmission of eventcontrolled log messages in an IP-based network. Communication takes place according to the client-server principle, with a “syslog” client sending log messages to a “syslog” server via TCP or UDP.

WAGO fieldbus couplers/controllers provide a "syslog" client that sends log messages via UDP to a "syslog" server that can be configured by the user.

With the "syslog" protocol, a message consists of a short free text message with additional information for classifying the log message.

Priority Selector (PRI)

The priority selector contains information about the source and the severity of a log message. This allows log messages to be displayed or filtered on a "syslog" server according to their urgency and origin.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



The facility field describes the source or the device component that triggered the log message. Various values are predefined for this in RFC5124: e.g. 0 = kernel, 1 = user, 4 = security.

The severity field describes the severity of a log message in the range from

0 to 7.

Examples: 0 = critical error, 3 = normal error, 4 = warning and 6 = information.

Header (HEADER)

The header of a "syslog" message contains the following information:

•

•

•

•

•

•

Protocol version used (VERSION)

Time stamp at which the log message was created (TIMESTAMP)

Network name (FQDN) or the IP address of the device (HOSTNAME)

Application that created the log message (APP-NAME)

Process ID for the assignment of log messages (PROCID)

Message ID for typing the log message (MSGID)

Structured Data (STRUCTURED-DATA)

Currently the WAGO fieldbus couplers/controllers do not support structured data.

Structured data is optional and enables the transmission of a list of name-value pairs (e.g. JSON) within a "syslog" message.

Message Text (MSG)

The message text of a "syslog" message is free text in the "Unicode" or "UTF-8" format.

Manual

Version 1.2.2


12.1.2.8.1 Syslog Messages

WAGO I/O System 750


WAGO fieldbus couplers/controllers currently support the following "syslog" messages:

Table 102: Supported Syslog Messages

Facility Severity Application (APP-NAME) Description

0 (Kernel) 4 (Warning) Core CPU utilization over 80%

0 (Kernel) 3 (Error)

0 (Kernel) 3 (Error)

SEL (System Error Logger) An error has occurred

(see "Diagnostics" >> ... >> "Evaluating

Node Status - I/O LED (Blink Code

Table))

SEL (System Error Logger) An error has been fixed

(see " Diagnostics" >> ... >> "Evaluating

Node Status - I/O LED (Blink Code

Table))

1 (User) 5 (Note)

1 (User)

1 (User)

1 (User)

1 (User)

5 (Note)

5 (Note)

5 (Note)

5 (Note)

Parameter A parameter of the head station was changed

Modbus

EIP (EtherNet/IP)

Maximum number of Modbus TCP connections exceeded

Maximum number of EIP connections exceeded

BAR (Backup & Restore) A backup image was successfully created

BAR (Backup & Restore) A backup image was successfully restored

4 (Security) 5 (Note) FTP

4 (Security) 4 (Warning) FTP

4 (Security) 5 (Note) SSH

4 (Security) 4 (Warning) SSH

4 (Security) 5 (Note) WBM (Web-based-

Management)

4 (Security) 4 (Warning) WBM (Web-based-

Management)

Authentication via FTP was successful

Authentication via FTP failed

Authentication via SSH was successful

Authentication via SSH failed

Authentication via web server was successful

Authentication via web server failed

12.1.2.8.2 Configuration

The configuration for the "syslog" client takes place via the web-based management (see "Configuring via the Web-Based Management System

(WBM)"> "Protocols" and> "TCP/IP").


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 122 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/F unkti onsb eschr eibu ng/ Feld busko mm unikati on/ETHERNE T/Anwen dun gsp rotok olle - Übe rschri ft 3 und Einl eitun gstex t @ 4 \mo d_1 237 212 3600 10_ 21. docx @ 28 535 @ 3 @ 1

12.1.3 Application Protocols


If fieldbus specific application protocols are implemented, then the appropriate fieldbus specific communication is possible with the respective coupler/controller.

Thus the user is able to have a simple access from the respective fieldbus on the fieldbus node.

The fieldbus specific application protocols implemented in the fieldbus coupler/controller are listed in the following chapters and some special details are described.


Manual

Version 1.2.2


Pos: 124 .1 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /MODBUS/M odb us- Funk tion en - Allgem eines @ 3\ mod _12 345 136 0739 0_2 1.d ocx @ 275 30 @ 23 @ 1

12.2 Modbus Functions

WAGO I/O System 750


12.2.1 General

Modbus is a manufacturer-independent, open fieldbus standard for diverse applications in manufacturing and process automation.

•

•

The Modbus protocol is implemented according to the current Internet Draft of the IETF (Internet Engineering Task Force) and performs the following functions:

Transmission of the process image

Transmission of the fieldbus variables

• Transmission of different settings and information on the coupler/controller

The data transmission in the fieldside takes place via TCP and via UDP.

The Modbus TCP protocol is a variation of the Modbus optimized for communication via TCP/IP connections. protocol, which was

This protocol was designed for data exchange in the field level (i.e. for the exchange of I/O data in the process image).

All data packets are sent via a TCP connection with the port number 502.

Pos: 124 .2 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /MODBUS/M odb us- Funk tion en - Allgem eines - Dat enp aket @ 3\ mod _12 345 175 7654 6_2 1.d ocx @ 275 36 @ @ 1 Modbus TCP segment

The general Modbus TCP header is as follows:

Table 103: Modbus TCP Header

Byte 0 1

Identifier

(entered by receiver)

2 3

Protocol-identifier

(is always 0)

4 5

Length field

(High byte, low byte)

6

Unit identifier

(Slave address)

7

Modbus function code

8 … n

Data descriptions of the Modbus


The structure of a datagram is specific for the individual function. Refer to the

Function codes.

Pos: 124 .3 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /MODBUS/M ODBUS-F unktio nen - Allge mein es - 15 Ve rbin dun gen (x41 ) @ 4\m od_ 1235 565 560 015 _21. docx @ 27 682 @ @ 1 For the MODBUS protocol 15 connections are made available over TCP. Thus it allows digital and analog output data to be directly read out at a fieldbus node and special functions to be executed by way of simple MODBUS function codes from 15 stations simultaneously.

Pos: 124 .4 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /MODBUS/M ODBUS-F unktio nen - Allge mein es - MODBUS-Pr otokoll @ 4\ mod _12 355 656 126 09_2 1.d ocx @ 276 85 @ @ 1 For this purpose a set of MODBUS functions from the Open MODBUS/TCP specification is realized.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



More information

More information on the “Open MODBUS/TCP specification” you can find in the

Internet: www.modbus.org

.

Therefore the MODBUS protocol based essentially on the following basic data types:

Table 104: Basic Data Types of MODBUS Protocol

Data type

Discrete inputs

Coils

Length

1 bit

1 bit

Description

Digital inputs

Digital outputs

Input register

Holding register

16 bits

16 bits

Analog input data

Analog output data

For each basic data type one or more function codes are defined.

These functions allow digital or analog input and output data, and internal variables to be set or directly read out of the fieldbus node.

Pos: 124 .5 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /MODBUS/M ODBUS-F unktio nen - List e Funkti onsco des (Cont rolle r, x4 1) @ 3\ mod _12 349 5435 787 5_2 1.do cx @ 2 754 0 @ @ 1

Table 105: List of the MODBUS Functions in the Fieldbus Coupler

Function code

Designation

FC1

Value

(hex)

0x01

Function

Read Coils

Access method and description

Reading of several output bits

FC2

FC3

FC4

0x02

0x03

0x04

Read Discrete

Inputs

Read Holding

Registers

Read Input

Registers

Access to resources

(R=read/W=write)

Reading of several input bits

R: Process image,

PFC variables

R: Process image,

PFC variables

Reading of several input registers R: Process image,

PFC variables, internal variables,

NOVRAM

Reading of several input registers R: Process image,


NOVRAM

FC5

FC6

FC11

0x05 Write Single

Coil

0x06 Write Single

Register

Writing of an individual output bit W: Process image,

PFC variables

Writing of an individual output register

W: Process image,


NOVRAM

Communication event counter R: None

FC15

FC16

FC22

0x0B Get Comm

Event Counters

0x0F Write Multiple

Coils

0x10 Write Multiple

Registers

0x16 Mask Write

Register

Writing of several output bits

Writing of several output registers W: Process image,

PFC variables,

Writing of several bits of an individual output register by mask

W: Process image,

PFC variables internal variables,

NOVRAM

W: Process image,

PFC variables,

NOVRAM

Manual

Version 1.2.2


FC23

WAGO I/O System 750


0x17 Read/Write

Multiple

Registers

Reading and writing of several output registers

R/W: Process image,

PFC variables,

NOVRAM

Pos: 124 .6 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O

@ 1 a desired function, specify the respective function code and the address of the selected input or output channel or of the register.

To execute

Note the number system when addressing!

The examples listed use the hexadecimal system (i.e.: 0x000) as their numerical format. Addressing begins with 0. The format and beginning of the addressing may vary according to the software and the control system. All addresses then need to be converted accordingly.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 124 .8 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /MODBUS/Anwe ndu ng der MODBUS- Funkti one n - Einl eitun g @ 7\mo d_1 265 623 985 585 _21. docx @ 49 940 @ 33 @ 1

12.2.2 Use of the MODBUS Functions


The example below uses a graphical view of a fieldbus node to show which

MODBUS functions can be used to access data of the process image.

Figure 61: Use of the MODBUS Functions

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Use register functions to access analog signals and coil functions to access binary signals!

It is recommended that analog data be accessed with register functions  and digital data with coil functions  . If reading or writing access to binary signals is performed via register functions  , an address shift may occur as soon as further analog modules are operated on the coupler/controller.

12.2.3 Description of the MODBUS Functions

All MODBUS functions are executed as follows:

1. A MODBUS TCP master (e.g., a PC) makes a request to the WAGO fieldbus node using a specific function code based on the desired operation..

2. The WAGO fieldbus node receives the datagram and then responds to the master with the proper data, which is based on the master’s request.

If the WAGO fieldbus node receives an incorrect request, it sends an error datagram (Exception) to the master.

The exception code contained in the exception has the following meaning:

Pos: 124 .9 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /MODBUS/Anwe ndu ng der MODBUS- Funkti one n - Ta belle "Excepti on-C odes " ( 750 -88 0, - 881 ) @ 7\m od_1 265 624 235 117 _21. docx @ 49 946 @ @ 1

Table 106: Exception Codes

Exception code Meaning

0x01 Illegal function

0x02 Illegal data address

Illegal data value

Slave device failure

0x03

0x04

Pos: 124 .10 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Anwend ung de r MODBUS- Fu nktion en - FC 1 bis FC6 @ 3\ mod_ 123 495 737 312 5_2 1.doc x @ 2 755 6 @ 4444 44 @ 1 The following chapters describe the datagram architecture of request, response and exception with examples for each function code.

Reading and writing of outputs via FC1 to FC4 is also possible by adding an offset!

In the case of the read functions (FC1 ... FC4) the outputs can be additionally written and read back by adding an offset of 200hex (0x0200) to the MODBUS addresses in the range of [0 hex

... FF hex

] and an offset of 1000

MODBUS addresses in the range of [6000 hex

... 62FC hex

]. hex

(0x01000) to the

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


12.2.3.1 Function Code FC1 (Read Coils)


This function reads the status of the input and output bits (coils) in a slave device.

Request

The request specifies the reference number (starting address) and the bit count to read.

Example: Read output bits 0 to 7.

Table 107: Request of Function Code FC1

Byte

Byte 0, 1

Byte 2, 3

Field name

Transaction identifier

Protocol identifier

Byte 4, 5

Byte 6

Length field

Unit identifier

Byte 7

Byte 8, 9

Byte 10, 11

Example

0x0000

0x0000

0x0006

0x01 not used

MODBUS function code 0x01

Reference number 0x0000

Bit count 0x0008

Response

The current values of the response bits are packed in the data field. A binary 1 corresponds to the ON status and a 0 to the OFF status. The lowest value bit of the first data byte contains the first bit of the request. The others follow in ascending order. If the number of inputs is not a multiple of 8, the remaining bits of the last data byte are filled with zeroes (truncated).

Table 108: Response of Function Code FC1

Byte

...

Byte 7

Byte 8

Byte 9

Field name Example


Byte count 0x01

Bit values 0x12

The status of the inputs 7 to 0 is shown as byte value 0x12 or binary 0001 0010.

Input 7 is the bit having the highest significance of this byte and input 0 the lowest value.

The assignment is thus made from 7 to 0 as follows:

Table 109: Assignment of Inputs

OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF

Bit 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0

Coil 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Manual

Version 1.2.2


Exception

WAGO I/O System 750


Table 110: Exception of Function Code FC1

Byte

...

Byte 7

Byte 8



Exception code 0x01 or 0x02

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


12.2.3.2 Function Code FC2 (Read Discrete Inputs)


This function reads the input bits from a slave device.

Request

The request specifies the reference number (starting address) and the bit count to be read.

Example: Read input bits 0 to 7


Byte

Byte 0, 1

Byte 2, 3

Field name


Protocol identifier

Byte 4, 5

Byte 6

Length field

Unit identifier

Byte 7

Byte 8, 9

Byte 10, 11

Example

0x0000

0x0000

0x0006

0x01 not used



Bit count 0x0008

Response

The current value of the requested bits are packed into the data field. A binary 1 corresponds to the ON status and a 0 the OFF status. The lowest value bit of the first data byte contains the first bit of the inquiry. The others follow in an ascending order. If the number of inputs is not a multiple of 8, the remaining bits of the last data byte are filled with zeroes (truncated).


Byte

...

Byte 7

Byte 8

Byte 9



Byte count 0x01

Bit values 0x12

The status of the inputs 7 to 0 is shown as a byte value 0x12 or binary 0001

0010. Input 7 is the bit having the highest significance of this byte and input 0 the lowest value. The assignment is thus made from 7 to 0 as follows:

Table 113: Assignment of Inputs

OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF

Bit 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0

Coil 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Manual

Version 1.2.2


Exception

WAGO I/O System 750



Byte

...

Byte 7

Byte 8




Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



12.2.3.3 Function Code FC3 (Read Multiple Registers)

This function reads the contents of holding registers from a slave device in word format.

Request

The request specifies the reference number (start register) and the word count

(register quantity) of the registers to be read. The reference number of the request is zero based, therefore, the first register starts at address 0.

Example: Read registers 0 and 1.


Byte

Byte 0, 1

Byte 2, 3

Byte 4, 5

Byte 6

Byte 7

Byte 8, 9

Byte 10, 11

Field name


Protocol identifier

Length field

Unit identifier 0x01 not used


Reference number

Word count

Example

0x0000

0x0000

0x0006

0x0000

0x0002

Response

The reply register data is packed as 2 bytes per register. The first byte contains the higher value bits, the second the lower values.


Byte

...

Byte 7



Byte 8

Byte 9, 10

Byte 11, 12

Byte count

Value register 0

Value register 1

0x04

0x1234

0x2345

The contents of register 0 are displayed by the value 0x1234 and the contents of register 1 is 0x2345.

Exception


Byte

...

Field name

Byte 7

Byte 8

Example



Manual

Version 1.2.2



12.2.3.4 Function Code FC4 (Read Input Registers)

This function reads contents of input registers from the slave device in word format.

Request

The request specifies a reference number (start register) and the word count

(register quantity) of the registers to be read. The reference number of the request is zero based, therefore, the first register starts at address 0.

Example: Read registers 0 and 1


Byte

Byte 0, 1

Byte 2, 3

Byte 4, 5

Byte 6

Byte 7

Byte 8, 9

Byte 10, 11

Field name


Protocol identifier

Length field



Reference number

Word count

Example

0x0000

0x0000

0x0006

0x0000

0x0002

Response

The register data of the response is packed as 2 bytes per register. The first byte has the higher value bits, the second the lower values.


Byte

...

Byte 7



Byte 8

Byte 9, 10

Byte 11, 12

Byte count

Value register 0

Value register 1

0x04

0x1234

0x2345

The contents of register 0 are shown by the value 0x1234 and the contents of register 1 is 0x2345.

Exception


Byte

...

Field name

Byte 7

Byte 8

Example



Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


12.2.3.5 Function Code FC5 (Write Coil)


This function writes a single output bit to the slave device.

Request

The request specifies the reference number (output address) of output bit to be written. The reference number of the request is zero based; therefore, the first coil starts at address 0.

Example: Turn ON the second output bit (address 1)


Byte

Byte 0, 1

Byte 2, 3

Byte 4, 5

Byte 6

Byte 7

Byte 8, 9

Byte 10

Byte 11

Field name


Protocol identifier

Length field

Unit identifier



ON/OFF

Example

0x0000

0x0000

0x0006

0x01 not used

0xFF

0x00

Response


Byte

...

Byte 7



Byte 8, 9

Byte 10

Byte 11

Reference number

Value

0x0001

0xFF

0x00

Exception


Byte

...

Byte 7

Byte 8



Exception code 0x01, 0x02 or 0x03

Manual

Version 1.2.2



12.2.3.6 Function Code FC6 (Write Single Register)

This function writes the value of one single output register to a slave device in word format.

Request

The request specifies the reference number (register address) of the first output word to be written. The value to be written is specified in the “Register Value” field. The reference number of the request is zero based; therefore, the first register starts at address 0.

Example: Write a value of 0x1234 to the second output register


Byte

Byte 0, 1

Byte 2, 3

Byte 4, 5

Byte 6

Byte 7

Byte 8, 9

Byte 10, 11

Field name


Protocol identifier

Length field



Reference number

Register value

Example

0x0000

0x0000

0x0006

0x0001

0x1234

Response

The reply is an echo of the inquiry.


Byte

...

Byte 7



Byte 8, 9

Byte 10, 11

Reference number

Register value

0x0001

0x1234

Exception



Byte

...

Byte 7

Byte 8




Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Pos: 124 .12 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Anwend ung de r MODBUS- Fu nktion en - FC 11, FC15 , FC 16 @ 4\m od_ 123 556 7470 328 _21 .docx @ 2 7730 @ 4 44 @ 1

12.2.3.7 Function Code FC11 (Get Comm Event Counter)

This function returns a status word and an event counter from the slave device’s communication event counter. By reading the current count before and after a series of messages, a master can determine whether the messages were handled normally by the slave.

Following each successful new processing, the counter counts up. This counting process is not performed in the case of exception replies, poll commands or counter inquiries.

Request

Table 127: Request of Function code FC11

Byte

Byte 0, 1

Byte 2, 3

Byte 4, 5

Byte 6

Byte 7

Field name


Protocol identifier

Length field

Unit identifier

Example

0x0000

0x0000

0x0002

0x01 not used

MODBUS function code 0x0B

Response

The reply contains a 2-byte status word and a 2-byte event counter. The status word only contains zeroes.


Byte

...

Byte 7


MODBUS function code 0x0B

Byte 8, 9

Byte 10, 11

Status

Event count

0x0000

0x0003

The event counter shows that 3 (0x0003) events were counted.

Exception

Table 129: Exception of Function Code FC 11

Byte

...

Byte 7

Byte 8




Manual

Version 1.2.2



12.2.3.8 Function Code FC15 (Write Multiple Coils)

This function sets a sequence of output bits to 1 or 0 in a slave device. The maximum number is 256 bits.

Request

The request message specifies the reference number (first coil in the sequence), the bit count (number of bits to be written), and the output data. The output coils are zero-based; therefore, the first output point is 0.

In this example 16 bits are set, starting with the address 0. The request contains

2 bytes with the value 0xA5F0, or 1010 0101 1111 0000 in binary format.

The first data byte transmits the value of 0xA5 to the addresses 7 to 0, whereby 0 is the lowest value bit. The next byte transmits 0xF0 to the addresses 15 to 8, whereby the lowest value bit is 8.


Byte

Byte 0, 1

Byte 2, 3

Byte 4, 5

Byte 6

Byte 7

Field name


Protocol identifier

Length field

Example

0x0000

0x0000

0x0009


MODBUS function code 0x0F

Byte 8, 9

Byte 10, 11

Byte 12

Byte 13

Byte 14

Reference number

Bit count

Byte count

Data byte1

Data byte2

0x0000

0x0010

0x02

0xA5

0xF0

Response


Byte

...

Byte 7



Byte 8, 9

Byte 10, 11

Reference number

Bit count

0x0000

0x0010

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Exception



Byte

...

Byte 7

Byte 8




Manual

Version 1.2.2



12.2.3.9 Function Code FC16 (Write Multiple Registers)

This function writes a sequence of registers in a slave device in word format.

Request

The Request specifies the reference number (starting register), the word count

(number of registers to write), and the register data . The data is sent as 2 bytes per register. The registers are zero-based; therefore, the first output is at address

0.

Example: Set data in registers 0 and 1


Byte

Byte 0, 1

Field name


Byte 2, 3

Byte 4, 5

Byte 6

Byte 7

Protocol identifier

Length field

Unit identifier

Example

0x0000

0x0000

0x000B

0x01 not used


Byte 8, 9

Byte 10, 11

Byte 12

Byte 13, 14

Byte 15, 16

Reference number

Word count

Byte count

Register value 1

Register value 2

0x0000

0x0002

0x04

0x1234

0x2345

Response


Byte

...

Byte 7

Byte 8, 9

Byte 10, 11

Field name


Reference number

Word count

Example

0x0000

0x0002

Exception



Byte

...

Field name

Byte 7

Byte 8

Example



Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 124 .14 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Anwend ung de r MODBUS- Fu nktion en (x41 ) - FC2 2 @ 4 \mo d_1 235 5676 994 84_ 21.d ocx @ 277 37 @ 4 @ 1

12.2.3.10 Function Code FC22 (Mask Write Register)


This function manipulates individual bits within a register using a combination of an AND mask, an OR mask, and the register’s current content.

Request


Byte

Byte 0, 1

Byte 2, 3

Byte 4, 5

Byte 6

Byte 7

Byte 8, 9

Byte 10, 11

Byte 12, 13

Field name


Protocol identifier

Length field

Example

0x0000

0x0000

0x0002



Reference number

AND mask

OR mask

0x0000

0x0000

0xAAAA

Response


Byte

...

Field name

Byte 7

Byte 8, 9

Byte 10, 11

Byte 12, 13

Reference number

AND mask

OR mask

Example


0x0000

0x0000

0xAAAA

Exception



Byte

...

Byte 7



Byte 8 Exception code 0x01 or 0x02

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 124 .16 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Anwend ung de r MODBUS- Fu nktion en - FC 23 @ 4\m od_ 123 556 7802 937 _21 .docx @ 27 740 @ 4 @ 1

12.2.3.11 Function Code FC23 (Read/Write Multiple Registers)

This function performs a combination of a read and write operation in a single request. The function can write the new data to a group registers, and then return the data of a different group. The write operation is performed before the read.

Request

The reference numbers (addresses) are zero-based in the request message; therefore, the first register is at address 0.

The request message specifies the registers to read and write. The data is sent as 2 bytes per register.

Example: The data in register 3 is set to value 0x0123, and values 0x0004 and

0x5678 are read out of the two registers 0 and 1.


Byte

Byte 0, 1

Field name


Byte 2, 3

Byte 4, 5

Byte 6

Protocol identifier

Length field

Unit identifier

Byte 7

Byte 8, 9

Byte 10, 11

Byte 12, 13

MODBUS function code

Reference number for read

Word count for read (1…125)

Reference number for write

Byte 14, 15

Byte 16

Word count for write (1…100)

Byte count (2 x word count for write)

Byte 17...(B+16) Register values (B = Byte count)

Response


Byte

...

Field name

Byte 7

Byte 8


Byte count (2 x word count for read)

Byte 9...(B+1) Register values (B = Byte count)

Exception


Byte

...

Field name

Byte 7

Byte 8


Exception code

Example

0x0000

0x0000

0x000D

0x01 not used

0x17

0x0000

0x0002

0x0003

0x0001

0x02

0x0123

Example

0x17

0x04

0x0004 or 0x5678

Example

0x97

0x01 or 0x02

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Note that if the register ranges overlap, the results are undefined!

If register areas for read and write overlap, the results are undefined.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 124 .18 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/MODBUS-Re giste r-M appi ng - Einleitu ng (C ont roller ) @ 3\m od_ 123 538 6256 031 _21 .docx @ 2 7560 @ 3 @ 1

12.2.4 MODBUS Register Mapping

The following tables display the MODBUS addressing and the corresponding

IEC61131 addressing for the process image, the PFC variables, the NOVRAM data, and the internal variables is represented.

Via the register services the states of the complex and digital I/O modules can be determined or changed.

Pos: 124 .19 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/MODBUS-Re giste r-M appi ng - Regist erz ugriff Les en (mit FC3, FC4, FC2 3)NOVRAM 24kB + (8 80/1 //2/ 4/5) @ 8\ mo d_1 2786 808 085 08_ 21.d ocx @ 595 18 @ @ 1 Register Access Reading (with FC3, FC4 and FC23)

Table 142: Register access reading (with FC3, FC4 and FC23)

MODBUS address IEC 61131 address

Memory range

[dec] [hex]

0...255 0x0000...0x00FF %IW0...%IW255 Physical input area (1)

First 256 words of physical input data

256...511 0x0100...0x01FF %QW256...%QW511 PFC OUT area

Volatile PFC output variables

512...767 0x0200...0x02FF %QW0...%QW255 Physical output area (1)

First 256 words of physical output data

768...1023 0x0300...0x03FF %IW256...%IW511 PFC IN area

Volatile PFC input variables

1024...4095 0x0400...0x0FFF

4096...12287 0x1000...0x2FFF

-

-

MODBUS exception:

“Illegal data address”

Configuration register (see following chapter “Configuration Functions“)

Not with FC23!

12288...24575 0x3000...0x5FFF %MW0...%MW12287 NOVRAM

24 kB retain memory *)

*) In Target settings RETAIN on 0, flags on

MAX (24 kB)

24576...25340 0x6000...0x62FC %IW512...%IW1275 Physical input area (2)

Additional 764 words physical input data

25341...28671 0x62FD...0x6FFF - MODBUS exception:


28672...29435 0x7000...0x72FB %QW512...%QW1275 Physical output area (2)

Additional 764 words physical output data

29436...32767 0x72FC...0x7FFF - MODBUS exception:


32768...36863 0x8000...0x8FFF -

36864...65535 0x9000...0xFFFF -

NOVRAM

"8 kB retain memory *)


MAX (32 kB)

MODBUS exception:


Pos: 124 .20 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/MODBUS-Re giste r-M appi ng - Regist erz ugriff Schrei ben (mit FC6, FC 16, FC22, FC 23)NOVRA M 24kB + (8 80- 5) @ 8\ mod _12 786 8117 472 0_2 1.do cx @ 5952 1 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Register Access Writing (with FC6, FC16, FC22 and FC23)

Table 143: Register access writing (with FC6, FC16, FC22 and FC23)

MODBUS address

[dec]

0...255

IEC 61131 address

Memory range

[hex]

0x0000...0x00FF %QW0...%QW255 Physical output area (1)


256...511 0x0100...0x01FF %QW256...%QW511 PFC OUT area


512...767 0x0200...0x02FF %QW0...%QW255 Physical output area (1)


768...1023 0x0300...0x03FF %IW256...%IW511 PFC IN area


1024...4095 0x0400...0x0FFF - MODBUS exception:


4096...12287 0x1000...0x2FFF - Configuration register ( see following chapter „Configuration Functions“)

Not with FC22 and FC23!

12288...24575 0x3000...0x5FFF %MW0...%MW12287 NOVRAM

24 kB retain memory *)


MAX (24 kB)

24576...25340 0x6000...0x62FC %QW512...%QW1275 Physical output area (2)


25341...28671 0x62FD...0x6FFF -

28672...29435 0x7000...0x72FB %QW512...%QW1275 Physical output area (2)


29436...32767 0x72FC...0x7FFF

32768...36863 0x8000...0x8FFF

-

-

MODBUS exception:


NOVRAM

"8 kB retain memory *)


MAX (32 kB)

36864...65535 0x9000...0xFFFF -

MODBUS exception:


MODBUS exception:


Pos: 124 .21 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/MODBUS-Re giste r-M appi ng - Absatz C oil-Die nste, Bitz ugri ffe @ 3\ mod_ 123 539 391 726 5_2 1.docx @ 2 758 4 @ @ 1 The digital MODBUS services (coil services) are bit accesses, with which only the states of digital I/O modules can be determined or changed. Complex I/O modules are not attainable with these services and so they are ignored. Because of this the addressing of the digital channels begins again with 0, so that the

MODBUS address is always identical to the channel number, (i.e. the digital input no. 47 has the MODBUS address "46").

Pos: 124 .22 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/MODBUS-Re giste r-M appi ng - Bitzug riff L esen (mit FC1 un d FC 2) NOVRAM 2 st att 8 kB (8 81) @ 8\ mod _12 786 814 136 01_2 1.d ocx @ 595 24 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2


Bit Access Reading (with FC1 and FC2)

WAGO I/O System 750


Table 144: Bit Access Reading (with FC1 and FC2)

MODBUS address

[dec]

0...511

Memory range Description

[hex]

0x0000...0x01FF Physical input area (1) First 512 digital inputs

512...1023 0x0200...0x03FF Physical output area (1) First 512 digital outputs



4096...8191 0x1000...0x1FFF %QX256.0...%QX511.15 PFC OUT area

Volatile PFC output variables

8192...12287 0x2000...0x2FFF %IX256.0...%IX511.15 PFC IN area


12288...32767 0x3000...0x7FFF %MX0...%MX1279.15 NOVRAM

2 kB retain memory (max. 24 kB)

32768...34295 0x8000...0x85F7 Physical input area (2) Starts with the 513 th

2039 th digital input

and ends with the

34296...36863 0x85F8...0x8FFF - MODBUS exception:


36864...38391 0x9000...0x95F7 Physical output area (2) Starts with the 513 th

2039 th digital output

and ends with the

38392...65535 0x95F8...0xFFFF - MODBUS exception:


Pos: 124 .23 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/MODBUS-Re giste r-M appi ng - Bitzug riff Sch reibe n ( mit FC5 u nd FC15 ) NOVRAM 2 stat t 8 kB (88 1) @ 8\m od_ 127 868 157 155 7_2 1.docx @ 5 952 7 @ @ 1 Bit Access Writing (with FC5 and FC15)


Table 145: Bit Access Writing (with FC5 and FC15)

MODBUS address

[dec]

0...511

Memory range Description

[hex]

0x0000...0x01FF Physical output area (1) First 512 digital outputs

512...1023 0x0200...0x03FF Physical output area (1) First 512 digital outputs



4096...8191 0x1000...0x1FFF %QX256.0...%QX511.15 PFC OUT area


8192...12287 0x2000...0x2FFF %IX256.0...%IX511.15 PFC IN area


12288...32767 0x3000...0x7FFF %MX0...%MX1279.15 NOVRAM

2 kB retain memory

32768...34295 0x8000...0x85F7 Physical output area (2) Starts with the 513 th and ends with the

34296...36863 0x85F8...0x8FFF -

2039 th digital input

MODBUS-Exception:


36864...38391 0x9000...0x95F7 Physical output area (2) Starts with the 513 th

2039 th digital output

and ends with the

38392...65535 0x95F8...0xFFFF - MODBUS-Exception:


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 124 .25 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/MODBUS-Re giste r (x4 1) - T eil 1. 0 (0x 100 0 bis 0x10 2A)/ ohne 0x1 028 @ 32 \mo d_1 537 448 017 302 _21. docx @ 50 177 5 @ 3 @ 1

12.2.5 Modbus Registers


0x2000 R

0x2001 R

0x2002 R

0x2003 R

0x2004 R

0x2005 R

0x2006 R

0x2007 R

0x2008 R

0x2010 R

0x2011 R

0x2012 R

0x2013 R

0x2014 R

Table 146: Modbus Registers

Register address

Acces s

Length

(Word)

Description

0x1000 R/W 1 Watchdog time read/write

0x1001 R/W 1 … 2 Watchdog coding mask 1…16

0x1002 R/W 1 Watchdog coding mask 17…32

0x1003

0x1004

R/W

R

1

1

0x1005 R/W 1

0x1006 R 1

0x1007 R/W 1

0x1008 R/W 1

0x1009 R/W 1

0x100A R/W 1

0x100B W 1

Watchdog trigger

Minimum trigger time

Watchdog stop (Write sequence 0xAAAA, 0x5555)

Watchdog status

Restart watchdog (Write sequence 0x1)

Stop watchdog (Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55)

Modbus and HTTP close at watchdog time-out

Watchdog configuration

Save watchdog parameter ( Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55)

0x1020 R

0x1021 R

0x1022 R

0x1023 R

1 … 2 LED error code

1 LED error argument

1 … 4 Number of analog output data in the process image (in bits)

1 … 3 Number of analog input data in the process image (in bits)

0x1024 R

0x1025 R

1 … 2 Number of digital output data in the process image (in bits)

1 Number of digital input data in the process image (in bits)

0x1029 R/W 1 … 9 Modbus TCP statistics (Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55)

0x102A R 1 Number of TCP connections

0x102B W 1

0x1030 R/W 1

KBUS Reset

Configuration MODBUS/TCP time-out

0x1031 R 1 … 3 Read out the MAC-ID of the coupler/controller

0x1037 R/W 1 Modbus Response Delay (ms)

0x1038

0x1050 R

1

3

Modbus TOS

Diagnosis of the connected I/O modules

1

1

1

1

1

1 … 9 Constant 0x0000

1 … 8 Constant 0xFFFF


1 … 6 Constant 0xAAAA


1 … 4 Constant 0x7FFF


1 … 2 Constant 0x3FFF

1 Constant 0x4000

Firmware version

Series code

Coupler/controller code

Firmware version major revision

Firmware version minor revision

Pos: 124 .26 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O

@ @ 1


SYSTEM)/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/MODBUS-Re giste r


5067 33 @ @ 1


(x41) - Teil 1 .2.1 (0x 103 8) @ 18\ mod _13 909 276 4726 6_2 1.d ocx @ 143 648 @ @ 1


(x41) - Teil 1 .2 ( 0x10 50) @ 7\ mo d_1 2656 283 371 32_ 21.d ocx @ 499 85 @ @ 1


(x41) - Teil 3 (o hne 0x20 41/4 2) @ 32 \mo d_1 537 4473 025 35_ 21.d ocx @ 501 771 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Table 147: MODBUS registers (Continuation)

Register address

Acces s

0x2020 R

Length

(Word)

Description

1 … 16 Short description controller

0x2021 R

0x2022 R

0x2023 R

1 … 8

1 … 8

1 … 32

Compile time of the firmware

Compile date of the firmware

Indication of the firmware loader

0x2030 R

0x2031 R

0x2032 R

0x2033 R

1 … 65

1 … 64

1 … 64

1 … 63

Description of the connected I/O modules (module 0…64)




0x2035 R/W 1

0x2036 R

0x2040 W

0x2043 W

1

1

Process image settings table 0 register 3

Fieldbus coupler/controller diagnostics

Software reset (Write sequence 0x55AA or 0xAA55)

Factory settings

12.2.5.1 Accessing Register Values


33\m od_ 1547 122 825 770 _21. docx @ 52 113 9 @ 4 @ 1

You can use any den Modbus application to access (read from or write to) register values. Both commercial (e.g., “Modscan”) and free programs (from http://www.modbus.org/tech.php

) are available.

The following sections describe the Modbus the registers and their values. watchdog and how to access both

Pos: 124 .33 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Mo dbus -Watc hdo g (f ür Tho r-G erä te) @ 33 \mo d_1 547 122 971 791_ 21. docx @ 52 1145 @ 4 @ 1

12.2.5.2 Modbus-Watchdog

With the aid of the Modbus watchdog, it is possible to monitor whether communication takes place with Modbus function codes with a specific regularity.

If the communication lapses for a given time, it is called a "time-out", which is considered fieldbus failure. In general, the Modbus watchdog ensures that all analog output modules in the fieldbus node are set to "0" and all digital output modules are set to logical "Off". At the same time, the user is informed about the time-outvia the WBM as well as via a status register (0x1006).

An internal timer is used to monitor the time-out. This timer is set to a certain maximum time (register 0x1000) and started at the beginning of the monitoring. If communication with a Modbus function code to be monitored occurs before reaching the maximum time, the timer starts again at "0". However, only the function codes selected in the coding mask (0x1001) are monitored (respective bit = '1'). All other function codes keep the timer running or, unlike the selected function codes, do not restart the watchdog after a time-out.

The head station’s behavior after a time-outis defined by the initial choice of two possible operating modes ("Standard"/"Alternative") and by an additional parameter for the TCP interface (register 0x1009, "MODBUS and HTTP close for

Modbus Watchdog time-out“).

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


•

•

•

Behavior 1 (lowest restriction):

After a Modbus watchdog time-out, all analog and digital output modules are set to "0" or "Off", however, the Modbus watchdog is immediately restarted the next time a function code is sent (provided the function code in the coding mask (0x1001) is selected).

=> Select the operating mode "Alternative",

=> Set register 0x1009 to the value '0'.

When reading the status register (0x1006), the correct value is read first:

"2" = "Watchdog expired". Because this restarts the Modbus watchdog, the next read would result in "1" = "watchdog active".

Behavior 2 (medium restriction):

Further communication in relation to process data should be prevented.

Any attempt to access process data via Modbus function codes should be answered with an error.

=> Select the operating mode "Standard" for this.

However, the Modbus TCP connection will still work to access the Modbus configuration and status registers.

=> Set the register 0x1009 to the value '0'.

Access to the Modbus watchdog registers is still possible after a Modbus watchdog time-out, although Modbus function codes are also sent in this case.

For all other Modbus TCP/IP requests, the head station responds with the exception code 0x0004 ("Slave Device Failure").

Behavior 3 (highest restriction):

Further communication in relation to process data should be prevented.

Any attempt to access process data via Modbus function codes should be answered with an error.

=> Select the operating mode "Standard" for this.

In addition, the TCP connection should also be closed to prevent access to the Modbus watchdog registers. For example thereby a restart of the

Modbus watchdog is not possible without a previous TCP reconnection.

=> Set the register 0x1009 to the value '1'.

After renewed TCP connection, in the "Standard" operating mode the

Modbus watchdog is still in the "expired" status and must be restarted

(register 0x1003 or 0x1007).


Manual

Version 1.2.2


Pos: 124 .34 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Watch dog -Regis ter Ta bellen 0x1 000 (ALLE AUSSER 34 2, 8 42) @ 8\ mod _12 789 239 1616 2_2 1.d ocx @ 5954 0 @ 4 @ 1

12.2.5.3 Modbus Watchdog Register

WAGO I/O System 750


The watchdog registers can be addressed analogously with the described

Modbus function codes (read and write). Instead of the address of an I/O module channel, the respective register address is therefor specified.

Table 148: Register Address 0x1000

Register address 0x1000 (4096 dec

)

Value Watchdog time, WS_TIME

Access

Default

Description

Read/write

0x0064

This register stores the watchdog timeout value as an unsigned 16 bit value. The default value is 0. Setting this value will not trigger the watchdog. However, a non zero value must be stored in this register before the watchdog can be triggered. The time value is stored in multiples of 100ms (e.g., 0x0009 is .9 seconds). It is not possible to modify this value while the watchdog is running.

Pos: 124 .35 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Watch dog -Regis ter (ab 0x1 001 bis 0x 100A) mit (R) @ 8\ mod _12 7892 608 785 0_2 1.do cx @ 5 954 6 @ @ 1



)

Value

Access

Default

Description

Watchdog function coding mask, function code 1...16, WDFCM_1_16

Read/write

0xFFFF

Using this mask, the function codes can be set to trigger the watchdog function.

The function code can be selected via a "1"

FC 1 Bit 0

FC 2 Bit 1

FC 3 Bit 2

FC 4 Bit 3

FC 5 Bit 4

...

FC 16 Bit 15

Changes to the register value can only be made if the watchdog is deactivated.

The bit pattern stored in the register defines the function codes that trigger the watchdog. Some function codes are not supported. For those the watchdog will not be triggered even if another Modbus mask is reset to default value 0xFFFF. device transmits one of them.

When switching the watchdog type from "Standard" to "Alternative", the coding

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750





)

Value

Access

Default

Watchdog function coding mask, function code 17...32, WD_FCM_17_32

Read/write

0xFFFF

Description Same function as above, however, with the function codes 17 to 32.

FC 17 Bit 0

FC 18 Bit 1

...

FC 32 Bit 15

These codes are currently not supported, for this reason the default value should not be changed. Changes to the register value can only be made if the watchdog is deactivated. It is not possible to modify this value while the watchdog is running.



)

Value

Access

Standard

Description

Watchdog trigger, WD_TRIGGER

Read/write

0x0000

This register is used for an alternative trigger method. The watchdog is triggered by writing different values in this register. Values following each other must differ in size. Writing of a value not equal to zero starts the watchdog after a Power-on.

For a restart the written value must necessarily be unequal the before written value! A watchdog fault is reset and writing process data is possible again.


Register address 0x1004 (4100 dez

)

Value

Access

Standard

Description

Minimum current trigger time, WD_AC_TRG_TIME

Read

0xFFFF

This register saves the minimum current watchdog trigger time. For user this register is irrelevant.



)

Value

Access

Standard

Description

Stop watchdog, WD_AC_STOP_MASK

Read/write

0x0000

The watchdog is stopped if here the value 0xAAAA is written first, followed by

0x5555. The watchdog fault reaction is blocked. A watchdog fault is reset and writing on the process data is possible again.

Manual

Version 1.2.2





)

Value

Access

Standard

While watchdog is running, WD_RUNNING

Read

0x0000

Description Current watchdog status. at 0x0000: Watchdog not active at 0x0001: Watchdog active at 0x0002: Watchdog exhausted.



)

Value

Access

Standard

Restart watchdog, WD_RESTART

Read/write

0x0000

Description This register restarts the watchdog timer after time out by writing a value of 0x1 into it. If the watchdog was stopped before the time out, it is not restarted.



)

Value

Access

Standard

Description

Simply stop watchdog, WD_AC_STOP_SIMPLE

Read/write

0x0000

This register stops the watchdog by writing the value 0xAA55 or 0x55AA into it.

The watchdog timeout fault is deactivated and it is possible to write in the watchdog register again. If there is an existing watchdog fault, it is reset



)

Value

Access

Standard

Close Modbus

Read/write

0x0000 socket after watchdog timeout

Description 0: Modbus

1: Modbus socket is not closed socket is closed

Table 158: Register Address 0x100A

Register address 0x100A (4106 dez

)

Value

Access

Standard

Watchdog type Standard/Alternative

Read/write

0x0000

Description 0: Modbus watchdog type “Standard”

1: Modbus watchdog type “Alternative”

Pos: 124 .36 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Watch dog (Beispi el Z eitüb ersch reit ung ) @ 4 \mo d_1 235 634 365 875_ 21. docx @ 27 793 @ @ 1 The length of each register is 1 word; i.e., with each access only one word can be written or read. Following are two examples of how to set the value for a time overrun:

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Setting the watchdog for a timeout of more than 1 second:

1. Write 0x000A in the register for time overrun (0x1000).

Register 0x1000 works with a multiple of 100 ms;

1 s = 1000 ms; 1000 ms / 100 ms = 10 dec

= A hex

)

2. Use the function code 5 to write 0x0010 (=2 (5-1)

(register 0x1001).

) in the coding mask

Table 159: Starting Watchdog

FC

FC16 FC15 FC14 FC13 FC12 FC11 FC10 FC9 FC8 FC7 FC6 FC5 FC4 FC3 FC2 FC1

Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 bin hex

0 0

0

0 0 0 0

0

0 0 0 0 0

1

1 0 0 0 0

0

Function code 5 (writing a digital output bit) continuously triggers the watchdog to restart the watchdog timer again and again within the specified time. If time between requests exceeds 1 second, a watchdog timeout error occurs.

3. To stop the watchdog, write the value 0xAA55 or 0x55AA into 0x1008

(Simply Stop Watchdog register, WD_AC_STOP_SIMPLE).

Setting the watchdog for a timeout of 10 minutes or more:

1. Write 0x1770 (= 10*60*1000 ms / 100 ms) in the register for time overrun

(0x1000).

(Register 0x1000 works with a multiple of 100 ms;

10 min = 600,000 ms; 600,000 ms / 100 ms = 6000dec = 1770hex)

2. Write 0x0001 in the watchdog trigger register (0x1003) to start the watchdog.

3. Write different values (e.g., counter values 0x0000, 0x0001) in the watchdog to trigger register (0x1003).

Values following each other must differ in size. Writing of a value not equal to zero starts the watchdog. Watchdog faults are reset and writing process data is possible again.

4. To stop the watchdog, write the value 0xAA55 or 0x55AA into 0x1008

(Simply Stop Watchdog register, WD_AC_STOP_SIMPLE).

Pos: 124 .37 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Watch dog -Regis ter (75 0- 881 ) 0x1 00B @ 8\m od_ 127 8930 433 227 _21. docx @ 59 640 @ @ 1 Table 160: Register Address 0x100B

Register address 0x100B (4107 dez

)

Value Save watchdog parameter

Access

Standard

Description

Write

0x0000

With writing of '0x55AA' or '0xAA55' in register 0x100B the registers 0x1000,

0x1001, 0x1002 are set on remanent.


Manual

Version 1.2.2


Pos: 124 .39 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Diag nose regist er 0x10 20, 0x10 21 @ 3\m od_ 123 546 165 798 4_21 .docx @ 2 762 8 @ 4 @ 1

12.2.5.4 Diagnostic Registers

WAGO I/O System 750


The following registers can be read to determine errors in the node:




)

Value

Access

Description

LedErrCode

Read

Declaration of the error code



)

Value

Access

Description

LedErrArg

Read

Declaration of the error argument

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 124 .41 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Konfig ura tions regist er 0x10 22 bis 0x1 025 @ 3\ mod _12 354 617 753 90_ 21.d ocx @ 276 32 @ 4 @ 1

12.2.5.5 Configuration Registers


The following registers contain configuration information of the connected modules:



)

Value

Access

Description

CnfLen.AnalogOut

Read

Number of word-based outputs registers in the process image in bits (divide by 16 to get the total number of analog words)



)

Value

Access

Description

CnfLen.AnalogInp

Read

Number of word-based inputs registers in the process image in bits (divide by 16 to get the total number of analog words)



)

Value

Access

CnfLen.DigitalOut

Read

Description Number of digital output bits in the process image



)

Value

Access

Description

CnfLen.DigitalInp

Read

Number of digital input bits in the process image

Pos: 124 .42 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Konfig ura tions regist er 0x10 29 (x41 ) @ 4\mo d_1 235 635 910 031 _21. docx @ 27 811 @ @ 1 Table 167: Register Address 0x1029

Register Address 0x1029 (4137 dec

) with 9 Words

Value MODBUS TCP statistics

Access

Description

Read/write

1 word SlaveDeviceFailure

1 word BadProtocol

1 word BadLength

1 word BadFunction

1 word BadAddress

 local bus error, fieldbus error by activated watchdog

 error in the MODBUS TCP header

 Wrong telegram length

 Invalid function code

 Invalid register address

1 word BadData

1 word TooManyRegisters

 Invalid value

 Number of the registers which can be worked on is too large, Read/Write 125/100

 Number of the coils which can be worked on 1 word TooManyBits is too large, Read/Write 2000/800

1 word ModTcpMessageCounter  Number of received MODBUS/TCP requests

By writing 0xAA55 or 0x55AA the register is reset.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 124 .43 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Konfig ura tions regist er 0x10 2A @ 4\ mo d_1 2356 347 884 84_ 21.d ocx @ 277 96 @ @ 1

Table 168: Register Address 0x102A

Register address 0x102A (4138 dec

) with a word count of 1

Value

Access

Description

MODBUS/TCP connections

Read

Number of TCP connections

Pos: 124 .44 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Konfig ura tions regist er 0x10 2B (8 81) @ 8\ mod _12 802 331 529 40_ 21.d ocx @ 613 65 @ @ 1 Table 169: Register Address 0x102B

Register Address 0x102B (4139 dez

) with a Word Count of up to 1

Value Local bus reset

Access

Description

Write

Writing of this register restarts the local bus

Pos: 124 .45 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Konfig ura tions regist er 0x10 30, 0x10 31 (Zeit basis 100 ms) @ 6\ mod _12 543 859 9742 3_2 1.d ocx @ 423 40 @ @ 1




Value

Access

Default

Description

Configuration MODBUS/TCP time-out

Read/write

0x0258 (600 decimal)

This is the maximum number of milliseconds the fieldbus coupler will allow a

MODBUS/TCP connection to stay open without receiving a MODBUS request.

Upon time-out, idle connection will be closed. Outputs remain in last state.

Default value is 600 ms (60 seconds), the time base is 100 ms, the minimal value is 100 ms. If the value is set to ‘0’, the timeout is disabled. On this connection, the watchdog is triggered with a request.




Value

Access

Description

Read the MAC-ID of the controller

Read

This register gives the MAC-ID, with a length of 3 words

Pos: 124 .46 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Konfig ura tions regist er 0x10 37 (352 , 88 1) @ 8\ mod _12 8022 551 395 1_2 1.do cx @ 6 135 9 @ @ 1




Value

Access

Default

Description

Configuration of Modbus Response Delay Time

Read/write

0x0000

This register saves the value for the Modbus Response Delay Time for a Modbus connection. The time base is 1 ms. On the Modbus TCP connection, the response will be delayed by the inscribed time.

Pos: 124 .47 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Konfig ura tions regist er 0x10 38 (89x ) @ 33\m od_ 154 097 196 671 9_21 .docx @ 5 067 37 @ @ 1




Value

Access

Default

Description

Configuration of Modbus

Read/write

0x0000

TOS

This register saves the value for the Modbus Response Delay Time for a Modbus

TCP connection. The time base is 1 ms. On the Modbus response will be delayed by the inscribed time.

Range 0 … 63

TCP connection, the

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Pos: 124 .48 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Konfig ura tions regist er 0x10 50 @ 4\m od_ 123 563 495 629 6_2 1.docx @ 2 780 2 @ @ 1




Value

Access

Description

Diagnosis of the connected I/O modules

Read

Diagnosis of the connected I/O modules, length 3 words

Word 1: Number of the module

Word 2: Number of the channel

Word 3: Diagnosis

Pos: 124 .49 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Konst ante nre giste r 0x2 000 bis 0x 200 8 @ 3\m od_ 1235 462 025 437 _21. docx @ 27 639 @ 4 @ 1

12.2.5.6 Constant Registers

The following registers contain constants, which can be used to test communication with the master:



)

Value

Access

Description

Zero, GP_ZERO

Read

Constant with zeros



)

Value

Access

Description

Ones, GP_ONES

Read

Constant with ones

• –1 if this is declared as "signed int"

• MAXVALUE if it is declared as "unsigned int"



)

Value

Access

Description

1,2,3,4, GP_1234

Read

This constant value is used to test the Intel/Motorola format specifier. If the master reads a value of 0x1234, then with Intel format is selected – this is the correct format. If 0x3412 appears, Motorola format is selected.



)

Value

Access

Description

Mask 1, GP_AAAA

Read

This constant is used to verify that all bits are accessible to the fieldbus master.

This will be used together with register 0x2004.

Manual

Version 1.2.2





)

Value

Access

Description

Mask 1, GP_5555

Read

This constant is used to verify that all bits are accessible to the fieldbus master.

This will be used together with register 0x2003.



)

Value Maximum positive number, GP_MAX_POS

Access

Description

Read

Constant in order to control arithmetic.



)

Value

Access

Maximum negative number, GP_MAX_NEG

Read

Description Constant in order to control arithmetic



)

Value Maximum half positive number, GP_HALF_POS

Access

Description

Read

Constant in order to control arithmetic




)

Value

Access

Description

Maximum half negative number, GP_HALF_NEG

Read

Constant in order to control arithmetic

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 124 .51 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Fi rmwa re- Info rm ations regis ter 0x20 10 bis 0x2 014 @ 3\ mod _12 354 619 698 43_ 21.d ocx @ 276 36 @ 4 @ 1

12.2.5.7 Firmware Information Registers


The following registers contain information on the firmware of the controller:




Value

Access

Description

Revision, INFO_REVISION

Read

Firmware index, e.g. 0x0005 for version 5




Value

Access

Description

Series code, INFO_SERIES

Read

WAGO serial number, e.g. 0x02EE (750 dec.) for WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750




Value

Access

Description

Order number, INFO_ITEM

Read

First part of WAGO order number, e.g. 0x0349 (841 dec.) for the controller 750-841 or 0x0155 (341 dec.) for the coupler 750-341 etc.




Value

Access

Description

Major sub item code, INFO_MAJOR

Read

Firmware version major revision




Value

Access

Description

Minor sub item code, INFO_MINOR

Read

Firmware version minor revision

Pos: 124 .52 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Fi rmwa re- Info rm ations regis ter 0x20 20 bis 0x2 023 @ 4\ mod _12 356 469 173 28_ 21.d ocx @ 278 48 @ @ 1



) with a word count of up to 16

Value

Access

Description

Description, INFO_DESCRIPTION

Read

Information on the controller, 16 words

Manual

Version 1.2.2






Value

Access

Description

Description, INFO_DESCRIPTION

Read

Time of the firmware version, 8 words




Value

Access

Description, INFO_DATE

Read

Description Date of the firmware version, 8 words





Value Description, INFO_LOADER_INFO

Access

Description

Read

Information to the programming of the firmware, 32 words

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750







Value

Access

Description

Description of the connected I/O modules

Read module 0...64

Length 1...65 words

The node configuration can be specified in the 0x2030 register. The item number of the I/O modules or fieldbus coupler/controller (without leading 750) is listed in order. Each module is represented in a word. Because order numbers cannot be read out of digital modules, a code is displayed for them, as defined below:

Bit position 0

Bit position 1

Bit position 2…7

Bit position 8…14

Bit position 15







Input module

Output module

 Not used

Module size in bits

 Designation digital module

Examples:

4 Channel Digital Input Module = 0x8401

Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Code 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1

8 4 0 1 Hex

2 Channel Digital Output Module = 0x8202

Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Code 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0

Hex 8 2 0 2

Pos: 124 .55 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Konfig ura tions regist er 0x20 31, 0x20 32, 0x20 33 @ 4\m od_ 123 563 634 281 2_21 .docx @ 2 781 8 @ @ 1 Table 194: Register Address 0x2031



Value Description of the connected I/O modules

Access

Description

Read modules 65...128

Length 1…64 words

The node configuration can be specified in the 0x2031 register. The item number of the I/O modules or fieldbus coupler/controller (without leading 750) is listed in order. Because order numbers cannot be read out of digital modules, a code is displayed for them, as defined below:

Bit position 0

Bit position 1

Bit position 2…7

Bit position 8…14

Bit position 15







Input module

Output module

 Not used

Module size in bits





Value

Access

Description



Length 1…64 words


Bit position 0

Bit position 1

Bit position 2…7

Bit position 8…14

Bit position 15







Input module

Output module

 Not used

Module size in bits


Manual

Version 1.2.2






Value

Access

Description


Read modules 193 ... 255

Length 1…63 words


Bit position 0

Bit position 1

Bit position 2…7

Bit position 8…14 

Bit position 15







Module size in bits



Input module

Output module

Not used

Designation digital module

Pos: 124 .56 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Konfig ura tions regist er 0x20 35, 0x20 36 (89x ) @ 3 3\m od_ 154 097 417 127 6_21 .docx @ 5 067 45 @ @ 1 Table 197: Register Address 0x2035



Value

Access

Description

Process image settings table 0 register 3

Read/Write modules 65...128

Length 1 word


Bit position 0 

 Bit position 1

Bit position 2…7

Bit position 8…14

Bit position 15







Input module

Output module

Not used

Module size in bits





Value

Access

Description

Fieldbus coupler/controller diagnostics


Length 1…64 words


Bit position 0 

 Bit position 1

Bit position 2…7

Bit position 8…14

Bit position 15







Input module

Output module

Not used

Module size in bits





)

Value

Access

Description

Implement a software reset

Write (Write sequence 0xAA55 or 0x55AA)

The fieldbus coupler/controller performs a restart by writing the values 0xAA55 or

0x55AA.

Pos: 124 .58 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Konfig ura tions regist er 0x20 43 @ 32\ mod _15 374 471 184 45_ 21.d ocx @ 501 767 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750





)

Value

Access

Description

0x55AA

Write

Factory settings

The default settings are applied after the next reset, e.g., software reset via

Modbus register address 0x2040.

Pos: 124 .59 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/F unktio nsbes chr eibun g/F eldb usko mmu nikatio n/M ODBUS/Zu griff auf R egiste rwer te - Konst ante nre giste r 0x3 000 bis 0x 5F FF (Co ntroll er, x 41) @ 3\ mo d_1 2354 614 297 96_ 21.d ocx @ 276 25 @ @ 1

Table 201: Register Addresses 0x3000 to 0x5FFF

Register addresses 0x3000 to 0x5FFF (12288 dec

to 24575 dec

)

Value

Access

Description

Retain range

Read/write

These registers can be accessed as the flag/retain range


Manual

Version 1.2.2

280 I/O Modules

Pos: 126 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/Ge rät ebesc hrei bun g (al te Str uktu r)/Einlei tung /I/O -Mo dule - Üb ersch rift 1, Üb ersicht - Üb ersc hrift 2, u nd allgem eine Einleitun g @ 4\m od_ 123 7537 660 059 _21. docx @ 28 770 @ 1 2 @ 1

13 I/O Modules

13.1 Overview

WAGO I/O System 750


For modular applications with the WAGO I/O SYSTEM 750, different types of I/O modules are available

•

•

•

•

Digital Input Modules

Digital Output Modules

Analog Input Modules

Analog Output Modules

• Communication Modules, Supply and Segment Modules

• Function and Technology Modules

For detailed information on the I/O modules and the module variations, refer to the manuals for the I/O modules.

You will find these manuals on the WAGO web pages under www.wago.com

.

More Information about the WAGO I/O SYSTEM

Current information on the modular WAGO I/O SYSTEM is available in the

Internet under: www.wago.com

.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


I/O Modules 281

Pos: 128 .1 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/P rozess abbil d Ma ppin g/ETHERNET - Eth erNet /IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - M ODBUS/TCP Einleit ung P rozess dat enau fba u (7 50- 342 , -8 30, -84 2, - 849 , FBC/P FC) @ 5\m od_ 125 354 248 9968 _21 .docx @ 4 190 3 @ 2 @ 1

13.2 Process Data Architecture for Modbus-TCP

With some I/O modules, the structure of the process data is fieldbus specific.

Modbus-TCP process image uses a word structure (with word alignment). The internal mapping method for data greater than one byte conforms to the Intel format.

The following section describes the process image for various

WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 and 753 I/O modules with Modbus-TCP.

Equipment damage due to incorrect address!

Depending on the specific position of an I/O module in the fieldbus node, the process data of all previous byte or bit-oriented modules must be taken into account to determine its location in the process data map.

Pos: 128 .2 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/P rozess abbil d Ma ppin g/ETHERNET - Eth erNet /IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - PFC -Proz essab bild @ 12\ mod _13 327 621 195 81_ 21.d ocx @ 920 93 @ @ 1 The structure of the process data mapping is identical for the PFC process image of the programmable fieldbus controller.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

282 I/O Modules

Pos: 128 .4 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/P rozess abbil d Ma ppin g/ETHERNET - Eth erNet /IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - Digital e I/O -M odul e MODBUS/ TCP (7 50- 342, -3 52, -83 0, - 842, -8 49) @ 5\ mod _12 535 423 613 94_2 1.d ocx @ 419 00 @ 344 444 444 434 4444 444 4 @ 1

13.2.1 Digital Input Modules

WAGO I/O System 750


Digital input modules supply one bit of data per channel to specify the signal state for the corresponding channel. These bits are mapped into the Input

Process Image.

Some digital modules have an additional diagnostic bit per channel in the Input

Process Image. The diagnostic bit is used for detecting faults that occur (e.g., wire breaks and/or short circuits).

When analog input modules are also present in the node, the digital data is always appended after the analog data in the Input Process Image, grouped into bytes.

13.2.1.1 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics

750-435

Table 202: 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics

Input Process Image

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1

Diagnostic bit

S 1

Bit 0

Data bit

DI 1

13.2.1.2 2 Channel Digital Input Modules

750-400, -401, -405, -406, -407, -410, -411, -412, -427, -438, (and all variations),

753-400, -401, -405, -406, -410, -411, -412, -427, -429

Table 203: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules


Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2

13.2.1.3 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics

750-419, -421, -424, -425,

753-421, -424, -425

Bit 1

Data bit

DI 2

Channel 2

Bit 0

Data bit

DI 1

Channel 1

Table 204: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics


Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3

Diagnostic bit S 2

Channel 2

Bit 2

Diagnostic bit S 1

Channel 1

Bit 1

Data bit

DI 2

Channel 2

Bit 0

Data bit

DI 1

Channel 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


I/O Modules 283

13.2.1.4 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process

Data

750-418,

753-418

The digital input module supplies a diagnostic and acknowledge bit for each input channel. If a fault condition occurs, the diagnostic bit is set. After the fault condition is cleared, an acknowledge bit must be set to re-activate the input. The diagnostic data and input data bit is mapped in the Input Process Image, while the acknowledge bit is in the Output Process Image.

Table 205: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process Data



Diagnostic bit

S 2

Channel 2

Bit 2

Diagnostic bit

S 1

Channel 1

Bit 1

Data bit

DI 2

Channel 2

Output Process Image


Acknowledgement bit Q 2

Channel 2

Bit 2

Acknowledgement bit Q 1

Channel 1

Bit 1

0

Bit 0

Data bit

DI 1

Channel 1

Bit 0

0


750-402, -403, -408, -409, -414, -415, -422, -423, -428, -432, -433, -1420, -1421,

-1422, -1423

753-402, -403, -408, -409, -415, -422, -423, -428, -432, -433, -440




Data bit

DI 4

Channel 4


750-430, -431, -436, -437, -1415, -1416, -1417, -1418,

753-430, -431, -434, -436, -437

Bit 2

Data bit

DI 3

Channel 3

Bit 1

Data bit

DI 2

Channel 2

Bit 0

Data bit

DI 1

Channel 1



Bit 7

Data bit DI

8

Channel 8

Bit 6

Data bit

DI 7

Channel 7

Bit 5

Data bit

DI 6

Channel 6

Bit 4

Data bit

DI 5

Channel 5

Bit 3

Data bit

DI 4

Channel 4

Bit 2

Data bit

DI 3

Channel 3

Bit 1

Data bit

DI 2

Channel 2

Bit 0

Data bit

DI 1

Channel 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

284 I/O Modules WAGO I/O System 750


13.2.1.7 8 Channel Digital Input Module NAMUR with Diagnostics and Output

Process Data

750-439

The digital input module NAMUR provides via one logical channel 2 byte for the input and output process image.

The signal state of NAMUR inputs DI1 … DI8 is transmitted to the fieldbus coupler/controller via input data byte D0.

The fault conditions are transmitted via input data byte D1.

The channels 1 … 8 are switched on or off via the output data byte D1.

The output data byte D0 is reserved and always has the value “0“.

Table 208: 8 Channel Digital Input Module NAMUR with Diagnostics and Output Process Data


Input byte D0

Bit 7

Signal status

DI 8

Channel 8

Bit 6

Signal status

DI 7

Channel 7

Input byte D1

Bit 7 Bit 6

Bit 5

Signal status

DI 6

Channel 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Signal status

DI 5

Channel 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Signal status

DI 4

Channel 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Signal status

DI 3

Channel 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Signal status

DI 2

Channel 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

Signal status

DI 1

Channel 1

Bit 0

Wire break

/short circuit

Data bit

DI 8

Channel 8

Wire break

/short circuit

Data bit

DI 7

Channel 7


Output byte D0

Bit 7 Bit 6

0 0

Output byte D1

Bit 7 Bit 6

DI Off 8

Channel 8

*)

DI Off 7

Channel 7

*)

Wire break

/short circuit

Data bit

DI 6

Channel 6

Bit 5

0

Bit 5

DI Off 6

Channel 6

*)

Wire break

/short circuit

Data bit

DI 5

Channel 5

Bit 4

0

Bit 4

DI Off 5

Channel 5

*)

Wire break

/short circuit

Data bit

DI 4

Channel 4

Bit 3

0

Bit 3

DI Off 4

Channel 4

*)

Wire break

/short circuit

Data bit

DI 3

Channel 3

Bit 2

0

Bit 2

DI Off 3

Channel 3

*)

Wire break

/short circuit

Data bit

DI 2

Channel 2

Bit 1

0

Bit 1

DI Off 2

Channel 2

*)

Wire break

/short circuit

Data bit

DI 1

Channel 1

Bit 0

0

Bit 0

DI Off 1

Channel 1

*)

*) 0: Channel ON

1: Channel OFF

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


I/O Modules 285

13.2.1.8 8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output

Process Data

750-1425

The digital input module PTC provides via one logical channel 2 byte for the input and output process image.

The signal state of PTC inputs DI1 … DI8 is transmitted to the fieldbus coupler/controller via input data byte D0.

The fault conditions are transmitted via input data byte D1.

The channels 1 … 8 are switched on or off via the output data byte D1.

The output data byte D0 is reserved and always has the value “0“.

Table 209: 8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output Process Data


Input Byte D0

Bit 7

Signal status

DI 8

Channel 8

Bit 6

Signal status

DI 7

Channel 7

Input Byte D1

Bit 7 Bit 6

Bit 5

Signal status

DI 6

Channel 6

Bit 5

Bit 4

Signal status

DI 5

Channel 5

Bit 4

Bit 3

Signal status

DI 4

Channel 4

Bit 3

Bit 2

Signal status

DI 3

Channel 3

Bit 2

Bit 1

Signal status

DI 2

Channel 2

Bit 1

Bit 0

Signal status

DI 1

Channel 1

Bit 0

Wire break

/short circuit

Data bit

DI 8

Channel 8

Wire break

/short circuit

Data bit

DI 7

Channel 7


Output Byte D0

Bit 7 Bit 6

0 0

Output Byte D1

Bit 7 Bit 6

DI Off 8

Channel 8

*)

DI Off 7

Channel 7

*)

Wire break

/short circuit

Data bit

DI 6

Channel 6

Bit 5

0

Bit 5

DI Off 6

Channel 6

*)

Wire break

/short circuit

Data bit

DI 5

Channel 5

Bit 4

0

Bit 4

DI Off 5

Channel 5

*)

Wire break

/short circuit

Data bit

DI 4

Channel 4

Bit 3

0

Bit 3

DI Off 4

Channel 4

*)

Wire break

/short circuit

Data bit

DI 3

Channel 3

Bit 2

0

Bit 2

DI Off 3

Channel 3

*)

Wire break

/short circuit

Data bit

DI 2

Channel 2

Bit 1

0

Bit 1

DI Off 2

Channel 2

*)

Wire break

/short circuit

Data bit

DI 1

Channel 1

Bit 0

0

Bit 0

DI Off 1

Channel 1

*)

*) 0: Channel ON

1: Channel OFF

Manual

Version 1.2.2




750-1400, -1402, -1405, -1406, -1407



Input Byte D0

Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4

Data bit

DI 8

Channel 8

Data bit

DI 7

Channel 7

Input Byte D1

Bit 15 Bit 14

Data bit

DI 16

Channel

16

Data bit

DI 15

Channel

15

Data bit

DI 6

Channel 6

Bit 13

Data bit

DI 14

Channel

4

Data bit

DI 5

Channel 5

Bit 12

Data bit

DI 13

Channel

13

Bit 3

Data bit

DI 4

Channel 4

Bit 11

Data bit

DI 12

Channel

12

Bit 2

Data bit

DI 3

Channel 3

Bit 1

Data bit

DI 2

Channel 2

Bit 0

Data bit

DI 1

Channel 1

Bit 10

Data bit

DI 11

Channel

11

Bit 9

Data bit

DI 10

Channel

10

Bit 8

Data bit

DI 9

Channel

9

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


13.2.2 Digital Output Modules

I/O Modules 287

Digital output modules use one bit of data per channel to control the output of the corresponding channel. These bits are mapped into the Output Process Image.

Some digital modules have an additional diagnostic bit per channel in the Input

Process Image. The diagnostic bit is used for detecting faults that occur (e.g., wire breaks and/or short circuits). For modules with diagnostic bit is set, also the data bits have to be evaluated.

When analog output modules are also present in the node, the digital image data is always appended after the analog data in the Output Process Image, grouped into bytes.

13.2.2.1 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data

750-523

The digital output module delivers 1 bit via a process value Bit in the output process image, which is illustrated in the input process image. This status image shows "manual mode".

Table 211: 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data


Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 not used

Bit 0

Status bit

“Manual

Operation“


Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 not used

13.2.2.2 2 Channel Digital Output Modules

750-501, -502, -509, -512, -513, -514, -517, -535, -538, (and all variations),

753-501, -502, -509, -512, -513, -514, -517

Bit 0 controls

DO 1

Channel 1

Table 212: 2 Channel Digital Output Modules


Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 controls

DO 2

Channel 2

Bit 0 controls

DO 1

Channel 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



13.2.2.3 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process

Data

750-507 (-508), -522,

753-507

The digital output modules have a diagnostic bit for each output channel. When an output fault condition occurs (i.e., overload, short circuit, or broken wire), a diagnostic bit is set. The diagnostic data is mapped into the Input Process Image, while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.

Table 213: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data


Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1

Diagnostic bit S 2

Channel 2


Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 controls

DO 2

Channel 2

750-506,

753-506

Bit 0

Diagnostic bit S 1

Channel 1

Bit 0 controls

DO 1

Channel 1

The digital output module has 2-bits of diagnostic information for each output channel. The 2-bit diagnostic information can then be decoded to determine the exact fault condition of the module (i.e., overload, a short circuit, or a broken wire). The 4-bits of diagnostic data are mapped into the Input Process Image, while the output control bits are in the Output Process Image.

Table 214: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data 75x-506


Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0

Diagnostic bit S 3

Channel 2

Diagnostic bit S 2

Channel 2

Diagnostic bit S 1

Channel 1

Diagnostic bit S 0

Channel 1

Diagnostic bits S1/S0, S3/S2: = ‘00’




Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 standard mode no connected load/short circuit against +24 V

Short circuit to ground/overload

Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 not used not used

Bit 1 controls

DO 2

Channel 2

Bit 0 controls

DO 1

Channel 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



750-504, -515, -516, -519, -531,

753-504, -516, -531, -540

I/O Modules 289



Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 controls

DO 4

Channel 4

Bit 2 controls

DO 3

Channel 3

Bit 1 controls

DO 2

Channel 2

13.2.2.5 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input

Process Data

Bit 0 controls

DO 1

Channel 1

750-532, -539


Table 216: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data



Diagnostic bit

S 4

Channel 4

Diagnostic bit

S 3

Channel 3

Diagnostic bit

S 2

Channel 2

Diagnostic bit S = ‘0’ no Error

Diagnostic bit S = ‘1’ overload, short circuit, or broken wire


Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 controls

DO 4

Channel 4

Bit 2 controls

DO 3

Channel 3

Bit 1 controls

DO 2

Channel 2

Bit 0

Diagnostic bit

S 1

Channel 1

Bit 0 controls

DO 1

Channel 1

13.2.2.6 8 Channel Digital Output Module

750-530, -536, -1515, -1516,

753-530, -534, 536

Table 217: 8 Channel Digital Output Module


Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 controls

DO 8

Channel 8 controls

DO 7

Channel 7 controls

DO 6

Channel 6 controls

DO 5

Channel 5

Bit 3 controls

DO 4

Channel 4

Bit 2 controls

DO 3

Channel 3

Bit 1 controls

DO 2

Channel 2

Bit 0 controls

DO 1

Channel 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



13.2.2.7 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input

Process Data

750-537,

753-537


Table 218: 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process Data



Diagnostic bit

S 8

Channel 8

Diagnostic bit

S 7

Channel 7

Diagnostic bit

S 6

Channel 6

Diagnostic bit

S 5

Channel 5

Diagnostic bit

S 4

Channel 4

Diagnostic bit

S 3

Channel 3

Diagnostic bit

S 2

Channel 2

Diagnostic bit S = ‘0’ no Error

Diagnostic bit S = ‘1’ overload, short circuit, or broken wire



DO 8

Channel 8 controls

DO 7

Channel 7 controls

DO 6

Channel 6 controls

DO 5

Channel 5

Bit 3 controls

DO 4

Channel 4

Bit 2 controls

DO 3

Channel 3

Bit 1 controls

DO 2

Channel 2

Bit 0

Diagnostic bit

S 1

Channel 1

Bit 0 controls

DO 1

Channel 1


750-1500, -1501, -1504, -1505



Output Byte D0


DO 8

Channel 8 controls

DO 7

Channel 7

Output Byte D1

Bit 7 Bit 6 controls

DO 6

Channel 6 controls

DO 5

Channel 5 controls

DO 16

Channel

16 controls

DO 15

Channel

15

Bit 5 controls

DO 14

Channel

14

Bit 4 controls

DO 13

Channel

13

Bit 3 controls

DO 4

Channel 4

Bit 3 controls

DO 12

Channel

12

Bit 2 controls

DO 3

Channel 3

Bit 1 controls

DO 2

Channel 2

Bit 0 controls

DO 1

Channel 1

Bit 2 controls

DO 11

Channel

11

Bit 1 controls

DO 10

Channel

10

Bit 0 controls

DO 9

Channel

9

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


13.2.2.9 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules

750-1502, -1506

I/O Modules 291


Table 220: 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules


Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4

Data bit DI

8

Channel 8

Data bit

DI 7

Channel 7

Data bit

DI 6

Channel 6

Data bit

DI 5

Channel 5


Bit 7 Bit 6 controls

DO 8

Channel 8 controls

DO 7

Channel 7

Bit 5 controls

DO 6

Channel 6

Bit 4 controls

DO 5

Channel 5

Bit 3

Data bit

DI 4

Channel 4

Bit 3 controls

DO 4

Channel 4

Bit 2

Data bit

DI 3

Channel 3

Bit 2 controls

DO 3

Channel 3

Bit 1

Data bit

DI 2

Channel 2

Bit 1 controls

DO 2

Channel 2

Bit 0

Data bit

DI 1

Channel 1

Bit 0 controls

DO 1

Channel 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

292 I/O Modules

Pos: 128 .6 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/P rozess abbil d Ma ppin g/ETHERNET - Eth erNet /IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - AIs-Einl eitun g M ODBUS/TCP (IN TEL, mit wo rd- align ment ) @ 7\m od_ 127 235 2811 572 _21 .docx @ 5 5815 @ 3 @ 1

13.2.3 Analog Input Modules

WAGO I/O System 750


The hardware of an analog input module has 16 bits of measured analog data per channel and 8 bits of control/status.

However, the coupler/controller with MODBUS/TCP does not have access to the

8 control/status bits.

Therefore, the coupler/controller with MODBUS/TCP can only access the 16 bits of analog data per channel, which are grouped as words and mapped in Intel format in the Input Process Image.

Pos: 128 .7 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/P rozess abbil d Ma ppin g/Sofe rn in de m Knot en auch Di gitalei nga ngsm odul e ges teckt, zu AIs @ 8\ mod _12 791 1206 136 4_2 1.do cx @ 5990 3 @ @ 1 When digital input modules are also present in the node, the analog input data is always mapped into the Input Process Image in front of the digital data.

Pos: 128 .8 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/P rozess abbil d Ma ppin g/Inf or matio n - Info rma tion en zu m Ste uer -/Stat usbyt eauf bau @ 4\ mod _12 380 557 087 43_2 1.d ocx @ 290 70 @ @ 1

Information on the structure of control and status bytes

For detailed information on the structure of a particular I/O module’s control/status bytes, please refer to that module’s manual. Manuals for each module can be found on the Internet at www.wago.com

.

Pos: 128 .9 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/P rozess abbil d Ma ppin g/ETHERNET - Eth erNet /IP - MODBUS/TCP/PA ETHERNET - AIs (Int el, mit w ord -alig nme nt) - inkl. 8-Ka nal AIs @ 7\ mod _12 7235 205 468 5_2 1.do cx @ 5 579 0 @ 444 444 @ 1

13.2.3.1 1 Channel Analog Input Modules

750-491, (and all variations)

Table 221: 1 Channel Analog Input Modules


Offset

Byte Destination

0

High Byte

D1

1 D3

Low Byte

D0

D2

Description

Measured Value U

D

Measured Value U ref


750-452, -454, -456, -461, -462, -464 (2-Channel Operation) -465, -466, -467,

-469, -470, -472, -473, -474, -475, 476, -477, -478, -479, -480, -481, -483, -485,

-487, -492, (and all variations),

753-452, -454, -456, -461, -465, -466, -467, -469, -472, -474, -475, -476, -477,

-478, -479, -483, -492, (and all variations)



Offset

High Byte


0

1

D1

D3

Low Byte

D0

D2

Description

Measured Value Channel 1


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


13.2.3.3 2 Channel Analog Input Modules HART

750-482, -484, (and all variations),

753-482

I/O Modules 293

The HART I/O module provides two different process images depending on the set operating mode.

For the pure analog values 4 mA ... 20 mA, the HART I/O module transmits 16 bit measured values per channel as an analog input module, which are mapped by word.

In operating mode "6 Byte Mailbox", the HART I/O module provides the fieldbus coupler / controller with a 12-byte input and output process image via a logical channel. For the control/status byte and the dummy byte, an acyclic channel

(mailbox) for the process value communication is embedded in the process image, which occupies 6 bytes of data. This is followed by the measured values for channels 1 and 2.

HART commands are executed via the WAGO-IEC function blocks of the

"WagoLibHart_0x.lib" library. The data is tunneled to the application via the mailbox and decoded by means of the library, so that the evaluation and processing takes place directly at the application level.

The operating mode is set using the WAGO-I / OCHECK commissioning tool.

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Table 223: 2-Channel Analog Input Modules HART


Offset

0

High Byte


D1

Low Byte

D0

1 D3 D2

Table 224:: 2 Channel Analog Input Modules HART + 6 bytes Mailbox


Offset

0

High Byte


Internal Use

1

2

MBX_RES

MBX_RES

Low Byte

S0

MBX_RES

MBX_RES

3

4

MBX_RES

D1

MBX_RES

D0

5 D3


Offset

0

High Byte

-


1

2

MBX_REQ

MBX_REQ

D2

Low Byte

C0

MBX_REQ

MBX_REQ

Description



Description

Internal used Status byte

Response data from mailbox



Description

Control byte

Request data from mailbox

3

4

5

MBX_REQ

-

-

MBX_REQ

-

-

Not used


750-450, -453, -455, -457, -459, -460, -463, -464 (4-Channel Operation), -468,

-471, -468, (and all variations),

753-453, -455, -457, -459



Offset


0

High Byte

D1

1

2

3

D3

D5

D7

Low Byte

D0

D2

D4

D6

Description





Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



750-451, 750-458, 750-496, 750-497



Offset

0

High Byte


D1

3

4

1

2

D3

D5

D7

D9

5

6

7

D11

D13

D15

Low Byte

D0

D2

D4

D6

D8

D10

D12

D14

I/O Modules 295

Description









Manual

Version 1.2.2



13.2.3.6 3-Phase Power Measurement Module

750-493

The above Analog Input Modules have a total of 9 bytes of user data in both the

Input and Output Process Image (6 bytes of data and 3 bytes of control/status).

The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 6 words mapped into each image.

Word alignment is applied.

Table 227: 3-Phase Power Measurement Module


Offset


0

High Byte

-

Low Byte

S0

1

2

3

4

D1

-

D3

-

D0

S1

D2

S2

D4 5 D5


Offset

0

1

2

3

4

5

High Byte

-


D1

-

D3

-

D5

Low Byte

C0

D0

C1

D2

C2

D4

Description

Status byte 0

Input data word 1

Status byte 1

Input data word 2

Status byte 2

Input data word 3

Description

Control byte 0

Output data word 1

Control byte 1

Output data word 2

Control byte 2

Output data word 3

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


750-494, -495, (and all variations)

I/O Modules 297

The 3-Phase Power Measurement Modules 750-494, -495, (and all variations) have a total of 24 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image

(16 bytes of data and 8 bytes of control/status).

Table 228: 3-Phase Power Measurement Modules 750-494, -495, (and all variations)


Offset

High Byte


Low Byte

Description

0 S1 S0 Status word

0

8

9

6

7

10

11

3

4

5

1

2

1

2

3

S3

S5

S7

6

7

4

5

D1

D3

D5

D7

8

9

D9

D11

10

11

D13

D15


Offset

High Byte


Low Byte

S2

S4

S6

D0

D2

D4

D6

D8

D10

D12

D14

S1

-

-

-

-

-

-

S3

S5

S7

-

-

S0

-

-

-

-

-

-

S2

S4

S6

-

-

Extended status word 1



Process value 1

Process value 2

Process value 3

Process value 4

Description

Control word

Extended control word 1



-

-

-

-


Manual

Version 1.2.2

298 I/O Modules

Pos: 128 .11 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Proz essab bild M appi ng/ETHERNE T - Et herN et/IP - MODBUS/ TCP/PA ETHERNET - AOs -Einleitu ng MODBUS/TCP (Int el, mit w or d-alig nme nt) @ 7\ mod _12 723 525 877 76_ 21.d ocx @ 558 09 @ 3 @ 1

13.2.4 Analog Output Modules

WAGO I/O System 750


The hardware of an analog output module has 16 bits of measured analog data per channel and 8 bits of control/status. However, the coupler/controller with

MODBUS/TCP does not have access to the 8 control/status bits. Therefore, the coupler/controller with MODBUS/TCP can only access the 16 bits of analog data per channel, which are grouped as words and mapped in Intel format in the

Output Process Image.

Pos: 128 .12 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Proz essab bild M appi ng/Sof ern in d em Kn oten auc h Digital ausg angs mo dule geste ckt sin d, zu AO s @ 8 \mo d_1 279 112 1792 55_ 21. docx @ 599 06 @ @ 1 When digital output modules are also present in the node, the analog output data is always mapped into the Output Process Image in front of the digital data.

Pos: 128 .13 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Proz essab bild M appi ng/I nfor mati on - Inf orm atio nen z um St eue r-/Sta tusby teau fba u @ 4 \mo d_1 238 055 708 743_ 21. docx @ 29 070 @ @ 1

Information on the structure of control and status bytes

For detailed information on the structure of a particular I/O module’s control/status bytes, please refer to that module’s manual. Manuals for each module can be found on the Internet at www.wago.com

.

Pos: 128 .14 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Proz essab bild M appi ng/ETHERNE T - Et herN et/IP - MODBUS/ TCP/PA ETHERNET - AOs (IN TEL, mit wo rd- alignm ent ) @ 7\mo d_1 272 352 309 632 _21. docx @ 55 793 @ 44 @ 1

13.2.4.1 2 Channel Analog Output Modules

750-550, -552, -554, -556, -560, -562, 563, -585, -586, (and all variations),

753-550, -552, -554, -556

Table 229: 2 Channel Analog Output Modules


Offset

0

1

High Byte


D1

D3

Low Byte

D0

D2

Description

Output Value Channel 1



750-553, -555, -557, -559,

753-553, -555, -557, -559



Offset

0

High Byte


D1

1

2

3

D3

D5

D7

Low Byte

D0

D2

D4

D6

Pos: 128 .15 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Proz essab bild M appi ng/ETHERNE T - Et herN et/IP - MODBUS/ TCP/PA ETHERNET - MODBUS/TCP z usätzlic h 8-K anal AOs @ 18 \mo d_1 392 123 336 482 _21. docx @ 14 502 8 @ 4 @ 1

Description





Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



750-597




Offset

0

High Byte


D1

3

4

1

2

D3

D5

D7

D9

5

6

7

D11

D13

D15

Low Byte

D0

D2

D4

D6

D8

D10

D12

D14

I/O Modules 299

Description









Manual

Version 1.2.2

300 I/O Modules

Pos: 128 .17 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Proz essab bild M appi ng/ETHERNE T - Et herN et/IP - MODBUS/ TCP/PA ETHERNET - So nde rm odule (In tel, mit wo rd- align ment ) Sta rt, Zähle r bis R TC- Mo dul-f ür 3 2-Bit'e r @ 3 2\m od_ 153 552 6395 973 _21 .docx @ 49 552 1 @ 344 444 4444 44 @ 1

13.2.5 Specialty Modules

WAGO I/O System 750


WAGO has a host of Specialty I/O modules that perform various functions. With individual modules beside the data bytes also the control/status byte is mapped in the process image.

The control/status byte is required for the bidirectional data exchange of the module with the higher-ranking control system. The control byte is transmitted from the control system to the module and the status byte from the module to the control system.

This allows, for example, setting of a counter with the control byte or displaying of overshooting or undershooting of the range with the status byte.

The control/status byte always is in the process image in the Low byte.

Information about the structure of the Control/Status byte

For detailed information about the structure of a particular module’s control/status byte, please refer to that module’s manual. Manuals for each module can be found on the Internet under: www.wago.com

.

13.2.5.1 Counter Modules

750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),

753-404, -404/000-003

The above Counter Modules have a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 1 byte of control/status).

The counter value is supplied as 32 bits. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 3 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 232: Counter Modules 750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),

753-404, -404/000-003


Offset

High Byte

Byte Designation

Low Byte

Description

0

1

-

D1

S

D0

Status byte

Counter value

2 D3 D2


Offset

High Byte


Low Byte

Description

0

1

2

-

D1

D3

C

D0

D2

Control byte

Counter setting value

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


750-404/000-005,

753-404/000-005

I/O Modules 301

The above Counter Modules have a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 1 byte of control/ status).

The two counter values are supplied as 32 bits. The following tables illustrate the

Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 3 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 233: Counter Modules 750-404/000-005, 753-404/000-005


Offset


0

High Byte

-

Low Byte

S

1 D1

2 D3


Offset

0

1

2


High Byte

-

Low Byte

C

D1

D3

D0

D2

D0

D2

Description

Status byte

Counter Value of Counter 1


Description

Control byte

Counter Setting Value of Counter 1


Manual

Version 1.2.2

302 I/O Modules

750-633

WAGO I/O System 750


The above Counter Module has a total of 5 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 1 byte of control/ status).

The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 3 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

The meaning of the output data depends on the set operating mode:

1 Up counter with enable input

2 Up/down counter with U/D input

3 Frequency counter

4 Gate time counter

Table 234: Counter Modules 750-633


Offset


0

High Byte

-

Low Byte

S

1

2

D1

D3

D0

D2


Offset

0


High Byte

-

Low Byte

C

Description

Status byte

Counter Value

1

2

D1

D3

D0

D2

Description

Control byte

Counter Setting Value 1,2) watchdog time reserved 4)

3)

Counter Setting Value 1,2) reserved reserved

3)

4)

1,2) Up counter with enable input, Up /down counter with U / D input

3)

4)

Frequency counter

Gate time counter

750-638,

753-638

The above Counter Modules have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of counter data and 2 bytes of control/status). The two counter values are supplied as 16 bits. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has a total of 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 235: Counter Modules 750-638, 753-638


Offset

0

1

2

3


High Byte

-

Low Byte

S0

D1

-

D3

D0

S1

D2

Description

Status byte of Counter 1


Status byte of Counter 2


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Offset

0

1


High Byte

-

D1

Low Byte

C0

D0

2

3

-

D3

C1

D2

I/O Modules 303

Description

Control byte of Counter 1


Control byte of Counter 2


13.2.5.2 Pulse Width Modules

750-511, (and all variations),

753-511

The above Pulse Width modules have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the

Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of channel data and 2 bytes of control/ status). The two channel values are supplied as 16 bits. Each channel has its own control/status byte. The following table illustrates the Input and Output

Process Image, which has a total of 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 236: Pulse Width Modules 750-511, /xxx-xxx, 753-511

Input and Output Process

Offset

0

1

2

3

High Byte


-

Low Byte

C0/S0

D1

-

D3

D0

C1/S1

D2

Description

Control/Status byte of Channel 1

Data Value of Channel 1



13.2.5.3 Serial Interface Modules with Alternative Data Format

750-650, (and the variations /000-002, -004, -006, -009, -010, -011, -012, -013),

750-651, (and the variations /000-001, -002, -003),

750-653, (and the variations /000-002, -007),

753-650, -653

The process image of the / 003-000-variants depends on the parameterized operating mode!

With the freely parameterizable variations /003 000 of the serial interface modules, the desired operating mode can be set. Dependent on it, the process image of these modules is then the same, as from the appropriate variation.

The above Serial Interface Modules with alternative data format have a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (3 bytes of serial data and 1 byte of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Output Process Image, which have a total of 2 words mapped into each image.


Table 237: Serial Interface Modules with Alternative Data Format

Input and Output Process Image

Offset

High Byte


Low Byte

0

1

D0

D2

C/S

D1

Description

Data byte

Control/status byte

Data bytes

13.2.5.4 Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format

750-650/000-001, -014, -015, -016,

750-651/000-001,

750-653/000-001, -006

The above Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format have a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (5 bytes of serial data and 1 byte of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and

Output Process Image, which have a total of 3 words mapped into each image.


Table 238: Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format


Offset

High Byte


Low Byte

0

1

2

D0

D2

D4

C/S

D1

D3

Description

Data byte

Control/status byte

Data bytes

13.2.5.5 Serial Interface Modules

750-652,

753-652

The size of the process image for the Serial Interface Module can be adjusted to

12, 24 or 48 bytes.

It consists of two status bytes (input) or control bytes (output) and the process data with a size of 6 to 46 bytes.

Thus, each Serial Interface Module uses between 8 and 48 bytes in the process image. The sizes of the input and output process images are always the same.

The process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO-I/OCHECK .

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Table 239: Serial Interface Modules 750-652, 753-652


Process image size

Offset


High Byte Low Byte

0 C1/S1 C0/S0

8 bytes

24 bytes*

48 bytes

…

11

12

…

23

3

4

1

2

D1

D3

D5

D7

D21

D23

D45

D0

D2

D4

D6

D20

D22

D44

*) Factory setting

I/O Modules 305

Description

Control/Status byte

C1/S1

Control/Status byte

C0/S0

Prozess data (6-46 bytes)

13.2.5.6 Data Exchange Module

750-654, -654/000-001

The Data Exchange modules have a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output

Process Image, which has a total of 2 words mapped into each image.


Table 240: Data Exchange Module 750-654, -654/000-001


Offset

0

1

High Byte


D1

Low Byte

D0

D3 D2

Description

Data bytes

13.2.5.7 SSI Transmitter Interface Modules

750-630, and the variations /000-001, -002, -006, -008, -009, -011, -012, -013

The process image of the / 003-000-variants depends on the parameterized operating mode!

The operating mode of the configurable /003-000 I/O module versions can be set. Based on the operating mode, the process image of these I/O modules is then the same as that of the respective version.

The above SSI Transmitter Interface modules have a total of 4 bytes of user data in the Input Process Image, which has 2 words mapped into the image.


Manual

Version 1.2.2



Table 241: SSI Transmitter Interface Modules


Offset

0

1

High Byte


D1

Low Byte

D0

D3 D2

Description

Data bytes

750-630/000-004, -005, -007

In the input process image, SSI transmitter interface modules with status occupy

5 usable bytes, 4 data bytes, and 1 additional status byte. A total of 3 words are assigned in the process image via word alignment.

Table 242: SSI Transmitter Interface I/O Modules with an Alternative Data Format (/000-004, -005, -

007)


Offset

High Byte


High Byte

Description

0

1

2

-

D1

D3

S

D0

D2 not used Status byte

Data bytes

13.2.5.8 Incremental Encoder Interface Modules

Incremental Encoder Interface Modules

750-631/000-004, -010, -011

The above Incremental Encoder Interface modules have 5 bytes of input data and 3 bytes of output data. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output

Process Image, which have 4 words into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 243: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-631/000-004, --010, -011


Offset

0


High Byte

-

Low Byte

S

1

2

3

D1

-

D4

D0

-

D3

Description not used Status byte

Counter word not used

Latch word


Offset

0


High Byte

-

Low Byte

C

1

2

3

D1

-

-

D0

-

-

Description not used Control byte

Counter setting word not used not used

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


750-634

I/O Modules 307

The above Incremental Encoder Interface module has 5 bytes of input data (6 bytes in cycle duration measurement mode) and 3 bytes of output data. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which has 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 244: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-634


Offset

0

1

2

3


High Byte

-

D1

-

D4

Low Byte

S

D0

(D2) *)

D3

Description not used

Counter word not used

Status byte

(Periodic time)

Latch word

*) If cycle duration measurement mode is enabled in the control byte, the cycle duration is given as a 24-bit value that is stored in D2 together with D3/D4.


Offset

0

1

2

3


High Byte

-

D1

-

-

Low Byte

C

D0

-

-

Description not used Control byte

Counter setting word not used

750-637, (and all variations)

The above Incremental Encoder Interface Module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (4 bytes of encoder data and 2 bytes of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and Output

Process Image, which have 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 245: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-637, (and all variations)


Offset

0

1

2

3


High Byte

-

Low Byte

C0/S0

D1

-

D3

D0

C1/S1

D2

Description





Manual

Version 1.2.2

308 I/O Modules

Digital Pulse Interface module

WAGO I/O System 750


750-635,

753-635

The above Digital Pulse Interface module has a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (3 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status). The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process

Image, which have 2 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 246: Digital Pulse Interface Modules 750-635, 753-635


Offset



0 D0 C0/S0

1 D2 D1

Description

Data byte

Control/status byte

Data bytes

13.2.5.9 DC-Drive Controller

750-636, -636/000-700, -636/000-800

The DC-Drive Controller maps 6 bytes into both the input and output process image. The data sent and received are stored in up to 4 input and output bytes

(D0 ... D3). Two control bytes (C0, C1) and two status bytes (S0/S1) are used to control the I/O module and the drive.

In addition to the position data in the input process image (D0 … D3), it is possible to display extended status information (S2 … S5). Then the three control bytes (C1 … C3) and status bytes (S1 … S3) are used to control the data flow.

Bit 3 of control byte C1 (C1.3) is used to switch between the process data and the extended status bytes in the input process image (Extended Info_ON). Bit 3 of status byte S1 (S1.3) is used to acknowledge the switching process.

Table 247: DC-Drive Controller 750-636, -636/000-700, -636/000-800


Offset


0

High Byte

S1

Low Byte

S0

Description

Status byte S1 Status byte S0

1

2

D1*) / S3**)

D3*) / S5**)

D0*) / S2**)

D2*) / S4**)

Actual position*) /

Extended status byte S3**)

Actual position

(LSB) / Extended status byte S2**)

Actual position

(MSB) / Extended status byte S3**)

Actual position*) /

Extended status byte S4**)

*)

**)

ExtendedInfo_ON = ‘0’.

ExtendedInfo_ON = ‘1’.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Offset

0

High Byte

C1


Low Byte

C0

1 D1 D0

I/O Modules 309

Description

Control byte C1 Control byte C0

Setpoint position Setpoint position

(LSB)

Setpoint position

(MSB)

Setpoint position

2 D3

13.2.5.10 Stepper Controller

750-670, -671, -672

D2

The Stepper controller provides the fieldbus coupler/controller 12 bytes input and output process image via 1 logical channel. The data to be sent and received are stored in up to 7 output bytes (D0 … D6) and 7 input bytes (D0 … D6), depending on the operating mode.

Output byte D0 and input byte D0 are reserved and have no function assigned.

One I/O module control and status byte (C0, S0) and 3 application control and status bytes (C1 ... C3, S1 ... S3) provide the control of the data flow.

Switching between the two process images is conducted through bit 5 in the control byte (C0 (C0.5). Activation of the mailbox is acknowledged by bit 5 of the status byte S0 (S0.5).

Table 248: Stepper Controller 750-670, -671, -672


Offset



0 Reserviert C0/S0

1

2

3

D1

D3

D5

D0

D2

D4

4 S3 D6

5 C1/S1

*) Cyclic process image (Mailbox disabled)

**) Mailbox process image (Mailbox activated)

C2/S2 reserved

Description

Control/Status byte

C0/S0

Process data*) / Mailbox**)

Control/Status byte

C3/S3

Control/Status byte

C1/S1

Process data*) / reserved**)

Control/Status byte

C2/S2

Manual

Version 1.2.2

310 I/O Modules

13.2.5.11 RTC Module

750-640

WAGO I/O System 750


The RTC Module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output

Process Image (4 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status and 1 byte ID for command). The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process

Image, which have 3 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 249: RTC Module 750-640


Offset



0 ID C/S

1

2

D1

D3

D0

D2

Description

Data bytes

Pos: 128 .18 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Proz essab bild M appi ng/ETHERNE T - Et herN et/IP - MODBUS/ TCP/PA ETHERNET - So nde rm odule (In tel, mit wo rd- align ment ) DALI -DSI-M odul -für 32 -Bit'er @ 32\ mod _15 355 263 892 76_ 21.d ocx @ 495 499 @ 4 @ 1

13.2.5.12 DALI/DSI Master Module

750-641

The DALI/DSI Master module has a total of 6 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (5 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status).

The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which have 3 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 250: DALI/DSI Master Module 750-641


Offset


0

High Byte

D0

Low Byte

S

1

2

D2

D4

D1

D3


Offset



0 D0 C

1

2

D2

D4

D1

D3

Description

DALI Response Status byte

Message 3

Message 1

DALI Address

Message 2

Description

DALI command,

DSI dimming value

Control byte

Parameter 2 DALI Address

Command extension Parameter 1

Pos: 128 .19 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Proz essab bild M appi ng/ETHERNE T - Et herN et/IP - MODBUS/ TCP/PA ETHERNET - So nde rm odule (In tel, mit wo rd- align ment ) DALI -MUL TI- Mast er bis KNX-M odul- für 32 -Bit'er @ 7\m od_ 127 235 2385 583 _21 .docx @ 5 5796 @ 4 444 44 @ 1

13.2.5.13 DALI Multi-Master Module

753-647

The DALI Multi-Master module occupies a total of 24 bytes in the input and output range of the process image.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


I/O Modules 311

The DALI Multi-Master module can be operated in "Easy" mode (default) and

"Full" mode. "Easy" mode is used to transmit simply binary signals for lighting control. Configuration or programming via DALI master module is unnecessary in

"Easy" mode.

Changes to individual bits of the process image are converted directly into DALI commands for a pre-configured DALI network. 22 bytes of the 24-byte process image can be used directly for switching of electronic ballasts (ECG), groups or scenes in "Easy" mode. Switching commands are transmitted via DALI and group addresses, where each DALI and each group address is represented by a 2-bit pair.

In full mode, the 24 bytes of the process image are used to tunnel a protocol using a mailbox interface. The process image consists of 1 byte for control / status and 23 bytes for the acyclic data.

The structure of the process data is described in detail in the following tables.

Table 251: DALI Multi-Master Module 753-647 in the "Easy" Mode


Offset



0 - S res.

Note

Status, activate broadcast

Bit 0: 1-/2-button mode

Bit 2: Broadcast status ON/OFF

Bit 1,3-7: -

7

8

5

6

3

4

1

2

DA4…DA7

DA12…DA15

DA20…DA23

DA28…DA31

DA36…DA39

DA44…DA47

DA52…DA55

DA60…DA63

DA0…DA3

DA8…DA11

DA16…DA19

DA24…DA27

DA32…DA35

DA40…DA43

DA48…DA51

DA56…DA59

Bit pair for DALI address DA0:

Bit 1: Bit set = ON

Bit not set = OFF

Bit 2: Bit set = Error

Bit not set = No error

Bit pairs DA1 … DA63 similar to DA0.

9

10

11

GA4…GA7

GA12…GA15

-

GA0…GA3

GA8…GA11

-

Bit pair for DALI group address GA0:

Bit 1: Bit set = ON

Bit not set = OFF

Bit 2: Bit set = Error

Bit not set = No error

Bit pairs GA1 … GA15 similar to GA0.

Not used

DA = DALI address

GA = Group address

Manual

Version 1.2.2

312 I/O Modules


Offset



WAGO I/O System 750


0

3

4

1

2

5

6

7

8

9

10

-

DA4…DA7

DA12…DA15

DA20…DA23

DA28…DA31

DA36…DA39

DA44…DA47

DA52…DA55

DA60…DA63

GA4…GA7

GA12…GA15

S

DA0…DA3

DA8…DA11

DA16…DA19

DA24…DA27

DA32…DA35

DA40…DA43

DA48…DA51

DA56…DA59

GA0…GA3

GA8…GA11

Bit 0…7

Note res. Bit 0: Broadcast ON

Bit 1: Broadcast OFF

Bit 2: (1 button operation):

- short: Broadcast ON/OFF

- long: Broadcast dimming

brighter/darker

Bit 2: (2 buttons operation):


- long: Broadcast dimming brighter

Bit 3: (1 button operation):

Broadcast ON/OFF

Bit 3: (2 buttons operation):


- long: Broadcast dimming darker

Bit 4: Watchdog toggling (starting

from FW06 of the DALI Multi-

Master)

Bit 5…7: reserved

Bit pair for DALI address:

Bit 1 (1 button operation):

- short: DA switch ON/OFF

- long: dimming brighter/darker

Bit 1 (2 buttons operation):

- short: DA switch ON

- long: dimming brighter


DA switch ON/OFF


- short: DA switch OFF

- long: dimming darker

Bit pair for DALI group address:


- short: GA switch ON/OFF

- long: dimming brighter/darker


- short: GA switch ON

- long: dimming brighter


GA switch ON/OFF


- short: GA switch OFF

- long: dimming darker

Switch scene 0…15 11 Bit 8…15

DA = DALI address

GA = Group address

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


I/O Modules 313

Table 252: DALI Multi-Master Module 753-647 in the "Full" Mode


Offset

0

1

2

3

4

5


High Byte

MBX_C/S

Low Byte

C0/S0

MBX1

MBX3

MBX5

MBX7

MBX9

MBX0

MBX2

MBX4

MBX6

MBX8

Note

Mailbox control/status byte control/status byte

Mailbox

8

9

6

7

10

11

MBX11

MBX13

MBX15

MBX17

MBX19

MBX21

MBX10

MBX12

MBX14

MBX16

MBX18

MBX20

Manual

Version 1.2.2

314 I/O Modules

13.2.5.14 LON ® FTT Module

753-648

WAGO I/O System 750


The process image of the LON ® FTT module consists of a control/status byte and

23 bytes of bidirectional communication data that is processed by the WAGO-I/O-

PRO function block "LON_01.lib". This function block is essential for the function of the LON ® FTT module and provides a user interface on the control side.

9

10

11

7

8

5

6

Table 253: LON

Offset

® FTT Module 753-648



0

High Byte

MBX_C/S

Low Byte

C0/S0

1

2

3

4

MBX1

MBX3

MBX5

MBX7

MBX0

MBX2

MBX4

MBX6

MBX9

MBX11

MBX13

MBX15

MBX17

MBX19

MBX21

MBX8

MBX10

MBX12

MBX14

MBX16

MBX18

MBX20

13.2.5.15 EnOcean Radio Receiver

750-642

Note

Mailbox control/status byte control/status byte

Mailbox

The EnOcean radio receiver has a total of 4 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (3 bytes of module data and 1 byte of control/status).

The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process Image, which have 2 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 254: EnOcean Radio Receiver 750-642


Offset

0

High Byte


D0

Low Byte

S

1 D2 D1


Offset

0

High Byte


-

Low Byte

C

1 - -

Description

Data byte Status byte

Data bytes

Description not used Control byte not used

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


13.2.5.16 MP Bus Master Module

750-643

I/O Modules 315

The MP Bus Master Module has a total of 8 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (6 bytes of module data and 2 bytes of control/status).

The following table illustrates the Input and Output Process Image, which have 4 words mapped into each image. Word alignment is applied.

Table 255: MP Bus Master Module 750-643


Offset

High Byte


Low Byte

0 C1/S1 C0/S0

1

2

3

D1

D3

D5

D0

D2

D4

Description

Extended

Control/

Status byte

Control/status byte

Data bytes

13.2.5.17

Bluetooth

® RF-Transceiver

750-644

The size of the process image for the Bluetooth ® module can be adjusted to 12,

24 or 48 bytes.

It consists of one control byte (input) or status byte (output); an empty byte; an overlay able mailbox with a size of 6, 12 or 18 bytes (mode 2); and the Bluetooth ® process data with a size of 4 to 46 bytes.

Thus, each Bluetooth ® module uses between 12 and 48 bytes in the process image. The sizes of the input and output process images are always the same.

The first byte contains the control/status byte; the second contains an empty byte.

Process data attach to this directly when the mailbox is hidden. When the mailbox is visible, the first 6, 12 or 18 bytes of process data are overlaid by the mailbox data, depending on their size. Bytes in the area behind the optionally visible mailbox contain basic process data. The internal structure of the

Bluetooth ® process data can be found in the documentation for the

750-644 RF Transceiver.

Bluetooth ®

The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO-

I/OCHECK .

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Table 256: Bluetooth ® RF-Transceiver 750-644



Offset



0 - C0/S0

12 bytes

24 bytes

48 bytes* )

*) Factory Setting

…

11

12

...

23

1

…

5

6

D1

…

D9

D11

…

D21

D23

...

D45

D0

…

D8

D10

…

D20

D22

...

D44

Description not used

Control/status byte

Mailbox (0, 6, 12 or 18 words)/

Process data (4 … 46 words)

13.2.5.18 Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O

750-645

The Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O has a total of 12 bytes of user data in both the Input and Output Process Image (8 bytes of module data and 4 bytes of control/status). The following table illustrates the

Input and Output Process Image, which have 8 words mapped into each image.


Table 257: Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O 750-645


Offset



Description

0

1

2

3

-

D1

-

D3

C0/S0

D0

C1/S1

D2 not used

Control/status byte

(log. Channel 1,

Sensor input 1)

Data bytes

(log. Channel 1, Sensor input 1) not used

Control/status byte

(log. Channel 2,

Sensor input 2)

Data bytes

(log. Channel 2, Sensor input 2)

4

5

6

7

-

D5

-

D7

C2/S2

D4

C3/S3

D6 not used

Control/status byte

(log. Channel 3,

Sensor input 1)

Data bytes

(log. Channel 3, Sensor input 3) not used

Control/status byte

(log. Channel 4,

Sensor input 2)

Data bytes

(log. Channel 4, Sensor input 2)

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 128 .20 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Proz essab bild M appi ng/ETHERNE T - Et herN et/IP - MODBUS/ TCP/PA ETHERNET - MODBUS/TCP Teil 1 KNX/EIB/TP1- Mod ul 75 3-6 46 (nu r fü r 7 50- 830, -8 42, -84 9) @ 5\m od_ 125 354 055 0198 _21 .docx @ 4 1890 @ 4 @ 1

13.2.5.19 KNX/EIB/TP1 Module

753-646

I/O Modules 317

The KNX/TP1 module appears in router and device mode with a total of 24-byte user data within the input and output area of the process image, 20 data bytes and 2 control/status bytes. Even though the additional bytes S1 or C1 are transferred as data bytes, they are used as extended status and control bytes.

The opcode is used for the read/write command of data and the triggering of specific functions of the KNX/EIB/TP1 module. Word-alignment is used to assign

12 words in the process image. Access to the process image is not possible in router mode. Telegrams can only be tunneled.

In device mode, access to the KNX data can only be performed via special function blocks of the IEC application. Configuration using the ETS engineering tool software is required for KNX.

Table 258: KNX/EIB/TP1 Module 753-646


Offset

High Byte


Low Byte

0 - C0/S0

1

7

8

5

6

2

3

4

9

10

11

Pos: 128 .21 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Proz essab bild M appi ng/ETHERNE T - Et herN et/IP - MODBUS/ TCP/PA ETHERNET - MODBUS/TCP Teil 1 .1 Son de rklem men erg änzu ng 9/20 18 (750 -8 8x, 8 9x) @ 32\ mod _15 371 927 307 20_ 21.d ocx @ 500 367 @ 44 444 4 @ 1

C1/S1

D1

D3

D5

D7

D9

D11

D13

D15

D17

D19

OP

D0

D2

D4

D6

D8

D10

D12

D14

D16

D18

Description not used Control/Status byte extended

Control/Status byte

Opcode

Data byte 1

Data byte 3

Data byte 5

Data byte 0

Data byte 2

Data byte 4

Data byte 7

Data byte 9

Data byte 11

Data byte 13

Data byte 15

Data byte 17

Data byte 19

Data byte 6

Data byte 8

Data byte 10

Data byte 12

Data byte 14

Data byte 16

Data byte 18

Manual

Version 1.2.2

318 I/O Modules

13.2.5.20 Proportional Valve Module

WAGO I/O System 750


750-632, -632/000-100

The size of the process image of the proportional valve modules depends on the set operating mode. The operating mode with one valve occupies has a total of 6 data bytes in both the Input and Output Process Image, and the operating mode with two valves occupies has a total of 12 data bytes in both the Input and Output

Process Image. The following tables illustrate the Input and Output Process

Images, which have 3 words mapped into each image for operating mode with one valve and 6 words for operating mode with two valves. Word alignment is applied.

Table 259: Proportional valve module operating mode with one valve 750-632, 753-632/000-100


Offset

0


High Byte

MBX_ST

Low Byte

S0

1

2

V1

V1_ACTUAL_H

MBX_DATA

V1_ACTUAL_L

Description

Mailbox Status byte Status byte S0

Status byte V1 Mailbox

Process data


Offset

0


High Byte

MBX_CTRL

Low Byte

C0

Description

Mailbox control byte Control byte C0

1 V1 MBX_DATA

2 V1_ SETPOINTVALUE_H V1_SETPOINTVALUE_L

Control byte V1 Mailbox

Process data

Table 260: Proportional valve module operating mode with two valves 750-632, 753-632/000-100


Offset


Description

0

High Byte

MBX_ST

Low Byte

S0 Mailbox Status byte Status byte S0

1

2

3

4

MBX_DATA2

MBX_DATA4

V2

V1_ACTUAL_H

MBX_DATA1

MBX_DATA3

V1

V1_ACTUAL_L

V2_ACTUAL_L 5 V2_ACTUAL_H


Offset



Mailbox

Status byte V2 Status byte V1

Process data

Description

0 MBX_CTRL C0

Mailbox control byte

Control byte C0

1

2

MBX_DATA2

MBX_DATA4

MBX_DATA1

MBX_DATA3

3 V2 V1



Mailbox

Control byte V2 Control byte V1

Process data

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


13.2.5.21 M-Bus Master Module

753-649

I/O Modules 319

The M-Bus master 753-649 has a cyclic 24 byte process image for the local bus in both the Input and Output Process Image.

In addition to the control/status byte and the empty byte, an acyclic channel that occupies 22 bytes of data is embedded in the process image for the process communication.

For data access, the WAGO-IEC function blocks are available of the library

„MBUS_649_01.lib“.

The input and output data exchange is event-driven.

9

10

11

7

8

5

6

Table 261: M-BUS Master Module 753-649


Offset


0

High Byte

-

Low Byte

C0/S0

3

4

1

2

MBX0

MBX2

MBX4

MBX6

MBX_C/S

MBX1

MBX3

MBX5

MBX8

MBX10

MBX12

MBX14

MBX16

MBX18

MBX20

MBX7

MBX9

MBX11

MBX13

MBX15

MBX17

MBX19

13.2.5.22 IO-Link Master

750-657

Not used

Mailbox

Description

Control/Status byte

Mailbox Control/Status byte

Mailbox

The process image size of the IO-Link master can be adjusted to the devices

(switches, IO-Link compatible devices, etc.) attached to the IO-Link ports.

Process image sizes of 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20 or 24 bytes can be set.

As process data is exchanged, the process image has a fixed structure of a control/status byte, Mailbox bytes and SIO byte regardless of the current configuration.

The mailbox starts in the process image with an offset of 1 (after the control / status byte) and occupies at least 2 bytes (FC0, MB0). The mailbox size can be set to a maximum of x bytes (x = total PA size - 1 SIO byte - 1 control / status byte) to configure the IO-Link master.

Depending on the set mailbox size, another data storage area is available behind the SIO byte in which cyclical process data can be transferred from IO-Link devices.

The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO-

I/OCHECK .

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Table 262: IO-Link Master 750-657



Offset



4 bytes

0 FC0 C0/S0

6 bytes

8 bytes

10 bytes

12 bytes

16 bytes

20 bytes

24 bytes*

8

9

10

11

5

6

7

3

4

1

2

SIO

D1

D3

D5

D7

D9

D11

D13

D15

D17

D19

MB0

D0

D2

D4

D6

D8

D10

D12

D14

D16

D18

*) Factory Setting

Descrition

Acyclic channel

SIO byte

Control/

Status byte

Mailbox byte

Mailbox (0 … 20 bytes)/

Process data (0 … 20 bytes)

13.2.5.23 CAN Gateway

750-658

The process image size of the CAN Gateway can be set in the specified sizes of

8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 32, 40 or 48 bytes.

The CAN Gateway has an acyclic communication channel (Mailbox) in the process image.

This is used to transmit configuration, parameterization and diagnostic data.

The length of the first acyclic channel can be set between 2 and a maximum of x bytes (x = total PA size - 3). This is followed by the CAN user data area, where

CAN telegrams are transmitted via the "Mailbox 2.0" communication mechanism in the operating modes "Sniffer Mode" and "Transparent Mode". In the operating mode "Mapped Mode", in this area transmitted and received CAN telegrams can be mapped to the process image without using any protocoll.

The operating mode and also the mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool WAGO-I/OCHECK .

Table 263: CAN Gateway 750-658



Offset



0 C/D_MBX C0/S0

8 bytes

12 bytes

1

2

3

4

5

C/D_MBX / CAN_X C/D_MBX

C/D_MBX / CAN_X C/D_MBX / CAN_X




Manual

Version 1.2.2

Descrition

Config/Diag Mailbox

(1 … 44 bytes)/

CAN user data Mailbox

(5 … 45 bytes) **) bzw.

Toggle-Byte +CAN-Nutzdaten

(4 44 Byte) ***)

WAGO I/O System 750


16 bytes

20 bytes

24 bytes *

32 bytes

40 bytes

48 bytes

…

19

20

21

22

23

10

11

12

…

15

16

8

9

6

7














CAN_X CAN_X

*) Factory Setting

**) Operating mode „Sniffer Mode“ and operating mode „Transparent Mode“

***) Operating mode „Mapped Mode“

13.2.5.24 Servo Stepper Controller

750-673

I/O Modules 321

The stepper servo provides the fieldbus coupler / controller with a 12-byte input and output process image via 1 logical channel.

The data to be sent and received is stored in up to 7 output bytes (D0 ... D6) and

7 input bytes (D0 ... D6) depending on the operating mode. The output byte D0 and the input byte D0 are reserved and without function.

A local bus control and status byte (C0, S0) as well as 3 control and status bytes for the application (C1 ... C3, S1 ... S3) are used to control the data flow.

The changeover between both process images takes place via bit 5 in control byte C0 (C0.5). Bit 5 of the status byte S0 (S0.5) acknowledges the activation of the mailbox.

Table 264: Servo Stepper Controller 750-673


Offset



0 reserved C0/S0

1

2

3

4

D1

D3

D5

C3/S3

D0

D2

D4

D6

5 C1/S1

*) Cyclic process image (Mailbox deactivated)

**) Mailbox process image (Mailbox activated)

C2/S2 reserved

Description

Control/status byte

C0/S0

Process data*) / Mailbox**)

Control/status byte

C3/S3

Control/status byte

C1/S1

Process data*) / reserved**)

Control/status byte

C2/S2

Manual

Version 1.2.2

322 I/O Modules

13.2.5.25 SMI Master Module

753-1630, -1631

WAGO I/O System 750


The 753-1630 I/O module has a cyclic 12 byte process image for the local bus in both the Input and Output Process Image.

Process data communication with the SMI master module is conducted in fieldbus coupler mode via a cyclic process image and in Full mode via the

Mailbox 2.0 protocol.

Byte 0 of the process image contains the control/status byte and byte 1 the extended control/status byte. Depending on the control/status byte, bytes 2 to 11 contain data from Mailbox 2.0 or the cyclic process image.

The changeover between Mailbox 2.0 and the cyclic process image takes place via bit 5 in control byte C0 (C0.5). Bit 5 of the status byte S0 (S0.5) acknowledges the activation of the mailbox.

Tabelle 265:SMI Master Module 753-1630, -1631 in Fieldbus Coupler Mode


Offset


0

High Byte

S1

Low Byte

S0

Description

Extended status byte

3

4

1

2

-

-

D5

D7

-

-

D4

D6

Not used

Status byte

Reflection of the group mask bit 0…15

Response to the command

Shutter actual position Slat actual position 5 D9 D8


Offset


0

High Byte

C1

Low Byte

C0

Description

1 D1 D0

Extended control byte

2-button operation upwards

Bit 0: Address 8

… …

Control byte

2-button operation upwards

Bit 0: Address 0

… …

2 D3 D2

Bit 7: Address 15

2-button operation downwards

Bit 0: Address 8

Bit 7: Address 7

2-button operation downwards

Bit 0: Address 0

3

4

5

D5

D7

D9

D4

D6

D8

… …

Bit 7: Address 15

… …

Bit 7: Address 7

Group mask bit 0...15

Commands

Shutter target position Slat target position

Table 266: SMI Master Module 753-1630, -1631 in „Full Mode“


Offset



Description

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


I/O Modules 323

0 S1/C1 S0/C0

7

8

5

6

9

10

3

4

1

2

11

MBX0

MBX2

MBX4

MBX6

MBX8

MBX10

MBX12

MBX14

MBX16

MBX18

MBX20

MBX_C/S

MBX1

MBX3

MBX5

MBX7

MBX9

MBX11

MBX13

MBX15

MBX17

MBX19

Pos: 128 .22 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Proz essab bild M appi ng/ETHERNE T - Et herN et/IP - MODBUS/ TCP/PA ETHERNET - MODBUS/TCP Teil 2 ASI- un d Syste mm odul e (7 50- 342 , -8 30, -84 2, - 849 ) @ 5\m od_1 246 540 791 017 _21. docx @ 36 540 @ 43 44 @ 1

13.2.5.26 AS-interface Master Module

750-655,

753-655

Extended

Control/Status byte

Mailbox

Control/Status byte

Mailbox Control/Status byte

Mailbox

The length of the process image of the AS-interface master module can be set to fixed sizes of 12, 20, 24, 32, 40 or 48 bytes.

It consists of a control or status byte, a mailbox with a size of 0, 6, 10, 12 or 18 bytes and the AS-interface process data, which can range from 0 to 46 bytes.

The AS-interface master module has a total of 6 to maximally 24 words data in both the Input and Output Process Image. Word alignment is applied.

The first Input and output word, which is assigned to an AS-interface master module, contains the status / control byte and one empty byte.

Subsequently the mailbox data are mapped, when the mailbox is permanently superimposed (Mode 1).

In the operating mode with suppressible mailbox (Mode 2), the mailbox and the cyclical process data are mapped next.

The following words contain the remaining process dat.

The mailbox and the process image sizes are set with the startup tool

WAGO-I/OCHECK .

Table 267: AS-interface Master Module 750-655, 753-655



Offset



0 - C0/S0

12 bytes

20 bytes

1

…

5

6

…

9

D1

D9

D11

D17

D0

D8

D10

D16

Description

Not used

Control-/

Status byte

Mailbox (0, 6, 10, 12 or 18 bytes)/

Process data (0-46 bytes)

Manual

Version 1.2.2

324 I/O Modules

24 bytes *

32 bytes

40 bytes

48 bytes

*) Factory Setting

15

16

…

19

12

…

10

11

12

…

23

D19

D21

D23

D29

D31

D37

D39

D45

WAGO I/O System 750


D18

D20

D22

D28

D30

D36

D38

D44

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


13.2.6 System Modules

I/O Modules 325

13.2.6.1 System Modules with Diagnostics

750-606

The modules provide 2 bits of diagnostics in the Input Process Image for monitoring of the internal power supply.

Table 268: System Modules with Diagnostics 750-606, -611



750-610, -611

Bit 2 Bit 1

Diagnostics bit S_out

Bit 0

Diagnostics bit S_in

The modules provide 2 bits of diagnostics in the Input Process Image for monitoring of the internal power supply.

Table 269: System Modules with Diagnostics 750-610, -611


Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1

Diagnostics bit S 2

Fuse

Bit 0

Diagnostics bit S 1

Fuse

13.2.6.2 Filter Module

750-624/020-002, -626/020-002

The Filter Module 750-624/020-002 and 750-626/020-002 equipped with surge suppression for the field side power supply have a total of 8 bits in both the Input and Output Process Image.

Table 270: Filter Modules 750-624/020-002, 750-626/020-002


Bit 7 Bit 6

0V_MA 0V_PA

Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1

24V_MA 24V_PA not used PWR_DIAG not used


Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 not used not used not used not used not used not used not used

Pos: 128 .23 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Proz essab bild M appi ng/ETHERNE T - Et herN et/IP - MODBUS/ TCP/PA ETHERNET - MODBUS/TCP Teil 3 Binär e Platzh alter mo dule - letzt es Modul @ 8\ mo d_12 791 822 709 05_ 21.d ocx @ 600 20 @ 4 @ 1

Bit 0

VAL

Bit 0

GFT

Manual

Version 1.2.2

326 I/O Modules

13.2.6.3 Binary Space Module

750-622

WAGO I/O System 750


The Binary Space Modules behave alternatively like 2 channel digital input modules or output modules and seize depending upon the selected settings 1, 2,

3 or 4 bits per channel. According to this, 2, 4, 6 or 8 bits are occupied then either in the process input or the process output image.


Table 271: Binary Space Module 750-622 (with Behavior like 2 Channel Digital Input)



(Data bit

DI 8)

(Data bit

DI 7)

(Data bit

DI 6)

(Data bit

DI 5)

(Data bit

DI 4)

(Data bit

DI 3)

Data bit

DI 2

Bit 0

Data bit

DI 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 130 /Serie 75 0 (WAGO I/O SYSTEM )/F unkti onsb eschr eibu ng/ Feld busko mm unikati on/ MODBUS/Anwen dun gsbeis piele - T est vo n M ODBUS-Prot okoll u nd Feldb uskn. - Visu alisieru ng und St eue run g SCADA @ 4\ mod _123 678 029 907 8_2 1.doc x @ 2 820 0 @ 122 @ 1

14 Application Examples

Application Examples 327

14.1 Test of Modbus protocol and fieldbus nodes

You require a Modbus master to test the function of your fieldbus node. For this purpose, various manufacturers offer a range of PC applications that you can, in part, download from the Internet as free of charge demo versions.

One of the programs which is particularly suitable to test your ETHERNET

TCP/IP fieldbus node, is for instance ModScan from Win-Tech.


A free of charge demo version from ModScan32 and further utilities from Win-

Tech can be found in the Internet under: http://www.win-tech.com/html/demos.htm

ModScan32 is a Windows application that works as a Modbus master.

This program allows you to access the data points of your connected ETHERNET

TCP/IP fieldbus node and to proceed with the desired changes.


For a description example relating to the software operation, refer to: http://www.win-tech.com/html/modscan32.htm

14.2 Visualization and Control using SCADA Software

This chapter is intended to give insight into how the WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus coupler/controller can be used for process visualization and control using standard user software.

There is a wide range of process visualization programs, called SCADA

Software, from various manufacturers.

SCADA is the abbreviation for Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition.

It is a user-orientated tool used as a production information system in the areas of automation technology, process control and production monitoring.

The use of SCADA systems includes the areas of visualization and monitoring, data access, trend recording, event and alarm processing, process analysis and targeted intervention in a process (control).

The WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus node provides the required process input and output values.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

328 Application Examples WAGO I/O System 750


SCADA software has to provide a Modbus device driver and support

Modbus TCP functions!

When choosing suitable SCADA software, ensure that it provides a Modbus device driver and supports the Modbus TCP functions in the coupler.

Visualization programs with Modbus device drivers are available from i.e.

Wonderware, National Instruments, Think&Do or KEPware Inc., some of which are available on the Internet as demo versions.

The operation of these programs is very specific.

However, a few essential steps are described to illustrate the way an application can be developed using a WAGO ETHERNET fieldbus node and SCADA software in principle:

1. Load the Modbus ETHERNET driver and select Modbus ETHERNET

2. Enter the IP address for addressing the fieldbus node

At this point, some programs allow the user to give the node an alias name, i.e. to call the node “Measuring data”. The node can then be addressed with this name.

3. Create a graphic object, such as a switch (digital) or a potentiometer

(analog)

This object is displayed on the work area.

4. Link the object to the desired data point on the node by entering the following data:

• Node address (IP address or alias name)

• The desired Modbus

• The Modbus function codes (register/bit read/write) address of the selected channel

Entry is program specific.

Depending on the user software the Modbus represented with up to 5 digits. addressing of a bus module can be

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Example of the Modbus Addressing

Application Examples 329

In the case of SCADA Software Lookout from National Instruments the Modbus function codes are used with a 6 digit coding, whereby the first digit represents the Modbus table (0, 1, 3 or 4) and implicit the function code (see following table):

Table 272: Modbus

Modbus

0 table

Table and Function Codes

Modbus function code

FC1 or

FC15

Reading of input bits or writing of several output bits

1

3

FC2

FC4 or

FC 16

Reading of several input bits

Reading of several input registers or writing of several output registers

4 FC3 Reading of several input registers

The following five digits specify the channel number (beginning with 1) of the consecutively numbered digital or analog input and/or output channels.

Examples:

•

•

Reading/writing the first digital input:

Reading/writing the second analog input:

Application Example: i.e. 0 0000 1 i.e. 3 0000 2

Thus, the digital input channel 2 of the above node “Measuring data” can be read out with the input: “Measuring data. 0 0000 2”.

Exemplary node “Measuring data”

Adapt the addressing of the SCADA software to the process image of the node

ETHERNET TCP/IP

MODBUS protocol

Hub

ETHERNET adapter

Figure 62: Example SCADA Software with Modbus Driver


Please refer to the respective SCADA product manual for a detailed description of the particular software operation.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

330 Use in Hazardous Environments WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 132 .1 /Alle Se rien (Allge mein e Mo dule )/Üb ersch rifte n/Ebe ne 1 /Einsatz i n expl osions gef ähr dete n Ber eiche n - Ü bersc hrift 1 @ 3\m od_ 122 407 5191 281 _21 .docx @ 2 4084 @ 1 @ 1

15 Use in Hazardous Environments

Pos: 132 .2 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/Eins atz in Ex-Ber eiche n/Einsatz ber eich Se rie 7 50 @ 3\ mod_ 123 427 223 020 3_2 1.doc x @ 2 750 0 @ @ 1 The WAGO I/O SYSTEM 750 (electrical equipment) is designed for use in Zone

2 hazardous areas and shall be used in accordance with the marking and installation regulations.

The following sections include both the general identification of components

(devices) and the installation regulations to be observed. The individual subsections of the “Installation Regulations” section must be taken into account if the I/O module has the required approval or is subject to the range of application of the ATEX directive.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Use in Hazardous Environments 331

Pos: 132 .4 /Alle Se rien (Allge mein e Mo dule )/Üb ersch rifte n/Ebe ne 2 /Beispielh afte r Aufb au der K ennz eichn ung - Üb ersch rift 2 @ 3 \mo d_1 224 1574 991 40_ 21.d ocx @ 241 82 @ 2 @ 1

15.1 Marking Configuration Examples

Pos: 132 .5 /Alle Se rien (Allge mein e Mo dule )/Üb ersch rifte n/Ebe ne 3 /Kennz eichn ung für E uro pa g emä ß ATEX u nd IECEx - Übe rsch rift 3 @ 2 9\m od_1 493 822 925 932 _21. docx @ 42 043 2 @ 3 @ 1

15.1.1 Marking for Europe According to ATEX and IECEx

Pos: 132 .6 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/Eins atz in Ex-Ber eiche n/Beispiel bed rucku ng A TEX und IECEx_TUEV07 _20 17 @ 14\ mod _13 605 6922 862 5_2 1.do cx @ 1 112 94 @ @ 1

Figure 63: Marking Example According to ATEX and IECEx

Figure 64: Text Detail – Marking Example According to ATEX and IECEx

Manual

Version 1.2.2




Table 273: Description of Marking Example According to ATEX and IECEx

Marking Description

TUEV 07 ATEX 554086 X

IECEx TUN 09.0001 X

Dust

II

3 D

Ex tc

IIIC

T135°C

Approving authority resp. certificate numbers

Equipment group: All except mining

Category 3 (Zone 22)

Explosion protection mark

Type of protection: Protection by enclosure

Explosion group of dust

Max. surface temperature of the enclosure

(without a dust layer)

Equipment protection level (EPL) Dc

Mining

I

M2

Equipment group: Mining

Category: High level of protection

Ex d

I


Type of protection: Flameproof enclosure

Explosion group for electrical equipment for mines susceptible to firedamp

Equipment protection level (EPL) Mb

Gases

II

3 G

Ex nA

IIC

T4

Gc


Category 3 (Zone 2)


Type of protection: Non-sparking equipment

Explosion group of gas and vapours

Temperature class: Max. surface temperature

135 °C

Equipment protection level (EPL)

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 132 .8 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/Eins atz in Ex-Ber eiche n/Beispiel bed rucku ng A TEX und IECEx_TUEV12 _Ex i_20 17 @ 14\ mo d_1 3605 693 201 18_ 21.d ocx @ 111 298 @ @ 1


Figure 65: Marking Example for Approved I/O Module Ex i According to ATEX and IECEx

Figure 66: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved I/O ModuleEx i According to ATEX and

IECEx

Manual

Version 1.2.2



I

Table 274: Description of Marking Example for Approved I/O Module Ex I According to ATEX and

IECEx

Marking

TUEV 12 ATEX 106032 X

Description

Approving authority resp. certificate numbers

IECEx TUN 12 0039 X

Dust

II

3 (1) D


Category 3 (Zone 22) equipment containing a safety device for a category 1 (Zone 20) equipment

Ex tc

[ia Da]

IIIC

T135°C


Type of protection: Protection by enclosure

Type of protection and equipment protection level

(EPL): Associated apparatus with intrinsic safety circuits for use in Zone 20

Explosion group of dust

Max. surface temperature of the enclosure

(without a dust layer)

Equipment protection level (EPL) Dc

Mining

I

M2 (M1)

Ex d

[ia Ma]

Equipment Group: Mining

Category: High level of protection with electrical circuits which present a very high level of protection


Type of protection: Flameproof enclosure

Mb

Gases

II

3 (1) G

Ex ec

[ia Ga]


(EPL): Associated apparatus with intrinsic safety electrical circuits

Explosion group for electrical equipment for mines susceptible to firedamp



Category 3 (Zone 2) equipment containing a safety device for a category 1 (Zone 0) equipment


Equipment protection by increased safety “e”

IIC

T4

Gc


(EPL): Associated apparatus with intrinsic safety circuits for use in Zone 0

Explosion group of gas and vapours

Temperature class: Max. surface temperature

135 °C


Pos: 132 .9 /Alle Se rien (Allge mein e Mo dule )/Üb ersch rifte n/Ebe ne 3 /Kennz eichn ung für die Ve reinig ten St aate n vo n Ame rika (NEC) u nd Kan ada (CEC) - Übe rsch rift 3 @ 2 9\m od_ 1495 099 368 853 _21. docx @ 42 207 1 @ 3 @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



15.1.2 Marking for the United States of America (NEC) and Canada

(CEC)

Pos: 132 .10 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Einsatz i n Ex-Be reich en/Beispi elbe druck ung NEC und CEC_20 17 @ 29\ mod _14 978 663 363 26_ 21.d ocx @ 424 745 @ @ 1

Figure 67: Marking Example According to NEC

Pos: 132 .11 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Einsatz i n Ex-Be reich en/Beispi elbe druck ung un d T extde tail NEC 50 0_2 017 @ 1 4\m od_1 360 580 302 684 _21. docx @ 11 135 3 @ @ 1

Figure 68: Text Detail – Marking Example According to NEC 500


Table 275: Description of Marking Example According to NEC 500

Marking

CL I

Description

Explosion protection (gas group)

DIV 2

Grp. A B C D op temp code T4

Area of application

Explosion group (gas group)

Temperature class

Manual

Version 1.2.2

336 Use in Hazardous Environments


WAGO I/O System 750


Figure 69: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved I/O Module Ex i According to NEC 505

Table 276: Description of Marking Example for Approved I/O Module Ex i According to NEC 505

Marking Description

CI I,

Zn 2

AEx nA

[ia Ga]

Explosion protection group

Area of application


Type of protection

Type of protection and equipment protection level (EPL): Associated apparatus with intrinsic safety circuits for use in Zone 20

IIC

T4

Gc

Group

Temperature class




Figure 70: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved I/O Module Ex i According to NEC 506

Table 277: Description of Marking Example for Approved I/O Module Ex i According to NEC 506

Marking

CI I,

Description

Explosion protection group

Zn 2

AEx nA

[ia IIIC]

Area of application


Type of protection

IIC

T4

Gc


Group

Temperature class


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 132 .16 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Einsatz i n Ex-Be reich en/Beispi elbe druck ung un d T extde tail CEC_2 017 @ 29 \mo d_1 497 865 583 297_ 21. docx @ 42 473 6 @ @ 1



Figure 71: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved I/O Module Ex i According to CEC 18 attachment J

IIC

T4

Gc

X

Table 278: Description of Marking Example for Approved I/O Module Ex i According to CEC 18 attachment J

Marking

Dust

Ex

Description

Explosion protection mark nA

[ia IIIC]

IIC

T4

Gc

Type of protection


Group

Temperature class


Symbol used to denote specific conditions of use X

Gases

Ex nA

[ia Ga]


Type of protection


Group

Temperature class


Symbol used to denote specific conditions of use

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 132 .18 /Alle Serie n (Allg emei ne M odul e)/Ü bersc hrift en/Eb ene 2/Erric htun gsb estim mun gen - Üb ersch rift 2 @ 3 \mo d_1 232 453 6242 34_ 21. docx @ 26 370 @ 2 @ 1

15.2 Installation Regulations

Pos: 132 .19 /Alle Serie n (Allg emei ne M odul e)/Eins atz in Ex -Bereic hen /Errich tun gsbes timm ung en Einlei tung _20 13 @ 14\ mod _13 605 823 283 18_ 21.d ocx @ 111 371 @ @ 1 For the installation and operation of electrical equipment in hazardous areas, the valid national and international rules and regulations which are applicable at the installation location must be carefully followed.

Pos: 132 .20 /Doku men tatio n allg emei n/Glied eru ngsel em ente/ -- --L eerz eile- (1 Z)- -- - @ 2 8\m od_ 148 5262 995 837 _0.d ocx @ 404 006 @ @ 1

Pos: 132 .21. 1 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mo dule )/Übe rsch riften /Eben e 3/Bes ond ere Hinweis e einsc hließlic h Explosi onssch utz - Übe rsch rift 3 @ 2 9\mo d_1 491 558 409 838 _21. docx @ 41 545 4 @ 3 @ 1

15.2.1 Special Notes including Explosion Protection

Pos: 132 .21. 2 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Eins atz in Ex -Bereic hen /Beson der e Hinweis e ein schlie ßlich Explo sionssc hutz _20 17 @ 29\ mod _14 9155 699 402 5_2 1.do cx @ 4 154 48 @ @ 1 The following warning notices are to be posted in the immediately proximity of the

WAGO I/O SYSTEM 750 (hereinafter “product”):

WARNING – DO NOT REMOVE OR REPLACE FUSED WHILE ENERGIZED!

WARNING – DO NOT DISCONNECT WHILE ENERGIZED!

WARNING – ONLY DISCONNECT IN A NON-HAZARDOUS AREA!

•

•

•

•

•

Before using the components, check whether the intended application is permitted in accordance with the respective printing. Pay attention to any changes to the printing when replacing components.

The product is an open system. As such, the product must only be installed in appropriate enclosures or electrical operation rooms to which the following applies:

Can only be opened using a tool or key

Inside pollution degree 1 or 2

In operation, internal air temperature within the range of 0 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +55 °C or −20 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +60 °C for components with extension number …/025-xxx or −40 °C ≤ Ta ≤ +70 °C for components with extension number …/040-xxx

•

•

•

Minimum degree of protection: min. IP54 (acc. to EN/IEC 60529)

For use in Zone 2 (Gc), compliance with the applicable requirements of the standards EN/IEC/ABNT NBR IEC 60079-0, -7, -11, -15

For use in Zone 22 (Dc), compliance with the applicable requirements of the standards EN/IEC/ABNT NBR IEC 60079-0, -7, -11, -15 and -31

For use in mining (Mb), minimum degree of protection IP64 (acc. EN/IEC

60529) and adequate protection acc. EN/IEC/ABNT NBR IEC 60079-0 and

-1

Depending on zoning and device category, correct installation and compliance with requirements must be assessed and certified by a “Notified

Body” (ExNB) if necessary!

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750



Explosive atmosphere occurring simultaneously with assembly, installation or repair work must be ruled out. Among other things, these include the following activities

•

•

Insertion and removal of components

Connecting or disconnecting from fieldbus, antenna, D-Sub, ETHERNET or

USB connections, DVI ports, memory cards, configuration and programming interfaces in general and service interface in particular:

• Operating DIP switches, coding switches or potentiometers

• Replacing fuses

Wiring (connecting or disconnecting) of non-intrinsically safe circuits is only permitted in the following cases

•

•

The circuit is disconnected from the power supply.

The area is known to be non-hazardous.

Outside the device, suitable measures must be taken so that the rated voltage is not exceeded by more than 40 % due to transient faults (e.g., when powering the field supply).

Product components intended for intrinsically safe applications may only be powered by 750-606 or 750-625/000-001 bus supply modules.

Only field devices whose power supply corresponds to overvoltage category I or

II may be connected to these components.

Pos: 132 .21. 3 /Dok um entati on allgem ein/Gli ede run gsele ment e/- --Seit enwec hsel- -- @ 3\ mod _12 2110 804 507 8_0. docx @ 21 810 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2



Pos: 132 .21. 4 /Alle Se rien (Allgem eine Mo dule )/Übe rsch riften /Eben e 3/Bes ond ere Hinweis e hinsic htlich ANSI/ISA Ex - Übe rschri ft 3 @ 29\ mo d_1 4915 584 948 22_ 21.d ocx @ 415 468 @ 3 @ 1

15.2.2 Special Notes Regarding ANSI/ISA Ex

Pos: 132 .21. 5 /Se rie 7 50 (WAG O I/O SYSTE M)/Eins atz in Ex -Bereic hen /ANSI/ISA gem äß U L Fil e E198 726 _20 17 @ 29\ mod _14 915 572 595 44_ 21.d ocx @ 415 451 @ @ 1 For ANSI/ISA Ex acc. to UL File E198726, the following additional requirements apply:

•

•

•

•

•

Use in Class I, Division 2, Group A, B, C, D or non-hazardous areas only

ETHERNET connections are used exclusively for connecting to computer networks (LANs) and may not be connected to telephone networks or telecommunication cables

WARNING – The radio receiver module 750-642 may only be used to connect to external antenna 758-910!

WARNING – Product components with fuses must not be fitted into circuits subject to overloads!

These include, e.g., motor circuits.

WARNING – When installing I/O module 750-538, “Control Drawing No.

750538” in the manual must be strictly observed!

Pos: 132 .22 /Doku men tatio n allg emei n/Glied eru ngsel em ente/ -- -Le era bsatz -(2 Z) --- @ 3\ mo d_1 2246 627 556 87_ 0.do cx @ 2 446 0 @ @ 1



Pos: 132 .25 /Serie 750 (WAGO I /O SYSTEM )/Einsatz i n Ex-Be reich en/I nfor mati on: Zer tifizier ungs nachw eis @ 7\m od_1 274 279 547 729 _21. docx @ 56 649 @ @ 1


Proof of certification is available on request.

Also take note of the information given on the operating and assembly instructions.

The manual, containing these special conditions for safe use, must be readily available to the user.


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 134 /Alle Seri en (Allg em eine Mod ule)/Ü ber schrif ten/Eb ene 1/Anh ang - Üb ersc hrift 1 @ 4\m od_1 239 874 070 437 _21. docx @ 30 560 @ 1 @ 1

16 Appendix

Appendix 341

Pos: 135 .1 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /SNMP ( MIB)/ MIB-II -Gr upp en - System Gr oup @ 4\ mod _12 3788 203 131 2_2 1.do cx @ 2 890 0 @ 23 @ 1

16.1 MIB II Groups

16.1.1 System Group

The system group contains general information about the coupler/controller.


Table 279: MIB II – System Group

Identifier

1.3.6.1.2.1.1.1

Entry sysDescr

1.3.6.1.2.1.1.2

1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3

1.3.6.1.2.1.1.4

1.3.6.1.2.1.1.5

1.3.6.1.2.1.1.6

1.3.6.1.2.1.1.7 sysObjectID sysUpTime sysContakt sysName sysLocation sysServices

Access Description

R This entry contains the device identification. The object has a fixed code (e.g., "WAGO 750-841")

R This entry contains the manufacturer's authorization identification.

R This entry contains the time (in hundredths of a second) since the management unit has been last reset.

R/W This entry contains the identification and contact information for the system contact person.

R/W This entry contains the administration-assigned device name.

R/W This entry contains the node’s physical location.

R This entry designates the quantity of services that this coupler/controller contains.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

342 Appendix

Pos: 135 .3 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /SNMP ( MIB)/ MIB-II -Gr upp en - Inte rfac e G roup (Allge mein ) @ 4\mo d_1 237 887 683 328 _21. docx @ 28 906 @ 3 @ 1

16.1.2 Interface Group

WAGO I/O System 750


The interface group contains information and statistics about the device interface.

A device interface describes the Ethernet interface of a coupler/controller and provides status information on the physical Ethernet ports as well as on the internal loopback interface.

Pos: 135 .4 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /SNMP ( MIB)/ MIB-II -Gr upp en - Inte rfac e G roup (< 3 Po rts) @ 4\ mod _12 378 8787 135 9_2 1.do cx @ 2890 9 @ @ 1

Table 280: MIB II – Interface Group

Identifier

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.1

Entry ifNumber

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.1 ifTable ifEntry ifIndex

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.2

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.3

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.4

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.5

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.6

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.7

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.8.

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.9.

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.11

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.12

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.13

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.14 ifDescr ifType ifMtu ifSpeed ifPhysAddress ifAdmin-Status ifOperStatus ifLastChange ifInOctets ifInUcastPkts ifInNUcastPkts ifInDiscards ifInErrors


R Number of network interfaces in this system

-

-

List of network interfaces

Network interface entry

R This entry contains a unique value for each interface

R This entry contains the name of the manufacturer, the product name, and the version of the hardware interface: e.g., "WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH 750-841:

Rev 1.0"

R This entry describes the type of interface.

ETHERNET CSMA/CD = 6

Software Loopback = 24

R This entry specifies the largest transfer unit; i.e., the maximum telegram length that can be transferred via this interface.

R This entry indicates the interface speed in bits per second.

R This entry indicates the physical address of the interface. For example, for Ethernet, this entry contains a MAC ID.

R/W This entry specifies the desired state of the interfaces. Possible values are: up(1): Ready for operation for transmission and reception down(2): Interface is switched off testing(3): Interface is in test mode

R This entry indicates the current operational state of the interface.

R This entry indicates the value of the sysUpTime when the state was last changed.

R This entry gives the total number of bytes received via interface.

R This entry indicates the number of received unicast packets delivered to a higher layer.

R This entry indicates the number of received broad and multicast packets delivered to a higher layer.

R This entry indicates the number of packets that were discarded even though no errors had been detected.

R This entry indicates the number of received packets that contained errors preventing them from being deliverable to a higher layer.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Table 280: MIB II – Interface Group

Identifier

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.15

Entry

IfInUnknown-

Protos

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.16

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.17

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.18

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.19

1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.20 ifOutOctets ifOutUcastPkts ifOutNUcastPkts ifOutDiscards ifOutErrors


R This entry indicates the number of received packets sent to an unknown or unsupported port number.

R This entry gives the total number of bytes sent via interface.

R This entry contains the number of outgoing unicast packets delivered to a higher layer.

R This entry indicates the number of outgoing broad and multicast packets delivered to a higher layer.

R This entry indicates the number of packets that were discarded even though no errors had been detected.

R This entry indicates the number of packets that could not be transmitted because of errors.

Appendix 343


Manual

Version 1.2.2

344 Appendix

Pos: 135 .6 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Fu nktions besc hreib ung /Fel dbusk om munik ation /SNMP ( MIB)/ MIB-II -Gr upp en - IP Gr oup - IpR oute T able G rou p - ICMP G rou p - TCP Gr oup - UDP G rou p - SN MP Gro up @ 4\ mod _12 3781 399 593 7_2 1.do cx @ 2 884 1 @ 333 333 @ 1

16.1.3 IP Group

WAGO I/O System 750


The IP group contains information about IP communication.

Table 281: MIB II – IP Group

Identifier

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.1

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.2

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.3

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.4

.3.6.1.2.1.4.5

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.6

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.7

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.8

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.9

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.10

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.11

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.12

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.13

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.14

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.15

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.16

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.17

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.18

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.19

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20.1

Entry ipForwarding ipDefaultTTL ipInReceives ipInHdrErrors ipInAddrErrors ipForwDatagrams ipUnknownProtos ipInDiscards ipInDelivers ipOutRequests ipOutDiscards ipOutNoRoutes ipReasmTimeout ipReasmReqds ipReasmOKs ipReasmFails ipFragOKs ipFragFails ipFragCreates ipAddrTable ipAddrEntry

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20.1.1 ipAdEntAddr

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20.1.2 ipAdEntIfIndex

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20.1.3 ipAdEntNetMask

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20.1.4 ipAdEntBcastAddr

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.20.1.5 IpAdEntReasm-

MaxSize

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.23 ipRoutingDiscards


R/W 1: Host is a router; 2: Host is not a router

R/W Default value for the Time-To-Live field of each

IP frame.

R Number of received IP frames, including those received in error.

R Number of received IP frames with header errors.

R Number of received IP frames with a misdirected IP address.

R Number of received IP frames passed on

(routed)

R Number of received IP frames with an unknown protocol type.

R Number of received IP frames rejected although no disturbance was present.

R Number of received IP frames passed on a higher protocol layer.

R Number of sent IP frames

R Number of rejected IP Frames that should have been sent.

R Number of sent IP frames rejected because of incorrect routing information.

R Minimum time duration until an IP frame is reassembled.

R Minimum number of the IP fragments for building up and passing on.

R Number of IP frames re-assembled successfully.

R Number of IP frames not re-assembled successfully.

R Number of IP frames fragmented and passed on.

R Number of IP frames that should have been fragmented but could not be, because their don't fragment bit was set in the header.

R Number of generated IP fragment frames

- Table of all local IP addresses of the coupler/controller.

- Address information for an entry

R The IP address corresponding to the entry’s address information

R Index of the interface

R The entry's associated subnet mask

R Value of the last significant bit in the IP broadcast address

R The size of the longest IP telegram that can be defragmented (reassembled) again.

R Number of deleted routing entries

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


16.1.4 IpRoute Table Group

Appendix 345

The IP route table contains information about the routing table in the coupler/controller.

Table 282: MIB II – IpRoute Table Group

Identifier

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.1

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.2

Entry ipRouteTable ipRouteEntry ipRouteDest ipRouteIfIndex


- IP routing table

- A routing entry for a particular destination

R/W This entry indicates the destination address of the routing entry

R/W This entry indicates the index of the interface, which is the next route destination

R/W The primary route to the target system

R/W An alternative route to the target system

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.3 ipRouteMetric1

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.4 ipRouteMetric2

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.5

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.6 ipRouteMetric3 ipRouteMetric4

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.10 ipRouteAge



.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.7 ipRouteNextHop R/W The IP address of the next route section

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.8 ipRouteType R/W The route type

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.9 ipRouteProto R Routing mechanism via which the route is developed

R/W Number of seconds since then the route was last renewed/examined

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.11 ipRouteMask

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.12 ipRouteMetric5

1.3.6.1.2.1.4.21.1.13 ipRouteInfo

R/W This entry contents the subnet mask for this entry


R/W A reference to a special MIB

Manual

Version 1.2.2

346 Appendix

16.1.5 ICMP Group

WAGO I/O System 750


Table 283: MIB II – ICMP Group

Identifier Entry

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.1 icmpInMsgs

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.2 icmpInErrors

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.3 icmpInDestUnreachs

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.4 icmpInTimeExcds

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.5 icmpInParmProbs

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.6 icmpInSrcQuenchs

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.7 icmpInRedirects

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.8 icmpInEchos

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.9 icmpInEchoReps

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.10 icmpInTimestamps

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.11 icmpInTimestampReps

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.12 icmpInAddrMasks

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.13 icmpInAddrMaskReps

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.14 icmpOutMsgs

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.15 icmpOutErrors

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.16 icmpOutDestUnreachs

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.17 icmpOutTimeExcds

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.18 icmpOutParmProbs

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.19 icmpOutSrcQuenchs

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.20 icmpOutRedirects

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.21 icmpOutEchos

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.22 icmpOutEchoReps

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.23 icmpOutTimestamps

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.24 icmpOutTimestampReps

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.25 icmpOutAddrMasks

1.3.6.1.2.1.5.26 icmpOutAddrMaskReps


R Number of received ICMP messages

R Number of received ICMP errors containing

ICMP-specific errors

R Number of received ICMP destination unreachable messages

R Number of received ICMP time exceeded messages

R Number of received ICMP parameter problem messages

R Number of received ICMP source quench messages

R Number of received ICMP redirect messages

R Number of received ICMP echo request messages (Ping)

R Number of received ICMP echo reply messages

(Ping)

R Number of received ICMP timestamp request messages

R Number of received ICMP timestamp reply messages

R Number of received ICMP address mask request messages

R Number of received ICMP address mask reply messages

R Number of sent ICMP messages

R Number of sent ICMP messages that could not be sent due to errors

R Number of sent ICMP destination unreachable messages

R Number of sent ICMP time exceeded messages

R Number of sent ICMP parameter problem messages

R Number of sent ICMP source quench messages

R Number of sent ICMP redirection messages

R Number of sent ICMP echo request messages

R Number of sent ICMP echo reply messages

R Number of sent ICMP timestamp request messages

R Number of sent ICMP timestamp reply messages

R Number of sent ICMP address mask request messages

R Number of sent ICMP address mask reply messages

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


16.1.6 TCP Group

Table 284: MIB II – TCP Group

Identifier

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.1

Entry tcpRtoAlgorithm

Appendix 347

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.2

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.3

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.4

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.5

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.6

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.7

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.8

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.9

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.10

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.11

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.12

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1 tcpAttemptFails tcpEstabResets tcpCurrEstab

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1.1 tcpConnState

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1.2 tcpConnLocalAddress

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1.3 tcpConnLocalPort

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1.4 tcpConnRemAddress

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.13.1.5 tcpConnRemPort

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.14

1.3.6.1.2.1.6.15 tcpRtoMin tcpRtoMax tcpMaxConn tcpActiveOpens tcpPassiveOpens tcpInSegs tcpOutSegs tcpRetransSegs tcpConnTable tcpConnEntry tcpInErrs tcpOutRsts


R Retransmission time: 1 = other,

2 = constant, 3 = RSRE, 4 = VANJ

R Minimum value for the retransmission timer

R Maximum value for the retransmission timer

R Number of maximum TCP connections that can exist simultaneously

R Number of existing active TCP connections

R Number of existing passive TCP connections

R Number of failed connection attempts

R Number of connection resets

R The number of TCP connections for which the current state is either Established or

Close-Wait

R Number of received TCP frames including the error frames

R Number of correctly sent TCP frames with data

R Number of sent TCP frames retransmitted because of errors

- For each existing connection, a table entry is created

- Table entry for connection

R This entry indicates the status of the TCP connection

R The entry contains the IP address for the connection. For a server, this entry is constant 0.0.0.0

R The entry indicates the port number of the

TCP connection.

R The entry contains the remote IP address of the TCP connection.

R The entry contains the remote port of the

TCP connection.

R Number of received incorrect TCP frames

R Number of sent TCP frames with set RST flag

Manual

Version 1.2.2

348 Appendix

16.1.7 UDP Group

WAGO I/O System 750


Table 285: MIB II – UDP Group

Identifier

1.3.6.1.2.1.7.1

1.3.6.1.2.1.7.2

1.3.6.1.2.1.7.3

1.3.6.1.2.1.7.4

1.3.6.1.2.1.7.5

1.3.6.1.2.1.7.5.1

Entry udpInDatagrams udpNoPorts udpInErrors udpOutDatagrams udpTable udpEntry

1.3.6.1.2.1.7.5.1.1 udpLocalAddress

1.3.6.1.2.1.7.5.1.2 udpLocalPort


R Number of received UDP frames that could be passed on to the appropriate applications

R Number of received UDP frames that could not be passed on to the appropriate applications

(port unreachable)

R Number of received UDP frames that could not be passed on to the appropriate applications for other reasons.

R Number of sent UDP frames

- A table entry is created for each application that received UDP frames

- Table entry for an application that received an

UDP frame

R IP address of the local UDP server

R Port number of the local UDP server

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


16.1.8 SNMP Group

Appendix 349

Table 286: MIB II – SNMP Group


1.3.6.1.2.1.11.1 snmpInPkts

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.2 snmpOutPkts

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.3 snmpInBadVersions

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.4 snmpInBadCommunity-

Names

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.5 snmpInBadCommunity

Uses

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.6 snmpInASNParseErrs

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.8 snmpInTooBigs

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.9 snmpInNoSuchNames

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.10 snmpInBadValues

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.11 snmpInReadOnlys

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.12 snmpInGenErrs

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.13 snmpInTotalReqVars

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.14 snmpInTotalSetVars

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.15 snmpInGetRequests

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.16 snmpInGetNexts

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.17 snmpInSetRequests

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.18 snmpInGetResponses

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.19 snmpInTraps

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.20 snmpOutTooBigs

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.21 snmpOutNoSuchNames

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.22 snmpOutBadValues

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.24 SnmpOutGenErrs

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.25 snmpOutGetRequests

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.26 SnmpOutGetNexts


R Number of received SNMP frames

R Number of sent SNMP frames

R Number of received SNMP frames with an invalid version number

R Number of received SNMP frames with an invalid community

R Number of received SNMP frames whose community did not have sufficient authorization for the actions that it tried to execute

R Number of received SNMP frames with an incorrect structure

R Number of received SNMP frames that acknowledged the result too Big

R Number of received SNMP frames that acknowledged the result noSuchName

R Number of received SNMP frames that acknowledged the result bad value

R Number of received SNMP frames that acknowledged the result readOnly

R Number of received SNMP frames that acknowledged the result genError

R Number of received SNMP frames with valid GET or GET-NEXT requests

R Number of received SNMP frames with valid SET requests

R Number of GET requests received and processed

R Number of GET-NEXT requests received and processed

R Number of SET requests received and processed

R Number of received GET responses

R Number of received traps

R Number of sent SNMP frames that contained the result too Big

R Number of sent SNMP frames that contained the result noSuchName

R Number of sent SNMP frames that contained the result bad value

R Number of sent SNMP frames that contained the result genErrs

R

R

Number of GET requests sent

Number of GET NEXT requests sent

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.27 snmpOutSetRequests

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.28 snmpOutGetResponses

R Number of SET requests sent

R Number of GET responses sent

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.29 snmpOutTraps R Number of traps sent

1.3.6.1.2.1.11.30 snmpEnableAuthenTraps R/W Authentification failure traps(1 = on, 2 = off )

Pos: 136 .1 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O

P (MIB)/WAGO -MIB -Gr upp en fü r 8 30,

831, 841, 881 -T eil 1 @

2901 0 @ 2 33 @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

350 Appendix

16.2 WAGO MIB Groups

16.2.1 Company Group

WAGO I/O System 750


The company group contains general information about the company WAGO

Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG.

Table 287: WAGO MIB – Company Group

Identifier

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.1.1

Entry wagoName

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.1.2

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.1.3 wagoDescrition wagoURL


R Company’s registered name

Default value: "WAGO Kontakttechnik

GmbH & Co. KG"

R Description of company

Default value: "WAGO Kontakttechnik

GmbH & Co. KG, Hansastr. 27,

D-32423 Minden"

R URL for company web site

Default value: "www.wago.com"

16.2.2 Product Group

The product group contains information about the product.

Table 288: WAGO MIB – Product Group


1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.1 wioArticleName

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.2 wioArticleDescription

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.3 wioSerialNumber

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.4 wioMacAddress

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.5

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.6

wioURLDatasheet wioURLManual


R Name of article

Default value: "750-xxx/000-000"

R Description of article

Default value: "WAGO Ethernet

(10/100MBit) FBC"

R

R

R

R

Serial number of article

Default value: "SNxxxxxxxx-Txxxxxxmac|0030DExxxxxx"

MAC address of article

Default value: "0030DExxxxxx"

URL to datasheet of article

Default value: "http://www.wago.com/ wagoweb/documentation/navigate/nm

0dc__e.htm#ethernet"

URL to manual of article

Default value: "http://www.wago.com/ wagoweb/documentation/navigate/nm

0dc__e.htm#ethernet"

Pos: 136 .2 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Feld busk om munika tion/SN MP (M IB)/WAGO- MIB-G ru ppen für 83 1, 8 81- Teil 1 a @ 7\m od_ 1275 047 255 348 _21. docx @ 57 160 @ @ 1

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Identifier

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.7

Entry wioDeviceClass

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.8

wioDeviceGroup

Appendix 351


R Device class

10 = controller

20 = coupler

30 = switch

40 = display

50 = sensor

60 = actuator

R Device group

10 = Serie 750

20 = Serie 758

30 = Serie 767

40 = Serie 762 PERSPECTO

Pos: 136 .3 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Feld busk om munika tion/SN MP (M IB)/WAGO- MIB-G ru ppen für 83 0, 8 31, 8 41, 881 -T eil 2 @ 7\m od_ 127 504 816 297 3_21 .docx @ 5 717 2 @ 3 333 @ 1

16.2.3 Versions Group

The version group contains information about the used hardware/software versions.

Table 289: WAGO MIB – Versions Group


1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.10.1 wioFirmwareIndex

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.10.2 wioHardwareIndex

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.10.3 wioFwlIndex

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.10.4 wioFirmwareVersion


R Index of firmware version

R

R

R

Index of hardware version

Index of software version from firmware loader

Complete firmware string

Manual

Version 1.2.2

352 Appendix

16.2.4 Real-Time Clock Group

WAGO I/O System 750


The real-time clock group contains information about the system’s real-time clock.

Table 290: WAGO MIB – Real Time Clock Group


1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.11.1 wioRtcDateTime

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.11.2 wioRtcTime

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.11.3 wioTimezone

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.11.4 wioRtcHourMode

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.11.5 wioRtcBatteryStatus

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.11.6 wioRtcDayLightSaving


R/W Date/time of coupler in UTC as string. For writing date/time use the following string time 11:22:33 date 13-1-2007

Default value: "time xx:xx:xx date xx-xx-xxxx (UTC)"

R/W Date/time of coupler in UTC as integer in seconds from 1970-01-

01

Default value: “0”

R/W "Actual time zone of article in hours (-12 - +12)


R Hour mode

0 = 12h mode

1 = 24h mode


R RTC battery status:

0 = ok

1 = battery empty


R/W Time offset of 1 hour:

0 = not offset

1 = offset 1 hour (DayLightSaving)


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


16.2.5 Ethernet Group

The Ethernet group contains the settings for Ethernet.

Appendix 353

Table 291: WAGO MIB – Ethernet Group

Identifier Entry Access Description

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.12.1 wioEthernetMode R/W IP configuration of Ethernet connection:

0 = fix Ip address

1 = dynamic IP address over Bootp

2 = dynamic IP address over DHCP


1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.12.2 wioIp

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.12.3 wioSubnetMask

R/W

R/W

Actual IP address of coupler

Actual subnet mask of coupler

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.12.4 wioGateway

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.12.5 wioHostname

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.12.6 wioDomainName

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.12.7 wioDnsServer1

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.12.8 wioDnsServer2

R/W

R/W

R/W

R/W

Actual gateway IP of coupler

Actual host name of coupler

Actual domain name of coupler

IP address of first DNS server

R/W IP address of second DNS server

16.2.6 Actual Error Group

The actual error group contains information about the last system status/error status.

Pos: 136 .4 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Feld busk om munika tion/SN MP (M IB)/WAGO- MIB-G ru ppen für 83 1, 8 81- Teil 2 a @ 7\m od_ 1275 048 123 661 _21. docx @ 57 169 @ @ 1 Table 292: WAGO MIB – Actual Error Group


1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.20.1 wioErrorGroup

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.20.2 wioErrorCode

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.20.3 wioErrorArgument

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.20.4 wioErrorDescription



R Error group of last error

R

R

R

Error code of last error

Error argument of last error

Error description string

Manual

Version 1.2.2

354 Appendix

Pos: 136 .6 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Feld busk om munika tion/SN MP (M IB)/WAGO- MIB-G ru ppen für 83 0, 8 31, 8 41, 881 -T eil 3 @ 7\m od_ 127 504 820 694 2_21 .docx @ 5 717 5 @ 3 333 333 33 @ 1

16.2.7 PLC Project Group

WAGO I/O System 750


The PLC project group contains information about the controller’s PLC program.

Table 293: WAGO MIB – PLC Project Group

Identifier

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.1

Entry wioProjectId

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.2

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.3

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.4

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.5

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.6

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.7

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.8

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.9

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.9.1

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.9.1.1

0

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.9.1.1

1

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.9.1.1

2 wioProjectDate wioProjectName wioProjectTitle wioProjectVersion wioProjectAuthor wioProjectDescription wioNumberOfIecTasks wioIecTaskTable wioIecTaskEntry

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.9.1.1 wioIecTaskId

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.9.1.2 wioIecTaskName

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.9.1.3 wioIecTaskStatus

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.9.1.4 wioIecTaskMode

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.9.1.5 wioIecTaskPriority

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.9.1.6 wioIecTaskInterval

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.9.1.7 wioIecTaskEvent

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.9.1.8 wioIecTaskCycleCount

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.30.9.1.9 wioIecTaskCycleTime wioIecTaskCycleTime-

Min wioIecTaskCycleTime-

Max wioIecTaskCycleTime-

Avg


R ID of CODESYS project

R Date of CODESYS project

R Name of CODESYS project

R Title of CODESYS project

R Version of CODESYS project

R Author of CODESYS project

R Description of CODESYS project

R Number of IEC tasks in the

CODESYS project

-

-

R ID of IEC task in the CODESYS project

R Name of IEC task in the

CODESYS project

R Status of IEC task in the

CODESYS project

R Mode of IEC task in the

CODESYS project

R Priority of IEC task in the

CODESYS project

R Interval of cyclic IEC task in the

CODESYS project

R Event for IEC task in the

CODESYS project

R Count of IEC task in the

CODESYS project

R Last cycle time of IEC task in the CODESYS project

R Minimal cycle time of IEC task in the CODESYS project

R Maximal cycle time of IEC task in the CODESYS project

R Average cycle time of IE task in the CODESYS project

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


16.2.8 Http Group

Appendix 355

The Http group contains information and settings for the controller's Web server.

Table 294: WAGO MIB – Http Group

Identifier

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.1.

1

Entry wioHttpEnable

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.1.

2 wioHttpAuthenticationEnable


R/W Enable/disable the port of the webserver:

0 = port of webserver disable

1 = port of webserver enable

Default value: { 1 }

R/W Enable/disable the authentication on the websides:

0 = authentication disabled

1 = authentication enable


R/W Port of the http web server


1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.1.

3 wioHttpPort

16.2.9 Ftp Group

The Ftp group contains information and settings for the controller's Ftp server.

Table 295: WAGO MIB – Ftp Group

Identifier

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.2.

1

Entry wioFtpEnable


R/W Enable/disable the port of the ftp server

0 = port of ftp server disable

1 = port of ftp server enable


Manual

Version 1.2.2

356 Appendix

16.2.10 Sntp Group

WAGO I/O System 750


The Sntp group contains information and settings for the controller's Sntp server.

Table 296: WAGO MIB – Sntp Group

Identifier

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.3.

1

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.3.

2

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.3.

3

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.3.

4

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.3.

5

Entry wioSntpEnable wioSntpServer-

Address wioSntpClient-

Intervall wioSntpClient-

Timeout wioSntpClient-

DayLightSaving


R/W Enable/disable the port of the SNTP server

0 = port of SNTP server disable

1 = port of SNTP server enable


R/W IP address of SNTP server


R/W Interval to pool SNTP manager


R/W Timeout to corrupt SNTP answer


R/W Time offset of 1 hour:

0 = not offset

1 = offset 1 hour (DayLightSaving)


16.2.11 Snmp Group

The Snmp group contains information and settings for the controller's SNMP agent.

Table 297: WAGO MIB – Snmp Group

Identifier Entry Access Description

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.1 wioSnmpEnable R/W Enable/disable the port of the SNMP server

0 = port of SNMP server disable

1 = port of SNMP server enable


1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.2.1 wioSnmp1-

ProtocolEnable

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.2.2 wioSnmp1-

ManagerIp

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.2.3 wioSnmp1-

Community

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.2.4 wioSnmp1Trap-

V1enable

R/W Enable/disable first SNMPv1/v2c agent


R/W IP address of first SNMP server

Default value: { 'C0A80101'h }

R/W Community identification string for

SNMPv1/v2c

Default value: { "public" }

R/W Enable/disable SNMPv1 traps to first

SNMP server


1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.2.5 wioSnmp1Trap-

V2enable

R/W Enable/disable SNMPv2c traps to first SNMP server


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750




1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.2.6 wioSnmp2-

ProtocolEnable

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.2.7 wioSnmp2-

ManagerIp

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.2.8 wioSnmp2-

Community

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.2.9 wioSnmp2Trap-

V1enable

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.2.10 wioSnmp2Trap-

V2enable

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.3.1 wioSnmp1User-

Enable

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.3.2 wioSnmp1-

Authentication-

Typ

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.3.3 wioSnmp1-

Authentication-

Name

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.3.4 wioSnmp1-

Authentication-

Key

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.3.5 wioSnmp1-

PrivacyEnable

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.3.6 wioSnmp1-

PrivacyKey

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.3.7 wioSnmp1-

Notification-

Enable

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.3.8 wioSnmp1-

Notification-

ReceiverIP

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.3.9 wioSnmp2User-

Enable

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.3.10 wioSnmp2-

Authentication-

Typ

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.3.11 wioSnmp2-

Authentication-

Name

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.3.12 wioSnmp2-

Authentication-

Key

Appendix 357


R/W Enable/disable first SNMPv1/v2c agent


R/W IP address of second SNMP server

Default value: { '00000000'h }

R/W Community identification string for

SNMPv1/v2c

Default value: { "public" }

R/W Enable/disable SNMPv1 traps to first

SNMP server


R/W Enable/disable SNMPv2c traps to first SNMP server


R/W Enable/disable first SNMPv3 user


R/W Athentication typ for first SNMPv3 user:

0 = no Authentication

1 = MD5 Authentication

2 = SHA1 Authentication


R/W Authentication name for first

SNMPv3 user

Default value: { "SecurityName" }

R/W Authentication key for first SNMPv3 user

Default value: {"AuthenticationKey "}

R/W Disable/enable data encryption for first SNMPv3 user::

0 = no Encryption

1 = DES Encryption


R/W Privacy key for SNMPv3 for first

SNMPv3 user

Default value: { "PrivacyKey" }

R/W Enable/disable notification (SNMPv3 traps) with SNMPv3 user


R/W Receiver IP address for notification

(SNMPv3 traps) with SNMPv3 user

Default value: { 'C0A80101'h }

R/W Enable/disable second SNMPv3 user


R/W Authentication typ for second

SNMPv3 user:

0 = no authentication

1 = MD5 authentication

2 = SHA1 authentication


R/W Authentication name for second

SNMPv3 user

Default value: { "SecurityName" }

R/W Authentication key for second

SNMPv3 user

Default value: {"AuthenticationKey"}

Manual

Version 1.2.2

358 Appendix



1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.3.13 wioSnmp2-

PrivacyEnable

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.3.14 wioSnmp2-

PrivacyKey

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.3.15 wioSnmp2-

Notification-

Enable

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.3.16 wioSnmp2-

Notification-

ReceiverIP

WAGO I/O System 750



R/W Privacy key for SNMPv3 for second

SNMPv3 user


R/W Privacy key for SNMPv3 for second

SNMPv3 user

Default value: { "PrivacyKey" }

R/W Enable/disable notification (SNMPv3 traps) with SNMPv3 user


R/W Receiver IP address for notification

(SNMPv3 traps) with SNMPv3 user

Default value: { '00000000'h }

16.2.12 Snmp Trap String Group

The Snmp trap string group contains strings that are attached to the manufacturer-specific traps.

Table 298: WAGO MIB – Snmp Trap String Group


1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.4.1 wioTrapKbus-

Error


R/W String for 1st SNMP trap

Default value: { "Kbus Error" }

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.4.2 wioTrapPlcStart R/W String for 2nd SNMP trap

Default value: { "Plc Start" }

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.4.3 wioTrapPlcStop R/W String for 3rd SNMP trap

Default value: { "Plc Stop" }

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.4.4 wioTrapPlc-

Reset

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.4.5 wioTrapPlcSoftwareWatchdog

R/W String for 4th SNMP trap

Default value: { "Plc Reset" }


Default value: { "Plc Software

Watchdog" }

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.4.6 wioTrapPlc-

DivideByZero

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.4.7 wioTrapPlc-

OnlineChange

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.4.8 wioTrapPlc-

Download

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.4.9 wioTrapPlc-

Login

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.4.10 wioTrapPlc-

Logout

R/W

R/W

R/W

String for 6th SNMP trap

Default value: {"Plc Divide By Zero"}


Default value: {"Plc Online Change"}


Default value: { "Plc Download

Programm" }


Default value: { "Plc Login" }


Default value: {"Plc Logout"}

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


16.2.13 Snmp User Trap String Group

Appendix 359

The Snmp user trap string group contains strings that can be attached to userspecific traps. These strings can be changed via SNMP or Wago_SNMP.lib in

CODESYS.

Table 299: WAGO MIB – Snmp User Trap String Group


1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.1 wioUserTrapMsg1

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.2 wioUserTrapMsg2

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.3 wioUserTrapMsg3

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.4 wioUserTrapMsg4

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.5 wioUserTrapMsg5

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.6 wioUserTrapMsg6

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.7 wioUserTrapMsg7

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.8 wioUserTrapMsg8

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.9 wioUserTrapMsg9

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.4.5.10 wioUserTrapMsg10


R/W String for 1st SNMP trap

R/W String for 2nd SNMP trap

R/W String for 3rd SNMP trap








16.2.14 Plc Connection Group

Activate or deactivate the connection to CODESYS with the Plc connection group.

Table 300: WAGO MIB – Plc Connection Group

Identifier

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.5.1

Entry wioCODESYSEnabl e


R/W Enable/disable the port of the

CODESYS server

0 = port of CODESYS server disable

1 = port of CODESYS server enable


Manual

Version 1.2.2

360 Appendix

16.2.15 Modbus Group

WAGO I/O System 750


The Modbus group contains information and settings about the controller's modbus server.

Table 301: WAGO MIB – Modbus Group


1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.6.1 wioModbusTcp-

Enable

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.6.2

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.6.3 wioModbusUdb-

Enable wioMax-

Connections

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.6.4

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.6.5

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.6.6

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.6.7 wioConnection-

Timeout wioModbus-

WatchdogMode wioModbus-

WatchdogTime wioFreeModbus-

Sockets

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.6.8 wioModbus-

ConnectionTable

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.6.8.1 wioModbus-

ConnectionEntry

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.6.8.1.1 wioModbus-

ConnectionIndex

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.6.8.1.2 wioModbus-

ConnectionIp

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.40.6.8.1.3 wioModbus-

ConnectionPort


R/W Enable/disable the port of the Modbus

TCP server

0 = port of Modbus TCP server disable

1 = port of Modbus TCP server enable


R/W Enable/disable the port of the Modbus

UDP server

0 = port of Modbus UDP server disable

1 = port of Modbus UDP server enable


R/W The maximal count of modbus connections


R/W Timeout of the modbus connection


R/W Mode of the modbus watchdog


R/W Timeout of the modbus watchdog


R/W Unused and free modbus connections


-

-

R/W Index of modbus connection

R/W IP address of modbus connection

R/W Port of modbus connection

Pos: 136 .7 /Se rie 7 50 (WAGO I/ O SYSTEM)/ Feld busk om munika tion/SN MP (M IB)/WAGO- MIB-G ru ppen für 83 0, 8 31, 8 41, 881 -T eil 4 @ 14\ mod _13 613 649 166 34_2 1.d ocx @ 112 473 @ 33 @ 1

16.2.16 Process Image Group

The process image group contains a list of information about the terminals connected to the controller.

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Table 302: WAGO MIB – Process Image Group

Identifier

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50.1

Entry wioModulCount

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50.2

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50.3 wioAnalogOutLength wioAnalogInLength

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50.4

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50.5

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50.6

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50.7 wioDigitalOutLength wioDigitalInLength wioDigitalOutOffset wioDigitalInOffset

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50.8 wioModuleTable

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50.8.1 wioModuleEntry

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50.8.1.1 wioModuleNumber

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50.8.1.2 wioModuleName

Appendix 361


R Count of modules

R Length of analog output process datas

R Length of analog input process datas

R Length of digital output process datas

R Length of digital input process datas

R Offset of digital output process datas

R Offset of digital input process datas

-

-

R Number of module slot

R Name of module

Manual

Version 1.2.2

362 Appendix WAGO I/O System 750


Table 302: WAGO MIB – Process Image Group


1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50.8.1.3 wioModuleType

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50.8.1.4 wioModuleCount

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50.8.1.5 wioModule-

AlternativeFormat

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50.8.1.6 wioModuleAnalog-

OutLength

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50.8.1.7 wioModuleAnalog-

InLength

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50.8.1.8 wioModuleDigital-

OutLength

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.50.8.1.9 wioModuleDigital-

InLength


R Type of module

R Count of module

R Module in alternative format

R Length of analog output data of module

(Bit)

R Length of analog input data of module

(Bit)

R Length of digital output data of module

(Bit)

R Length of digital input data of module

(Bit)

16.2.17 Plc Data Group

The Plc data group contains values that can be used for data exchange with

CODESYS.

Table 303: WAGO MIB – Plc Data Group

Identifier

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.100.1

Entry wioPlcDataTable

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.100.1.1 wioPlcDataEntry

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.100.1.1.1 wioPlcDataIndex


-

-

R/W Number of plc data DWORD

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.100.1.1.2 wioPlcDataReadArea R/W Readable plc data (DWORD)

1.3.6.1.4.1.13576.10.1.100.1.1.3 wioPlcDataWriteArea R Write-/readable plc data DWORD)

=== E nde der Liste für Tex tma rke I nhal t_mit te = ==

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 138 /Doku me ntatio n allg em ein/Verz eichnis se/Abbil dun gsver zeichnis - Üb ersc hrift oG und Ve rzeic hnis @ 3\m od_ 121 9222 916 765 _21. docx @ 21 080 @ @ 1

List of Figures

List of Figures 363

Figure 1: Fieldbus Node (Example) ....................................................................25

Figure 2: Marking Area for Serial Numbers ........................................................27

Figure 3: Update Matrix from 2016 .....................................................................29

Figure 4: Isolation for Fieldbus Couplers/Controllers (Example) .........................32

Figure 5: System Supply via Fieldbus Coupler/Controller (left) and via Internal

System Supply Module (right) ...................................................................33

Figure 6: System Voltage for Standard Couplers/Controllers and Extended ECO

Couplers....................................................................................................34

Figure 7: Field Supply for Standard Couplers/Controllers and Extended ECO

Couplers....................................................................................................38

Figure 8: Supply Module with Fuse Carrier (Example 750-610) ..........................40

Figure 9: Removing the Fuse Carrier .................................................................41

Figure 10: Opening the Fuse Carrier ..................................................................41

Figure 11: Changing the Fuse ............................................................................41

Figure 12: Fuse Modules for Automotive Fuses, Series 282...............................42

Figure 13: Fuse Modules for Automotive Fuses, Series 2006 .............................42

Figure 14: Fuse Modules with Pivotable Fuse Carrier, Series 281 ......................42

Figure 15: Fuse Modules with Pivotable Fuse Carrier, Series 2002 ....................43

Figure 16: Power Supply Concept ......................................................................44

Figure 17: Supply Example for Standard Couplers/Controllers ...........................45

Figure 18: Carrier Rail Contact (Example) ..........................................................49

Figure 19: Cable Shield at Ground Potential ......................................................50

Figure 20: Examples of the WAGO Shield Connecting System ..........................51

Figure 21: Application of the WAGO Shield Connecting System ........................51

Figure 22: View Controller Modbus TCP; G4; 2ETH; SD ....................................55

Figure 23: Device Supply ...................................................................................57

Figure 24: RJ-45 Connector ...............................................................................58

Figure 25: Display Elements ...............................................................................59

Figure 26: Service Interface (Closed and Opened Flap) .....................................60

Figure 27: Mode Selector Switch (Closed and Open Damper of the Service Port)

..................................................................................................................61

Figure 28: Address Selection Switch (for example setting “0“) ............................63

Figure 29: Opening the Memory Card Slot, Inserting an SD/SDHC Memory Card

..................................................................................................................64

Figure 30: Spacing .............................................................................................76

Figure 31: Release Tab of Extended ECO Fieldbus Coupler (Example) .............79

Figure 32: Inserting I/O Module (Example) .........................................................80

Figure 33: Snap the I/O Module into Place (Example) ........................................80

Figure 34: Removing the I/O Module (Example) .................................................81

Figure 35: Data Contacts....................................................................................82

Figure 36: Example for the Arrangement of Power Contacts ..............................83

Figure 37: Connecting a Conductor to a CAGE CLAMP ® ...................................84

Figure 38: Run-up of the Controller ....................................................................86

Figure 39: Example of Process Image for Input Data .........................................89

Figure 40: Example of Process Image for Output Data .......................................90

Figure 41: Memory Areas and Data Exchange ...................................................94

Figure 42: Example declaration of remanent flags by “var retain” .......................96

Manual

Version 1.2.2

364 List of Figures WAGO I/O System 750


Figure 43: Data Exchange Between MODBUS Master and I/O Modules .......... 103

Figure 44: Data Exchange Between PLC Function (CPU) of the controller and the

I/O Modules ............................................................................................. 105

Figure 45: Example of Addressing for a Fieldbus Node .................................... 108

Figure 46: Logging into the PLC Browser ......................................................... 120

Figure 47: Address Selection Switch, for Example the Value Setting “50” (2 4

+ 2 5

1 + 2

) ........................................................................................................ 127

Figure 48: Logging in for Programming Access ................................................ 145

Figure 49: Logging Into the PLC Browser ......................................................... 146

Figure 50: Dialog Window for Target System Settings ...................................... 147

Figure 51: EA-config.xml .................................................................................. 150

Figure 52: Watchdog Runtime is Less Than the Task Runtime ........................ 157

Figure 53: Watchdog Runtime Is Greater Than the Task Call Interval .............. 157

Figure 54: Enabling/Disabling System Events .................................................. 160

Figure 55: Dialog Window “Communication Parameters” ................................. 165

Figure 56: Logging in for Programming Access ................................................ 166

Figure 57: Example for a WBM page structure (simplified representation) ....... 172

Figure 58: Display Elements ............................................................................. 207

Figure 59: Node Status – I/O LED Signaling..................................................... 210

Figure 60: Error Message Coding..................................................................... 210

Figure 61: Use of the MODBUS Functions ....................................................... 243

Figure 62: Example SCADA Software with Modbus Driver ............................... 329

Figure 63: Marking Example According to ATEX and IECEx ............................ 331

Figure 64: Text Detail – Marking Example According to ATEX and IECEx ....... 331

Figure 65: Marking Example for Approved I/O Module Ex i According to ATEX and IECEx ............................................................................................... 333

Figure 66: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved I/O ModuleEx i According to ATEX and IECEx ................................................................................. 333

Figure 67: Marking Example According to NEC ................................................ 335

Figure 68: Text Detail – Marking Example According to NEC 500 .................... 335

Figure 69: Text Detail – Marking Example for Approved I/O Module Ex i

According to NEC 505 ............................................................................. 336


According to NEC 506 ............................................................................. 336


According to CEC 18 attachment J.......................................................... 337


Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


Pos: 140 /Doku me ntatio n allg em ein/Verz eichnis se/ Tab ellenve rzeic hnis - Übe rschri ft oG un d Verz eichnis @ 3\ mod _12 192 2295 870 3_2 1.do cx @ 2108 4 @ @ 1

List of Tables

List of Tables 365

Tabelle 1: Variations...........................................................................................11

Table 2: Number Notation ..................................................................................16

Table 3: Font Conventions .................................................................................16

Table 4: Labeling Symbols .................................................................................26

Table 5: Legend for Figure “Update Matrix from 2016” .......................................29

Table 6: Legend for Figure “System Supply via Fieldbus Coupler/Controller (left) and via Internal System Supply Module (right)” .........................................33

Table 7: Alignment .............................................................................................35

Table 8: Legend for Figure “Field Supply for Standard Couplers/Controllers and

Extended ECO Couplers” ..........................................................................38

Table 9: Power Supply Modules .........................................................................40

Table 10: Filter Modules for 24 V Supply ............................................................44

Table 11: Legend for Figure “Supply Example for Fieldbus Coupler/Controller” .46

Table 12: WAGO Ground Wire Terminals ..........................................................48

Table 13: Legend for Figure “View” ....................................................................56

Table 14: RJ-45 Connector and RJ-45 Connector Configuration ........................58

Table 15: Display Elements Fieldbus Status.......................................................59

Table 16: Display Elements Node Status ...........................................................59

Table 17: Display Elements Supply Voltage .......................................................59

Table 18: Legend for Figure “Service Interface (Closed and Opened Flap)” .......60

Table 19: Legend for Figure „Mode Selector Switch“ ..........................................61

Table 20: Mode Selector Switch Positions, Static Positions on PowerOn/Reset .62

Table 21: Mode Selector Switch Positions, Dynamic Positions During Ongoing

Operation ..................................................................................................62

Table 22: Meaning of DIP Switch Positions ........................................................63

Table 23: Technical data – Device data..............................................................66

Table 24: Technical data – System data.............................................................66

Table 25: Technical data – Supply .....................................................................67

Table 26: Technical data – Fieldbus Modbus/TCP .............................................67

Table 27: Technical data – Accessories .............................................................68

Table 28: Technical Data – Field Wiring .............................................................68

Table 29: Technical Data – Power Jumper Contacts ..........................................68

Table 30: Technical Data – Data Contacts .........................................................68

Table 31: Technical Data – Climatic Environmental Conditions ..........................69

Table 32: Technical Data – Mechanical Strength ...............................................70

Table 33: Technical Data – Software Compatibility.............................................70

Table 34: WAGO DIN Rails ................................................................................76

Table 35: Data Width for I/O Modules.................................................................98

Table 36: Example of Addressing .......................................................................99

Table 37: IEC-61131-3 Address Areas ............................................................. 100

Table 38: Absolute Addressing ......................................................................... 101

Table 39: Addressing Example ......................................................................... 101

Table 40: Allocation of Digital Inputs and Outputs to Process Data Words in

Accordance with the ................................................................................ 103

Table 41: Possible Errors During the Backup Function ..................................... 111

Table 42: Possible Errors During the Restore Function .................................... 113

Table 43: Possible Errors During the System Startup ....................................... 115

Manual

Version 1.2.2

366 List of Tables WAGO I/O System 750


Table 44: Possible Errors when Inserting the Memory Card During Ongoing

Operation ................................................................................................ 117

Table 45: Possible Errors when Removing the Memory Card During Ongoing

Operation ................................................................................................ 118

Table 46: Possible Errors During SPS Access to the File System of the Memory

Card ........................................................................................................ 121

Table 47: Possible Errors During the FTP Network Access on the File System of the Memory Card .................................................................................... 122

Table 48: Address selection switch values (host ID) ......................................... 127

Table 49: ETHERNET Libraries for WAGO-I/OPRO ........................................ 152

Table 50: Task Processing ............................................................................... 158

Table 51: WBM User Groups ........................................................................... 170

Table 52: WBM Page “Information” .................................................................. 173

Table 53: WBM Page “Administration”.............................................................. 174

Table 54: WBM Page „Backup & Restore“ ....................................................... 177

Table 55: WBM Page „Clock“ ........................................................................... 181

Table 56: WBM Page “Miscellaneous”.............................................................. 182

Table 57: WBM Page “SD Card” ...................................................................... 183

Table 58: WBM page "Storage Media" ............................................................. 184

Table 59: WBM Page “Update“ ........................................................................ 184

Table 60: WBM Page „Ethernet“....................................................................... 185

Table 61: WBM page „Protocols“...................................................................... 189

Table 62: WBM Page “SNMP v1/v2” ................................................................ 191

Table 63: WBM Page “SNMP V3” .................................................................... 192

Table 64: WBM Page “SNTP” .......................................................................... 193

Table 65: WBM page „TCP/IP“ ......................................................................... 193

Table 66: WBM page “MODBUS” ..................................................................... 195

Table 67: WBM page “Modbus Mapping” ......................................................... 197

Table 68: WBM page „I/O Data“ ....................................................................... 200

Table 69: WBM Page „PLC Application“ ........................................................... 202

Table 70: LED Assignment for Diagnostics ...................................................... 207

Table 71: Fieldbus Diagnostics – Solution in Event of Error ............................. 208

Table 72: Node Status Diagnostics – Solution in Event of Error ....................... 209

Table 73: Blink code- table for the I/O LED signaling, error code 1................... 212

Table 74: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 2 ................ 214






Table 80: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 8 … 9 ......... 216

Table 81: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 10 .............. 217

Table 82: Blink Code Table for the 'I/O' LED Signaling, Error Code 11 ............. 217

Table 83: Blink code table for I/O LED signaling, error code 12 ........................ 218

Table 84: Blink code table for I/O LED signaling, error code 13 ........................ 218

Table 85: Blink Code Table for the I/O LED Signaling, Error Code 14 .............. 219

Table 86: Power Supply Status Diagnostics – Solution in Event of Error .......... 220

Table 87: IP Packet .......................................................................................... 223

Table 88: Network Class A ............................................................................... 224

Table 89: Network Class B ............................................................................... 224

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


List of Tables 367

Table 90: Network Class C ............................................................................... 224

Table 91: Key Data Class A, B and C ............................................................... 225

Table 92: Example: Class B Address with Field for Subnet IDs ........................ 226

Table 93: Subnet Mask for Class A Network .................................................... 226

Table 94: Subnet Mask for Class B Network .................................................... 226

Table 95: Subnet Mask for Class C Network .................................................... 226

Table 96: Example for an IP Address from a Class B Network ......................... 226

Table 97: BootP Options .................................................................................. 230

Table 98: Meaning of DHCP Options ............................................................... 232

Table 99: Meaning of the SNTP Parameters .................................................... 233

Table 100: MIB II Groups ................................................................................. 235

Table 101: Standard Traps ............................................................................... 236

Table 102: Supported Syslog Messages .......................................................... 238

Table 103: Modbus TCP Header ...................................................................... 240

Table 104: Basic Data Types of MODBUS Protocol ......................................... 241

Table 105: List of the MODBUS Functions in the Fieldbus Coupler .................. 241

Table 106: Exception Codes ............................................................................ 244

Table 107: Request of Function Code FC1 ..................................................... 245

Table 108: Response of Function Code FC1 .................................................... 245

Table 109: Assignment of Inputs ...................................................................... 245

Table 110: Exception of Function Code FC1 .................................................... 246

Table 111: Request of Function Code FC2 ...................................................... 247


Table 113: Assignment of Inputs ...................................................................... 247














Table 127: Request of Function code FC11 ..................................................... 253

Table 128: Response of Function Code FC11 .................................................. 253

Table 129: Exception of Function Code FC 11 ................................................. 253

Table 130: Request of Function Code FC15..................................................... 254


Table 132: Exception of Function Code FC15 .................................................. 255








Manual

Version 1.2.2





Table 142: Register access reading (with FC3, FC4 and FC23) ....................... 260

Table 143: Register access writing (with FC6, FC16, FC22 and FC23) ............ 261

Table 144: Bit Access Reading (with FC1 and FC2) ......................................... 262

Table 145: Bit Access Writing (with FC5 and FC15) ......................................... 262

Table 146: Modbus Registers .......................................................................... 263

Table 147: MODBUS registers (Continuation) .................................................. 264

Table 148: Register Address 0x1000 ............................................................... 266










Table 158: Register Address 0x100A ............................................................... 268

Table 159: Starting Watchdog .......................................................................... 269

Table 160: Register Address 0x100B ............................................................... 269








Table 168: Register Address 0x102A ............................................................... 272

Table 169: Register Address 0x102B ............................................................... 272





















Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


List of Tables 369












Table 201: Register Addresses 0x3000 to 0x5FFF ........................................... 279

Table 202: 1 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ............................ 282

Table 203: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules ..................................................... 282

Table 204: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics ............................ 282

Table 205: 2 Channel Digital Input Module with Diagnostics and Output Process

Data ........................................................................................................ 283



Table 208: 8 Channel Digital Input Module NAMUR with Diagnostics and Output

Process Data .......................................................................................... 284

Table 209: 8 Channel Digital Input Module PTC with Diagnostics and Output

Process Data .......................................................................................... 285

Table 210: 16 Channel Digital Input Modules ................................................... 286

Table 211: 1 Channel Digital Output Module with Input Process Data .............. 287

Table 212: 2 Channel Digital Output Modules .................................................. 287

Table 213: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process

Data ........................................................................................................ 288

Table 214: 2 Channel Digital Input Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process

Data 75x-506 .......................................................................................... 288

Table 215: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules .................................................. 289

Table 216: 4 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process

Data ........................................................................................................ 289

Table 217: 8 Channel Digital Output Module .................................................... 289

Table 218: 8 Channel Digital Output Modules with Diagnostics and Input Process

Data ........................................................................................................ 290

Table 219: 16 Channel Digital Output Modules ................................................ 290

Table 220: 8 Channel Digital Input/Output Modules.......................................... 291

Table 221: 1 Channel Analog Input Modules .................................................... 292


Table 223: 2-Channel Analog Input Modules HART ......................................... 294

Table 224:: 2 Channel Analog Input Modules HART + 6 bytes Mailbox ............ 294



Table 227: 3-Phase Power Measurement Module ............................................ 296

Table 228: 3-Phase Power Measurement Modules 750-494, -495, (and all variations) ............................................................................................... 297

Table 229: 2 Channel Analog Output Modules ................................................. 298



Manual

Version 1.2.2



Table 232: Counter Modules 750-404, (and all variations except of /000-005),

753-404, -404/000-003 ............................................................................ 300

Table 233: Counter Modules 750-404/000-005, 753-404/000-005.................... 301

Table 234: Counter Modules 750-633 .............................................................. 302

Table 235: Counter Modules 750-638, 753-638 ............................................... 302

Table 236: Pulse Width Modules 750-511, /xxx-xxx, 753-511 .......................... 303

Table 237: Serial Interface Modules with Alternative Data Format .................... 304

Table 238: Serial Interface Modules with Standard Data Format ...................... 304

Table 239: Serial Interface Modules 750-652, 753-652 .................................... 305

Table 240: Data Exchange Module 750-654, -654/000-001 .............................. 305

Table 241: SSI Transmitter Interface Modules.................................................. 306

Table 242: SSI Transmitter Interface I/O Modules with an Alternative Data Format

(/000-004, -005, -007) ............................................................................. 306

Table 243: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-631/000-004, --010, -

011 .......................................................................................................... 306

Table 244: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-634 ............................ 307

Table 245: Incremental Encoder Interface Modules 750-637, (and all variations)

................................................................................................................ 307

Table 246: Digital Pulse Interface Modules 750-635, 753-635 .......................... 308

Table 247: DC-Drive Controller 750-636, -636/000-700, -636/000-800............. 308

Table 248: Stepper Controller 750-670, -671, -672........................................... 309

Table 249: RTC Module 750-640 ..................................................................... 310

Table 250: DALI/DSI Master Module 750-641 .................................................. 310

Table 251: DALI Multi-Master Module 753-647 in the "Easy" Mode .................. 311

Table 252: DALI Multi-Master Module 753-647 in the "Full" Mode .................... 313

Table 253: LON ® FTT Module 753-648 ............................................................ 314

Table 254: EnOcean Radio Receiver 750-642 ................................................. 314

Table 255: MP Bus Master Module 750-643..................................................... 315

Table 256: Bluetooth ® RF-Transceiver 750-644 ............................................... 316

Table 257: Vibration Velocity/Bearing Condition Monitoring VIB I/O 750-645 ... 316

Table 258: KNX/EIB/TP1 Module 753-646 ....................................................... 317

Table 259: Proportional valve module operating mode with one valve 750-632,

753-632/000-100 ..................................................................................... 318

Table 260: Proportional valve module operating mode with two valves 750-632,

753-632/000-100 ..................................................................................... 318

Table 261: M-BUS Master Module 753-649 ..................................................... 319

Table 262: IO-Link Master 750-657 .................................................................. 320

Table 263: CAN Gateway 750-658 ................................................................... 320

Table 264: Servo Stepper Controller 750-673 .................................................. 321

Tabelle 265:SMI Master Module 753-1630, -1631 in Fieldbus Coupler Mode ... 322

Table 266: SMI Master Module 753-1630, -1631 in „Full Mode“ ....................... 322

Table 267: AS-interface Master Module 750-655, 753-655............................... 323

Table 268: System Modules with Diagnostics 750-606, -611 ............................ 325

Table 269: System Modules with Diagnostics 750-610, -611 ............................ 325

Table 270: Filter Modules 750-624/020-002, 750-626/020-002 ........................ 325

Table 271: Binary Space Module 750-622 (with Behavior like 2 Channel Digital

Input) ....................................................................................................... 326

Table 272: Modbus Table and Function Codes................................................. 329

Table 273: Description of Marking Example According to ATEX and IECEx ..... 332

Manual

Version 1.2.2

WAGO I/O System 750


List of Tables 371

Table 274: Description of Marking Example for Approved I/O Module Ex I

According to ATEX and IECEx ................................................................ 334

Table 275: Description of Marking Example According to NEC 500 ................. 335

Table 276: Description of Marking Example for Approved I/O Module Ex i

According to NEC 505 ............................................................................. 336


According to NEC 506 ............................................................................. 336


According to CEC 18 attachment J.......................................................... 337

Table 279: MIB II – System Group ................................................................... 341

Table 280: MIB II – Interface Group ................................................................. 342

Table 281: MIB II – IP Group ............................................................................ 344

Table 282: MIB II – IpRoute Table Group ......................................................... 345

Table 283: MIB II – ICMP Group ...................................................................... 346

Table 284: MIB II – TCP Group ........................................................................ 347

Table 285: MIB II – UDP Group ........................................................................ 348

Table 286: MIB II – SNMP Group ..................................................................... 349

Table 287: WAGO MIB – Company Group ....................................................... 350

Table 288: WAGO MIB – Product Group .......................................................... 350

Table 289: WAGO MIB – Versions Group ........................................................ 351

Table 290: WAGO MIB – Real Time Clock Group ............................................ 352

Table 291: WAGO MIB – Ethernet Group ......................................................... 353

Table 292: WAGO MIB – Actual Error Group ................................................... 353

Table 293: WAGO MIB – PLC Project Group ................................................... 354

Table 294: WAGO MIB – Http Group ............................................................... 355

Table 295: WAGO MIB – Ftp Group ................................................................. 355

Table 296: WAGO MIB – Sntp Group ............................................................... 356

Table 297: WAGO MIB – Snmp Group ............................................................. 356

Table 298: WAGO MIB – Snmp Trap String Group .......................................... 358

Table 299: WAGO MIB – Snmp User Trap String Group .................................. 359

Table 300: WAGO MIB – Plc Connection Group .............................................. 359

Table 301: WAGO MIB – Modbus Group ......................................................... 360

Table 302: WAGO MIB – Process Image Group .............................................. 361

Table 303: WAGO MIB – Plc Data Group ......................................................... 362

der Li ste f ür Text mar ke Ver zeich nis_hin ten == =

Manual

Version 1.2.2

Pos: 143 /Doku me ntatio n allg em ein/Einb and/Ein ban d Rücks eite - alle D oku ment e; CI 201 7 @ 28\m od_ 148 647 750 358 0_21 .docx @ 4 053 94 @ @ 1

WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG

Postfach 2880 • D - 32385 Minden

Hansastraße 27 • D - 32423 Minden

Phone:

Fax:

E-Mail:

Internet:

=== E nde der Liste für Tex tma rke Ein ban d_hin ten == =

+49 571 887 – 0

+49 571 887 – 844169 [email protected] www.wago.com